background image

Automation Systems
Motion & Drives
Sensing
Control Components
Switching Components
Safety

Solution Selection Guide 

2015-2016

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

At a glance

Complete portfolio for 

machine automation

Sensing, Control Systems, Visualization, 

Drives, Robotics, Safety, Inspection, 

Measurement, Temperature, Switching 

and Control Components.

7%

Annual 
Investment in 
Research  & 
Development

Input – Logic – Output – Safety

80+

 

years – founded in 1933

$7.5

 

billion annual sales (2014)

210

 

locations worldwide

36,842

 

employees

40%

 

industrial automation

Top 150 global patent assignee

11,000+ issued and 

pending patents

2013 THOMSON  REUTERS

Listed in Forbes Top 2000 largest companies in the world

Omron Corporation traded on NASDAQ: OMRNY 

Top ranking in Dow Jones Sustainability Index 

Thomson Reuters Top 100 Global Innovators

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

i

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Quick Links are unique codes 

assigned to Omron products 

listed in this guide.
Enter Quick Link codes in the 

Search box on Omron247.com to access detailed 

information on products in this guide.

Contents

Section

Products
Automation Systems

A

Machine Automation Controllers

B

Programmable Controllers

C

Remote I/O

D

Human Machine Interfaces

E

Software
Motion & Drives

F

Motion Controllers

G

Servo Systems

H

AC Drives (Frequency Inverters)

I

Robotics
Sensing

J

Photoelectric Sensors

K

Fiber-optic Sensors

L

Proximity Sensors

M

Cordsets

N

Photomicrosensors

O

Limit Switches

P

Vision Solutions

Q

Measurement Sensors

R

Rotary Encoders

S

Auto Identification Systems
Control Components

T

Temperature Controllers

U

Power Supplies

V

Timers and Counters

W

Digital Panel Meters

X

Monitoring Products
Switching Components

Y

Electromechanical and Solid State Relays

Z

Pushbutton, Indicators, Key Switches
Safety

AA

Light Curtains

BB

Laser Scanners

CC

Programmable Safety Controllers

DD

Safety Mats, Edges and Bumpers

EE

Safety Switches

FF

E-stops & Rope Pull Switches

GG

Safety Switches and Operator Controls

HH

Safety Monitoring and Force-Guided Relays
Index

II

Part Number Index, NEMA and IP Ratings

Find Information Fast

Visit Omron247.com – 

Your single one-stop resource for:

•  Technical product specifications
•  2D/3D CAD Library
•  Industry solutions
•  Training details
•  Software downloads
•  Latest product and company news
•  Events calendar
•  Career opportunities and more

Find Automation Expertise –

 

Local support and service

To find an authorized Omron Automation and 

Safety Distributor in your area simply use our 

Distributor Lookup on Omron247.com.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Motion & 

Drives

Sensing

Automation 

Systems

Omron products are specifically designed for simple programming, operation 

and maintenance, as well as long service life so machine builders and end 

users benefit from a lower cost of ownership over a machine's life cycle.

Cordsets

M

Vision 
Solutions

P

ii

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

The widest range of expertly engineered automation products

Machine Automation 
Controllers

A

Programmable 
Controllers

B

Remote I/O

C

Human Machine 
Interfaces

D

Software

E

Motion 
Controllers

F

Servo Systems

G

AC Drives 
(Frequency Inverters)

H

Robotics

I

J

K

Proximity 
Sensors

L

Photoelectric 
Sensors

Fiber-optic 
Sensors

Limit 
Switches

O

Photomicrosensors

N

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Sensing

Control  

Components

Pushbuttons, Indicators,
and Key Switches

Digital 
Panel 
Meters

Safety

Switching 

Components

Control  

Components

iii

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z

Light 
Curtains

AA

Laser 
Scanners

BB

Safety Mats, Edges 
and Bumpers

CC

Programmable 
Safety 
Controllers

DD

Safety 
Switches

EE

Safety Switches and 
Operator Controls 

FF

E-Stops and 
Rope Pull Switches

GG

Electromechanical and 
Solid State Relays

Y

Measurement 
Sensors

Q

Rotary 
Encoders

R

Auto  Identification 
Systems

S

Timers

and Counters

V

W

X

Monitoring 
Products

Temperature 
Controllers

T

Power 
Supplies

U

Safety Monitoring and 
Force Guided Relays

HH

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

iv

What’s the driving force behind the performance 

and profitability of your machines?

Visit us at omron247.com today!

It should be your automation partner!

At Omron, we deliver a comprehensive 
range of products and services 
designed to increase the speed, 
versatility, and safety of your machines.
Empower your production with highly 
advanced solutions that have the 

proven reliability to maximize your 
customers’ loyalty.
If you are developing a new machine 
or upgrading an existing model, look to 
Omron as your knowledgeable partner 
for superior automation.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

v

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Area Technical Support Services

U.S.: 800-556-6766

Canada: 886-986-6766

Mexico: 01-800-226-6766

Our Technical Services group provides technical support, application 

assistance and product selection assistance. Troubleshooting support 

is free to our customers during normal business hours: from 8:00 AM to 

8:00 PM EST. 

Application Engineering Services

U.S.: 800-556-6766

Canada: 886-986-6766

Mexico: 01-800-226-6766

Our knowledgeable staff can provide advanced support and 

engineering services at regular hourly rates. Some examples of 

advanced technical support services include:
•  Code examples, application review, and troubleshooting
•  Software installation and configuration
•  Network configuration assistance
•  Program conversion services

After-Hours Technical Support

U.S. and Canada: 800-367-4584

After hours service is available for basic technical support for Omron 

products. A product support specialist will answer your call within 30 

minutes to assist you. Contact Omron toll- free to schedule an onsite 

emergency service call.

SUPPORT FROM YOUR FIRST IDEA TO YOUR FINAL MACHINE

What You Can Count On

Let Omron introduce you to talented systems integrators, custom machine designers, 

field application engineers and technical support providers to help you design or 

retrofit your machine for greater productivity. When it is ready to deliver, we can assist 

with installation and commissioning. We are here to help you every step of the way.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

vi

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

1. Offer; Acceptance. These terms and conditions (these “Terms”) are deemed part of all 

quotes, agreements, purchase orders, acknowledgments, price lists, catalogs, manuals, 

brochures and other documents, whether electronic or in writing, relating to the sale 

of products or services (collectively, the “Products”) by Omron Electronics LLC and its 

subsidiary companies (“Omron”). Omron objects to any terms or conditions proposed in 

Buyer’s purchase order or other documents which are inconsistent with, or in addition to, 

these Terms.  

2.  Prices; Payment Terms. All prices stated are current, subject to change without notice by 

Omron. Omron reserves the right to increase or decrease prices on any unshipped portions 

of outstanding orders. Payments for Products are due net 30 days unless otherwise stated 

in the invoice.

3. Discounts. Cash discounts, if any, will apply only on the net amount of invoices sent to 

Buyer after deducting transportation charges, taxes and duties, and will be allowed only 

if (i) the invoice is paid according to Omron’s payment terms and (ii) Buyer has no past 

due amounts.

4. Interest. Omron, at its option, may charge Buyer 1-1/2% interest per month or the 

maximum legal rate, whichever is less, on any balance not paid within the stated terms.

5.  Orders. Omron will accept no order less than $200 net billing.  

6.  Governmental Approvals. Buyer shall be responsible for, and shall bear all costs involved 

in, obtaining any government approvals required for the importation or sale of the 

Products.

7. Taxes. All taxes, duties and other governmental charges (other than general real 

property and income taxes), including any interest or penalties thereon, imposed directly 

or indirectly on Omron or required to be collected directly or indirectly by Omron for the 

manufacture, production, sale, delivery, importation, consumption or use of the Products 

sold hereunder (including customs duties and sales, excise, use, turnover and license 

taxes) shall be charged to and remitted by Buyer to Omron.

8.  Financial. If the financial position of Buyer at any time becomes unsatisfactory to Omron, 

Omron reserves the right to stop shipments or require satisfactory security or payment 

in advance. If Buyer fails to make payment or otherwise comply with these Terms or any 

related agreement, Omron may (without liability and in addition to other remedies) cancel 

any unshipped portion of Products sold hereunder and stop any Products in transit until 

Buyer pays all amounts, including amounts payable hereunder, whether or not then 

due, which are owing to it by Buyer.  Buyer shall in any event remain liable for all unpaid 

accounts.

9. Cancellation; Etc. Orders are not subject to rescheduling or cancellation unless Buyer 

indemnifies Omron against all related costs or expenses.

10. Force Majeure. Omron shall not be liable for any delay or failure in delivery resulting 

from causes beyond its control, including earthquakes, fires, floods, strikes or other labor 

disputes, shortage of labor or materials, accidents to machinery, acts of sabotage, riots, 

delay in or lack of transportation or the requirements of any government authority.  

11. Shipping; Delivery. Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Omron:

a. Shipments shall be by a carrier selected by Omron; Omron will not drop ship except in 

“break down” situations.

b. Such carrier shall act as the agent of Buyer and delivery to such carrier shall constitute 

delivery to Buyer;

c. All sales and shipments of Products shall be FOB shipping point (unless otherwise stated 

in writing by Omron), at which point title and risk of loss shall pass from Omron to Buyer; 

provided that Omron shall retain a security interest in the Products until the full purchase 

price is paid;

d. Delivery and shipping dates are estimates only; and

e. Omron will package Products as it deems proper for protection against normal handling 

and extra charges apply to special conditions.

12. Claims.  Any claim by Buyer against Omron for shortage or damage to the Products 

occurring before delivery to the carrier must be presented in writing to Omron within 

30 days of receipt of shipment and include the original transportation bill signed by the 

carrier noting that the carrier received the Products from Omron in the condition claimed.

13. Warranties. (a) Exclusive Warranty. Omron’s exclusive warranty is that the Products 

will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of twelve months 

from the date of sale by Omron (or such other period expressed in writing by Omron). 

Omron disclaims all other warranties, express or implied. (b) Limitations. OMRON MAKES 

NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ABOUT NON-INFRINGEMENT, 

MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS. BUYER 

ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY 

MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE. Omron further disclaims all warranties 

and responsibility of any type for claims or expenses based on infringement by the 

Products or otherwise of any intellectual property right. (c) Buyer Remedy. Omron’s sole 

obligation hereunder shall be, at Omron’s election, to (i) replace (in the form originally 

shipped with Buyer responsible for labor charges for removal or replacement thereof) the 

non-complying Product, (ii) repair the non-complying Product, or (iii) repay or credit Buyer 

an amount equal to the purchase price of the non-complying Product; provided that in no 

event shall Omron be responsible for warranty, repair, indemnity or any other claims or 

expenses regarding the Products unless Omron’s analysis confirms that the Products were 

properly handled, stored, installed and maintained and not subject to contamination, 

abuse, misuse or inappropriate modification. Return of any Products by Buyer must be 

approved in writing by Omron before shipment. Omron Companies shall not be liable 

for the suitability or unsuitability or the results from the use of Products in combination 

with any electrical or electronic components, circuits, system assemblies or any other 

materials or substances or environments. Any advice, recommendations or information 

given orally or in writing, are not to be construed as an amendment or addition to the 

above warranty. See http://www.omron247.com or contact your Omron representative for 

published information.

14. Limitation on Liability; Etc. OMRON COMPANIES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, 

INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSS OF PROFITS OR PRODUCTION 

OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS, WHETHER SUCH 

CLAIM IS BASED IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY. Further, in 

no event shall liability of Omron Companies exceed the individual price of the Product on 

which liability is asserted.

15. Indemnities.  Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Omron Companies and their 

employees from and against all liabilities, losses, claims, costs and expenses (including 

attorney’s fees and expenses) related to any claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding 

(whether or not Omron is a party) which arises or is alleged to arise from Buyer’s acts or 

omissions under these Terms or in any way with respect to the Products.   Without limiting 

the foregoing, Buyer (at its own expense) shall indemnify and hold harmless Omron and 

defend or settle any action brought against such Companies to the extent based on a 

claim that any Product made to Buyer specifications infringed intellectual property rights 

of another party.

16. Property; Confidentiality.  Any intellectual property in the Products is the exclusive 

property of Omron Companies and Buyer shall not attempt to duplicate it in any way 

without the written permission of Omron. Notwithstanding any charges to Buyer for 

engineering or tooling, all engineering and tooling shall remain the exclusive property of 

Omron. All information and materials supplied by Omron to Buyer relating to the Products 

are confidential and proprietary, and Buyer shall limit distribution thereof to its trusted 

employees and strictly prevent disclosure to any third party. 

17. Export Controls. Buyer shall comply with all applicable laws, regulations and licenses 

regarding (i) export of products or information; (ii) sale of products to “forbidden” or 

other proscribed persons; and (iii) disclosure to non-citizens of regulated technology or 

information.    

18.  Miscellaneous.  (a) Waiver.  No failure or delay by Omron in exercising any right and 

no course of dealing between Buyer and Omron shall operate as a waiver of rights by 

Omron. (b) Assignment.  Buyer may not assign its rights hereunder without Omron’s 

written consent.  (c)  Law.  These Terms are governed by the law of the jurisdiction of 

the home office of the Omron company from which Buyer is purchasing the Products  

(without regard to conflict of law principles). (d) Amendment. These Terms constitute the 

entire agreement between Buyer and Omron relating to the Products, and no provision 

may be changed or waived unless in writing signed by the parties.  (e) Severability.  If any 

provision hereof is rendered ineffective or invalid, such provision shall not invalidate any 

other provision. (f) Setoff.  Buyer shall have no right to set off any amounts against the 

amount owing in respect of this invoice. (g) Definitions. As used herein, “including” means 

“including without limitation”; and “Omron Companies” (or similar words) mean Omron 

Corporation and any direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate thereof.

Terms and Conditions of Sale

Certain Precautions on Specifications and Use

1. Suitability of Use. Omron Companies shall not be responsible for conformity with 

any standards, codes or regulations which apply to the combination of the Product in 

the Buyer’s application or use of the Product. At Buyer’s request, Omron will provide 

applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations 

of use which apply to the Product. This information by itself is not sufficient for a 

complete determination of the suitability of the Product in combination with the 

end product, machine, system, or other application or use. Buyer shall be solely 

responsible for determining appropriateness of the particular Product with respect to 

Buyer’s application, product or system. Buyer shall take application responsibility in 

all cases. NEVER USE THE PRODUCT FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO 

LIFE OR PROPERTY OR IN LARGE QUANTITIES WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM 

AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS, AND THAT THE OMRON 

PRODUCT(S) IS PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE 

OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM.

2. Programmable Products. Omron Companies shall not be responsible for the user’s 

programming of a programmable Product, or any consequence thereof.

3.  Performance Data. Data presented in Omron Company websites, catalogs and 

other materials is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does 

not constitute a warranty. It may represent the result of Omron’s test conditions, and 

the user must correlate it to actual application requirements. Actual performance is 

subject to the Omron’s Warranty and Limitations of Liability.

4. Change in Specifications. Product specifications and accessories may be changed 

at any time based on improvements and other reasons. It is our practice to change 

part numbers when published ratings or features are changed, or when significant 

construction changes are made. However, some specifications of the Product may be 

changed without any notice. When in doubt, special part numbers may be assigned 

to fix or establish key specifications for your application. Please consult with your 

Omron’s representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased 

Product.

5. Errors and Omissions. Information presented by Omron Companies has been 

checked and is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is assumed for 
clerical, typographical or proofreading errors or omissions.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Automation Systems Overview

It all starts with understanding our customer needs and their applications. Omron 
Automation & Safety produces a wide range of controller lines that can solve customer 
applications in a multitude of ways. Each controller line has its own specialties for different 
types of solutions.

Omron’s flagship series, the Sysmac Machine Automation Controller (MAC), integrates Logic, 
Motion, Vision, and Safety all into One Controller, over One Network, with One Software. 
Omron’s PLC and Programmable Relay lines provide competitive solutions for other 
application focuses, shown below.

YOUR CONTROL CHALLENGES

REDUNDANCY

MULTI-NETWORK

STAND-ALONE

RELAY

REPLACEMENT

FULLY INTERGRATED

Sysmac NJ/NX

CS1 PLC

ZEN

CP1 PLC

CJ2 PLC

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Lorem

LOREM

Machine Automation Control - NJ/NX Series

Model

NJ1

NJ3

NJ5

NX7

Max digital I/O 

points

*1

2560 points max., plus EtherCAT slave I/O capacity

64,000 EtherCAT slave 
I/O capacity (local I/O 
future capability)

CPU features

*1

•  

Entry-level Sysmac 
CPU

•  

Built-in EtherNet/IP 
& EtherCAT network 
interface

•  

Built-in 0 or 2 axes of 
Motion

•  

Advanced Motion 
Capabilities

•  

Local and remote 
I/O options including 
Safety

•  

Complete Sysmac 
solution configured, 
programmed, and 
commissioned using 
Sysmac Studio 
software

•  

Mid-level Sysmac CPU

•  

Built-in EtherNet/IP 
& EtherCAT network 
interfaces

•  

Built-in 4 or 8 axes of 
Motion

•  

Advanced Motion 
Control capabilities

•  

Local and remote 
I/O options including 
Safety

•  

Complete Sysmac 
solution configured, 
programmed, and 
commissioned using 
Sysmac Studio 
software

•  

High-level Sysmac CPU

•  

Built-in EtherNet/IP 
& EtherCAT network 
interfaces

•  

Built-in 16, 32, or 64 
axes of Motion

•  

Advanced Motion 
Control capabilities

•  

Local and remote 
I/O options including 
Safety

•  

Complete Sysmac 
solution configured, 
programmed, and 
commissioned using 
Sysmac Studio 
software

•  

Highest-level Sysmac 
CPU

•  

Built-in EtherNet/IP (x2) 
& EtherCAT network 
interfaces

•  

Built-in 128 or 256 axes 
of Motion

•  

Advanced Motion 
Control capabilities

•  

Remote I/O options 
including Safety (local 
I/O future capability)

•  

Complete Sysmac 
solution configured, 
programmed, and 
commissioned using 
Sysmac Studio 
software

Cycle Time 5.0 ns minimum

3.0 ns minimum

1.9 ns minimum

0.76 ns minimum

Program memory 3MB (60k steps)

5MB (100k steps)

20MB (400k steps)

80MB (1,600k steps)

Data memory 

(retained/non-

retained)

0.5 / 2 MB

2 / 4 MB

4 / 256 MB

External memory 2 GB SD card

Special function 

units

•  

High-speed counter 500 kHz

•  

Temperature controller

•  

Protocol macro

•  

RFID sensor control unit

•  

High-speed I/O

•  

Serial communications

Fieldbus master

•  

DeviceNet

•  

EtherNet/IP

•  

PROFIBUS-DP

•  

PROFINET

•  

EtherCAT

•  

CompoNet

EtherCAT

Remote I/O NX-Series Slice I/O

*1  Some features listed are not available for all CPU types within each series. Please review specifications for more information on CPU features and performance.

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

II

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Rack PLC series

Modular PLC series

Model

CS1G/H

CS1D

CJ2M

CJ2H

Max digital I/O points

*1

5120

2560

CPU features

*1

•  

High I/O capacity

•  

Inner board 
support

•  

Large program 
capacity

•  

Backwards 
compatible

•  

Easy backups

•  

Real time clock

•  

Redundant CPU

•  

Redundant power 
supply

•  

Hot swapping

•  

High I/O capacity

•  

Inner board support

•  

Large program capacity

•  

Backwards compatible

•  

Easy backups

•  

Real time clock

•  

USB port standard

•  

Built-in Ethernet/IP port

•  

High-speed I/O units

•  

Option board plug-in

•  

Structures and arrays

•  

Tag data links

•  

Compact size

•  

No backplane required

•  

Large program capacity

•  

Function Block memory

•  

Easy backups

•  

Real time clock

•  

USB port standard

•  

Built-in Ethernet/IP port

•  

High-speed I/O units

•  

Structures and arrays

•  

Tag data links

•  

Synchronous I/O

•  

Compact size

•  

No backplane required

•  

Extra Large program 
capacity

•  

Easy backups

•  

Real time clock

Instruction Execution 

time (bit instruction)

0.04/0.02 μs

0.04 μs

0.016 μs

Program memory 10 to 250K steps

5 to 60K steps

50 to 400K steps

Data memory 

(retained/non-retained)

64 to 448K words (retained)

 64 to 160K words

160 to 832K words

External memory Up to 512MB

Analog I/O

•  

Temperature control unit

•  

Analog I/O unit

•  

Temperature control unit

Special function units

•  

Temperature control

•  

SSI encoder input

•  

High-speed counters (500 kHz)

•  

Position control

•  

Motion control

•  

Process control

•  

Protocol macro

•  

RFID sensor unit

•  

Temperature control

•  

High-speed counters 
(500 kHz)

•  

SSI encoder input

•  

Position control

•  

Protocol macro

•  

RFID sensor unit

•  

Temperature control

•  

High-speed counters 
(500 kHz)

•  

SSI encoder input

•  

Position control

•  

Protocol macro

•  

RFID sensor unit

•  

High-speed I/O

•  

Synchronised Position

Fieldbus master

•  

Ethernet

•  

EtherNet/IP

•  

Controller Link

•  

DeviceNet

•  

PROFIBUS-DP

•  

PROFINET

•  

ModBus

•  

CompoNet

•  

CompoBus/S

•  

CAN (freely configurable)

*1  Some features listed are not available for all CPU types within each series. Please review specifications for more information on CPU features and performance.

Automation Systems Overview

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

III

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Micro PLC Series

Programmable Relays

Model

CP1E

CP1L

CP1H

ZEN

Max I/O points

*1

160

180

320

*2

44

B

ui

lt-

in

Digital I/O 10 to 60

20 or 40

10 or 20

Interrupt inputs 4 or 6

2, 4, or 6

6 or 8

0

High-speed

Counter inputs

5 or 6

4

1

Pulse outputs*1 2

4

0

CPU features*1

•  

USB port standard

•  

Expansion I/O 
units

•  

Quick-response 
inputs

•  

Input interrupts

•  

High-speed 
counter

•  

Pulse output w/ 
PWM

•  

Built-in RS-232C 
port

•  

Serial option 
boards

•  

Real time clock

•  

2 Analog adjusters

•  

USB port standard

•  

Expansion I/O 
units

•  

Quick-response 
inputs

•  

Input interrupts

•  

High-speed 
counter

•  

Pulse output with 
PWM

•  

Built-in RS-232C or 
Ethernet port

•  

Option board slots

•  

Real time clock

•  

1 Analog adjuster

•  

1 External analog 
input

•  

USB port standard

•  

Expansion I/O units

•  

CJ-series Special I/O Units

•  

CJ-series CPU Bus Units

•  

Quick-response inputs

•  

Input interrupts

•  

High-speed counter

•  

Pulse output with PWM

•  

Built-in RS-232C port

•  

Option board slots

•  

Real time clock

•  

1 Analog adjuster

•  

1 External analog input

•  

LED display, 2 digit

•  

4 line x 12 character LCD 
display

•  

High speed counter (150 Hz)

•  

Twin timer

•  

Weekly and calendar timers

•  

Analog input comparators

•  

Slim 8 I/O expansion units

•  

RS-485 serial 
communication

•  

ZEN Support Software 
offers simulation capability, 
ladder programming, 
parameter setting, 
monitoring and printing in a 
Windows environment

Instruction Execution 

time (bit instruction)

1.10 μs

0.61 μs

0.10 μs

Program memory 2 or 8K steps

5 or 10K steps

20K steps

96 lines

Data memory 2 or 8K words

10 or 32K words

32K words

External memory –

Memory cassette

Memory cassette

Analog I/O

•  

Built-in for E-NA 
model (2 in + 1 out)

•  

Analog I/O 
Expansion Units

•  

Temperature Input 
Expansion Units

•  

Analog I/O 
Expansion Units

•  

Temperature Input 
Expansion Units

•  

Built-in for L-E 
models (2 in.)

•  

Built-in for XA model  
(4 in + 2 out)

•  

Analog I/O Expansion Units

•  

Temperature Input 
Expansion Units

•  

CJ Analog I/O Units

•  

CJ Temperature Units

•  

2 analog voltage inputs , 
0-10 V (DC only)

Special function 

units

•  

CJ-series Special I/O Units

•  

CJ-series CPU Bus Units

Fieldbus master –

•  

Ethernet

•  

EtherNet/IP

•  

Controller Link

•  

DeviceNet

•  

PROFIBUS-DP

•  

PROFINET

•  

ModBus

•  

CompoNet

•  

CompoBus/S

•  

CAN (freely configurable)

Fieldbus I/O

•  

PROFIBUS-DP

•  

CompoBus/S

•  

DeviceNet

•  

N/A

*1  Some features listed are not available for all CPU types within each series. Please review specifications for more information on CPU features and performance. 

*2  Represents local I/O capacity. If a fieldbus master is used more I/O is possible.

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

IV

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

A-i

Machine Automation Controllers

Contents

Sysmac Machine Automation Controllers

NX/
NJ

Integrated Solutions

A-ii

Basic Configuration

A-1

CPUs

A-3

Power Supplies

A-3

Compatible I/O Units

A-4

NX

Modular and Safety I/O

A-5

A

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

SYSMAC INTEGRATED SOLUTIONS

RUNTIME 

SOFTWARE

MACHINE CONTROLLER

SAFETY RELAYS

SAFETY 
INTERLOCK 
SWITCHES

SENSORS

DELTA 
ROBOTICS

BLOCK I/O

SLICE I/O

AC DRIVE

VISION

SERVOS

MEASUREMENT

MACHINE CONTROLLER

SLICE I/O

ENTERPRISE

HMI

Machine Automation Controllers

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-1

H269

Sysmac NX 

Basic Configuration

2

Power Supply Units

NX-PA9001 

NX-PD7001

1

CPU Units

NX701-1600      NX701-1700

CPU System Configuration

Select CPU Power Supply, and CPU*

*Note: Local NX I/O is a future capability

NX EtherCAT Coupler

NX-ECC201 
NX-ECC202

NX I/O Units

NX-

9999

NX I/O Expansion 
over EtherCAT

Communications cable 

Ethernet cables

EtherCAT Slave Terminal

(C) NX Units

(D) End Cover

(B) NX-series
     EtherCAT Coupler Unit
     NX-ECC201/-ECC202  

Software

Sysmac Studio

USB Cable

Commercially available USB cable

Memory Card

HMC-SD291 (2GB)

Battery

CJ1W-BAT01

USB Host

End Cover

(Included with 

CPU)

Software, 

Enterprise 

or HMI

A

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-2

OUT IN

II101

4

H237

Sysmac NJ 

Basic Configuration

Software

Sysmac Studio

USB Cable

Commercially available USB cable

Memory Card

HMC-SD291 (2GB)

Expansion Cables

CS1W-CN

99

(30 cm, 70 cm, 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, 10 m, 12 m)

Battery

CJ1W-BAT01

2

Power Supply Units

NJ-PA3001 

NJ-PD3001

1

CPU Units

NJ501-1300 NJ501-4400
NJ501-1400 NJ501-4500 
NJ501-1500 NJ301-1100
NJ501-4300 NJ301-1200

CJ I/O Interface Unit

CJ1W-II101

CPU System Configuration

Select CPU Power Supply, CPU and I/O

Expansion Racks

Up to 3 racks can be connected

NX I/O Expansion 
over EtherCAT

End Cover 

(Included with CPU)

CJ1W-TER01

Software, Enterprise or 

HMI

3

CJ Basic I/O Units 

CJ Special I/O Units

(Note: A maximum of 10 

units can be mounted.)

CJ I/O Control Unit

CJ1W-IC101

Built-in 

EtherCAT 

port

Total cable length ≤ 12m

Configuration Units: 10 max

EtherCAT Slave Terminal

(C) NX Units

(D) End Cover

(B) NX-series
     EtherCAT Coupler Unit
     NX-ECC201/-ECC202  

Communications cable 

Ethernet cables

NJ-Series Power 

Supply Unit 

NJ-P

ooooo

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-3

H237

NX/NJ Series 

 Machine Automation Controller

Description 

Input supply
voltage

Output current

Output
capacity

Built-in
feature

Model

 

5 VDC

24 VDC

NJ-Series AC power supply unit

100 to 240 VAC

6.0 A

1.0 A

30W

RUN output

NJ-PA3001

NJ-Series DC power supply unit

24 VDC

NJ-PD3001

NX-Series AC power supply unit

100 to 240 VAC

unnecessary *future capability

90W

NX-PA9001

NX-Series DC power supply unit

24 VDC

70W

NX-PA7001

Description 

Specifications

Model 

SD memory card

Flash memory 2 GB

HMC-SD291

1

 Sysmac NJ CPUs

2

 Power Supplies

Optional SD Memory Card

Fully Integrated Control

 

The NX/NJ-Series includes capabilities for 
seamless integration of Logic, Motion, Vision, 
Safety, Networks, and Enterprise level control. 
Selectable models based on application 
requirements.

•  Built-in EtherNet/IP & EtherCAT network interfaces

•  Built-in 0 to 256 axes of advanced motion control 

capabilities

•  Local and remote I/O options including Failsafe Safety 

over EtherCAT

•  Available built-in SQL Database Connectivity

•  Available built-in Robot Kinematics

•  Available SECS/GEM Protocol

•  Complete Sysmac Solution configured, programmed, 

and commissioned using Sysmac Studio software 

(see Quick Link L432)

Description 

Program 
capacity 

I/O capacity 

Maximum 
number of units 

Built-in network 
ports 

Cycle Time

EtherCAT 
Slaves

Motion 
control 
axes 

Cam 
Tables

SQL

SECS/
GEM

Robot 
kinematics
Model 

Model

NJ-Series 
CPU Unit

3MB (60K step, 
450 POU, 2.5MB 
Variable 2.5MB 
Variable)

2,560 points 
local  (8,960 
with NX I/O)

10 per CPU or 
expansion rack; 
40 total per CP

EtherCAT, 
EtherNet/IP

1/2/4 ms

64

-

-

No

No

No

NJ101-9000

2

160

No

No

No

NJ101-1000

5MB (100K step, 
750 POU, 2.5MB 
Variable)

2,560 points 
local (66,560 
with NX I/O)

.5/1/2/4 ms

192

4

No

No

No

NJ301-1100

8

No

No

No

NJ301-1200

20MB (400K 
step, 3,000 POU, 
6MB Variable

)

16

640

No

No

No

NJ501-1300

Yes

No

No

NJ501-1320

No

Yes

No

NJ501-1340

No

No

Yes

NJ501-4300

No

No

1 only

NJ501-4310

32

No

No

No

NJ501-1400

Yes

No

No

NJ501-1420

No

No

Yes

NJ501-4400

64

No

No

No

NJ501-1500

Yes

No

No

NJ501-1520

No

No

Yes

NJ501-4500

NX-Series 
CPU Unit

80MB (1,600K 
step, 6,000 POU, 
260MB Variable)

64,000 with 
NX I/O

None *Future 
capability

EtherCAT, EtherNet/
IP (x2)

.125/.25/.5/1/2/4/8 
ms

512

128

No

No

No

NX701-1600

256

No

No

No

NX701-1700

A

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-4

NJ Series 

  Compatible I/O Units

H255

Points

8-point units

16-point units

32-point units

64-point units

Input units

DC:  CJ1W-ID201
AC:  CJ1W-IA201

DC: CJ1W-ID211
              CJ1W-ID212  (high-          
       speed)
AC: CJ1W-IA111

DC: CJ1W-ID231
       CJ1W-ID232
       CJ1W-ID233 (high     
       speed)

DC: CJ1W-ID261
       CJ1W-ID262

Output units

Relay contact 
(independent 
commons): 
CJ1W-OC201
Triac: CJ1W-OA201
Transistor:
CJ1W-OD201
CJ1W-OD202
CJ1W-OD203
CJ1W-OD204

Relay contact: 
CJ1W-OC211
Transistor:
CJ1W-OD211
CJ1W-OD212
CJ1W-OD213 (high speed)

Transistor:
CJ1W-OD231
CJ1W-OD232
CJ1W-OD233
CJ1W-OD234 (high speed)

Transistor:
CJ1W-OD261
CJ1W-OD262
CJ1W-OD263

Mixed I/O units

--

--

16 DC inputs, 16 transistor 
outputs: CJ1W-MD231
               CJ1W-MD23
               CJ1W-MD233

32 DC inputs, 32
transistor outputs:
CJ1W-MD261
CJ1W-MD263
32 DC inputs, TTL outputs:
CJ1W-MD563

Other units

--

Quick response input:
CJ1W-IDP01

--

--

Process 

Positioning

Communications

RFID Tracking

Universal inputs, isolated outputs:
CJ1W-PH41U
CJ1W-AD04U

High-speed
counter:
CJ1W-CT021, 
CJ1W-CTL41-E

Serial (high speed):
CJ1W-SCU22, CJ1W-SCU32
CJ1W-SCU42

Control 1 antenna:
CJ1W-V680C1
Control 2 antennas:
CJ1W-V680C2

Isolated DC input:
CJ1W-PDC15

DeviceNet: CJ1W-DRM21
EtherNet/IP: CJ1W-EIP21
PROFIBUS-DP: CJ1W-PRM21
PROFINET-IO: CJ1W-PNT21
RS-422A converter: CJ1W-CIF11

Analog input:
4- point: CJ1W-AD042 (high speed)
              CJ1W-AD041-V1
8-point: CJ1W-AD081-V1
Analog output:
4-point CJ1W-DA042V (high speed)
8-point: CJ1W-DA08V, CJ1W-DA08C
4-point:  CJ1W-DA041
2-point:  CJ1W-DA021
Analog I/O:
4 inputs, 2 outputs: CJ1W-MAD42
Temperature controller:  
CJ1W-TC003, CJ1W-TC004, CJ1W-TC103, 
CJ1W-TC104, CJ1W-TS561, CJ1W-TS562

3

 Basic I/O Units

3

 Special I/O and CPU Bus Units

Sysmac NJ Compatible I/O & 
Expansion Units

 

The Sysmac NJ CPU uses the same local 
basic I/O and special I/O units as the CJ-
Series PLC. More details on these units can be 
found in the CJ PLC section (B). All compatible 
I/O units are easily selected and configured 
within the Sysmac Studio software.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-5

Speed and Accuracy for Machine 
Performance

The NX I/O system offers a wide variety of 
I/O devices. Its ultra-fast internal bus system 
is synchronized with the Distributed Clock 
of the EtherCAT network.  The resulting 
system-wide deterministic I/O operation 
allows machine builders to improve machine 
production rates and output quality.
NX-series I/O covers a full range of units, 
including standard and high-speed digital 
I/O’s, various performance levels in analog 
I/O, encoder inputs and pulse outputs.

•  Over 100 models of I/O units including 

position control, temperature inputs and 
integrated safety

•  High-speed I/O units synchronised with 

the EtherCAT cycle

•  The NX I/O technology provides 

deterministic I/O response with 
nanosecond resolution

•  Automatic backup/restore of all I/O unit 

parameters

•  Detachable front connector with push-in 

type screw-less terminals in all NX I/O 
units

•  Slim design: up to 16 I/O points in just 12 

mm width

EtherCAT coupler

•  Up to 1024 byte 

input/1024 byte 
output

• Automatic 

backup/restore 
of all/O unit 
parameters. 
Except Safety 
Control unit and 
Safety I/O units

•  Connect CJ 

SC or Logix 
controllers over 
Ethernet IP 

•  Up to 63 units 

per coupler

Digital I/O

•  Units for 4, 8 or 

16 points

•  Standard, high-

speed and time-
stamp models

•  16/32 point high 

density

Analog I/O

•  ±10V voltage and 

4-20 mA current 
signals

•  2, 4 or 8 channels 

per input unit

Safety I/O

•  Up to 8 safety 

input points 
per unit

• Freely 

allocation of 
the Safety I/O 
units on the 
internal high 
speed bus

Positioning 
interface*

• Encoder 

input 
units for 
connection 
of external 
axes to the 
Sysmac 
system

• Incremental 

and absolute 
encoder 
support

• Positioning 

control unit 
with pulse 
train output

Temperature 
inputs

• Thermocouple 

or RTD inputs, 
2 or 4 per unit

End 
Cover

* Excludes Ethernet/IP coupler 

NX Series 

Modular & Safety I/O

H249

A

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Machine Automation Controllers

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A-6

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

B-i

Programmable Controllers

Contents

Modular PLC

CJ2-
Series

Modular PLC

B-2

Power Supplies & CPU Units

B-3

Communication Units

B-4

Digital I/O Units

B-5

Digital analog Units

B-6

Temperature Control Units

B-7

Pulse I/O & Rack Connectivity

B-8

Rack PLC

CS1-
Series

Rack PLC

B-9

CPU Units & Power Supplies

B-10

Backplanes & Communication 
Units

B-11

Digital I/O Units

B-12

Analog and Process I/O Units

B-13

Accessories

B-14

Micro PLCs

CP1H

CPU Units

B-15

CP1L

CPU Units

B-16

CP1E

CPU Units

B-17

CP

Expansion Units, Options for 
CPU Units

B-18

Programmable Relays

ZEN

CPU Units / Expansion Units

B-20

B

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-2

Fast and Powerful CPUs for Any Task

 

The CJ2 platform is a scalable architecture that 
allows you to pick and choose the CPU and 
I/O based on your needs. Depending on your 
application, you have the ability for advanced 
motion control, multi-network communications 
and small scale systems.

H236

CJ2-Series 

  Modular PLC

1

CPU & Expansion Power Supply

Always verify Current Consumption of 

CPU System < Power Supply Rating

2

CPU

Select CPU based on memory 

needs & built-in communicator

3

I/O Modules

Up to 10 modules per rack 

(Backplane free structure)

4

Expansion Rack Connectivity

Select CJ1W-IC101 for CPU Rack. 

Select CJ1W-II101 for each Expansion Rack.

Select CS1W-CN

99 

3 to connect CPU to Expansion Rack.

3

I/O Modules

Expansion must be used for CPU con-

figurations > 10 modules. 

10 modules max per rack, 3 racks max.

3

For CJ2M CPUs Only

Pulse I/O – CJ2M-MD21x 

(2 Axis Position Control/Module).

Select up to 2 max.

5

Literature

Available from 

www.omron247.com

1

CPU & Expansion Power Supply

Always verify Current Consumption of 

CPU System < Power Supply Rating

CPU System Configuration

Select CPU Power Supply, CPU and I/O

Expansion Configuration

Select  Expansion, Power Supply and I/O

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-3

Ordering Information

Input range

Power 
consumption

Output 
capacity 
at 5 VDC

Output 
capacity 
at 24 VDC

Max. 
output 
power

Features

Width

Model

21.6 - 25.4 VDC

35 W max.

2.0 A

0.4 A

16.6 W

--

27 mm

CJ1W-PD022

19.2 - 28.8 VDC

50 W max.

5.0 A

0.8 A

25 W

--

60 mm

CJ1W-PD025

85 - 264 VAC
47 - 63 Hz

50 VA max.

2.8 A

0.4 A

14 W

--

45 mm

CJ1W-PA202

100 VA max

5.0 A

0.8 A

25 W

Run output 
(SPST relay)

80 mm

CJ1W-PA205R

Maintenance 
status display

80 mm

CJ1W-PA205C

1

 CPU & Expansion Power Supply

Note: The CJ1W-PD022 has no galvanic isolation.

Max 
digital I/O 
points

Program 
capacity

Data 
memory 
capacity

Logic 
execution 
speed

Max. 
I/O 
units

Width

5 V Current 
consumption

Built-in functions

Model

2,560

400 K

832 K

16 ns

40

80 
mm

820 mA

USB + Ethernet/IP 
+ RS-232C

CJ2H-CPU68-EIP

250 K

512 K

CJ2H-CPU67-EIP

150 K

352 K

CJ2H-CPU66-EIP

100 K

160 K

CJ2H-CPU65-EIP

50 K

160 K

CJ2H-CPU64-EIP

60 K

160 K

40 ns

62 
mm

700 mA

USB + Ethernet/IP, 
serial comm. option 
slot

CJ2M-CPU35

30 K

160 K

CJ2M-CPU34

20 K

64 K

CJ2M-CPU33

10 K

64 K

CJ2M-CPU32

5 K

64 K

CJ2M-CPU31

60 K

160 K

31 
mm

500 mA

USB + RS-232C

CJ2M-CPU15

30 K

160 K

CJ2M-CPU14

20 K

64 K

CJ2M-CPU13

10 K

64 K

CJ2M-CPU12

5 K

64 K

CJ2M-CPU11

2

 CPU

H236

CJ2-Series 

 Power Supplies & CPU Units

B

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-4

H258

3

 

Communication/Networks

Type

Ports

Data 
transfer

Protocols

Unit class

Width

Connection 
type

Model

Serial

2 x RS-232C

CompoWay/F, Host 
link, NT link, Modbus, 
User-defined

CPU bus 
unit

31 mm 9-pin D-Sub

CJ1W-
SCU21-V1

Serial

2 x RS-232C

High-
speed

CompoWay/F, Host 
link, NT link, Modbus, 
User-defined

CPU bus 
unit

31 mm 9-pin D-Sub

CJ1W-SCU22

Serial

2 x RS-422A/
RS-485

CompoWay/F, Host 
link, NT link, Modbus, 
User-defined

CPU bus 
unit

31 mm 9-pin D-Sub

CJ1W-
SCU31-V1

Serial

2 x RS-422A/
RS-485

High-
speed

CompoWay/F, Host 
link, NT link, Modbus, 
User-defined

CPU bus 
unit

31 mm 9-pin D-Sub

CJ1W-SCU32

Serial

1 x RS-232C 
+ 1 x RS-422/
RS-485

CompoWay/F, Host 
link, NT link, Modbus, 
User-defined

CPU bus 
unit

31 mm 9-pin D-Sub

CJ1W-
SCU41-V1

Serial

1 x RS-232C +
1 x RS-422/RS-
485

High-
speed

CompoWay/F, Host 
link, NT link, Modbus, 
User-defined

CPU bus 
unit

31 mm 9-pin D-Sub

CJ1W-SCU42

Ethernet

1 x 100 Base-Tx

UDP, TCP/IP, FTP 
server,SMTP (e-mail), 
SNTP (time adjust),
FINS routing, socket 
service

CPU bus 
unit

31 mm RJ45

CJ1W-ETN21

EtherNet/IP

1 x 100 Base-Tx

EtherNet/IP, UDP, 
TCP/IP, FTP server, 
SNTP, SNMP

CPU bus 
unit

31 mm RJ45

CJ1W-EIP21

DeviceNet

1 x CAN

DeviceNet

CPU bus 
unit

31 mm 5-p detachable CJ1W-DRM21

PROFIBUS-DP

1 x RS-485 
(Master)

DP, DPV1

CPU bus 
unit

31 mm 9-pin D-Sub

CJ1W-PRM21

PROFIBUS-DP

1 x RS-485 
(Slave)

DP

Special I/O 
unit

31 mm 9-pin D-Sub

CJ1W-PRT21

PROFINET-IO

1 x 100 Base-Tx

PROFINET-IO 
Controller, FINS/UDP

CPU bus 
unit

31 mm RJ45

CJ1W-PNT21

CAN

1 x CAN

User-defined, 
supports 11-bit and 
29-bit identifiers

CPU bus 
unit

31 mm 5-p detachable CJ1W-CORT21

CompoNet

4-wire, data +
power to slaves
(Master)

CompoNet (CIP-
based)

Special I/O 
unit

31 mm 4-p detachable 

IDC or screw

CJ1W-CRM21

CompoBus/S

2-wire (Master)

Omron proprietary

Special I/O 
unit

20 mm 2-wire screw + 

2-wire power

CJ1W-SRM21

CJ-Series 

Communication Units

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-5

H255

Points Type

Rated 
voltage

Rated 
current

Width

Remarks

Connection 
type 

*1

Model

16

AC input

120 VAC

7 mA

31 mm

--

M3

CJ1W-IA111

8

AC input

240 VAC

10 mA

31 mm

--

M3

CJ1W-IA201

8

DC input

24 VDC

10 mA

31 mm

--

M3

CJ1W-ID201

16

DC input

24 VDC

7 mA

31 mm

--

M3

CJ1W-ID211

16

DC input

24 VDC

7 mA

31 mm

Fast-response (15 μs ON, 90 
μs OFF)

M3

CJ1W-ID212

16

DC input

24 VDC

7 mA

31 mm

Inputs start interrupt tasks in 
PLC program

M3

CJ1W-INT01

16

DC input

24 VDC

7 mA

31 mm

Latches pulses down to 50 μs 
pulse width

M3

CJ1W-IDP01

32

DC input

24 VDC

4.1 mA

20 mm

--

1 x Fujitsu

CJ1W-ID231

32

DC input

24 VDC

4.1 mA

20 mm

--

 1 x MIL

*1

 (40 pt) CJ1W-ID232

32

DC input

24 VDC

4.1 mA

20 mm

Fast-response (15 μs ON, 90 
μs OFF)

1 x MIL

*1

 (40 pt)

CJ1W-ID233

64

DC input

24 VDC

4.1 mA

31 mm

--

2 x Fujitsu

CJ1W-ID261

64

DC input

24 VDC

4.1 mA

31 mm

--

2 x MIL

*1

 (40 pt)

CJ1W-ID262

8

Triac output

250 VAC

0.6 mA

31 mm

--

M3

CJ1W-OA201

8

Relay output 250 VAC

2 A

31 mm

Independent response

M3

CJ1W-OC201

16

Relay output 250 VAC

2 A

31 mm

--

M3

CJ1W-OC211

8

DC output 
(sink)

12 to 24 
VDC

2 A

31 mm

--

M3

CJ1W-OD201

8

DC output 
(source)

24 VDC

2 A

31 mm

With short-circuit protection, 
alarm

M3

CJ1W-OD202

16

DC output 
(sink)

12 to 24 
VDC

0.5 A

31 mm

--

M3

CJ1W-OD211

16

DC output 
(source)

24 VDC

0.5 A

31 mm

With short-circuit protection, 
alarm

M3

CJ1W-OD212

16

DC output 
(sink)

24 VDC

0.5 A

31 mm

Fast-response (15 μs ON, 80 
μs OFF)

M3

CJ1W-OD213

32

DC output 
(sink)

12 to 24 
VDC

0.5 A

20 mm

--

1 x Fujitsu

CJ1W-OD231

32

DC output 
(source)

24 VDC

0.3 A

20 mm

With short-circuit protection, 
alarm

1 x MIL

*1

 (40 pt)

CJ1W-OD232

32

DC output 
(sink)

24 VDC

0.5 A

20 mm

Fast-response (15 μs ON, 90 
μs OFF)

1 x MIL

*1

 (40 pt)

CJ1W-OD234

64

DC output 
(sink)

12 to 24 
VDC

0.3 A

31 mm

--

2 x Fujitsu

CJ1W-OD261

64

DC output 
(source)

24 VDC

0.3 A

31 mm

--

2 x MIL

*1

 (40 pt)

CJ1W-OD262

16 + 
16

DC in+out  
(source)

24 VDC

0.5 A

31 mm

--

2 x MIL

*1

 (20 pt)

CJ1W-MD232

32 + 
32

DC in+out
(sink)

24 VDC

0.3 A

31 mm

--

2 x MIL

*1

 (40 pt)

CJ1W-MD263

32 + 
32

DC in+out 
(TLL)

5 VDC

35 mA

31 mm

--

2 x MIL

*1

 (40 pt)

CJ1W-MD563

3

 

Digital I/O

*1

 MIL = connector according to MIL-C-83503 (compatible with DIN 41651/IEC 60603-1).

Note: All digital I/O unit are designated as basic I/O units.

CJ-Series 

Digital I/O Units

B

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-6

H256

3

 

Analog I/O

Points Type

Ranges

Resolution

Accuracy 
(Note 2)

Conversion 
time

Remarks

Model

4

Universal 
analog input

DC voltage, 
DC current, 
Thermocouple 
Pt100/Pt1000, 
potentiometer

1/256,000

0.05%

60 ms/4 
points

All inputs individually 
isolated, configurable 
alarms, maintenance 
functions, user-
defined scaling, zero/
span adjustment

CJ1W-PH41U

4

0 to
1 to
0 to
0 to
4 to

5 V
5 V
10 V
20 
mA
20 
mA

V/I: 1/12,000
T/C: 0.1 °C
RTD: 0.1 °C

V: 0.3%
I: 0.3%
T/C: 0.3%
RTD: 0.3%

250 ms/4 
points

Universal inputs, with 
zero/span adjustment, 
configurable alarms, 
scaling, sensor error 
detection

CJ1W-AD04U

T/C: K, J, T, 
L, R, S, B, 
Pt100, Pt1000, 
JPt100

4

Analog input

0 to
1 to
0 to
-10 to
4 to

5 V
5 V
10 V
10 V
20 
mA

1/8,000

V: 0.2%
I: 0.4%

250 μs/point

Offset/gain 
adjustment, peak 
hold, moving average, 
alarms

CJ1W-AD041-V1

8

CJ1W-AD081-V1

2

Analog 
output

1/4,000

V: 0.02%

1 ms/point

Offset/gain 
adjustment, output 
hold

CJ1W-DA021

4

I: 0.05%

CJ1W-DA041

4 + 2

Analog input 
+ output

1/8,000

In: 0.2%
Out: 0.3%

1 ms/point

Offset/gain 
adjustment, scaling, 
peak hold, moving 
average, alarms, 
output hold

CJ1W-MAD42

4

High-speed 
input

1/40,000

V: 0.2%
I: 0.4%

35 μs/4 points Direct conversion 

(CJ2 special 
instruction)

CJ1W-AD042

4

High-speed 
output

1 to
0 to
-10 to

5 V
10 V
10 V

1/40,000

0.3%

35 μs/ 
4 points

Direct conversion 
(CJ2 special 
instruction)

CJ1W-DA042V

8

Voltage 
output

0 to
0 to
-10 to
1 to

5 V
10 V
10 V
5 V

1/8,000

0.3%

250 μs/ point

Offset/gain 
adjustment, output 
hold

CJ1W-DA08V

8

Current 
output

4 to

20 
mA

0.5%

CJ1W-DA08C

2

Process 
input

4 to
0 to
0 to
-10 to
0 to
-5 to
1 to
0 to
1.25 
to

20 
mA
20 
mA
10 V
10 V
5 V
5 V
5 V
1.25 V
1.25 V

1/64,000

0.05%

5/ms point

Configurable alarms, 
maintenance 
functions, user-
defined scaling, zero/
span adjustment, 
square root, totalizer

CJ1W-PDC15

Notes: 

All Analog I/O units are designated as Special I/O units, except 
CJ1W-TS561/-TS562, which are Basic I/O units (cannot be 
used with CP1H).

Accuracy for Voltage and Current Inputs/Outputs as percentage 
of full scale and typical value at 25°C ambient temperature. 
Accuracy for Temperature Inputs/Outputs as percentage of 
process value and typical value at 25°C ambient temperature. 
(Consult the operation manual for details.)

CJ-Series 

Analog I/O Units

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-7

H256

3

 

In-panel Temperature Controller

3

 

Temperature Control Units

Inputs

Input type

Ranges

Resolution

Accuracy 
(Note 2)

Conversion 
time

Remarks

Model

2

Thermocouple 
input

B, E, J, K, 
L, N, R, S, 
T, U, WRe5-
26, PLII, 
-100 to 100 
mV

1/64,000

0.05%

5 ms/ 
point

Configurable alarms,  
(absolute + rate-of-
change), peak hold, 
maintenance functions

CJ1W-PTS15

4

B, J, K, L, 
R, S, T

0.1°C

0.03%
0.05%

62.5 ms/ point 4 configurable alarm 

outputs

CJ1W-PTS51

6

40 ms/ point

CJ1W-TS561

2

Resistance 
thermometer 
input

Pt50, 
Pt100, 
JPt100,
Ni508.4

1/64,000

0.05%

5 ms/ 
point

Configurable alarms 
(absolute + rate-of-
change), peak hold, 
maintenance functions

CJ1W-PTS16

4

Pt100, 
JPt100

0.1°C

0.03%
0.05%

62.5 ms/ point 4 configurable alarm 

outputs

CJ1W-PTS52

6

40 ms/ point

CJ1W-TS562

Specifications

Model

No. of loops

Temperature sensor 
inputs

Control outputs

4 loops

Thermocouple input (R, 
S, K, J, T, B, L)

Open collector NPN outputs (pulses)

CJ1W-TC001

4 loops

Open collector PNP outputs (pulses)

CJ1W-TC002

2 lops, heater burnout detection function

Open collector NPN outputs (pulses)

CJ1W-TC003

2 lops, heater burnout detection function

Open collector PNP outputs (pulses)

CJ1W-TC004

4 loops

Platinum resistance 
thermometer input 
(JPt100, Pt100)

Open collector NPN outputs (pulses)

CJ1W-TC101

4 loops

Open collector PNP outputs (pulses)

CJ1W-TC102

2 lops, heater burnout detection function

Open collector NPN outputs (pulses)

CJ1W-TC103

2 lops, heater burnout detection function

Open collector PNP outputs (pulses)

CJ1W-TC104

Notes: 

All Analog I/O units are designated as Special I/O units, except CJ1W-TS561/-TS562, which are Basic I/O units. (cannot be used 
with CP1H).

Accuracy for Voltage and Current Inputs/Outputs as percentage of full scale and typical value at 25°C ambient temperature. 
Accuracy for Temperature Inputs/Outputs as percentage of process value and typical value at 25°C ambient temperature. 
(Consult the operation manual for details)

CJ-Series 

Temperature Control Units

B

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-8

H257

Product name

Specifications

Current consumption (A)

Standards

Model

5 V

24 V

Pulse I/O 
Module

Sinking outputs, MIL connector
10 inputs (4 interrupt/quick response 
inputs, 2 high-speed counter inputs)
6 outputs (2 pulse outputs and 2 PWM 
outputs)

0.08

---

UC1, N, L, CE

CJ2M-MD211

Sourcing outputs, MIL connector
10 inputs (4 interrupt/quick response 
inputs, 2 high-speed counter inputs)
6 outputs (2 pulse outputs, 2 PWM 
outputs)

0.08

---

CJ2M-MD212

3

 

Pulse I/O for CJ2M Only

Note:

 Connectors are not provided with Pulse I/O Modules. Purchase the following Connector, an OMRON Cable with  

 

 

Connectors for Connector Terminal Block Conversion Units, or an OMRON Cable with Connectors for Servo Relay Units.

4

 

Expansion Rack Connectivity

Type

Description

Width, length

Model

I/O control unit

Required unit on CPU ‘rack’ to connect I/O expansions

20 mm

CJ1W-IC101

I/O interface unit Start unit for each I/O expansion ‘rack’. Requires a power 

supply unit.

31 mm

CJ1W-II101

I/O expansion 
cable

Connects CJ1W-IC101 or -II101 to the next expansion rack’s -II101

0.3 m

CS1W-CN313

0.7 m

CS1W-CN713

2.0 m

CS1W-CN223

3.0 m

CS1W-CN323

5.0 m

CS1W-CN523

10 m

CS1W-CN133

12 m

CS1W-CN133-B2

CJ-Series 

 Pulse I/O & Rack Connectivity

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-9

H222

CS1-Series 

Rack PLC

Fast and Powerful CPUs for Any Task

 

The CS1 Series gives you superior control 
performance and optimal power capacity 
to handle any application. The Series offers 
redundant CPUs, diverse I/O selection and wide 
variety of communication platforms to solve 
your control needs. 

CPU Rack

CS1 Expansion I/O Rack

4

Communication & I/O Modules

1

Power Supply

3

Backplane

2

CPU

1

Power Supply

3

Backplane

B

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-10

Ordering Information

2

 CPU

Max. Digital 
I/O points

Program 
capacity

Data 
memory 
capacity

Logic 
execution 
speed

Max. I/O 
units 

Additional functions 

Model 

5120 

250K steps  448K words  20 ns 

80 

– 

CS1H-CPU67H 

71 

Supports duplex power supply and I/O 
hot-swapping 

CS1D-CPU67S 

68 

CPU for full dual-redundancy 

CS1D-CPU67H 

CPU for full dual-redundancy, with loop 
control board 

CS1D-CPU67P 

120K steps  256K words 

80 

– 

CS1H-CPU66H 

60K steps 

128K words 

80 

– 

CS1H-CPU65H 

71 

Supports duplex power supply and I/O 
hot-swapping 

CS1D-CPU65S 

68 

CPU for full dual-redundancy 

CS1D-CPU65H 

CPU for full dual-redundancy, with loop 
control board 

CS1D-CPU65P 

30K steps 

64K words 

80 

– 

CS1H-CPU64H 

20K steps 

– 

CS1H-CPU63H 

60K steps 

40 ns 

– 

CS1G-CPU45H 

1280 

30K steps 

40 

– 

CS1G-CPU44H 

35 

Supports duplex power supply and I/O 
hot-swapping 

CS1D-CPU44S 

960 

20K steps 

30 

– 

CS1G-CPU43H 

10K steps 

– 

CS1G-CPU42H 

26 

Supports duplex power supply and I/O 
hot-swapping 

CS1D-CPU42S 

1

 Power Supplies

Input range 

Power 
consumption 

Output 
capacity 
5VDC 

Output 
capacity 
26 VDC 

Max. 
output 
power 

Extra functions 

Model 

19.2 to 28.8 
VDC 

40 W max. 

6.6 A 

0.62 A 

30 W 

– 

C200HW-PD024 

4.3 A 

0.56 A 

28 W 

Power supply for dual-redundant 
system 

CS1D-PD024 

55 VA max. 

5.3 A 

1.3 A 

40 W 

– 

C200HW-PD025 

Power supply for dual-redundant 
system 

CS1D-PD025 

85 to 264 VAC 
50/60 Hz 

120 VA max. 

4.6 A 

0.62 A 

30 W 

Maintenance status display 

C200HW-
PA204C 

85 to 132 
VAC, 170 to 
264 VAC, 
50/60 Hz 

-

C200HW-PA204

Service output 24 VDC, 0.8 A 

C200HW-
PA204S

Run status output (SPST relay) 

C200HW-
PA204R

180 VA max. 

9.0 A 

1.3 A 

45 W 

Run status output (SPST relay) 

C200HW-
PA209R 

150 VA max. 

7.0 A 

1.3 A 

35 W 

Power supply for dual-redundant 
system 

CS1D-PA207R 

H259

CS1-Series 

CPU Units & Power Supplies

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-11

H265

3

 Backplanes

Type 

Slots 

Expansion connector  Width 

Special functions 

Model 

CPU 

No 

200 mm 

– 

CS1W-BC023 

CPU 

Yes 

260 mm 

– 

CS1W-BC033 

CPU 

Yes 

330 mm 

– 

CS1W-BC053 

CPU 

Yes 

435 mm 

– 

CS1W-BC083 

CPU 

10 

Yes 

505 mm 

– 

CS1W-BC103 

Expansion 

Yes 

260 mm 

– 

CS1W-BI033 

Expansion 

Yes 

330 mm 

– 

CS1W-BI053 

Expansion 

Yes 

435 mm 

– 

CS1W-BI083 

Expansion 

10 

Yes 

505 mm 

– 

CS1W-BI103 

CPU 

Yes 

505 mm 

For Duplex CPU + Power supplies  CS1D-BC052 

CPU 

Yes 

505 mm 

For Duplex Power supplies 

CS1D-BC082S 

Expansion 

Yes 

505 mm 

For Duplex Power supplies 

CS1D-BI092 

4

 Communication/Networks

Type 

Ports 

Protocols 

Unit class 

Connection 
type 

Model 

Serial 

2 x RS-232C 

CompoWay/F, Host Link, NT 
link, Modbus, User-defined 

CPU bus unit 

9-pin D-Sub 

CS1W-SCU21-V1 

Serial 

2 x RS-232C/RS-485  CompoWay/F, Host Link, NT 

link, Modbus, User-defined 

CPU bus unit 

9-pin D-Sub 

CS1W-SCU31-V1 

Serial 

2 x RS-232C 

CompoWay/F, Host Link, NT 
link, Modbus, User-defined 

CPU option board  9-pin D-Sub 

CS1W-SCB21-V1 

Serial 

1 x RS-232C + 1 x 
RS-422/RS-485 

CompoWay/F, Host Link, NT 
link, Modbus, User-defined 

CPU option board  9-pin D-Sub 

CS1W-SCB41-V1 

GP-IB 

Master/Slave 
selectable 

GP-IB instrument 
communication 

Special I/O unit 

GP-IB 

CS1W-GPI01 

Ethernet 

1 x 100 Base-Tx 

UDP, TCP/IP, FTP server, 
SMTP (e-mail), SNTP (time 
adjust), FINS routing, 
socket service 

CPU bus unit 

RJ45 

CS1W-ETN21 

Controller link

2-wire twisted pair

Omron proprietary

CPU bus unit

2-wire 
screw+GND

CS1W-CLK21-V1

Optical HPCF

2 x HPCF 
connector

CS1W-CLK12-V1

Optical graded-
index fiber

4 x ST 
connector

CS1W-CLK52-V1

EtherNet/IP 

1 x 100 Base-Tx 

EtherNet/IP, UDP, TCP/IP, 
FTP server, SNTP, SNMP 

CPU Bus unit 

RJ45 

CS1W-EIP21 

DeviceNet 

1 x CAN 

DeviceNet 

CPU bus unit 

5-p detachable  CS1W-DRM21-V1 

CompoNet 

4-wire, data + power 
to slaves (Master) 

CompoNet (CIP-based) 

Special I/O unit 

4-p detachable 
IDC or screw 

CS1W-CRM21 

PROFIBUS-DP  1 x RS-485 (Master) 

DP, DPV1 

CPU bus unit 

9-pin D-Sub 

CS1W-PRM21 

CAN 

1 x CAN 

CANopen, User-defined 

CPU bus unit 

5-p detachable  CS1W-CORT21 

PROFIBUS-DP  1 x RS-485 (Slave) 

DP 

C200H special 
I/O unit; cannot 
be used on CS1D 
systems

9-pin D-Sub 

C200HW-PRT21 

CompoBus/S 

2-wire (Master) 

Omron proprietary 

2-wire screw + 
2-wire power 

C200HW-
SRM21-V1 

CS1-Series 

 

Backplanes & Communication Units

B

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-12

H262

Digital I/O

Points

Type

Rated voltage

Rated 
current

Remarks

Connection type

Model

*1

16 

AC input 

120 VAC 

10 mA

--

M3 

CS1W-IA111 

16 

AC input 

240 VAC 

10 mA

--

M3 

CS1W-IA211 

16 

DC input 

24 VDC 

7mA 

--

M3 

CS1W-ID211 

16 

DC input 

24 VDC 

7mA 

Inputs start interrupt 
tasks in PLC program

M3 

CS1W-INT01 

16 

DC input 

24 VDC 

7mA 

Latches high speed 
units

M3 

CS1W-IDP01 

32 

DC input 

24 VDC 

6mA 

--

1 x 40 pt Fujitsu 

CS1W-ID231 

64 

DC input 

24 VDC 

6mA 

--

2 x 40 pt Fujitsu 

CS1W-ID261 

96 

DC input 

24 VDC 

5mA 

--

2 x 56 pt Fujitsu 

CS1W-ID291 

Triac output 

250 VAC 

1.2 A 

--

M3 

CS1W-OA201 

16 

Triac output 

250 VAC 

0.5 A 

--

M3 

CS1W-OA211 

Relay output 

250 VAC 

2.0 A

--

M3 

CS1W-OC201 

16 

Relay output 

250 VAC 

2.0 A

--

M3 

CS1W-OC211 

16 

DC output (sink) 

12 to 24 VDC 

0.5 A 

--

M3 

CS1W-OD211 

16 

DC output (source)  24 VDC 

0.5 A 

With short-circuit 
protection, alarm

M3 

CS1W-OD212 

32 

DC output (sink) 

12 to 24 VDC 

0.5 A 

--

1 x 40 pt Fujitsu 

CS1W-OD231 

32 

DC output (source)  24 VDC 

0.5 A 

With short-circuit 
protection, alarm

1 x 40 pt Fujitsu 

CS1W-OD232 

64 

DC output (sink) 

12 to 24 VDC 

0.3 A 

2 x 40 pt Fujitsu 

CS1W-OD261 

64 

DC output (source)  24 VDC 

0.3 A 

With short-circuit 
protection, alarm

2 x 40 pt Fujitsu 

CS1W-OD262 

96 

DC output (sink) 

12 to 24 VDC 

0.1 A 

--

2 x 56 pt Fujitsu 

CS1W-OD291 

96 

DC output (source)  24 VDC 

0.1 A 

--

2 x 56 pt Fujitsu 

CS1W-OD292 

32+32 

DC output (sink) 

12 to 24 VDC 

0.3 A 

--

2 x 40 pt Fujitsu 

CS1W-MD261 

32+32 

DC in+out (source)  24 VDC 

0.3 A 

With short-circuit 
protection, alarm

2 x 40 pt Fujitsu 

CS1W-MD262 

48+48 

DC output (sink) 

12 to 24 VDC 

0.1 A 

--

2 x 56 pt Fujitsu 

CS1W-MD291 

48+48 

DC in+out (source)  12 to 24 VDC 

0.1 A 

--

2 x 56 pt Fujitsu 

CS1W-MD292 

Note: All Digital I/O units are designated as Basic I/O units.

CS1-Series 

Digital I/O Units

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-13

H263

Analog I/O

Points  Type 

Ranges 

Resolution  Accuracy

*1

 

Conversion 
time 

Remarks 

Model

4

Analog 
input

0 to 5 V,
0 to 10 V,
-10 to 10 V,
1 to 5 V,
4 to 20 mA

1/8,000

V: 0.2% 
I: 0.4% 

250 μs/point

Offset/gain adjustment, 
peak hold, moving 
average, alarms

CS1W-
AD041-V1

8

CS1W-
AD081-V1

16

0.2% 

CS1W-AD161

4

Analog 
output

0 to 5 V,
0 to 10 V,
-10 to 10 V,
1 to 5 V,
4 to 20 mA

1/4,000

V: 0.3% 
I: 0.5% 

1 ms/point

Offset/gain adjustment

CS1W-DA041

4 + 4 

Analog in 
+ output 

 0 to 5 V,
0 to 10 V,
-10 to 10 V,
1 to 5 V
(4 to 20 mA 
input)

1/8,000

V in: 0.2% 
I in: 0.4% 
out: 0.3% 

Offset/gain adjustment, 
scaling, peak
hold, moving average, 
alarms, output
hold

CS1W-
MAD44 

8

Voltage 
output

0 to 5 V,
0 to 10 V,
-10 to 10 V,
1 to 5 V

1/4,000

0.3% 

1 ms/point

Offset/gain adjustment, 
output hold

CS1W-DA08V

8

Current 
output

4 to 20 mA

0.5% 

CS1W-DA08C

4

Process 
input

4 to 20 mA,
0 to 20 mA,
0 to 10 V,
-10 to 10 V,
0 to 5 V,
-5 to 5 V,
1 to 5 V,
1 to 1.25 V,
-1.25 to 1.25 V

1/64,000

0.05% 

5 ms/point

Configurable alarms, 
maintenance
functions, user-defined 
scaling, zero/
span adjustment, square 
root, totalizer

CS1W-PDC11

8

Process 
input

-10 to 10 V,
0 to 5 V,
1 to 5 V,
4 to 20 mA

1/16,000

0.3% of PV

62.5 ms/
point

Configurable alarms, zero/
span adjustment,
square root

CS1W-PDC55

4

2-Wire 
transmitter 
input

1 to 5 V,
4 to 20 mA

1/4,096

0.2% 

25 ms/point

Built-in power supply for 
transmitter, configurable 
alarms, square root, rate-
of-change, etc.

CS1W-
PTW01

8

Power 
transducer 
input

-1 to 1 mA,
0 to 1 mA
-100 to 100 
mV,
0 to 100 mV

1/4,096

0.2% 

25 ms/point

Inrush current limiter, 
configurable
alarms, averaging, etc.

CS1W-PTR01

1/4,096

0.2% 

25 ms/point

CS1W-PTR02

4

Pulse rate 
input

20000 pps, 
voltage,
open collector, 
contact

up to
1/32,000

--

25 ms/point

Averaging, totalizer

CS1W-PPS01

(continued on next page)

CS1-Series 

Analog & Process I/O Units

B

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-14

Notes:

 

Accuracy for Voltage and Current Inputs/Outputs as percentage of full scale and typical value at 25°C ambient temperature. 
Accuracy for Temperature Inputs/Outputs as percentage of process value and typical value at 25°C ambient temperature. 
(Consult the operation manual for details)
All Analog I/O units are designated as Special I/O units, except CJ1W-TS561/-TS562, which are Basic I/O units.

H263

Temperature Input Units

4

Thermocou-
ple input

B, E, J, K, L, 
N, R, S, T, U, 
WRe5-26, PLII, 
-100 to 100 mV

1/64,000

0.05%

5 ms/ 
point

Configurable alarms,  
(absolute + rate-of-
change), peak hold, 
maintenance functions

CS1W-PTS11

4

B, J, K, L, R, 
S, T

0.1°C

0.3%

62.5 ms/ 
point

4 configurable alarm 
outputs

CS1W-PTS51

8

31.2 ms/ 
point

CS1W-PTS55

4

Resistance 
thermometer 
input

Pt50, Pt100, 
JPt100,
Ni508.4

1/64,000

0.05%

5 ms/ 
point

Configurable alarms 
(absolute + rate-of-
change), peak hold, 
maintenance functions

CJ1W-PTS12

4

Pt100, JPt100

0.1°C

0.3%

62.5 ms/ 
point

4 configurable alarm 
outputs

CS1W-PTS52

8

31.2 ms/ 
point

CS1W-PTS56

Isolated Control Output Units

4

Isolated 
control 
output

1 to
4 to

5 V
20 mA

1/4,000

I:  0.1%
V:  0.2%

25 ms/ point

Output read back, 
high/low/rate limiting, 
disconnection alarm, zero/
span adjustment

CS1W-PMV01

4

-10 to
0 to
-5 to
0 to
-1 to 
0 to 

10 V
10 V
5 V
5 V
1 V
1 V

1/4,000

0.1%

10 ms/ point

High/low/rate limiting, 
output hold, zero/span 
adjustment

CS1W-PMV02

Accessories

Description 

Remarks 

Model 

Duplex unit, required for CS1D-CPU6_H systems 

– 

CS1D-DPL01 

Serial communication option board, 2 x RS-232C 

– 

CS1W-SCB21-V1 

Serial communication option board, 1 x RS-232C + 1 x RS422/RS-485 

– 

CS1W-SCB41-V1 

Loop control option board 

50 control blocks max.  CS1W-LCB01 

Loop control option board 

300 control blocks 
max. 

CS1W-LCB05 

Replacement battery set, for all CS1 CPUs 

– 

CS1W-BAT01 

CS1 I/O connecting cable

0.3, 0.7, 2, 3, 5, 10, 
12 m

CS1W-CN

999

Compact Flash memory card, 128 MB, for all models (not required for operation)  Industrial grade flash

HMC-EF183 

Compact Flash memory card, 256 MB, for all models (not required for operation)  Industrial grade flash

HMC-EF283 

Compact Flash memory card, 512 MB, for all models (not required for operation)  Industrial grade flash

HMC-EF583 

Compact Flash PC-Card adapter 

– 

HMC-AP001 

Analog I/O (continued)

CS1-Series 

Analog & Process I/O Units 

and Accessories

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-15

High Performance Micro PLC

The CP1H series combines the compactness 
of a micro PLC and the power of a modular 
PLC. It is ideal for multi-axis positioning 
control and suitable for simple loop control. 
The CP1H can be expanded with CP-series 
I/Os and supports up to two CJ1 special  
I/O units. 

H225

Input 
points

Output 
points

Expandable 
up to*

Program 
capacity

Data 
memory 
capacity 

Power 
supply

Output method

Built-in functions Model

E

I/C

P

CP1H-X with pulse outputs for 4 axes

24 

16 

320 points

20K 
steps

32K 
words

85 to 264 
VAC

Relay output

4

8

--

CP1H-X40DR-A

20.4 to 
26.4 VDC

Transistor output 
(sink type)

4

8

4

CP1H-X40DT-D

Transistor output 
(source type)

4

8

4

CP1H-X40DT1-D

CP1H-XA with built-in analog I/O (4 analog inputs/2 analog outputs; 1/12,000 resolution)

24 

16 

320 points

20K 
steps

32K 
words

85 to 264 
VAC

Relay output

8

--

CP1H-XA40DR-A

20.4 to 
26.4 VDC

Transistor output 
(sink type)

4

8

4

CP1H-XA40DT-D

Transistor output 
(source type)

4

8

4

CP1H-XA40DT1-D

CP1H-Y with 1-MHz pulse I/O

12 

300 points

20K 
steps

32K 
words

20.4 to 
26.4 VDC

Transistor output 
(sink type)

4**

6

4**

CP1H-Y20DT-D

Ordering Information

Built-in functions:  E = Encoder inputs; I/C = Interrupts/counters; P = Pulse outputs

*CP1H CPU series can be expanded with CP-series Expansion Units and CJ1 Special I/O Units.
** Encoder inputs: 2x 1 MHz + 2x 100 kHz; Pulse outputs: 2x 1 MHz + 2x 100 kHz.

CP1H CPU Units 

  Micro PLC

B

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-16

The Compact Machine Controller

 

The CP1L series offers maximum cost 
effectiveness within a minimal product 
footprint. It is ideal for stand alone machine 
position control, temperature control and 
multi-connection Ethernet applications. The 
CP1L is selectable from 10 I/O to 60 I/O, with 
select models featuring built-in Ethernet and 
analog inputs. Additionally, can be expanded 
up to 180 I/O using CP-series expansion 
units offering a variety of I/O, analog and 
communication options.

H226

Ordering Information

Designator

Description

1

 Program/Data Capacity/Embedded Communications

5k steps/10k words

M

10k steps/32k words

EL

5k (+10k FB) steps/10k words/Ethernet

EM

10k (+10k FB) steps/32k words/Ethernet

2

 Digital I/O (Total I/O Capacity)

10D 

6 inputs, 4 outputs (10) 

14D

8 inputs, 6 outputs (54)

20D

12 inputs, 8 outputs (60)

30D

18 inputs, 12 outputs (150)

40D

24 inputs, 16 outputs (160)

60D

36 inputs, 24 outputs (180)

3

 Output Type

R

Relay

T

Transistor (sinking)

T1

Transistor (sourcing)

4

 Voltage

A

85 to 264 VAC

D

20.4 to 26.4 VDC

Built-in 
Functions

Number

Model

Encoder Inputs 

4 (100 kHz)

All

Interrupts/
Counters

2

-L10D Type

4

-L14D Type

6

-20D thru -60D Type

Pulse Outputs

2 (100 kHz)

Transistor Output Type

Analog Inputs

2

-EL & -EM Type

CP1L –

1

2

3

4

Note: Not all configuration are available. Please refer to the 
website for a full list of models and complete specifications.

CP1L CPU Units 

 Micro PLC

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-17

Easy, Efficient and Economic

The CP1E is an economy class micro PLC 
that satisfies entry-level requirements for 
basic applications. Select CPUs from 10 I/O 
to 60 I/O with basic expandability.

H234

Ordering Information

Designator

Description

1

 Program/Data Capacity/Embedded Communications

2k steps/2k words

N

8k steps/8k words, RS-232C

2

 Analog I/O

2 inputs, 1 output

3

 Digital I/O (Total I/O Capacity)

10D 

6 inputs, 4 outputs (10) 

14D

8 inputs, 6 outputs (14)

20D

12 inputs, 8 outputs (20, except -NA type: 140)

30D

18 inputs, 12 outputs (150)

40D

24 inputs, 16 outputs (160)

60D

36 inputs, 24 outputs (180)

4

 Output Type

R

Relay

T

Transistor (sinking)

T1

Transistor (sourcing)

5

 Voltage

A

100 to 240 VAC

D

24 VDC

Built-in 
Functions

Number

Model

Pulse Outputs

2 (100 kHz)

Only -N Type Transistor 
Models

Interrupts/
Counters

4

-E10 Type

6

-E/N14 thru -E/N60 Type

CP1E –

1

2

3

4

5

Note: Not all configuration are available. Please refer to the 
website for a full list of models and complete specifications.

CP1E CPU Units 

 Micro PLC

B

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-18

H235

Description

Output type

Input 
points

Output 
points

Size in mm 
(HxWxD)

Model

Expansion I/O units

--

8

--

90x66x50

CP1W-8ED

Relay

--

8

90x66x50

CP1W-8ER

Transistor (sinking)

--

8

90x66x50

CP1W-8ET

Transistor (sourcing)

--

8

90x66x50

CP1W-8ET1

Relay

--

16

90x86x50

CP1W-16ER

Relay

12

8

90x96x50

CP1W-20EDR1

Transistor (sinking)

12

8

90x96x50

CP1W-20EDT

Transistor (sourcing)

12

8

90x96x50

CP1W-20EDT1

Relay

24

16

90x150x50

CP1W-40EDR

Transistor (sinking)

24

16

90x150x50

CP1W-40EDT

Transistor (sourcing)

24

16

90x150x50

CP1W-40EDT1

Analog I/O units

Analog (resolution 1/256)

2

1

90x66x50

CPM1A-MAD01

Analog (resolution 1/6000)

2

1

90x86x50

CP1W-MAD11

Analog (resolution 1/6000)

4

--

90x86x50

CP1W-AD041

Analog (resolution 1/6000)

--

4

90x86x50

CP1W-DA041

Temperature sensor 
input units

Thermocouple input

2

--

90x86x50

CP1W-TS001

Thermocouple input

4

--

90x86x50

CP1W-TS002

Platinum resistance input

2

--

90x86x50

CP1W-TS101

Platinum resistance input

4

--

90x86x50

CP1W-TS102

Ordering Information

Expand the Capacity of Your
Micro PLC

A wide variety of expansion units that can 
be used with CP1E,  CP1L, and CP1H series 
PLC. 

CP-Series Expansion Units 

 

Micro PLC

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-19

Name

Specifications 

Model 

RS-232C Option Board

Can be mounted in either CPU Unit Option 
Board slot 1 or 2.
Note: Cannot be used for the CP1L-L10.

CP1W-CIF01

RS-422A/485 Option Board

Can be mounted in either CPU Unit Option 
Board slot 1 or 2.
Note: Cannot be used for the CP1L-L10. 
Maximum transmission distance: 50m

CP1W-CIF11

RS-422A/485 Isolated-type Option Board

One RS-422A/485 port (Isolated)
Note: Cannot be used for the CP1L-L10.
Maximum transmission distance: 500m

CP1W-CIF12

LCD Option Board

Can be mounted only in the CPU Unit Option 
Board slot 1.
Note: Cannot be used for the CP1L-L10.

CP1W-DAM01

Memory Cassette

Can be used for backing up programs or auto-
booting

CP1W-ME05M

Economical Ethernet Option Board

Two can be mounted in either of CPU Unit Op-
tion Board slot 1 and 2.
Note: Cannot be used for the CP1L-L10.

CP1W-ETN61

Advanced Ethernet Option Board

One can be mounted in either CPU Unit Option 
Board slot 1 or 2.
Note: Cannot be used for the CP1E or the 
CP1L-L10.

CP1W-CIF41

Ethernet/IP Slave Option Board

One can be mounted in either CPU Unit Option 
Board slot 1 or 2.
Note: Cannot be used for the CP1E or the 
CP1L-L10.

CP1W-EIP61

Modbus/TCP Slave Option Board

One can be mounted in either CPU Unit Option 
Board slot 1 or 2.
Note: Cannot be used for the CP1E or the 
CP1L-L10.

CP1W-MODTCP61

2 Point Thermocouple Option Board

J/K thermocouple, can be mounted in either 
CPU Unit Option Board slot 1 or 2. 
Note: Cannot be used for the CP1E.

CP1W-GCTS2

2 Analog Input Option Board

0-10 V, 0-20 mA 
Note: Only for the CP1L-E

CP1W-ADB21

2 Analog Output Option Board

0-10 V 
Note: Only for the CP1L-E

CP1W-DAB21V

2 In/2 Out Analog Option Board

Input: 0-10 V, 0-20 mA, Output: 0-10 V 
Note: Only for the CP1L-E

CP1W-MAB221

Options for CPU Units

H235

CP-Series Expansion Units 

 

Micro PLC (continued)

B

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

B-20

H233

Easy to Use for Small Scale 
Control Applications, Offers 
Precision and Space Savings

Ordering Information

Description

Inputs/power
supply

Outputs

Analog input/
comparators

8-digit
counter/ 
comparators

Model

10-POINT CPU PROGRAMMABLE RELAY UNITS

10 I/O CPU Expandable 
up to 34 I/O

6

100 to 240 VAC

4

Relays

Yes / 4

ZEN-10C1AR-A-V2

12 to 24 VDC

2 Ch. 0 - 10V / 4

ZEN-10C1DR-D-V2

Transistors

ZEN-10C1DT-D-V2

10 I/O CPU Economy
model (non-
expandable)

100 to 240 VAC

Relays

ZEN-10C3AR-A-V2

12 to 24 VDC

2 Ch. 0 - 10V / 4

ZEN-10C3DR-D-V2

9 I/O CPU with RS-485
Communications
Expandable up to 33 
I/O

100 to 240 VAC

3

ZEN-10C4AR-A-V2

12 to 24 VDC

2 Ch. 0 - 10V / 4

ZEN-10C4DR-D-V2

20-POINT CPU PROGRAMMABLE RELAY UNITS

20 I/O CPU Expandable
up to 44 I/O

12 100 to 240 VAC

8

Relays

Yes / 4

ZEN-20C1AR-A-V2  

12 to 24 VDC

2 Ch. 0 - 10V / 4

ZEN-20C1DR-D-V2  

Transistors

ZEN-20C1DT-D-V2  

20 I/O CPU Economy
model (non-
expandable)

100 to 240 VAC

Relays

ZEN-20C3AR-A-V2  

12 to 24 VDC

2 Ch. 0 - 10V / 4

ZEN-20C3DR-D-V2  

I/O EXPANSION UNITS

8 I/O Expansion units

4

100 to 240 VAC

4

Relays

ZEN-8E1AR

12 to 24 VDC

ZEN-8E1DR

Transistors

ZEN-8E1DT

ZEN ACCESSORIES

ZEN Support Software 

ZEN-SOFT01V4  

ZEN Programming cable - Serial to ZEN (2 m) 

ZEN-CIF01  

Memory cassette – Copies program to multiple units 

ZEN-ME01  

ZEN Battery – Use with controller CPU to provide 10 years of memory protection to prevent data loss 
in the event of an extended power outage (45 H x 17.5 W x 44 D mm) 

ZEN-BAT01  

ZEN Starter Kit

Description

Model

AC I/O Kit with ZEN-10C1AR-A-V2

ZEN-STARTER01-V2 

DC I/O Kit with ZEN-10C1DR-D-V2

ZEN-STARTER02-V2 

The kit includes: 10 I/O CPU, PC 
programming cable (RS-232 to Zen), Support 
Software, Manuals and Simulator Switches:

ZEN 

Programmable Relays

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

C-i

Remote I/O

Contents

Selection Guide

C-ii

Remote I/O

NX

NX Modular & Safety I/O

C-1

NX-S

NX Safety Control and I/O

C-2

GRT

SmartSlice I/O System

C-3

DRT2

In-panel DeviceNet I/O

C-4

DRT2

On-machine DeviceNet I/O

C-5

CRT1

CompoNet I/O

C-6

ERT1

EtherNet/IP I/O

C-7

GX

EtherCAT Remote I/O

C-8

Remote Terminal Blocks & Cabling 

XW2

9

Wire Terminals

C-9

G7TC/
G70A/
G70D

Relay Terminal Blocks

C-11

XS5/XS6 Ethernet Cordsets & Connectors C-12
GX-JC

EtherCAT Junction Slaves

C-13

C

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Remote I/O

CompoNet

Modular

Modular

Modular

Modular

Modular

Block

Modular

Block

Block

IP20

IP67

IP20

IP67

IP20

IP20

IP20

IP20

SmartSlice

CRT1

SmartSlice

SmartSlice

SmartSlice

DRT2

DRT2-

0

C

0

ERT1

ERT1

GX

SmartSlice

NX I/O

NX I/O

Block

Block

Block

PROFIBUS-DP

PROFINET

DeviceNet

EtherNet/IP

EtherCAT

Omron’s offering of remote I/O allows you to expand your automation system to fit the needs 
of your application. Performance and flexibility are key to our remote I/O solutions allowing 
you to reduce engineering time, reduce machine downtime and increase your efficiency.

Omron’s remote I/O offers solutions for a variety of networks including: EtherCAT,  
EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet, PROFINET, PROFIBUS-DP, and CompoNet. This provides you the 
flexibility to adapt to local requirements, anywhere in the world.

  

EXPAND YOUR I/O CAPABILITIES

Remote I/O

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Remote I/O

CompoNet

Modular

Modular

Modular

Modular

Modular

Block

Modular

Block

Block

IP20

IP67

IP20

IP67

IP20

IP20

IP20

IP20

SmartSlice

CRT1

SmartSlice

SmartSlice

SmartSlice

DRT2

DRT2-

0

C

0

ERT1

ERT1

GX

SmartSlice

NX I/O

NX I/O

Block

Block

Block

PROFIBUS-DP

PROFINET

DeviceNet

EtherNet/IP

EtherCAT

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-iii

C

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Modular I/O

Block I/O

Model

NX I/O

GRT-SmartSlice

GX-EtherCAT

Network 

Connection

EtherCAT, EtherNet/IP, FSOE

DeviceNet open-style terminal block 
PROFIBUS-DP 9-pin D-sub 
CompoNet: 4-pin system connector  
PROFINET-IO: 2x RJ45 
MECHATROLINK-II: 2x ML-II, 
EtherCAT

EtherCAT:  
RJ45 shielded connector ×2

•  

CN IN:  
EtherCAT input

•  

CN OUT:  
EtherCAT output

I/O types

•  

4/18/16-point digital I/O 

•  

4-point high speed I/O

•  

2/4/8 point analog input point 
relay output

•  

2 point relay output

•  

2/4 point thermocouple, RTD

•  

1/2 point encoder: open collector

•  

1 pt encoder: line receiver

•  

1/2 point SSI input

•  

1 point pulse output

•  

Power feed/connection units

•  

Safety controller

•  

4/8 point safety digital input

•  

2/4 point safety digital output

•  

16/32 Point High Density Mil 
connector

•  

2/4/8-point digital I/O 

•  

2-point analog I/O

•  

2-point temperature input Counter 
units

•  

Power feed units

•  

Expansion units

•  

16 DI, 16 DO,  
16 RO, 8DI + 8DO,  
32 DI, 32 DO

•  

Expansion units: 8/16 DI, 8/16 DO

•  

4 Analog In  
(V/I, TC, Pt100) 

•  

2 Analog Out (V/I)

•  

Encoder: Open collector

•  

Line driver inputs

I/O Connection 

technology

Screwless cage clamp, detachable 
terminal block

Push-in screwless clamp

M3 screw terminals, eCON/RITS 
sensor connectors 
 

Smart features

•  

Synchronous I/O over EtherCAT

•  

Time stamping

•  

ISO13849-1

•  

Ple

•  

IEC61508

•  

SIL3

•  

I/O and power supply diagnostics

•  

Operation timers and counters 
per I/O point

•  

Analog value calculations and 
alarms

•  

Automatic I/O allocation at node 
setting

IP Rating IP20 (DIN rail mounting in cabinets)

IP20 (DIN rail mounting in cabinets)

IP20 
 
 

Size in mm 

(HxWxD)

•  

Coupler 100 x 46 x 80

•  

Dig/Analog In/Out 100 x 12 x 80

•  

4Pt Thermo/RTD 100 x 24 x 80

•  

Pulse/Encoder 100 x 12 x 80

•  

NX-EC0142 Encoder 100 x 24 x 80 

•  

Safety Controller 100 x 30 x 80

•  

Safety In/Out 100 x 12 x 80

•  

Bus coupler: 4×58×70 

•  

I/O units: 84×15×74

•  

Main/analog units: 52 x 135 x 57.1

•  

3-tier units:  
52 x 200 x 68.9

•  

e-CON units:  
52 x 215 x 68.9

•  

8/16 pt. expansion: 50 x 66/50 x 94

DI = Digital Input; DO = Digital Output; AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output; V/I = Voltage/Current; 
TC = Temperature Controller; TS = Temperature Sensor Input 

Legend: 

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Block I/O

Field I/O

Model

ERT1-EtherNet/IP

DRT2-DeviceNet

CRT1-CompoNet

DRT2-DeviceNet

Network 

Connection

EtherNet/IP
IP67 Blocks and open-
style with Cage Clamps

DeviceNet with open-
style push-in terminal 
block

Unshielded 4-wire 
flat cable and IDC 
connectors, or general-
purpose 2-wire cable by 
screw terminals

DeviceNet with M12 micro 
connector

I/O types

•  

IP 67: 16 In PNP

•  

IP 67: 16 Out PNP

•  

Cage Clamp:  
32 In PNP

•  

Cage Clamp:  
32 In PNP

•  

Cage Clamp:  
16 In & Out PNP 
 
 
 
 
 
 

•  

8/16 DI+extension

•  

8/16 DO+extension

•  

16 relay out

•  

4 AI (V/I, TC, Pt100)

•  

2 AO (V/I)

•  

16 DI+extension

•  

16 DO+extension

•  

4 AI

•  

2 AO

•  

2 DI

•  

2 DO

•  

4 TS  

•  

8/16DI

•  

8/16DO

•  

8DI+8DO

I/O Connection 

technology

M12 micro connector
or Cage Clamp

M3 screw terminals (1 or 
3-wire DI)

M3 screw terminals,
eCON/RITS sensor 
connectors

•  

M12, 1 or 2 I/O signals 
per connector

•  

7/8” I/O Power 
connector

Smart features

•  

I/O isolation

•  

Status indication

•  

Auto Baud Rate 
Detection

•  

Input Filter

•  

I/O and power supply 
diagnostics

•  

Operation timers and 
counters per I/O point

•  

Analog value 
calculations and alarms

•  

I/O and power supply 
diagnostics

•  

Operation timers and 
counters per I/O point

•  

Analog value 
calculations and alarms

•  

I/O and power supply 
diagnostics.

•  

Operation timers and 
counters per I/O point

IP Rating

•  

IP20 (DIN rail mounting 
in cabinets)

•  

IP67, flat mount 2 - M5 
screws

IP20 (DIN rail mounting in 
cabinets)

IP20 (DIN rail mounting in 
cabinets)

IP67, flat mounting by two 
M5 screws

Size in mm 

(HxWxD)

•  

IP67:  
60 x 175 x 65mm

•  

Cage Clamp:  
57 x 245 x 57mm

•  

Main units: 
50×115/125×50

•  

8/16 pt. expansion: 50 x 
66/50 x 94

•  

Main units: 50×115×50; 

•  

8/16 pt. expansion: 66 x 
50/94 x 50

•  

2-point slaves: 50×50×30 
 
 

175 × 60 × 27.3

DI = Digital Input; DO = Digital Output; AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output; V/I = Voltage/Current; 
TC = Temperature Controller; TS = Temperature Sensor Input 

Legend: 

Remote I/O

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-v

C

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

*1  Lorem

Wire Terminals

Model

XW2B

XW2D

XW2C

XW2E

XW2R

Type Input/output

Input/output

Input

Input

Input/output

Contacts 20, 34, 40, 60 with 

flat cable connector

20, 34, 40, 50 with 
flat cable connector

16 inputs points, 
NPN

16 input points

20, 34, 40, 50, 60 
with flat cable 
connector

20, 34, 50 contacts, 
multipole square 
connector

40 contacts, twin 
connectors

20 contacts, daisy-
chain connection

40 contacts, PCB 
I/O connector

Cables XW2Z-F or G79-A_C

XW2Z-A, -AU,-B, 
-BU

XW2Z-A or XW2Z-D

XW2Z-A

XW2Z

Relay I/O Blocks and Bases

Model

G7TC

P7TF

G70A

G70D

Type Relay blocks

Relay bases

Relay bases

Relay output terminal

Relays G7T relays installed

G7T relays or G3R SSRs 
ordered separately

G2R relays or G3R SSRs 
ordered separately

G6D relays or G3DZ 
power MOSFET relays 
installed

Inputs 16

16

16

Input type NPN, 1 A at 24 VDC

NPN, 1 A at 24 VDC

NPN/PNP, 0.1 A at 5-24VDC

NPN, 1 A at 110/120 VAC

NPN, 1 A at 110/120 VAC

NPN, 1 A at 220/240 VAC

Input current 10 mA/point AC or DC

10 mA/point AC or DC

100 mA at 240 VAC/110 VDC

Outputs 8 or 16

8 or 16

16

16

Output type NPN, 5 A at 12 VDC

5 A/2 A at 12 VDC

NPN, 10 A/2 A/ 1.5 A at 24 
VDC

NPN, 5 A at 24 VDC

NPN, 5 A at 24 VDC

5 A/2 A/1 A at 24 VDC

PNP, 10 A/2 A/1.5 A at 24 
VDC

PNP, 5 A at 24 VDC

PNP, 5 A at 24 VDC

PNP, 5 A/2 A/1 A at 24 
VDC

NPN, 0.3 A at 24 VDC

PNP, 0.3 A at 24 VDC

Output current 10 A at 250 VAC/30 VDC

10 A at 250 VAC/30 VDC

10 A at 380 VAC/125 VDC

5 A max. with 8 points ON

Cables G79 series

G79 series

G79 series

G79 series

Remote Terminal Blocks & Cabling

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-vi

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-1

Speed and Accuracy for Machine 
Performance

The NX I/O system offers a wide variety of 
I/O devices. Its ultra-fast internal bus system 
is synchronized with the Distributed Clock 
of the EtherCAT network.  The resulting 
system-wide deterministic I/O operation 
allows machine builders to improve machine 
production rates and output quality.
NX-series I/O covers a full range of units, 
including standard and high-speed digital 
I/O’s, various performance levels in analog 
I/O, encoder inputs and pulse outputs.

•  Over 100 models of I/O units including 

position control, temperature inputs and 
integrated safety

•  High-speed I/O units synchronised with 

the EtherCAT cycle

•  The NX I/O technology provides 

deterministic I/O response with 
nanosecond resolution

•  Automatic backup/restore of all I/O unit 

parameters

•  Detachable front connector with push-in 

type screw-less terminals in all NX I/O 
units

•  Slim design: up to 16 I/O points in just 12 

mm width

EtherCAT coupler

•  Up to 1024 byte 

input/1024 byte 
output

• Automatic 

backup/restore 
of all/O unit 
parameters. 
Except Safety 
Control unit and 
Safety I/O units

EtherNet/IP

•  Connect CJ 

CS or Logix 
controllers over 
EtherNet/IP  

•  Up to 63 units 

per coupler

Digital I/O

•  Units for 4, 8 or 

16 points

•  Standard, high-

speed and time-
stamp models

•  16/32 point high 

density

Analog I/O

•  ±10V voltage and 

4-20 mA current 
signals

•  2, 4 or 8 channels 

per input unit

Safety I/O

•  Up to 8 safety 

input points 
per unit

• Freely 

allocation of 
the Safety I/O 
units on the 
internal high 
speed bus

Positioning 
interface*

• Encoder 

input 
units for 
connection 
of external 
axes to the 
Sysmac 
system

• Incremental 

and absolute 
encoder 
support

• Positioning 

control unit 
with pulse 
train output

Temperature 
inputs

• Thermocouple 

or RTD inputs, 
2 or 4 per unit

End 
Cover

* Excludes EtherNet/IP coupler 

NX Series 

Modular & Safety I/O

H249

C

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-2

H253

Integration of Safety into Machine 
Automation Enables Simple, 
Flexible System Configuration

 

•  EN ISO13849-1 (PLe/Safety Category4), 

IEC 61508 (SIL3) certified.

•  One connection using Safety over 

EtherCAT (FSoE) ** protocol enables 
flexible configuration by mixing the Safety 
Units with standard NX I/O.

•  Hardware and safety circuits can be 

configured using the Sysmac Studio (Ver. 
1.07)

Unit type

Max. number of 
safety I/O points

Program capacity

Number of safety 
master connections

I/O refreshing method Model

Safety 
CPU Unit

256 points

512 KB

32

Free-Run refreshing

NX-SL3300

Ordering Information

NX-S Safety Control Unit 

   

Modular Safety CPU and I/O

•  Integrated safety into machine automation 

possible by connecting with the NX-series 
EtherCAT Coupler.

•  The Safety CPU Unit controls up to 32 

Safety I/O Units.

•  4 or 8 points per Safety Input Unit. The 

4-point Safety Input Unit can be directly 
connected with OMRON Non-contact 
Switches and Single beam Sensors.

Features

•  2 or 4 points per Safety Output Unit. The 

2-point Safety Output Unit is characterized 
by large output breaking current of 2.0 A.

•  The Safety Units can be freely allocated in 

any combination with standard NX I/O.

•  Compliant with IEC61131-3

•  Safety programs can be standardized 

and reused efficiently by using POUs for 
design and operation.

Unit type

Number of 
safety input 
points

Number of 
test output 
points

Internal I/O 
common

Rated input 
voltage

OMRON 
special 
safety input 
devices

Number of 
safety slave 
connec-
tions

I/O refresh-
ing method

Model

Safety 
Input Units

4 points

2 points

Sinking in-
puts (PNP)

24 VDC

Can be 
connected*

1

Free-Run 
refreshing

NX-SIH400

8 points

NX-SID800

Unit type

Number of 
safety input 
points

Internal I/O 
common

Max load cur-
rent

Rated voltage Number of 

safety slave 
connections

I/O refreshing 
method

Model

Safety 
Output 
Units

2 points

Sourcing out-
puts (PNP)

2.0 A/point, 
4.0 A/Unit 
at 40°C, and 
2.5 A/Unit at 
55°C*

24 VDC

1

Free-Run 
refreshing

NX-SOH200

4 points

0.5 A/point 
and 2.0 A/unit

NX-SOD400

*The maximum load current depends on the installation orientation and ambient temperatures.
**Safety over EtherCAT (FSoE): The open protocol Safety over EtherCAT (abbreviated with FSoE “FailSafe over EtherCAT”) 
defines a safety related communication layer for EtherCAT. Safety over EtherCAT meets the requirements of IEC 61508 SIL 3 
and enables the transfer of safe and standard information on the same communication system without limitations with regard to 
transfer speed and cycle time.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-3

Modular I/O System

Omron’s SmartSlice I/O system is compact, 
intelligent and easy. Preventive maintenance 
data can be accessed using CX-Integrator 
software, standard PLC function blocks or 
NS-series Smart Active Parts.

•  Easy set-up, backup and restore functions

•  Detachable terminal blocks allow hot-

swapping without rewiring

•  3-wire connection with ‘push-in’ 

technology, no screwdriver required for 
installation

K224

Model

Function

Specifications

Model

Interface 
Units

DeviceNet interface unit

For up to 64 I/O units

GRT1-DRT

CompoNet interface unit

For up to 64 I/O units (limited to 32 byte in + 32 byte out)

GRT1-CRT

PROFIBUS-DP interface unit

For up to 64 I/O units

GRT1-PRT

PROFINET-IO interface unit

For up to 64 I/O units

GRT1-PNT

MECHATROLINK-II interface unit

For up to 64 I/O units (slave to Trajexia motion controller)

GRT1-ML2

EtherCAT interface unit

Up to 64 units for Trajexia and Sysmac NJ

GRT1-ECT*

End plate

One unit required per bus interface

GRT1-END

End plate with memory function

Supports tool-less replacement of PROFINET-IO interface unit GRT1-END-M

I/O units

4 NPN inputs

24 VDC, 6 mA, 3-wire connection

GRT1-ID4

4 PNP inputs

24 VDC, 6 mA, 3-wire connection

GRT1-ID4-1

8 NPN inputs

24 VDC, 4 mA, 1-wire connection + 4xG

GRT1-ID8

8 PNP inputs

24 VDC, 4 mA, 1-wire connection + 4xV

GRT1-ID8-1

4 AC inputs

110 VAC, 2-wire connection

GRT1-IA4-1

4 AC inputs

230 VAC, 2-wire connection

GRT1-IA4-2

4 NPN outputs

24 VDC, 500 mA, 2-wire connection

GRT1-OD4

4 PNP outputs

24 VDC, 500 mA, 2-wire connection

GRT1-OD4-1

4 NPN outputs

24 VDC, 500 mA, 3-wire connection

GRT1-OD4G-3

8 PNP outputs

24 VDC, 2 A, 2-wire connection

GRT1-OD8

8 PNP outputs

24 VDC, 500 mA, 1-wire connection

GRT1-OD8-1

8 PNP outputs with short-circuit 
protections

24 VDC, 500 mA, 1-wire connection 

GRT1-OD8G-1

2 Relay outputs

240 VAC, 2A, normally-open contacts

GRT1-ROS2

60 kHz Counter unit, NPN

A+B encoder inputs + 1 Z/control input + 1 output (NPN-type)

GRT1-CT1

60 kHz Counter unit, PNP

A+B encoder inputs + 1 Z/control input + 1 output (PNP-type)

GRT1-CT1-1

100 kHz Counter / Positioner unit

A+B+Z encoder inputs (line driver or 24 V selectable) + 1 
control input + 2 outputs (PNP-type)

GRT1-CP1-L

2 analog inputs, current/voltage

±10 V, 0-10 V, 0-5 V, 1-5 V, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA

GRT1-AD2

2 analog inputs

±10 V, 0-10 V, 0-5 V, 1-5 V

GRT1-DA2V

2 analog outputs, voltage

0-20 mA, 4-20 mA

GRT1-DAZC

2 Pt100 inputs

Pt100, 2-wire or 3-wire connection

GRT1-TS2P

2 Pt1000 inputs

Pt1000, 2-wire or 3-wire connection

GRT1-TS2PK

2 Thermocouple inputs

Types B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, U, W, PL2, with cold junction 
compensation

GRT1-TS2T

Ordering Information

Notes: * GRT1-ECT version 2.0 or higher is required when using Sysmac NJ.
              Sysmac NJ does support counter units GRT1-CT1, GRT1-CT1-1, GRT1-CP1-L in GRT1-ECT version 2.1 or higher.

SmartSlice 

 Remote I/O System

C

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-4

Compact DeviceNet I/O Units with 
Extensive Diagnostic Functions

 

Data regarding power supply status, I/O 
response times, operation counters and on-
time are continuously recorded and checked 
against user-defined limits.

•  Compact, IP20 housing

•  Expandable digital I/Os

•  Detachable I/O terminal blocks

K234

Unit type

Specifications

Remarks

Model

8-point PNP input unit (NPN)

24 VDC, 6 mA per point

-

DRT2-ID08-1
(DRT2-ID08)

16-point PNP input unit (NPN)

24 VDC, 6 mA per point

Expandable with one XWT unit

DRT2-ID16-1
(DRT2-ID016)

16-point PNP input unit (NPN)

24 VDC, 6 mA per point

3-tier connection for direct sensor 
wiring

DRT2-1D16TA-1
(DRT2-ID16TA)

8-point PNP output unit (NPN)

24 VDC, 0.5 A per point

-

DRT2-0D08-1
(DRT2-0D08)

16-point PNP output unit (NPN)

24 VDC, 0.5 A per point

Expandable with one XWT unit

DRT2-0D16-1
(DRT2-0D16)

16-point PNP output unit (NPN)

24 VDC, 0.5 A per point

3-tier connection for direct actua-
tor wiring

DRT2-0D16TA-1
(DRT2-0D16TA)

16-point relay output unit

2 A per point, max. 8 A per 
common

With easy-to-replace relays, ex-
pandable with one XWT unit

DRT2-R0S16

8-input/8-output PNP (NPN)

24 VDC, input 6 mA, output 0.5 A 
per point

-

DRT2-MD16-1
(DRT2-MD16)

8-input/8-output PNP (NPN)

24 VDC, input 6 mA, output 0.5 A 
per point

3-tier connection for direct sen-
sor/actuator wiring

DRT2-MD16TA-1
(DRT2-MD16TA)

4-Channel analog input unit

0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, -10 to 
10 V, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA

Resolution 1/6000, conversion 
time 4 ms (4 inputs)

DRT2-AD04

4-Channel analog output unit

0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, -10 to 
10 V, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA

Resolution 1/30000, conversion 
time 250 ms (4 inputs)

DRT2-AD04H

2-Channel analog unit

0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, -10 to 
10 V, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA

Resolution 1/6000, conversion 
time 2 ms (2 outputs)

DRT2-DA02

4-Channel  temperature

Platinum Resistance 
Thermometer types Pt100, JPt100

0.3% accuracy, conversion time 
250 ms (4 inputs)

DRT2-TS04P

4-Channel  temperature

Thermocouple types R, S, K, J, T, 
B, L, E, U, N, W and PL2

0.3% accuracy, conversion time 
250 ms (4 inputs)

DRT2-TS04T

8-point PNP input expansion unit 
(NPN)

24 VDC, 6 mA per point

Expansion unit for DRT2 and 
CRT1 series

XWT-ID08-1
(XWT-ID08)

16-point PNP input expansion unit 
(NPN)

24 VDC, 6 mA per point

Expansion unit for DRT2 and 
CRT1 series

XWT-ID16-1
(XWT-ID16)

8-point PNP output expansion 
unit (NPN)

24 VDC, 0.5 mA per point

Expansion unit for DRT2 and 
CRT1 series

XWT-0D08-1
(XWT-0D08)

16-point PNP output expansion 
unit (NPN)

24 VDC, 0.5 mA per point

Expansion unit for DRT2 and 
CRT1 series

XWT-0D16-1
(XWT-0D16)

Ordering Information

DRT2 

  In-panel DeviceNet I/O

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-5

DeviceNet I/O for Harsh 
Environments–Rugged I/O units 
for field mounting

The DRT2 slave units feature internal 
diagnostic and maintenance data collection, 
which can be accessed over the network. 
Power supply status, I/O response times, 
operation counters and on-time monitor 
data is available at all times, and is internally 
checked against user-defined limits. 
Maintenance warnings will be generated 
when limits are exceeded. Using 
CX-One or NS-Series HMI with Smart Active 
Parts for visualization, this allows more 
efficient system setup, commissioning and 
troubleshooting without any additional 
programming. A DeviceNet master is 
required when using DeviceNet I/O.

•  IP67 protection, DRT2 versions are also 

oil- and welding-splatter proof

K247

Unit type

Specifications

Remarks

Model

4-point PNP input 
unit (NPN)

24 V, 6 mA

Separate I/O power supply connection

DRT2-ID04CL-1
(DRT2-ID04CL)

8-point PNP input 
unit (NPN)

24 V, 6 mA

Separate I/O power supply connection

DRT2-ID08CL-1
(DRT2-ID08CL)

8-point PNP input 
unit (NPN)

24 V, 11 mA, with power short-
circuit and sensor disconnection 
detection

Unit power supply via DeviceNet cable

DRT2-ID08C-1
(DRT2-ID08C)

16-point PNP input 
unit (NPN)

24 V, 6 mA, 2 inputs per M12 
connector

Separate I/O power supply connection

DRT2-HD16CL-1
(DRT2-HD16CL)

16-point PNP input 
unit (NPN)

24 V, 11 mA, 2 inputs per M12 
connector, with power short-
circuit and sensor disconnection 
detection

Unit power supply via DeviceNet cable

DRT2-HD16C-1
(DRT2-HD16C)

4-point PNP out-
put unit (NPN)

24 V, 0.5 A per point

Separate I/O power supply connection

DRT2-0D04CL-1
(DRT2-0D04CL)

8-point PNP out-
put unit (NPN)

24 V, 0.5 A per point

Separate I/O power supply connection

DRT2-0D08CL-1
(DRT2-0D08CL)

8-point PNP out-
put unit (NPN)

24 V, 1.5 A per point (8 A total), 
with short-circuit protection + 
indication

Separate I/O power supply connection

DRT2-0D08C-1
(DRT2-0D08C)

16-point PNP 
output unit (NPN)

24 V, 0.5 A per point, 2 points 
per M12 connector

Separate I/O power supply connection

DRT2-WD16CL-1
(DRT2-WD16CL)

8-point input + 
8-point PNP out-
put unit (NPN)

24 V, 6 mA input, 0.5 A output 
per point, 2 points per M12 con-
nector

Separate I/O power supply connection

DRT2-MD16CL-1
(DRT2-MD16CL)

•  M12 connectors for fast installation

•  Internal circuits powered by DeviceNet; 

fewer connections mean less installation 
errors

•  Smart Slave functions for diagnostics and 

preventive maintenance

•  Indication of broken wire and short-circuit 

in I/O signals

Ordering Information

Note: To order NPN (sinking) I/O, omit the “-1” from the end of the model code.

DRT2 

  On-machine DeviceNet I/O

C

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-6

Smart CompoNet I/O

CompoNet is an open network managed by 
ODVA and is ideal for high-speed machine 
control. The special flat cable and IDC 
connectors make installation quick and 
easy. The use of repeaters allows wide-
area networks with free topology, ideal for 
conveyor and warehouse automation.

K227

Unit type

Specifications

Remarks

Model

2-point PNP input unit 
(NPN)

24 VDC, 6 mA per point

Power supply via CompoNet cable (50 cm attached) CRT1B-ID02S-1

(CRT1B-ID02S)

8-point PNP input unit 
(NPN)

24 VDC, 6 mA per point

Screw terminals, common Power terminals per 8 
points

CRT1-ID08-1
(CRT1-ID08)

8-point PNP input unit 
(NPN)

24 VDC, 6 mA per point

3 push-in terminals per I/O point (signal + power)

CRT1-ID08SL-1
(CRT1-ID08SL)

16-point PNP input unit 
(NPN)

24 VDC, 6 mA per point

Expandable with one XWT unit

CRT1-ID16-1
(CRT1-ID16-1)

16-point PNP input unit 
(NPN)

24 VDC, 6 mA per point

3 terminals per I/O point (for power distribution)

CRT1-ID16TA-1
(CRT1-ID16TA)

2-point PNP
output unit (NPN)

24 VDC, 0.2 A per point

Power supply via CompoNet cable (50 cm attached) CRT1B-OD02S-1

(CRT1B-OD02S)

8-point PNP
output unit (NPN)

24 VDC, 0.5 A per point

Screw terminals, common Power terminals per 8 
points

CRT1-OD08-1
(CRT1-OD08)

8-point PNP 
output unit (NPN)

24 VDC, 0.5 A per point

3 push-in terminals per I/O point (signal + power)

CRT1-OD08SL-1
(CRT1-OD08SL)

16-point PNP 
output unit (NPN)

24 VDC, 0.5 A per point

Expandable with one XWT unit

CRT1-OD16-1
(CRT1-OD16)

16-point PNP 
output unit (NPN)

24 VDC, 0.5 A per point

3 terminals per I/O point (for power distribution)

CRT1-OD16TA-1
(CRT1-OD16TA)

8-point SSR output 
unit

265 VAC, 0.3 A per point

Screw terminals, common power terminals per 8 
points

CRT1-ROF08

8-point relay 
output unit

250 VAC, 2 A per point, 8 A 
per common

Screw terminals, common power terminals per 8 
points

CRT1-ROS08

16-point relay output 
unit

250 VAC, 2 A per point, 8 A 
per common

8 outputs per common

CRT1-ROS16

8-point input + 8-point 
output unit, PNP (NPN)

24 VDC, 0.5 A per point

Screw terminals, common power terminals

CRT1-MD16-1
(CRT1-MD16)

8-point input + 8-point 
output unit, PNP (NPN)

24 VDC, 0.5 A per point

3 push-in terminals per I/O point (signal + power)

CRT1-MD16SL-1
(CRT1-MD16SL)

8-point input + 8-point 
output unit, PNP (NPN)

24 VDC, 0.5 A per point

3 terminals per I/O point (for power distribution)

CRT1-MD16TA-1
(CRT1-MD16TA)

4-Channel analog input 
unit

0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, 
-10 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA, 4 
to 20 mA

Resolution 1/6000, conversion time 4 ms (4 inputs)

CRT1-AD04

2-Channel analog 
output unit

Resolution 1/6000, conversion time 2 ms (2 outputs) CRT1-DA02

4-Channel 
Temperature

Platinum Resistance 
Thermometer type Pt100

0.3% accuracy, conversion time 250 ms (4 inputs)

CRT1-TS04P

4-Channel 
Temperature

Thermocouple types R, 
S, K, J, T, B, L, E, U, N, W 
and PL2

0.3% accuracy, conversion time 250 ms (4 inputs)

CRT1-TS04T

Ordering Information

CRT1 

 CompoNet I/O

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-7

Compact EtherNet/IP Slave I/O

Omron offers two EtherNet/IP I/O families 
to support this open, Industrial Ethernet 
network IP67 blocks for on-machine 
mounting and cage clamp terminal blocks 
for easy and secure wiring. Built-in, field 
condition monitoring on all I/O blocks 
supports diagnostics for reduced-downtime. 
An EtherNet/IP controller is required when 
using EtherNet/IP I/O.

•  Cage clamp terminals come in a 32-point 

high-density package for low cost-per-
point I/O

•  IP67 waterproof models eliminate 

separate power supply wiring for internal 
circuits and input devices

•  Automatically collects diagnostic data to 

reduce downtime

•  Programmable via front or DIP switches 

on back

K244

Unit type

Appearance 

Specifications

Remarks

Connection type

Model

General 
purpose 
EtherNet/IP 
slaves with 
transistor I/O

     

32 input points (PNP)

With detection 
function

Cage clamp
terminals

ERT1-ID32SLH-1

16 input points/
16 output points 
(PNP)

ERT1-MD32SLH-1

32 output points 
(PNP)

ERT1-OD32SLH-1

Environment 
resistant 
EtherNet/IP 
slaves

16 input points (PNP)

Waterproof, 
oil-proof, and 
spatter-proof 
construction 
(IP67).

With detection 
function

Sockets for M12 
micro connector 
(connector that 
locks easily with
1/8 of a turn)

ERT1-HD16CH-1

16 output points 
(PNP)

ERT1-WD16CH-1

EtherNet/IP Slaves

ERT1 

 EtherNet/IP I/O

C

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-8

Compact, High-performance 
Remote I/O

EtherCAT is a high-performance field 
network able to connect drive devices, 
intelligent sensors and I/O devices using 
Ethernet technologies. 
•  Designed for ultra high-speed 

applications and response

•  Real-time control synchronizes 

performance between slaves at 1µs max

•  Built-in 2-port Ethernet switch reduces 

costs by allowing easy connection to 
multiple blocks

•  EtherCAT master/slaves connect with 

standard Ethernet cable

K246

Unit Type

Specifications

I/O type

Remarks

Model

Digital I/O Terminal 
2-tier Terminal Block Type

16 input points

NPN

6.0 mA max./input (24 VDC)

GX-ID1611

PNP

GX-ID1621

16 output points

NPN

0.5 A/output, 4.0 A/common

GX-OD1611

PNP

GX-OD1621

16 output points

Relay

2 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

GX-OC1601

8 input points/
8 output points

NPN

6.0 mA max./input (24 VDC); 
0.5 A/output, 2.0 A/common

GX-MD1611

PNP

GX-MD1621

Expansion Units for 2-tier 
blocks

8 DC input points

NPN

6.0 mA max./input (24 VDC)

XWT-ID08

PNP

XWT-ID08-1

8 transistor
output points

NPN

0.5 A/output, 2.0 A/common

XWT-OD08

PNP

XWT-OD08-1

16 DC input points

NPN

6.0 mA max./input (24 VDC)

XWT-ID16

PNP

XWT-ID16-1

16 transistor output 
points

NPN

0.5 A/output, 4.0 A/common

XWT-OD16

PNP

XWT-OD16-1

Digital I/O Terminal
3-tier Terminal Block Type

16 input points

NPN

6.0 mA max./ input (24 VDC)

GX-ID1612

PNP

GX-ID1622

16 output points

NPN

0.5 A/output, 4.0 A/common

GX-OD1612

PNP

GX-OD1622

8 input points/
8 output points

NPN

6.0 mA max./ input (24 VDC); 
0.5 A/output, 2.0 A/common

GX-MD1612

PNP

GX-MD1622

Analog I/O Terminal
2-tier Terminal Block Type

4 analog input points

0 to 5V, 1 to 5V,
0 to 10V, −10 to +10V
4 to 20mA

500 μs/input conversion 
cycle; 1/8000 resolution

GX-AD0471

2 analog output points

GX-DA0271

Encoder Input Terminal
3-tier Terminal Block Type

2 open collector inputs NPN

Counter phase A/B/Z; 2 latch 
inputs; 1 reset input

GX-EC0211

2 line driver inputs

4 MHz input pulse 
frequency

GX-EC0241

EtherCAT Remote I/O Terminals

GX-Series 

EtherCAT Remote I/O

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-9

Wire Terminals Convert I/O Wiring 
to Pre-Terminated Cables

•  Use with Omron high-density PLC input/

output modules

•  Reduce labor costs

•  Eliminate wiring errors

•  Conserve PLC rack capacity and panel 

space

•  Reduce overall wiring back to the PLC

•  Three row and insertion type also available

Ordering Information

XW2B-

99

G4

(Regular M3 screws)

XW2B-

99

G5

(M3.5 screws)

H322

XW2

9

 

Remote Terminal Blocks & Cabling

Description

Appearance

Contacts

Model

M3 screws, no terminal identification strip

20

XW2B-20G4

40

XW2B-40G4

60

XW2B-60G4

M3.5 screws and protected terminal identifica-
tion strip

20

XW2B-20G5

40

XW2B-40G5

60

XW2B-60G5

M3 Phillips screws and  protected terminal 
identification strip

20

XW2D-20G6

ON/OFF status indicators; terminal identifica-
tion strip

XW2C-20G5-IN16

Use short bars to handle PLC input or output 
units; terminal identification strip; ON/OFF 
status indicators

XW2C-20G6-IO16

Three-tier block for easy wiring; equipped with 
common terminal on the power supply tier; 
terminal identification strip

XW2E-20G5-IN16

M3 screw

34

XW2R-J34G-C**

Screw clamp

34

XW2R-E34G-C**

Spring clamp

34

XW2R-P34G-C**

** -1, 2, 3 or 4 depending on I/O Unit Model (for more info go to www.omron247.com) 
For other terminal sizes, refer to www.omron247.com

C

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-10

Configuration

H322

XW2

9

 

 

Remote Terminal Blocks & Cabling (continued)

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-11

Relay Terminals Buffer and Isolate 
I/O for the PLC Module

•  Use with Omron high-density PLC input/

output modules

•  Reduce labor costs

•  Use with Omron local and remote IO 

systems to give 120VAC inputs

•  Use with Omron local and remote IO 

systems to give 10A independent common 
outputs

•  Interchangeable relays allow a mix of SSR 

and electromechanical relays to match 
switching frequency of the attached device

•  G79 cables provide error proof wiring 

between PLC module and relay terminal

Description

Specifications

Relays

Model

Relay input terminal

NPN, 10 mA/pt., AC inputs 

G7T relays installed 

G7TC-IA16 AC110/120V 

NPN, 10 mA/pt., DC inputs 

G7TC-ID16 DC24V 

Relay output terminal

NPN, 10 A at 250 VAC/30 VDC 

G7TC-OC16 DC24V 

PNP, 10 A at 250 VAC/30 VDC 

G7TC-OC16-1 DC24V 

Relay terminal base

NPN/PNP, 100 mA at 240 VAC/110 VDC 

Order separately

G70A-ZIM16-5 DC24V 

NPN, 10 A 380 VAC/125 VDC 

G70A-ZOC16-3 DC24V 

PNP, 10 A 380 VAC/125 VDC 

G70A-ZOC16-4 DC24V 

Covered output terminal

NPN, 5 A max. 8 pt ON 

G6D relays installed

G70D-SOC16 DC24 

PNP, 5 A max. 8 pt ON 

G70D-SOC16-1 DC24 

Vertical output terminal

NPN, 5 A max. 8 pt ON 

G70D-VSOC16 DC24 

PNP, 5 A max. 8 pt ON 

G70D-VSOC16-1 DC24 

Type

G70A Terminal Base

Electromechanical Relay Model

Solid State Relay Model

Input

G70A-ZIM16-5 DC24V

G2R-1A3-SND DC24V

G3R-IAZR1SN AC100-240

G2R-13-SND DC24V

G3R-IDZR1SN DC12-24
G3R-IDZR1SN DC5

Output

NPN: G70A-ZOC16-3 DC24V
PNP: G70A-ZOC16-4 DC24V

G2R-1-SND DC24

G3R-OA202SZN DC5-24

G2R-1-SND DC12

G3R-ODX02SN DC5-24

G3R-OD201SN DC5-24

Relay Terminal Blocks

Relay/SSRs for G70A

H322

G7TC/G70A/G70D 

 

Relay Terminal Blocks

C

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-12

K249

XS5 Cordsets/XS6 Connectors 

 

Industrial Ethernet Media

Appearance

Description

Cable length (m) 

Model 

Cable with RJ45 connectors on both ends 

Use with Sysmac NJ5 controllers, 
Accurax G5 servos (R88D-KN-ECT), 
3G3MX2 AC drives with interface, 
GX EtherCAT Block I/O, 
GRT1-ECT SmartSlice I/O EtherCAT coupler, GX-JC
EtherCAT Junction Slave

0.3

XS5W-T421-AMD-K 

0.5

XS5W-T421-BMD-K 

1

XS5W-T421-CMD-K 

2

XS5W-T421-DMD-K 

3

XS5W-T421-EMD-K 

5

XS5W-T421-GMD-K 

10

XS5W-T421-JMD-K 

15

XS5W-T421-KMD-K 

Cable with M12 connector and RJ45 connector
Use with FQ-M Vision Sensors, 
ERT1 EtherNet/IP Block I/O (IP67)

0.3

XS5W-T421-AMC-K 

0.5

XS5W-T421-BMC-K 

1

XS5W-T421-CMC-K 

2

XS5W-T421-DMC-K 

3

XS5W-T421-EMC-K 

5

XS5W-T421-GMC-K 

10

XS5W-T421-JMC-K 

15

XS5W-T421-KMC-K 

Extension cable with M12 connectors on both ends

0.5

XS5W-T421-BM2-K 

1

XS5W-T421-CM2-K 

2

XS5W-T421-DM2-K 

3

XS5W-T421-EM2-K 

5

XS5W-T421-GM2-K 

10

XS5W-T421-JM2-K 

15

XS5W-T421-KM2-K 

Cable with M12 connector on one end and flying leads 
on the other

0.5

XS5W-T421-BM0-K 

1

XS5W-T421-CM0-K 

2

XS5W-T421-DM0-K 

3

XS5W-T421-EM0-K 

5

XS5W-T421-GM0-K 

10

XS5W-T421-JM0-K 

15

XS5W-T421-KM0-K 

Appearance

Description

Cable length (m)  Model 

RJ45 Assembly connector for on-site wiring

--

XS6G-T421-1 

Rear Locking M12 Connector for panel
mounting

0.5

XS5P-T426-5

Front Locking M12 Connector for Panel
mounting

0.5

XS5P-T427-5

Ethernet Connector Cordsets

Ethernet Connectors

Supports EtherNet/IP, EtherCAT
and Other Popular Networks
Based on Ethernet

 

Omron offers a line of shielded high quality
industrial cables for inside and outside the
control panel.

•  Cables are shielded to protect against EMI 

•  cULus approval markings on cable

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-13

K246

GX-JC 

EtherCAT Junction Slave

Description 

Number
of ports

Power supply voltage

Dimensions (mm)

Current
consumption

Model 

EtherCAT
junction slaves

3

20.4 to 28.8 VDC
(24 VDC -15% to +20%)

25 W × 78 D × 90 H 0.08 A

GX-JC03

6

48 W × 78 D × 90 H 0.17 A

GX-JC06

EtherCAT Junction Slaves

Design Flexible Wiring Solutions

 

The GX-JC EtherCAT Junction Slaves 
provide the flexibility to use the most 
effective connection configuration for a wide 
range of applications.

•  3- and 6-port Junction Slaves are available 

for Daisy Chain, Star and Tree connections 
on EtherCAT networks

•  Compact size

•  Supply voltage range compensates for 

power voltage drop over long wiring 
distances

•  Meets cULus Class I Division 2 rating for 

Products for Hazardous Locations

Note

: Do not connect GX-JC EtherCAT junction slaves with Omron position control unit CJ1W-NC

9

81 or CJ1W-NC

9

82.

C

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Remote I/O

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

C-14

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

D-i

Human Machine Interfaces

Contents

Selection Guide

D-ii

Human Machine Interfaces (HMI)

NA

Wide screen high-resolution 
displays with custom capabilities

D-2

NS

High-performance, bright, clear, 
and scalable, with advanced 
troubleshooting

D-3

NSJ

NS with integrated controller for 
DeviceNet nodes

D-4

NB

OEM-focused color touch 
screens, with exceptional 
graphics and essential features

D-6

NV

Compact, low-cost, monochrome 
and color touch screen

D-7

Function Key (HMI)

NT11

Large alphanumeric 4-line 
Display with function keys

D-8

NT2S

Compact, powerful 
2-line message display 
with function keys

D-9

D

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Hand-Held

Display size

Advanced Display 

and Features

Touch Screen 

Graphics

Touch Screen 

Graphics

Function Keys, 

Text Display

Display size

Advanced

Toubleshooting

Standard Display and 

Features

15, 12.1, 10.4, 8.4, 5.7 

inch 

15, 12, 9, 7 inch 

Basic Display and 

Features

HMI and Control 

Features

NA5-Series

NS-Series

NSH5-Series

NB-Series

NV-Series

NT11

NT25

NT25

Display size

10.1, 7, 5.6, 3.5 inch

Display size

10.1, 7, 5.6, 3.5 inch

4 Line

2 Line

Powerful visualization solutions from the most basic to advanced applications.  
Omron has the right visualization solution based on decades of global, field-proven 
experience.

•  Best touchscreen synergy with Omron automation products such as: Controllers, 

Temperature Controllers, Motion Systems, Vision and Industrial Networks

•  Extremely reliable platforms, rugged, with industry-leading approvals and specifications

•  Time-saving software and simulation tools, reduce costs and commissioning time

•  Unparalleled built-in troubleshooting features, designed to reduce downtime

•  Software suites include HMI screen design: Sysmac Studio, CX-One, and CX-One Lite 

(See section E) 

OMRON VISUALIZATION – CREATE AND OPERATE

Human Machine Interfaces

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Hand-Held

Display size

Advanced Display 

and Features

Touch Screen 

Graphics

Touch Screen 

Graphics

Function Keys, 

Text Display

Display size

Advanced

Toubleshooting

Standard Display and 

Features

15, 12.1, 10.4, 8.4, 5.7 

inch 

15, 12, 9, 7 inch 

Basic Display and 

Features

HMI and Control 

Features

NA5-Series

NS-Series

NSH5-Series

NB-Series

NV-Series

NT11

NT25

NT25

Display size

10.1, 7, 5.6, 3.5 inch

Display size

10.1, 7, 5.6, 3.5 inch

4 Line

2 Line

Human Machine Interfaces

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-iii

D

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

NA-Series

Model

NA5-15

NA5-12

NA5-9

NA5-7

Display 15” TFT color wide 

screen

12” TFT color wide 
screen

9” TFT color wide 
screen

7” TFT color wide 
screen

Resolution 1280 × 800 pixels

1280 x 800 pixels

 800 x 480 pixels

800 x 480 pixels

Number of colors 16,770,000 colors (24 bit full color)

Memory Size 900MB (256MB screen memory)

Communications Ethernet, Serial RS232, USB

Options Black or Silver bezel

Features Windows Embedded Compact 7 operating system, VB.Net, MS Word, Excel, PDF and Video viewers, 

Remote Access, Wide screen display, SD memory card slot, USB slave port, USB master port, 
Expansion slot

Dimensions (HxWxD 

mm)

16.5 x 11.5 x 2.7 (420 x 
291 x 69)

13.4 X 9.6 X 2.7 (340 X 
244 X 69)

11.4 X 7.5 X 2.7 (290 X 
190 X 69)

9.3 X 6.9 X 2.7 (236 X 
165 X 69)

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

NS-Series

Model

NS15

NS12

NS10

NS8

NS5

NSH5

Display 15 inch  

TFT color

12.1 inch  
TFT color

10.4 inch  
TFT color

8.4 inch  
TFT color

5.7 inch 
TFT color

5.7 inch STN 
color handheld

Resolution 1024 × 768 

pixels (XGA) 

800 x 600 pixels 
(SVGA)

 640 x 480 pixels 
(VGA) 

640 x 480 pixels 
(VGA) 

320 x 240 pixels 
(QVGA)

320 x 240 pixels 
(QVGA)

Number of 

colors

256 (32,768 for image data)

256 colors
(4096 colors for 
image data)

Memory Size 60MB screen memory

Ethernet 

Available Yes

No

Options

•  

Controller Link

•  

Video input 
board  
(NS-CA002)

•  

Black or Silver 
bezel

•  

Controller Link

•  

Video input 
board (RGB/
Composite)

•  

Black or ivory 
bezel

•  

Controller Link

•  

Video input 
board (RGB/
Composite)

•  

Black or ivory 
bezel

•  

Video input 
board (RGB/
Composite)

•  

Black or ivory 
bezel

•  

Black or ivory 
bezel

Features Omron EtherNet/IP tags, USB, FTP interface, Smart Active Parts (SAP), Single Port Multi 

Access (SPMA), Programming Console, Built-in Troubleshooter

Smart Active 
Parts (SAP), 
Single Port Multi 
Access (SPMA), 
Programming 
Console

Dimensions 

(HxWxD mm)

300 × 400 × 80

241 × 315 × 48.5

241 × 315 × 48.5

177 × 195 × 48.5

142 × 195 × 54

176 × 223 × 70.5 
(excl. emergency
button)

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-v

D

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-vi

NB-Series

Model

NB10

NB7

NB5

NB3

Display 10.1 inch TFT Color

7 inch TFT Color

5.6 inch TFT Color

3.5 inch TFT Color

Resolution 800x480 pixels (WVGA)

320x234 pixels (QVGA)

320x240 pixels (QVGA)

Number of 

colors

65,536

Memory Size 128MB

Ethernet 

Available Yes

USB Host 

Available Yes

Features 50,000hr LED Backlight, Vector and Animated Graphics, Extensive Library, Pop-Up and Transparent Windows, 

Dual Serial Comm, Data Logging, Trending, Alarms, Granular Security, FREE software

Dimensions 

(HxWxD mm)

268.8 x 210.8 x 54.0

148 x 202 x 46

142 x 184 x 46

129.8 x 103.8 x 52.8

NSJ-Series

Model

NSJ12

NSJ10

NSJ8

NSJ5

Type of Display 12.1 inch color TFT

10.4 inch color TFT

 8.4 inch color TFT

5.7 inch color TFT or STN

Display Size / 

Resolution

246×184.5 mm
(800×600 pixels)

215.5×162.4 mm
(640×480 pixels)

170.9×128.2 mm
(640×480 pixels)

117.2×88.4 mm
(320×240 pixels)

Control

•  

CJ1G-CPU45H

•  

60k-steps program memory

•  

128k-words data memory

•  

logic instruction time 0.04 μs

Communication DeviceNet Master/Slave or PROFIBUS Master and optional Ethernet interface

Expansion  

(1 board max.)

•  

 Controller  Link 

•  

 I/O  extension

Dimensions 

(HxWxD mm)

•  

Without expansion unit 
241 × 315 × 73.3

•  

With expansion unit 
241 × 315 × 89.3

•  

Without expansion unit 
241 × 315 × 73.3

•  

With expansion unit 
241× 315 × 89.3

•  

Without expansion unit 
177 × 232 × 73.3

•  

With expansion unit 
177 × 232 × 89.3

•  

Without expansion unit 
195 × 142 × 79

•  

With expansion unit 
195 × 142 × 95

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-vi

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-vii

Compact Touchscreens

Function Key/Text Displays

Model

NV3/NV4

NT11

NT2S

Features

•  

Compact and horizontal models 
with 3.1-inch to 4.6-inch and 
QVGA displays

•  

True Type Fonts for flexible  
screen designs

•  

Space-saving installation

•  

Multi-language support

•  

Compatible with PLCs and 
controls from multiple global 
vendors

•  

Password protected screens

•  

4 function keys, number pad

•  

Bar graph capability

•  

Large characters

•  

Long backlight life (50,000 hrs.)

•  

PLC message display

•  

Programmable function keys

•  

Password protected screens

•  

5 VDC power from PLC port

Display

•  

NV3W: 3.1-inch STN  
monochrome LCD  

•  

NV4W: 4.6-inch STN  
monochrome LCD 

•  

NV3Q-M: 3.6-inch STN 
monochrome LCD  

•  

NV3Q-S: 3.6-inch STN color LCD

4 line x 20 character, 
backlit monochrome STN LCD

2 line x 16 character, 
LED backlit LCD

Resolution

•  

NV3W: 128 × 64 pixels  

•  

NV4W: 320 × 120 pixels 

•  

NV3Q: 320 × 240 pixels

160 x 64 pixels

Interface

•  

Host Link, Modbus-RTU

•  

RS-232C or RS-422A/RS-485

•  

NV4W/NV3Q: USB tool port 

•  

NV3W: serial tool port

•  

Host Link

•  

NT Link (1:1)

•  

Host Link

•  

Multi-vendor PLC

Number of 

colors

•  

NV_W: 3 color backlight LEDs

•  

NV3Q-M: 3 color backlight LEDs

•  

NV3Q-S: 1 color backlight LED

Memory Size 384 KB

32 KB

24 KB

Max. number  

of screens

•  

NV3Q-MR: 240 screens  

•  

NV3Q-SW: 180 screens 

•  

NV4W: 250 screens

•  

NV3W: 160 screens

250

750

Dimensions 

(HxWxD mm)

•  

NV3W: 72 x 110 x 28

•  

NV4W: 74 x 146 x 30

•  

NV3Q: 92.2 x 110 x 33.8

113 x 218 x 38.2

6-key:  60 x 109 x 28
8-key: 106.9 x 106.9 x 35.9 

Human Machine Interfaces

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-vii

D

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-2

N554

Wide Screen High Resolution 

Displays Impart High Value onto 

Any Machine

The NA series of advanced wide screen 

Human Machine Interfaces (HMI) offers 
one of the highest resolution wide screen 
displays in the industry.  With features that 
allow designers to add functionality beyond 
what typical HMI devices had been able to 
offer, such as custom or machine specific 
capabilities, the NA series is the ideal 
machine automation HMI. 

•  Wide screen in all models: 7, 9, 12, and 15 

inches

•  More than 16 million color display for all 

models and 1280 x 800 high resolution 
display for the 12 and 15-inch models

•  Multimedia including video Word, Excel 

and PDF

•  2 Ethernet ports capable of simultaneous 

access from both the NJ or NX automation 
controller and plant IT

•  Sysmac Studio providing an Integrated 

Development Environment with the NJ and 
NX automation controller

•  NJ and NX global variables are exposed to 

the NA. Test the complete system via the 
integrated Simulator

•  Many security features including 

operation authority settings and execution 
restrictions with IDs

•  Microsoft Visual Basic for versatile, flexible 

and advanced programming

Ordering Information

 

 

Description

Size

Resolution

Memory size

Features

Model

Advanced High 
Resolution Wide 
Screen Touch-
screen HMI

15-inch TFT

1280 x 800 pixels 256 MB

Ethernet, USB master 
and slave port, 
RS232, VB.Nett

NA5-15W101

o

12-inch TFT

1280 x 800 pixels

NA5-12W101

o

9-inch TFT

800 x 480 pixels

NA5-9W001

o

7-inch TFT

800 x 480 pixels

NA5-7W001

o

NA-Series 

Human Machine Interfaces

o

  S = Silver Bezel, B = Black Bezel

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-3

N523

Complete Machine Management 
with Advanced Troubleshooting

The NS-Series HMI has brilliant display 

screens that maximize machine visualization. 
Features include Omron EtherNet/IP tag 
support, easy USB communication, FTP 
interface on Ethernet models, Smart 

Active Parts (SAP) for easier design, Single 

Port Multi Access (SPMA) for one-point 
maintenance, Ladder Monitor, Programming 

Console, and Built-in Troubleshooters 

for Omron controllers. The screen design 
software, CX-Designer, is included in each 
of Omron’s software suites - Sysmac Studio, 

CX-One, and CX-One Lite. 

•  Supports the NJ-Series Machine 

Automation Controller (MAC) with  

EtherNet/IP Tags

•  Bright & Clear Displays: LED backlight and 

high contrast

•  Scalable Projects: One software for 

all screens 5.7”-15”, with automatic 
conversion

•  Remote Maintenance & Operation: FTP 

Interface with Ethernet models

•  Centralized Error Reporting: Built-in 

Troubleshooters for complete Omron 

solutions

Ordering Information

 

 

Description

Size

Resolution

Memory size

Features

Model

Standard touch-
screen HMI with 
advanced trouble-
shooting

15-inch TFT

1,024 x 768

60 MB onboard

Ethernet

NS15-TX01B-V2

12.1-inch TFT

800 x 600

NS12-TS00B-V2

Ethernet

NS12-TS01B-V2

10.4-inch TFT

640 x 480

NS10-TV00B-V2

Ethernet

NS8-TV01B-V2

8.4-inch TFT

NS8-TV00B-V2

Ethernet

NS8-TV01B-V2

5.7-inch TFT 
High-Luminance

320 x 240

60 MB onboard

NS5-TQ00B-V2

Ethernet

NS5-TQ01B-V2

5.7-inch TFT

NS5-SQ00B-V2

Ethernet

NS5-SQ01B-V2

5.7-inch TFT Handheld

NSH5-SQR00B-V2

Class I Div 2 
Groups A,B,C,D

NS-Series 

Human Machine Interfaces

D

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-4

N522

Integrates Control, Display, and an 
Open I/O Network

 

Omron’s NSJ-Series delivers the industry’s 

most cost-effective and flexible combination 
of control, display and I/O capabilities 
in a single, space-saving package. True 
deterministic control, all NSJ terminals 
have separate but integrated processors 
for display and control tasks, so control 
response is never compromised due to 
heavy graphics demands.

Class I Div 2 
Groups A,B,C,D

• Hardware Cost Savings:

 Reduced number 

of components from a minimum seven to 
one, smaller control panel, less wires and 
conduit 

• Installation Time Savings:

 One device 

installation, built-in self-diagnostic 
screens, monitor  
control program from display 

• Reduced Design Time:

 No backplate 

layout required, easy to incorporate 
into existing systems, standardization, 
expandable and flexible hardware 

Ordering Information

Display
size/type

Resolution

Programming/device 
ports

DeviceNet
Master

Printer
Port

I/O

Model

Ethernet* USB

Serial

12.1-inch High-Luminance  
TFT color

800 x 600

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

USB

1280

NSJ12-TS01B-G5D

10.4-inch High-Luminance   
TFT color

640 x 480

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

USB

1280

NSJ10-TV01B-G5D

8.4-inch High-Luminance  
TFT color

640 x 480

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

USB

1280

NSJ8-TV01B-G5D

5.7-inch High-Luminance 
TFT color

320 x 240

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

1280

NSJ5-TQ11B-G5D

5.7-inch TFT color

320 x 240

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

1280

NSJ5-SQ11B-G5D

* Models with built-in Ethernet do not support socket or mail services. If these are required, order a plug-in NSJW-ETN21 
Ethernet Unit and an NSJ without built-in Ethernet.

• Lower Operational Costs:

 Reduced 

spares, 45% less power than separate 
controller and terminal

• InnerBus Technology:

 Built-in, fast, 

enriched communications, no need to 
purchase, setup or install Ethernet

NSJ-Series 

HMI with Integrated Controller

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-5

N522

RUN

One Software for PLC and HMI

CX-One

USB Cable

DeviceNet

Slaves

Serial Gateway, etc

Barcode reader 

Temperature controller

RS-232C Cable

or

or

Standard Configuration

Standard Configuration with I/O Expansion Unit

Network and Expansion Options

NSJ-Series 

HMI with Integrated Controller 

(continued)

D

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-6

N532

OEM Focused Function  

Touch Screen

 

Think lean automation in vivid color. This 

screen provides best-in-class color and 
brightness with numerous features designed 
for CP1 PLC applications.

• 10.1, 7, 5.6 and 3.5 inch models
• 65K Color TFT Display with LED Backlight
• Dual Serial & USB Comm.
• Extensive Graphic Library
• Animation Support
• Data Logging/Trending, Recipes, Alarms
• Highly Granular User Login and Password 

protection

• FREE Downloadable Screen Design Software
• Template Screens for CP1 PLC

Ordering Information

Display size

Resolution

Dual Serial, RS232/DF1

Ethernet TCP/IP, 
Ethernet/IP and USB Host

Model

10.1 inch

800 x 480 pixels

Yes

Yes

NB10W-TW01B

7 inch

Yes

No

NB7W-TW00B

Yes

Yes

NB7W-TW01B

5.6 inch

320 x 234 pixels

Yes

No

NB5Q-TW00B

Yes

Yes

NB5Q-TW01B

3.5 inch

No

No

NB3Q-TW00B

No

Yes

NB3Q-TW01B

NB-Series 

Human Machine Interfaces

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-7

N529

Compact and Simple

Versatile mounting and essential features 

make this touchscreen ideal for tight spaces 
and basic interfaces.

•  Extreme thin designs requiring only 1 inch 

of panel depth

•  Choose from 3.1-, 3.6- or 4.6-inch LCD 

screen sizes

• Tri-color backlight or full-color displays for 

dynamic screen results

•  Directly connect to Omron temperature 

controllers without need for PLC

• TrueType fonts with multi-language support 

for international markets

•  Compatible with all Omron PLCs and 

global multi-vendor PLCs

•  Easy-to-use NV Designer software 

Class I Div 2 
Groups A,B,C,D

Ordering Information

Screen size

Resolution

Backlight

Communications Power supply 

voltage

Model

3.1-in. STN 
monochrome

128 x 64 
pixels

LEDs, 3 colors (green, orange and red)

RS-232C

5 VDC

NV3W-MG20L

RS-232C

24 VDC

NV3W-MG20

RS-422A/485

24 VDC

NV3W-MG40

3.1-in. STN 
monochrome

128 x 64 
pixels

LEDs, 3 colors (white, pink and red)

RS-232C

5 VDC

NV3W-MR20L

RS-232C

24 VDC

NV3W-MR20

RS-422A/485

24 VDC

NV3W-MR40

4.6-in. STN 
monochrome

320 x 120 
pixels

LEDs, 3 colors (green, orange and red)

RS-232C

24 VDC

NV4W-MG21

RS-422A/485

24 VDC

NV4W-MG41

4.6-in. STN 
monochrome

320 x 120 
pixels

LEDs, 3 colors (white, pink and red)

RS-232C

24 VDC

NV4W-MR21

RS-422A/485

24 VDC

NV4W-MR41

3.6-in. STN 
monochrome

20 x 240 
pixels (QVGA)

White LED

RS-232C

24 VDC

NV3Q-SW21

RS-422A/485

24 VDC

NV3Q-SW41

included in CX-One Lite or CX-One 
software suites

•  USB and SD memory card options
•  Mount in landscape or portrait orientation 

for more design flexibility

NV3/NV4 

Human Machine Interfaces

D

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-8

N526

Large Alphanumeric 4-Line Display 

with Function Keys

Compact, simple and easy to use operator 

interface allows accurate monitoring and 
controlling, and includes slide-in legend for 
custom labeling of function keys. The extra-
large keys on the numeric keypad provide 
operators the tactile feedback for quick data 
input or screen change, even when wearing 
thick work gloves.

•  4 line x 20 character backlit LCD display
•  Mix 1- and 2-wide characters in one display; 

inverse display selectable

•  32KB memory (up to 250 screens)
•  4 global programmable function keys use 

menu-based screen navigation

•  Keypad allows operators to input and enter 

numeric data

•  Bar graph capability

Ordering Information

Display data source

External settings

Power supply

Features

Model

Programmable

4 function keys

External 24 VDC

Ivory case

NT11-SF121-EV1

Black case

NT11-SF121B-EV1

Cables

Function

Connections

Applicable models

Cable length Model

Connect NT11 to 
Programming cable

9-pin RS-232C to RS-232C 
for PC

2 m

C200H-CN229-EU
CBL-202 in 
Canada

Connect NT11 to 
Omron PLC

9-pin D-sub to PLC 9-pin 
serial port

CPM1, CPM2, CQM1, C200H/
C200HE/C200HG/C200HX, CP1, CJ2, 
CS1

0.5 m

C200H-CN510-EU

3 m 

C200H-CN320-EU

5 m

C200H-CN520-EU

9-pin D-sub to PLC mini-
peripheral port adaptor

CPM2, CQM1H, CJ1, CS1

2 m

CS1W-CN118

NT Series Support 
Tool Software

NT-ZJCAT1-EV4

Class I Div 2 
Groups A,B,C,D

•  Password-protected screens
•  Printer port built in (25-pin female 

connector)

•  Host link/1:1 NT link communication
•  Contrast control
•  NEMA 4
•  Black or ivory front bezel

NT11 

Human Machine Interfaces

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-9

N527

Compact Powerful 2-Line Message 
Display with Function Keys

•  High-visibility backlit LCD display shows 

2 lines of 16 characters

•  Programmable or PLC message display 

models available

•  Multi-vendor PLC support models 

available

•  6 or 8 function keys available for screen 

and project level assignment

•  Easy numeric entry using arrow or 

numeric keypad

•  Two bit-assignable LED indicators on 

6-key models

•  Power from PLC peripheral port or 

external 24 VDC power supply

•  Password protect any programmable  

function key

•  Built-in bar graph display capability

Ordering Information

Display data source

External 
settings

Features

Power supply 
voltage

Model

Programmable

6 function 
keys

Real-time clock; multi-vendor 
PLC support

External 24 VDC
(1.5 W)

NT2S-SF121B-EV2

5 VDC (0.75 W)

NT2S-SF122B-EV2

PLC ASCII-based program

NT2S-SF123B-EV2

Programmable

8 function 
keys, number 
pad

Real-time clock, multi-vendor 
PLC support

External 24 VDC
(1.5 W)

NT2S-SF125B-E

5 VDC (0.75 W)

NT2S-SF126B-E

PLC ASCII-based program

NT2S-SF127B-E

•  IP65 enclosure rating
•  All models meet cULus, CE, and

Class I, Division 2 ratings for use in 

hazardous areas

•  Programming software available free 

from our website

NT2S 

  Function Key Human Machine Interfaces

D

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Human Machine Interfaces

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

D-10

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

E-i

Software

Contents

Selection Guide

E-ii

Software

Sysmac Studio
Software Suite

Configure, program, 
simulate, and maintain an 
entire NJ-Series machine

E-1

CX-One

One software for 
complete system setup, 
design, operation, and 
maintenance

E-2

SCADA

PC-based visualization 
and middleware

E-4

NS-Runtime

PC-based HMI emulator

E-6

E

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Application

NJ/NX Series

MAC

CJ/CS

Series PLCs

CP-Series 

PLCs

Temperature

and Process

Control

PC-Based

Visualization

& Enterprise

Control and 

Operation

SCADA

(Supervisory Control

and Data Acquisition)

Omron

 InduSoft

CX-Supervisor

Sysmac

Studio

CX-One

CX-One

Lite

Omron

 InduSoft

NS-Runtime

Motion

Network

Vision

Robot 

Kinematics

SQL

PC-Based

HMI

Emulator

One Software for your entire application              

Applications will dictate the controller, which will dictate the software. Omron provides 
complete software suites which include all the tools necessary to create the best 
solution for your application, with easy licensing, free online updates, and guaranteed 
interoperability. For enterprise connectivity, separate Supervisory Control And Data 
Acquisition (SCADA) software expand data visualization and management capabilities 
from local to global.

•  Sysmac Studio and CX-One (Lite) software suites provide single software part number 

and licensing for an entire application

•  Software suites allow for configuration, programming, troubleshooting, and 

maintenance of all related hardware

•  Free Online AutoUpdates for Sysmac Studio and CX-One (Lite) 

•  SCADA software connect Omron solutions to multiple-driver systems, with multiple 

databases, and web deployment

Lite

CONFIGURE, DEVELOP, COMMISSION IN ONE

Software

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-1

Sysmac Studio for Machine Creators

The Sysmac Studio true Integrated 
Development Environment (IDE), part of the 
Sysmac Studio Software Suite, provides 
a single operating environment to setup, 
program, debug, and maintain an entire 
Sysmac NJ/NX-Series machine solution.
•  One software for configuration, logic,    

motion, vision, safety, drives, networks, I/Os 
and enterprise

•  True tag-based environment supporting 

Ladder, ST, safety FBD, and user-made 
Libraries following IEC 61131-3 and 
PLCopen standards

L432

Number of users

License and Media model

License Only 

DVD Only

DVD Quantity Model

Model

Model

1

1

SYSMAC-STUDIO-1USER

SYSMAC-SE201L

SYSMAC-SE200D

3

1

SYSMAC-STUDIO-3USER

SYSMAC-SE203L

10

3

SYSMAC-STUDIO-10USER

SYSMAC-SE210L

30

10

SYSMAC-STUDIO-30USER

SYSMAC-SE230L

50

16

SYSMAC-STUDIO-50USER

SYSMAC-SE250L

Site

20

SYSMAC-STUDIO-SITE

SYSMAC-SE2XXL

Vision

1

SYSMAC-STUDIO-VISION

SYSMAC-VE001L

Measurement

1

SYSMACSTUDIOMEASURE

SYSMAC-ME001L

Notes:
•  Sysmac Studio is fully compatible with CX-One V4.22 or higher.
•  Sysmac Studio DVD can be installed without a license for a 30-day full functionality trial. Licenses can be purchased and    
  registered separately.
•  Software must be registered online in order to use FREE Online AutoUpdates.

OS

CPU

RAM

Display

Windows XP SP3
Windows Vista
Windows 7 (32-bit or 
64-bit edition)

Minimum

IBM AT or compatible with Celeron 
540 (1.8 GHz) processor

2 GB

XGA 1,024 x 768, 16 million colors

Recommended IBM AT or compatible with Core i5 

M520 (2.4 GHz) processor or the 
equivalent

2 GB

WXGA 1,280 x 800, 16 million colors

Ordering Information

PC System Requirements

Sysmac Studio Software Suite Contents

Subject

Sysmac Studio 

Description

Programming

Sysmac Studio (IDE)

A true Integrated Development Environment for Logic, Motion, Vision, Safety and 
Simulation. Also includes equivalent functionality to CX-Drive for AC Drives & 
Servos.

CX-Designer

CX-Designer is used to create screen data for NS-series HMIs. 

Networks

CX-Integrator & Network 
Configurator EtherNet/WW

CX-Integrator & Network Configurator EtherNet/IP allow for easy network setup. 
They enable monitoring of the connection status, setting parameters, and diag-
nostics. 

CX-ConfiguratorFDT 

Based on FDT/DTM technology, CX-ConfiguratorFDT can be used to configure 
devices from any vendor connected to a PROFIBUS network. 

•  Integrated 3D motion simulation tool and 

graphical CAM editor

•  FREE Online AutoUpdates

SYSMAC STUDIO 

Software Suite

E

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-2

For Complete PLC Applications

The CX-One (Lite) Software Suite enables 
users to configure and program, PLCs, HMIs, 
motion control systems, drives, networks, 
and temperature controllers. The benefit of 
a single software is to reduce complexity 
of the configuration and allow automation 
systems to be programmed or configured 
with maximum integration and performance.
By registering online, users can benefit from 
free online AutoUpdates. AutoUpdates keep 
CX-One current with new modules, functions 
and features..
The Full CX-One software supports all 
CJ/CS/CP PLCs, HMI, Motion, Network, 

L422

Number of Users – 
CX-One

Media

Standard License Model

Upgrade License Model (from pre-
vious version with same users)

1-user licence

DVD

CXONE-AL01D-V4

CXONE-AL01D-V4-UP

3-user licence

DVD

CXONE-AL03D-V4

CXONE-AL03D-V4-UP

10-user licence

DVD

CXONE-AL010D-V4

CXONE-AL010D-V4-UP

30-user licence

DVD

CXONE-AL030D-V4

CXONE-AL030D-V4-UP

50-user licence

DVD

CXONE-AL050D-V4

CXONE-AL050D-V4-UP

Site licence

DVD

CXONE-AL0XXD-V4

CXONE-AL0XXD-V4-UP

Temperature/Process Control, and Drive 
products. A separate Lite version is available 
for Micro-PLC users, without motion control 
or advanced networking.

Number of Users – 
CX-One Lite

Media

Model

1-user licence

CD

CXONE-LT01C-V4

Note: CX-One Lite is available for Micro-PLC users, without motion control or advanced networking.

Ordering Information

CX-One Software Suite Contents

Subject

CX-One Sub-Component

Description

Programming

CX-Programmer

CX-Programmer provides one common PLC software platform 
for all types of Omron PLC controllers – the CS1, CJ2, and 
CP1-Series, as well as legacy PLCs. It allows easy conversion 
and re-use of PLC code between different PLC types, and code 
migration from legacy PLC programming software.

CX-Simulator

A debugging environment equivalent to the actual PLC system 
and NS HMI system environment can be achieved by simulating 
the operation of a CS/CJ Series PLC with a virtual PLC or NS 
HMI in the computer. CX-Simulator makes it possible to evaluate 
program operation, check the cycle time and reduce debugging 
time before the actual equipment is assembled.

CX-One 

 Software

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-3

Subject

CX-One Sub-Component

Description

Programming

CX-Designer

CX-Designer is used to create screen data for NS-series HMIs. CX-
Designer can also check the operation of the created screen data on 
the computer. CX-Designer enables efficient development process for 
screen creation, simulation and project deployment. Users can develop 
screens more efficiently with Easy-to-use Support Software. CX-
Designer has about 1,000 standard functional objects with associated 
graphics and advanced functions, so even first-time users can create 
screens easily just by arranging functional objects in a screen.

Networks

CX-Integrator & Network 
Configurator

CX-Integrator & Network Configurator are the main configuration 
software for CX-One. It enables easy performance of many operations, 
such as monitoring the connection status of various networks, setting 
parameters, and diagnosing networks.

CX-ConfiguratorFDT

Based on FDT/DTM technology, CX-ConfiguratorFDT can be used to 
configure devices from any vendor connected to a PROFIBUS network. 
This concept will later be expanded to support many more networks 
using this technology.

Motion & Drives

CX-Motion

CX-Motion can be used to create, edit, and print the various 
parameters, position data, and motion control programs (G code) 
required to operate Motion Controllers, transfer the data to the Motion 
Control units, and monitor operation of the Motion Control units. 
Increase productivity in every step of the motion control process, from 
development of the motion control program to system operation.

CX-Drive

The complete current range of inverters and servos is covered in this 
software with full access to all parameters (with 3 different operator 
levels available). An easy overview of parameters is also included 
which includes filters to show values that are: different from default, 
different from inverter, invalid setting. Graphical overviews are available 
to further assist with configuration of some more detailed parameters 
such as jump frequencies, v/f profiles and analogue setting.

CX-Position

CX-Position simplifies every aspect of position control, from 
creating/editing the data used in Position Control units (NC units 
to communicating online and monitoring operation. The software 
is equipped with functions that can improve productivity, such as 
automatically generating project data and reusing existing data.

Temperature & Process 
Control

CX-ThermoTools

CX-ThermoTools is a configuration and monitoring product for E5CN 
and E5ZN-series Temperature Controllers. It provides easy setup, 
online data logging, and real-time monitoring. Users can easily create, 
edit, and batch-download parameters from a personal computer, 
reducing the work required to set parameters. It is possible to monitor 
data for up to 31 Temperature Controllers at the same time.

CX-Process

CX-Process simplifies every aspect of loop control, from creating/
transferring function blocks to running the Boards/units and debugging 
(tuning PID parameters, etc.) operation. Function block programs can 
be created easily by pasting function blocks in the window and making 
software connections with the mouse.

L422

CX-One 

Software (continued)

E

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-4

PC-Based Visualization Solutions

Visualization software, hosted on a PC or 
server, is the best solution for integrating 
an industrial automation system into the 
non-industrial IT space. These solutions 
provide graphic interfaces for monitoring 
and control, as well as simplified database 
connectivity and remote access capabilities.

CX-Supervisor

 is for applications using 

Omron controllers only, boasting powerful 
functions for a wide range of PC based 
HMI requirements. Simple applications can 
be created rapidly with the aid of a large 
number of predefined functions and libraries, 
and even very complex applications can 
be generated with a powerful programming 
language or VBScript.

L429

Description

Media

Model

CX-Supervisor Developer & runtime (no protection included)

CD

CX-SUPERVISOR-V

9

CX-Supervisor Developer upgrade (no protection included, requires 
license of previous version)

CD

CX-SUPERVISOR-UPGR-V

99

CX-Supervisor Machine Edition runtime including USB dongle protection

CD

CX-SUPERVISOR-RUN-ME-V

99

CX-Supervisor PLUS Edition runtime including USB dongle protection

CD

CX-SUPERVISOR-RUN-PLUS-V

99

Omron InduSoft Development & Runtime License with CX-Compolet middleware

CD

OMSGY-

99999

-NT

Omron InduSoft Development Only License with CX-Compolet middleware

CD

OMSGY-

99999

-DEV

Omron InduSoft Runtime Only License with CX-Compolet middleware

CD

OMSGY-

99999

-RT

Omron InduSoft Web Thin Client (Optional Upgrade)

-

OM-

9999

-WS

Omron InduSoft Secure View Thin Client (Optional Upgrade)

-

OM-

9999

-SV

Omron InduSoft Studio Mobile Access Thin Client (Optional Upgrade)

-

OM-

9999

-SMA

Omron InduSoft Optional Hardkey License

USB

OM-USB-HK(-RT)

Omron InduSoft Optional Hardkey License

Parallel

OM-HARDKEY-RT/NT

Omron InduSoft License Level Upgrades (Development & Runtime)

-

OM-

99999

-NT-SPUPG

Omron InduSoft License Level Upgrades (Development Only)

-

OM-

99999

-DEV-SPUPG

Omron InduSoft License Level Upgrades (Runtime Only)

-

OM-

99999

-RT-SPUPG

Omron InduSoft Software Version Upgrade (Development & Runtime)

-

OMSGY-

99999

-UPG

Omron InduSoft Software Version Upgrade (Development Only) 

-

OMSGY-

99999

-DEV-UPG

Omron InduSoft Software Version Upgrade (Runtime Only)

-

OMSGY-

99999

-RT-UPG

Omron InduSoft Web Thin Client Upgrade 

-

OM-

9999

-WS-SPUPG

Omron InduSoft Secure Viewer Thin Client Upgrade

-

OM-

9999

-SV-SPUPG

Omron InduSoft Studio Mobile Access Thin Client Upgrade

-

OM-

9999

-SMA-SPUPG

Ordering Information

Omron InduSoft 

provides multi-vendor 

driver and database connectivity for systems 
with third-party device requirements. 
Scalable remote access options are 
available over the internet, as well as 
redundant server technology for the highest 
data integrity. The runtime is scalable 
enough to run on any version of Windows, 
including Windows Embedded/CE on 
mobile devices using softkey licenses. USB 
hardkeys are optional for developers who 
switch between several PCs.

L438

SCADA 

 

Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-5

Specifications

Feature

CX-Supervisor

Omron Indusoft

Machine Edition

Plus Edition

Scripting

Yes

Yes

Recipes

Yes

Yes

Alarms

300

5000

Unlimited

Animation

Yes

Yes

Max devices (PLCs etc)

20

256

Unlimited

OPC connections

Yes

Yes

Max Points / Tags

500

8000

Dependent on License Level

Max Regular Interval Scripts

10

100

Multi-thread Simultaneous Scripts

Max Pages / Screens

100

500

Unlimited

Supported databases

MS Access

MS Access, MS Excel, MS 
SQL, CSV, dBase, ODBC

MS Access, MS Excel, MS SQL 
Server, MySQL, Oracle, Sybase

Third-party drivers

No

Yes, Multiple Simultaneous

Redundant server

No

Yes

Mobile Device Support

No

Yes

L429

SCADA 

Software (continued)

E

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

E-6

N524

Emulates NS-Series HMIs on PCs

NS-Runtime provides the ability to operate 
a CX-Designer application on a PC where an 
open platform environment is required. This 
allows the PC to function as a dedicated 
operator interface in factory automation 
settings. It can also be used as a supervisory 
tool to view factory run rates.

•  Scalable visualization, regardless of 

dedicated or PC-based operator interface 
requirements, from one CX-Designer project

•  Run a new application created with  

CX-Designer (up to 3840 x 2400 pixels) on a 
Windows PC

•  Communicate with Omron CJ, CP1 and CS 

PLCs via Ethernet, Controller Link or Serial

•  Reuse existing NS-Series projects with 

additional functionality, like PDF document 
viewer and running other Windows 
applications

•  Run an existing NS-Series project as an 

additional PC-based operator interface, 
either on-site or at remote locations and for 

OEMs for remote maintenance

•  Have NS-Runtime available on-site as a  

PC-based backup in case the dedicated  
NS-Series operator interface is damaged

•  Supplied with USB dongle
•  Barcode reader to USB port support
•  Additional macros for string manipulation, 

window manipulation, and launching 
applications

•  Expansive data log capacity: 160,000 points 

compared to NS-Series’ 50,000 points

Ordering Information

Description

Model

NS-Runtime (1) License, CD ROM, USB Dongle, Documentation

NS-NSRCL1

NS-Runtime (3) Licenses, CD ROM, USB Dongle, Documentation

NS-NSRCL3

NS-Runtime (10) Licenses, CD ROM, USB Dongle, Documentation

NS-NSRCL10

 

NOTE: NS-Runtime does not yet support the NJ-Series Machine Automation Controllers (MAC)

NS-Runtime 

 HMI Emulator

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

F-i

Motion Controllers

Contents

Selection Guide

F-ii

Motion Controllers

Sysmac, 
NJ and NX  
Series

Machine Automation 
Controller with advanced  
motion at the core

F-1

CJ1W-NC

9

8

9

Position Control Unit, 
EtherCAT, for CJ PLCs

F-2

CJ1W-NC

9

71

Position Control Unit, 
MECHATROLINK-II, for 
CJ PLCs

F-3

C200H-
MC402-E

Motion Control Unit, 
Analog, for CS PLCs

F-4

CS1W-MC

9

21

Motion Control Unit, 
Analog, for CS PLCs

F-5

CJ1W-NC

9 9

3 Position Control Unit, 

Pulse Output, for CJ 
PLCs

F-6

CS1W-NC

99

3/ 

C200HW-
NC

99

Position Control Unit, 
Pulse Output, for CS 
PLCs

F-7

H8PS

Stand-alone Cam 
Positioner

F-8

Rotary Encoders

See Section R for Rotary Encoders.

F

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Machine Automation

Controller

Sysmac NJ MAC

NJ1 - NJ3

Logic and motion control in 

one Machine Automation 

Controller with IEC-61131 

based programming

Machine Automation

Controller

Sysmac NJ/NX MAC

NJ5 - NX7

16 - 256 axes

2 - 8 axes

Machine builders and OEMs that require motion and machine control systems find high value 
and flexibility in Omron’s Scalable Machine Solutions.  From single-function compact machines 
to the most flexible production cells, Omron helps you turn ideas into machines that work. We 
support simple point-to-point positioning to synchronized motion control from our portfolio 
of robust Machine Automation Controllers (MAC) and PLCs, and Motion Controllers that are 
discretely wired or network connected.

Scalable Machine Solution – Controllers:

•  Lean Automation: CP1 PLC Pulse Output for Position Control

•  Mainstream Automation: CJ Hybrid PLC and Motion with Networked Control

•  X-Stream Automation: Sysmac NJ/NX up to 256 synchronized axes for X-Stream 

Machine Control

TOTAL FREEDOM IN MOTION CONTROL

*See Section A

Motion Controllers

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Machine Automation

Controller

Sysmac NJ MAC

NJ1 - NJ3

Logic and motion control in 

one Machine Automation 

Controller with IEC-61131 

based programming

Machine Automation

Controller

Sysmac NJ/NX MAC

NJ5 - NX7

16 - 256 axes

2 - 8 axes

- Stream Automation

Lean Automation

Mainstream Automation

CP1 PLC with built-in pulse 
output for position control

CJ series hybrid PLC and 
motion with networked control

Sysmac NJ/NX stand-alone for 
complete machine automation 
control for up to 256 axes 
synchronized.

Scalable Machine Solution–Controller

*See Section B

*See Section B

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-iii

F

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Type

Networked Motion Controllers

Model

Sysmac NJ/NX Series* 

(*Note: See Section A for details)

CJ1W-NC

9

81/ 

-NC

9

82

CJ1W-NC

9

71/ 

CS1W-NC

9

71

Description Machine Automation Controller with advanced multi-

axes coordinated motion and complete machine 
control

PLC based positioning 
controller

PLC-based point-
to-point positioning 
controller

Axes control method

•  

EtherCAT motion bus built in

•  

EtherCAT motion bus

•  

MECHATROLINK-II 
motion bus

Number of axes NX701: 128 or 256 axes

NJ501: 16, 32 or 64 total axes
NJ301: 4, 8 real axes - 15 total
NJ101: 2 axes

2, 4, 8, 16

2, 4, 16

Applicable servo drive Accurax G5 series (R88D-KN

99

-ECT)

Accurax G5 series
(R88D-KN

99

-ECT)

Accurax G5 series 
(R88D-KN

99

ML2)

Application

•  

Complete Machine Control / Cell Control

•  

Advanced Motion

•  

E-cam, gearing, circular/linear Interpolation

•  

Registration & Phase shift on-the-fly

•  

PLS

•  

Simple point-to-point

•  

Linear & circular 
interpolation

•  

Registration

•  

PLS

•  

From simple point-
to-point to multi-axis 
point-to-point 
coordinated systems

Servo control mode Position, Speed, and Torque

Position, speed & torque

Position, speed & torque

Platform series Sysmac NJ-Series Machine Automation Controller.  

EntherNet/IP built in

CJ-Series PLC with 
Positioning Motion 
Module(s). CJ2 has 
EtherNet/IP built-in

CJ and CS1 Series PLC 
with Positioning Motion 
Module(s). CJ2 has 
EtherNet/IP built-in

Type

Hard Wired Motion Controllers

Model

CJ2M-MD21* 

CP1L / CP1H

CS1W-MC_21

CJ1W-NC__3/ 

CS1W-NC__3

Description PLC-based 

Micro PLC-based

PLC-based motion 
controller with multi-
tasking. G-code 
programming capability

PLC-based, point-
to-point positioning 
controller

Axes control method

•  

Pulse train output

•  

Pulse train output

•  

Analog output

•  

Pulse train output

Number of axes 2, 4

2, 4

2, 4

1, 2, 4

Applicable servo drive SmartStep2 (R7D-B), 

Accurax G5 series 
(R88D-KT)

SmartStep2 (R7D-B), 
Accurax G5 series 
(R88D-KT)

Accurax G5-Series 
(R88D-KT)

SmartStep2 (R7D-B), 
Accurax G5-Series 
(R88D-KT)

Application

•  

Point-to-point Indexing

•  

Interrupt feeding

•  

Point-to-point Indexing

•  

Point-to-point with 
complex interpolations

•  

Point-to-point 
applications

Servo control mode Position

Position

Position, speed

Position

Platform series CJ2-Series PLC with 

simple positioning 
module

CP1-Series Micro PLC 
with simple positioning 
capabilities built-in

CS-Series PLC with 
motion module(s)

CJ- and CS-Series. CJ2 
has EtherNet/IP built-in

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-1

H237

Note:  See Section A for Sysmac Controller.

NX/NJ Series 

 Machine Automation Controller

Fully Integrated Control

 

The NX/NJ-Series includes capabilities for 
seamless integration of Logic, Motion, Vision, 
Safety, Networks, and Enterprise level control. 
Selectable models based on application 
requirements.

•  Built-in EtherNet/IP & EtherCAT network interfaces

•  Built-in 0 to 256 axes of advanced motion control 

capabilities

•  Local and remote I/O options including Failsafe Safety 

over EtherCAT

•  Available built-in SQL Database Connectivity

•  Available built-in Robot Kinematics

•  Available SECS/GEM Protocol

•  Complete Sysmac Solution configured, programmed, 

and commissioned using Sysmac Studio software 

(see Quick Link L432)

F

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-2

F434

Advanced control performance 
and easy operation with EtherCAT 
improves production efficiency

The EtherCAT communications with 
100Mbps baud rate enables fast and 
accurate position control for 2, 4, 8 or 16 
axes. A wide range of position control 
functions are available with this position 
control unit CJ2 PLCs.

•  Fast positioning operation: taking 

from 0.15 to 0.4ms (min.) to start servo 
operation from PLC start command

•  Support for Servomotors with Absolute 

Encoders

•  Monitor the Deviation between Axes 

during Linear Interpolation

•  A Wide Range of Positioning Operations

•  Comes with Memory Operation function

•  Common control interface with  

pulse-train type position control unit  
(CJ1W-NC

9

8

9

)

•  Fast communication of EtherCAT (250μs 

min. communications cycle)

•  Complete automation: servo, inverters, 

vision and I/O devices using EtherCAT

•  Support for Servomotors Speed Control 

and Torque limit outputs

CX-Programmer

Position Control Unit 

(CJ1W-NC882)

CJ-series 

CPU Unit

Computer

Power 

Supply Unit

USB connection

• Editing parameters and data

• Monitoring status 

• Data tracing

• Managing files Etc.

Forward limit input

Reverse limit input

Origin input

Origin proximity input

Emergency stop input

Interrupt input

24-V power supply 

for interface

External Inputs

XW2B-20G4

Terminal block

G5-series 

Servo Drives

G5-series Servomotors

Used to set 

and monitor 

data. 

EtherCAT

MX2

and RX

AC Drives

Other slaves

Note:

 The controller does not allow user to add ESI files. Only EtherCAT listed in CX-Programmer can be used.

 
EtherCAT

®

 is a registered trademark of Beckhoff Automation GmbH.

Position Control Units 

 

CJ1W-NC

9

81/82 – EtherCAT Interface

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-3

F426

Fast registration 

inputs, home and 

limits switches...

Personal computer
software: CX-One

G5 series
Servo drive

Input

Accurax G5 series
Servo motors

CJ series

Position control unit

CJ1W-NC

9

71

MECHATROLINK-II

2..16 axes max

Terminator

Multi-axis point-to-point

positioning controller over 
MECHATROLINK-II Motion Bus

•  Position control units with 2, 4 or 16 axes

•  High-speed bus MECHATROLINK-II is 

specially designed for motion control

•  Supports position, speed and torque 

control

•  Programming languages: ladder, function 

blocks. Supports PLC Open Function 
Blocks

•  Smart active parts for OMRON HMIs 

reduce engineering time

•  Access to the complete system from 

one point. Network setup, servo drives 
configuring and monitoring, and PLC 
programming

•  Installs on compact, high-speed CJ2 and 

CJ1 PLCs

Position Control Unit 

 

CJ1W-NC271/471/F71 – MECHATROLINK-II

F

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-4

Advanced multi-axes motion 
control made perfectly intuitive 

•  Advanced motion control of 4 real axes 

and 4 virtual axes per unit. Up to 16 
modules can be installed in one PLC

•  Analog outputs for  CS1-series close loop 

position and speed control

•  Simple to develop and modify using 

BASIC

•  Multi-task programming

•  Friendly Motion Perfect, Windows-based 

programming and debugging software. 
Provides versatile test and monitoring 
functions including a 4-channel software 
oscilloscope

Function

The advanced motion control unit provides closed-loop control of up to 4 axes, it is programmed 
in a multi-task BASIC type language and supported by the powerful software tool. The unit pro-
vides a complete command set, allowing applications such as flying saws, rotating knives, any 
synchronization and electronic CAM profile to be easily programmed.

•  Hardware registration input for every axis

•  Electronic CAM profiles and axes 

synchronization

CS 1 series

Motion control unit

C200HW-MC402-E

Limit switches

contact sensors

Personal computer

Software: Motion Perfect

Input

Servo motor

I/O cable

Axes cable

Servo motor

Servo motor

Control cable 

axes 1

Control cable axes 2

Control cable axes 4

Control cable axes 3

Servo motor

G5 Series Servo Drive with 

Analog IF

G5 Series Servo Drive with 

Analog IF

G5 Series Servo Drive with 

Analog IF

G5 Series Servo Drive with 

Analog IF

F427

Motion Control Unit 

 

CS1/C200HW-MC402-E

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-5

High-precision motion controller 
with multi-tasking G-language 
programming

•  High-speed control of up to 4 axes with 

one unit and up to 76 axes with one PLC 
(19 units x 4 axes) (assumes that power 
supply unit capacity is not exceeded)

•  Winding operations easily controlled at 

high-speed using traverse positioning 
control

•  High-speed response to commands from 

CPU unit (8 ms for 2 axes, 13 ms for 4 
axes)

•  Encoder response of 2M PPS possible 

with 4x frequency multiplication for 
applications with high-speed, high-
precision servo motors

•  D interrupt code outputs to CPU unit at 

end of positioning or at specified positions 
(D code output time: 3.3 ms max)

F428

Function

The motion controller provides closed-loop motion control via analog outputs for up to 4 axes, 
and supports the G language for advanced, high-speed, high-precision position control. Multi-
tasking allows you to run the axes independently for a wider range of application.

•  CX-Motion Windows-based support 

software define user mnemonics to use in 
place of G codes to simplify MC program 
development and analysis

•  Servo trace function from CX-Motion to 

trace error counter changes or motor 
speeds

•  Automatic loading function. MC programs 

and positioning data can be automatically 
downloaded from computer memory when 
required by the MC unit

G5

Servo motors

G5

Servo drive

I/O signals 

(CN1 connector)

I/O signals 

(CN1 connector)

CS1 series 

Motion control unit 

CS1W-MC

21

Emergency stop input, 

home and limit switches

Input

Personal computer

Software: CX-One

Terminal block

G5

Servo drive

G5

Servo motors

Motion Control Units 

 

CS1W-MC421/-MC221

F

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-6

Advanced multi-axis position 
control made perfectly intuitive 

•  Position control units with 1, 2 or 4 axes

•  Positioning can be done by direct ladder 

commands

•  Position and speed control to CJ-series 

PLCs

•  Linear interpolation

•  Interrupt feeding function

•  Positioning of 100 points done from 

memory

•  S-curve acceleration/deceleration, origin 

search, backlash compensation, and other 
features are also supported

•  Positioning data is saved in internal flash 

memory, eliminating the need to maintain 
a backup battery

F429

Function

These position control units support positioning control via pulse-train outputs. Positioning is 
performed using trapezoid al or S-curve acceleration and deceleration. Models are available 
with 1, 2 or 4 axes control, and can be used in combination with servo drives or stepping 
motors what accept pulse-train control.

Pos

unit

K

I/O signals 

(CN1 connector)

I/O signals 

(CN1 connector)

CJ1 series

Position control unit

CJ1W-NC

3

Personal computer

software: CX-One

Input

Servo 

relay unit

G5

Servo motors

G-Series

Servo motors

G5

Servo drive

SmartStep 2

Servo drive

Emergency stop input, 

home and limit switches

•  Use Windows-based support software 

(CX-Position) to easily create positioning 
data and store data and parameters in 
files

Position Control Units 

 

CJ1W-NC

99

3

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-7

Point-to-point positioning 
controller with pulse train output 

•  Position control units with 1, 2 or 4 axes

•  Positioning can be done by direct ladder 

commands

•  Position and speed control

•  Linear interpolation

•  Interrupt feeding function

•  Positioning of 100 points done from 

memory

•  S-curve acceleration/deceleration, origin 

search, backlash compensation, and other 
features are also supported

•  Positioning data is saved in internal flash 

memory, eliminating the need to maintain 
a backup battery

F433

Function

These position control units support positioning control via pulse-train outputs. Positioning is 
performed using trapezoid al or S-curve acceleration and deceleration. Models are available 
with 1, 2 or 4 axes control, and can be used in combination with servo drives or stepping 
motors what accept pulse-train control.

Pos

unit

K

I/O signals 

(CN1 connector)

I/O signals 

(CN1 connector)

Personal computer

software: CX-One

Input

Servo 

relay unit

G5

Servo motors

G-Series

Servo motors

G5

Servo drive

SmartStep 2

Servo drive

Emergency stop input, 

home and limit switches

CS 1 series

Position control unit

CS1W-NC

3

•  Use Windows-based support software 

(CX-Position) to easily create positioning 
data and store data and parameters in 
files

Position Control Units 

 

CS1W-NC

99

3, C200HW-NC

99

F

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

F-8

Easy-to-use Stand-alone Cam 
Positioner with Encoder Input

•  High-speed operation at 1600 r/min. and 

high precision settings to 0.5°

•  Advanced angle compensation function 

compensates for output delays

•  Highly visible display with reverse-lit LCD 

for long-distance legibility

•  Fits a 1/4 DIN panel cutout

•  Front panel and surface/DIN rail mounting 

models (track mounting adapter optional)

•  8, 16 and 32 outputs models

•  Bank function for multi-product 

production (8 banks)

•  IP40 front panel rating; waterproof and 

protective covers available

Specifications

•  Supply voltage: 24 VDC

•  Inputs: Encoder input: Connection to a 

dedicated absolute encoder

•  External inputs: bank inputs 1/2/4, origin 

input, start input (16-/32-output models)

•  Control output:

•  8-output Models: 8 cam outputs, 1 RUN 

output, 1 pulse output

•  Dimensions: 96 H x 96 W x 65 D mm

F424

Use Omron absolute encoders for cam input; 
available with easy-to-install connector

Number of 
outputs

Mounting method

Dimensions
L x W x H mm

Output type

Bank function

Model

8 outputs

Panel mounting

96 x 96 x 67.5

NPN open collector

None

H8PS-8B

PNP open collector

H8PS-8BP

DIN rail or surface 
mounting

96 x 96 x 60.6

NPN open collector

H8PS-8BF

PNP open collector

H8PS-8BFP

16 outputs

Panel mounting

96 x 96 x 67.5

NPN open collector

H8PS-16B

PNP open collector

H8PS-16BP

DIN rail or surface 
mounting

96 x 96 x 60.6

NPN open collector

H8PS-16BF

PNP open collector

H8PS-16BFP

32 outputs

Panel mounting

96 x 96 x 67.5

NPN open collector

H8PS-32B

PNP open collector

H8PS-32BP

DIN rail or surface 
mounting

96 x 96 x 60.6

NPN open collector

H8PS-32BF

PNP open collector

H8PS-32BFP

Ordering Information

•  E6CP-AG5C-C 256 2M for 256 pulse/rev 

resolution

•  E6C3-AG5C-C 360 2M for 360 pulse/rev 

resolution

•  E6F-AG5C-C 720 2M for 720 pulse/rev 

resolution

•  16-output Models: 16 cam outputs, 1 RUN 

output, 1 pulse output

•  32-output Models: 32 cam outputs,1 RUN 

output, 1 pulse output

•  Output ratings:

•  Cam outputs, RUN output: NPN or PNP 

open collector, 100 mA at 30 VDC

•  Pulse outputs: NPN or PNP open 

collector, 30 mA at 30 VDC

H8PS 

  Cam Positioner

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

G-i

Servo Systems

Contents

Selection Guide

G-ii

Servo Drives

R88D-KN
R88D-KT

G5 Drives provide high 
response and high accuracy 
for a wide variety of 
applications

G-2

R88D-KN-L
R88D-KT-L

G5 Linear Drive and Motors

G-3

R7D-B

SmartStep2 Servo Drives 
offers advanced
servo functionality in a 
compact design

G-4

Servo Motors

R88M-K

G5 Servo Motors for high 
response, high speed and 
high torque

G-4

R88M-G

G-Series Servo Motors  
provide high-precision  
positioning with SmartStep2 
servo drives

G-6

G

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

X-Stream:

•  EtherCAT

Mainstream:

•  EtherCAT
•  Analog/Pulse train

Lean:

•  Pulse train

Great machines are born from a 
perfect match between control 
and mechanics. Omron servos 
give you the extra edge to build 
more accurate, faster, smaller 
and safer machines. With the 
G5 series, you will achieve 
sub micron precision and ms 
settling time. Some might call it 
perfection, we just call it tireless 
innovation to help you build 
great machines. 

Scalable Machine  

Solutions–Servo Drives

COMPACT PERFORMANCE SERVO SYSTEMS 

G5

50 W to 15 kW

G5

50 W to 15 kW

SmartStep2

50 W to  400 W

PLC-based

Position controller

MECHATROLINK-II

CS1W/CJ1W-NC_71

G5 ML2

Which motion controller is used?

G5 EtherCAT

PLC-based

Motion Controller

or other controller

with analog output

PLC-based 

Position Controller

or other controller

with pulse train output

G5 

Analog/Pulse 

train

SmartStep2 

Pulse train

G5 

Analog/Pulse 

train

Sysmac NJ-Series 

Machine Automation 

Controller, EtherCAT

NJ5/NJ3

PLC-based

Position controller

EtherCAT

CJ1W-NC_8_

Servo Systems

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Type

Servo Drives

Model

G5

(R88D-KN_-ECT)

G5 

(R88D-KN_-ML2)

G5 

(R88D-KT)

SmartStep2

(R7D-B)

Command Interface EtherCAT

MECHATROLINK-II

Analog/Pulse train

Pulse train

R

ati

ng

s

110 VAC, 1-phase 50 W to 400 W

50 W to 400 W

50 W to 400 W

50 W to 200 W

230 VAC, 1-phase 100 W to 1.5 kW

100 W to 1.5 kW

100 W to 1.5 kW

50 W to 400 W

230 VAC, 3-phase 2 kW to 7.5 kW

2 kW to 5 kW

2 kW to 7.5 kW

50 W to 400 W

480 VAC, 3-phase 750 W to 15 kW

750 W to 5 kW

750 W to 15 kW

N/A

Applicable servo motor G5 

3rd party (-L versions)

G5

G5

G-Series motors

Position control EtherCAT (Csp,Pp, Hm)

MECHATROLINK-II 
Position

Pulse train

Pulse train

Speed control EtherCAT(Csv)

MECHATROLINK-II 
Speed

Analog +/- 10V or 8 
internal set speeds

4 internal set speeds

Torque control EtherCAT (Cst)

MECHATROLINK-II 
Torque

Analog +/- 10V

N/A

Safety approvals Safe Torque OFF, ISO 

13849-1:2008 (PL D), EN 
954-1:1996 (Cat 3)

Safe Torque OFF, ISO 
13849-1:2008 (PL D), EN 
954-1:1996 (Cat 3)

Safe Torque OFF, ISO 
13849-1:2008 (PL D), EN 
954-1:1996 (Cat 3)

Full closed loop Built-in

Built-in

Built-in

Type

G5 Servo Motors

G-Series Servo 

Motors  

Cylindrical Type

G-Series Servo 

Motors 

Flat Type

3000 r/min motor

1500 & 2000 r/min 

motor

1000 r/min motor

3000 r/min motor

3000 r/min motor

Rated speed 3,000 rpm

1,500 and 2,000 
rpm

1,000 rpm

3,000 rpm

3,000 rpm

Maximum speed 4,500 & 6,000 rpm

2,000 & 3,000 rpm

2,000 rpm

5,000 rpm

5,000 rpm

Rated torque 0.16 Nm to 15.9 

Nm

1.91 Nm to 95.9 
Nm

8.59 Nm to 57.3 
Nm

0.16 Nm to 1.3 Nm

0.32 Nm to 1.3 Nm

Sizes 50 W to 5 kW

400 W to 15 kW

900 W to 6 kW

50 W to 400 W

100 W to 400 W

Applicable servo drive G5 servo drive

G5 servo drive

G5 servo drive

G5 Servo Drives 
and SmartStep2

G5 Servo Drives 
and
SmartStep2

Encoder resolution 20-bit incremental/  

17-bit absolute

20-bit incremental/  
17-bit absolute

20-bit incremental/  
17-bit absolute

10,000 pulses/
revolution

10,000 pulses/
revolution

IP rating IP67

IP67

IP67

IP65

IP65

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G-iii

G

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G-2

Ratings

•  120 VAC Single-phase 50 W to 400 W
•  230 VAC Single-phase 100 W to 1.5 kW
•  230 VAC Three-phase 2 kW to 5 kW

•  480 VAC Three-phase 750 W to 15 kW

F354

Accurate motion control in a compact 
size servo drive family. EtherCAT or 
MECHATROLINK-II motion bus and safety 
built in.

•  EtherCAT, MECHATROLINK-II and Analog/Pulse servo 

drive models

•  Safety conforming IEC61800-5-2 (STO), EN 954-1 

(CAT3), EN61508 SIL2, and ISO13849-1 (PLc-d)

•  Speed loop frequency response of 2 kHz
•  High resolution serial encoder for greater accuracy 

provided by 20 bit encoder

•  External encoder input for full close loop
•  Real time auto-tuning
•  Advanced tuning algorithms (Anti-vibration function, 

torque feed-forward, disturbance observer)

•  Built-in digital I/O includes 2 high speed independent 

registration inputs

G5 

Servo Drives 

R88D-KN

999

-ECT/ML2, R88D-KT

9

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G-3

G5 

Linear Drives and Motors 

R88D-KN

999

-ECT-L

F354

Ratings

•  120 VAC Single-phase 50 W to 400 W
•  230 VAC Single-phase 100 W to 1.5 kW
•  230 VAC Three-phase 2 kW to 5 kW

•  480 VAC Three-phase 750 W to 15 kW

Accurate motion control in a 
compact size servo drive family. 
EtherCAT and safety built in.

•  Ironless and iron-core motor types
•  3rd Party linear and rotary motor control*
•  Safety conforming ISO13849-1 PL-d
•  High-response frequency of 2 kHz
•  Real time auto-tuning
•  Advanced tuning algorithms (vibration 

suppression, velocity and torque 

feedforward, friction compensation, 

disturbance observer)

*with supported encoders

Ratings

•  Iron-core motors - 48 to 760 N (2000 N peak force)
•  Ironless motors - 29 to 423 N (2100 N peak force)
•  110V from 100W to 0.4 kW
•  230V single phase from 100W to 1.5 kW
•  230V three phase from 2 KW to 15 kW
•  400V from 600W to 15 kW

G

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G-4

Another step forward in drive 
simplicity. 

•  On-line auto-tuning and easy set-up

•  Ultra-compact size. The footprint is only 

48% that of the SmartStep series

•  Two torque limit settings

•  Electronic gear, four internal speed 

settings and wide range of pulse settings

•  Adaptive filters for suppression of 

vibration and resonance

•  Configuration and commissioning using 

CX Drive-software

Ratings

•  120 VAC single-phase 50 W to 200 W

•  230 VAC Single-phase 50 W to 400 W

•  230 VAC three-phase 50 W to 400 W

F353

(Refer to G-Series servomotors chapter)

G-Series 
servo motor

SmartStep2
servo drive

Encoder cable

Power cable

Brake cable

Personal computer
software: CX-One

Position control 
unit

Connector terminal block
General purpose controller
(with pulse output)

SmartStep 2 

 Servo Drives 

R7D

9

-B

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G-5

Servo family for accurate motion 
control. High response, high speed 
and high torque.

•  Peak torque 300% of rated torque for 3 

seconds or more depending on model

•  High resolution 20 bit encoder enables 

precise and accurate motor control

•  IP67 protection in all models

•  Ultra-light and compact size motor

•  Low speed ripple and low torque ripple 

due to low torque cogging

•  Various shaft, brake and seal options

F356

Note: The symbols 

... show the recommended sequence to select the servo motor and cables.

Analog/Pulse 

models

EtherCAT or

MECHATROLINK-II

models 

Drive options

Encoder cable

Power cable

Servo motor 
3000 rpm (1 kW-5 kW)

Servo motor 
2000 rpm (400 W-15 kW)

*

Servo motor 
1000 rpm (900 W to 6 kW)

Encoder cable

Power cable/
Power cable with brake

Servo motor 
3000 rpm (50 W-750 W)

 

 

 

Brake cable

 

 

 

 

 

Extension cable for 
Absolute encoder (with battery holder)

 

 

* 7.5/11/15kW are 1500 RPM

Ratings

•  120 VAC from 50 W to 400 W

•  230 VAC from 50 W to 7.5 kW

•  480 VAC from 400 W to 15 kW

G5 

Servo Motors

 

R88M-K

999

G

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G-6

A wide range of compact 
servomotors to meet all 
application needs 

•  Peak torque 300% of continuous torque 

for 3 seconds or more depending on 
model

•  Servomotors supported by SmartStep2, 

and G5 servo drives

•  Cylindrical and Flat servomotors types are 

available

•  Encoder accuracy of 10,000 step/rev as 

standard 

•  IP65 as standard and shaft oil seal 

available

•  Motors with brake as option

F355

Ratings

•  120 VAC single-phase 50 W to 200 W

•  230 VAC single-phase 50 W to 400 W

•  230 VAC three-phase 50 W to 400 W

Note:

The symbols 

.... show the recommended sequence to select the servo motor and cables.

 

3000 rpm (100-400 W)

 

G-Series Flat type Servo motor

Encoder cable

Power cable

SmartStep 2 Servo drive

 

Servo Drive controlled 

by pulses

 

G-Series Cylindrical type Servo motor

3000 rpm (50-400W)

Brake cable

Note:

The symbols 

.... show the recommended sequence to select the servo motor and cables.

 

3000 rpm (100-400 W)

 

G-Series Flat type Servo motor

Encoder cable

Power cable

SmartStep 2 Servo drive

 

Servo Drive controlled 

by pulses

 

G-Series Cylindrical type Servo motor

3000 rpm (50-400W)

Brake cable

G-Series 

Servo Motors 

R88M-G

9

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

H-i

AC Drives

Contents

Selection Guide

H-ii

AC Drives

3G3JX

V/Hz AC Drive with energy 
saving function

H-2

3G3MX2 Compact Sensorless vector 

control AC Drive

H-3

3G3RX

Advanced sensorless or closed 
loop vector control AC drive

H-4

3G3DV

Advanced sensorless or closed 
loop vector control AC drive 
including high power

H-5

H

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Up to 15 kW 

(20HP)

RX series

Up to 132 kW 

(175HP)

HARMONIZED MOTOR AND MACHINE CONTROL 

X-Stream:

•  V/Hz control
•  Sensorless vector control
•  Closed loop vector control

Mainstream:

•  V/Hz control
•  Sensorless vector control

Lean:

•  V/Hz control

The 3G3 AC Drives are a family of 
high performance variable frequen-
cy drives suitable for asynchro-
nous induction motors in a variety 
of industrial applications ranging 
from conveyors, pumps and fans 
to winders, mixers, and extruders. 
Dual rating with high starting torque 
and built-in EMC filters are among 
some of the differentiating features. 

Ready to integrate with many com-
munication options and built-in 
safety, the MX2 expands capabili-
ties specifically for machine control 
as part of a system or a stand-
alone device. Basic positioning 
functionality reduces components 
and complexity for simple index-
ing or more advanced packaging 
machinery.

>15 kW? (20 HP)

>7.5 kW? (10 HP)

JX

MX2

RX

With sensorless vector control?

Closed loop control?

What is your AC Drive application needs?

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

No

No

DV

Yes

JX series

MX2 series

Up to 7.5 kW 

(10HP)

Scalable Machine  

Solutions–Inverters

DV series

Up to 1 MW 

(1350HP)

AC Drives

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

>15 kW? (20 HP)

>7.5 kW? (10 HP)

JX

MX2

RX

With sensorless vector control?

Closed loop control?

What is your AC Drive application needs?

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

No

No

DV

Yes

Model

JX

MX2

RX

DV

Compact and complete

Born to drives machines

Customized to your 

machine

Single solution for any 

application

230 V, 1-phase 0.2 kW to 2.2 kW 

(1/4 HP to 3 HP)

0.1 kW to 2.2 kW (1/8 HP 
to 3 HP)

2

N/A

N/A

230 V, 3-phase 0. 2 k W to 7. 5 k W   

(1/4 HP to 10 HP)

1

0.1 kW to 15 kW (1/8 HP 
to 20 HP)

2

0.4 kW to 55 kW (1/2 HP 
to 75 HP)

1

0.25 to 37 kW 

1, 2

 

(1/3 to 50 HP)

480 V, 3-phase 0. 2 k W to 7. 5 k W 

(1/2 HP to 10 HP)

1

0.4 kW to 15 kW (1/2 HP 
to 20 HP)

2

0.4 kW to 132 kW (1/2 HP 
to 175 HP)

1

0.37 to 800 kW 

1, 2

 

(1/2 to 1200 HP)

575 V, 3-phase N/A

N/A

N/A

0.75 to 75 kW 

2

 

(1 to 100 HP)

690 V, 3-phase N/A

N/A

N/A

90 to 1000 kW 

1, 2

 

(125 to 1350 HP)

Control method V/Hz control

Open loop V/Hz or 
Sensorless open loop 
vector control

Open loop V/Hz or 
Sensorless open loop 
vector control; Closed 
loop vector control

Open loop V/Hz or 
Sensorless open loop 
vector control; Closed 
loop vector control

Torque features

•  

150% at 3 Hz

•  

200% at 0.5 Hz

•  

200% at 0.0 Hz (CLV)

•  

200% at 0.3 Hz (OLV)

•  

N/A

Connectivity

•  

Modbus (built-in)

•  

Modbus (built-in)

Options:

•  

EtherCAT

•  

Ethernet/IP

•  

DeviceNet

•  

CompoNet

•  

PROFIBUS

•  

MECHATROLINK-II

•  

Modbus (built-in)

Options:

•  

EtherCAT

•  

DeviceNet

•  

PROFIBUS

•  

CompoNet

•  

Modbus (built-in)

Options:

•  

Ethernet/IP

•  

DeviceNet

•  

PROFIBUS

Logic programming N/A

Standard Firmware

Standard Firmware

Standard Firmware

Simple positioning N/A

Open loop

Closed loop

Closed loop

IP/NEMA Ratings IP20

IP20

IP20

IP00, 20, 21, 54 and 66 
NEMA 1, 12, 4 
(Available ratings vary by 
power size)

1. EMC filter built-in

2. Dual rating

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H-iii

H

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H-2

Compact & Complete

•  V/Hz controlled inverter

•  Side by side mounting

•  Built-in Radio Noise Filter (3 phase model only)

•  Overload detection function (150% for 60s)

•  PID

•  Micro-surge voltage suppression

•  Automatic energy saving

•  Emergency shut-off

•  Second motor setting

•  Auto carrier-frequency reduction

•  PTC thermistor input

•  Auxiliary cooling fan control

•  PC configuration tool; CX-Drive

•  Built-in RS-485 Modbus

Ratings

•  230 V Class single-phase, 0.2 to 2.2 kW 

(1/4 to 3 HP)

•  230 V Class three-phase, 0.2 to 7.5 kW 

(1/4 to 10 HP)

•  480 V Class three-phase, 0.4 to 7.5 kW 

(1/2 to 10 HP)

D222

Power
supply

MCCB

AC reactor

Filter

Choke

Motor

Ground

3G3JX

RJ45 - USB cable

Software:
CX-Drive in CX-One

Remote Operator with 
5-line LCD display

Remote Operator
extension cable

DC reactor

Output reactor

*

* EMC Noise Filter required to meet EMC directive 2004/108/EC on 3 phase 480 V models

3G3JX 

 AC Drives

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H-3

Born to drive machines

•  V/Hz or Sensorless vector control
•  High starting torque: 200% at 0.5 Hz
•  Dual rated: VT 120% for 1 min and CT 

150% for 1 min

•  Torque control in sensorless vector
•  Simple positioning functionality
•  Permanent magnet motor capable
•  Easy auto-tuning
•  Built-in logic programmability and 

application functionality

•  Safety embedded compliant with 

ISO13849-1 (double input circuit and 

external device monitor EDM)

•  USB port for PC programming
•  PC configuration tool: CX-Drive 
•  Modbus built in. Options for EtherCAT, 

EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet, Profibus, 

CompoNet and MECHATROLINK

Ratings

•  230 V Class single-phase 0.1 to 2.2 kW  

(1/8 to 3 HP) 

•  230 V Class three-phase 0.1 to 15.0 kW  

(1/8 to 20 HP)

•  480 V Class three-phase 0.4 to 15.0 kW  

(1/2 to 20 HP) 

D228

Power
supply

MCCB

Input AC 
reactor

Filter

Choke

Motor

Ground

3G3MX2

USB cable

Software:
CX-Drive in CX-One

Remote Operator with 
5-line LCD display

Remote operator
extension cable

Communication option board
(EtherCat, DeviceNet, Profibus, 
CompoNet, MECHATROLINK-II, EtherNet/IP)

Braking resistor

DC reactor

Output AC reactor

3G3MX2 

AC Drives

H

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H-4

Customized to your machine

•  V/Hz, sensorless vector or closed loop 

vector control

•  High-starting torque in open loop; 200% 

at 0.3 Hz

•  Full torque at 0 Hz in closed loop

•  Simple positioning functionality

•  Easy auto tuning

•  Built-in logic programmability, and 

application functionality

•  Built-in EMC filter

•  Automatic energy saving

•  Micro-surge voltage suppression

•  PC configuration tool: CX-Drive 

•  Modbus RS485 built in. Options for 

EtherCAT, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS and 
CompoNet

Ratings

•  230 V Class three-phase, 0.4 to 55 kW 

(1/2 to 75 HP)

•  480 V Class three phase, 0.4 to 132 kW 

(1/2 to 175 HP) 

D224

C22

R52

C24

PE

C16

U11

U8

R6

C26

C28

JP3

U6

U7

T1

U9

+

+

R15

R15

R25

R15

R20

R30

R7

R5

C5

R21

U14

C17

R14

R28

R

R11

JP1

C1

U1

0

C3

R5

R1 R2

R3

6

R3

C2

1

R3

5

R70

R120

R75

R78

R114

C2

2

+

+

U1

+

C35

R99

U12

R9

5

R39

R40

R57

R56

D6

R6

U15

R54

R55

R8

TR

2

11R11R11

0

R1

07

R1

13

TR

1

C13

U13

C10

SI-N

COD

E No.

U17

7360

0-C0

210

JP5 JP

6

RT4

R1

0

R1

0

R1

05

R102

C12

C11

R94

R97

R96

C20

R95

C3

9

R131

Y1

U1

0

C3

3

  

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Power
supply

MCCB

RJ45 - USB cable

Input AC reactor

Filter

Choke

Motor

Ground

3G3RX

Software:
CX-Drive in CX-One

Remote operator with 
5-line LCD display

Remote operator
extension cable

Option units

Braking chopper

Braking resistor

DC reactor

Output AC reactor

3G3RX 

  AC Drives

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H-5

C22

R52

C24

PE

C16

U11

U8

R6

C26

C28

JP3

U6

U7

T1

U9

+

+

R15

R15

R25

R15

R20

R30

R7

R5

C5

R21

U14

C17

R14

R28

R

R11

JP1

C1

U1

0

C3

R5

R1 R2

R3

6

R3

C2

1

R3

5

R70

R120

R75

R78

R114

C2

2

+

+

U1

+

C35

R99

U12

R9

5

R39

R40

R57

R56

D6

R6

U15

R54

R55

R8

TR

2 1

1

R1

1

R1

10

R1

07

R1

13

TR

1

C13

U13

C10

SI-N

COD

E No.

U17

7360

0-C0

210

JP5 JP

6

RT4

R1

0

R1

0

R1

05

R102C

12

C11

R94

R97

R96

C20

R95

C3

9

R131

Y1

U1

0

C3

3

  

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Power
supply

MCCB

USB cable

Input AC reactor

Filter

Choke

Motor

Ground

3G3DV

Software:
DV-SFDPT - AC Drive 
Programming Tool

Remote Graphical 
Digital Operator

Remote operator
extension cable

Option units

Braking chopper – Factory installed option

Braking resistor

DC link reactor – Built in

Output AC reactor

Single solution for any type of 
application

•  V/Hz, sensorless vector or closed loop vector 

control

•  NEMA1/12/4 - IP00/20/54/55/66 options available
•  Dual rated: VT 120% for 1 min and CT 160% for 1 

min

•  Full torque at 0 Hz in closed loop
•  Positioning functionality
•  Easy auto tuning
•  Built-in logic programmability and application 

functionality

•  Built-in RFI filter and DC link reactor
•  Permanent Magnet motor capable
•  Automatic energy saving
•  Advanced programmable display
•  Modbus RS485 Built in.  Options for EtherNet/IP, 

DeviceNet, Profibus

•  24V Incremental Encoder input Built in.  Options 

for RS422, Hyperface, EnDat, SSI and Sinusoidal 

encoder inputs

Ratings

•  230 V Class three-phase, 0.25 to 37 kW 

(1/3 to 50 HP) 

•  480 V Class three-phase, 0.37 to 800 kW 

(1/2 to 1200 HP) 

•  575 V Class three-phase, 0.75 to 75 kW 

(1 to 100 HP)  

•  690 V Class three-phase, 90 to 1000 kW 

(125 to 1350 HP)

3G3DV 

  AC Drives

D245

H

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

AC Drives

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

H-6

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

I-i

Robotics

Contents

Selection Guide

I-ii

Robot Controllers

Sysmac
NJ 
Series

Machine Automation Controller 
with embedded robotics 
functionality

I-2

Mechanics

Sysmac Delta Robot Mechanics

I-3

I

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Omron’s Sysmac NJ Series Machine Automation architecture allows you to design and 
build high performance Pick and Place machines with unprecedented flexibility and 
simplicity. The NJ Series Robotics Controller seamlessly integrates PLC logic, Motion 
control, Vision processing, Safety and Robot kinematics – all with one processor using 
one development environment. Advanced motion and vision capabilities are easily 
combined to create high throughput solutions that can not only identify and locate 
products, but also inspect them simultaneously.

DELTA ROBOT SOLUTIONS

Servo motors

Delta robot

Servo drive

Inverter

Vision

I/O

NJ Robotics

HMI

Robotics

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Robot

XL Delta Robot

Washdown Delta Robot

Delta Robot

Mini Delta Robot

•  Rated working range: Ø 

1300 x 400mm

•  Max. Payload: 2Kg
•  Cycle time 25/305/25 mm 

(0.1 kg): Up to 120 cycle/
min IP65

•  Rated working range: Ø 

1100 x 450mm

•  Max. Payload: 3Kg 
•  Cycle time 25/305/25 mm 

(0.1 kg): Up to 150 cycle/
min IP67 hygienic design

•  Rated working range: Ø 

1100 x 250mm

•  Max. Payload: 2Kg
•  Cycle time 25/305/25mm 

(0.1Kg): Up to 150 cycle/
min.

•  Rated working range: Ø 500 

x 155mm / Ø 450 x 135mm 
(with rotational axis)

•  Max. Payload: 1Kg
•  Cycle time 25/305/25mm 

(0.1Kg): Up to 200 cycle/
min.

Contr

oller

NJ Robotics, NJ501-4 

•  Up to 64 axes motion control
•  Scalable control: CPUs for 16, 32 and 64 axis
•  Up to 8 Delta robots
•  EtherCAT and EtherNet/IP ports embedded
•  Conforms to IEC 61131-3 standards

Servo System

G5 Servo Drive

G5 Servo Motors

•  High 

frequency 
response of 
2 Khz

•  Safety 

conforming to 
ISO13849-1

•  Advanced 

tuning 
algorithms

Delta

•  17 bit absolute 

encoder

•  230 VAC 1kW 

servo motor 
with brake

•  Low cogging 

torque

Mini Delta

•  17 bit absolute 

encoder

•  230 VAC 400W 

servo motor with 
brake

•  Low cogging 

torque

Vision

FQM Series

FH Series

•  Camera, vision and connectivity 

in one

•  Compact vision sensor
•  Designed for high speed pick and 

place

•  Encoder tracking and smart 

calibration function

•  Fast and powerful object 

recognition

•  Stable measurements under changing 

conditions

•  Wide variety of positioning 

measurement methods

•  Simple auto calibration
•  Flexible camera installation

System Overview

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-iii

I

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-2

NJ Series 

  

NJ501-4 Machine Automation Controller with Robotics

NJ Series Machine Automation 
Controller with Integrated Robotic 
Functions

The NJ-Series MAC includes capabilities 
for seamless integration of Logic, Motion, 
Vision, Safety, Networks, Robotics and 
Enterprise level control. Selectable models 
based on application requirements.

•  Integrated Delta Robot control solution

•  Control of up to 8 Delta robots

•  Update time of 1ms (up to 4 robots) / 2ms 

(5 to 8 robots)

•  Built-in Function Blocks for ease 

of programming in machine or user 
coordinates

•  Powerful limit checks, absolute 

positioning, inverse Kinematics and 
conveyor tracking functions

•  Automatic workspace limit checking

•  All the power and benefits of the NJ 

Machine Automation controller - Combined 
with robotics

•  Integrated Sysmac Studio development 

environment to develop, commission, tune, 
debug, trace, and simulate.

•  EtherCAT and EtherNet/IP networks built-in

Note: For Sysmac Controller and System 
Selection Guide, see section A.

H246

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-3

Sysmac Series 

Delta Robots

Delta Robot Mechanics

Ultra-fast Pick & Place system integrated into the 
Sysmac platform.

•  Up to 200 cycles per minute

•  Can be synchronized with multiple conveyors

•  Update time of 1ms (up to 4 robots) / 2ms (5 to 

8 robots)

•  Includes pre-installed G5 Servo Motors and 

gearboxes

XL Delta

Washdown

Delta Robot

Mini Delta Robot

Axis of motion

3 + 1 (Rotation Optional)

3 + 1 (Rotation Optional)

3 + 1 (Rotation Optional)

3 + 1 (Rotation Optional)

Rated working 
range (no rotation)

Ø1300 x 400mm

Ø1100 x 450M

Ø1100 x 250mm

Ø500 x 155M

Rated working 
range (with rotation)

Ø1300 x 400mm

Ø1100 x 450M

Ø1100 x 250mm

Ø450 x 135M

Max. Payload

2Kg

3Kg

2Kg

1Kg

Position Repeat-
ability (X, Y, Z)

± 0.2mm

± 0.2mm

± 0.3mm

± 0.2mm

Angular 
Repeatability (Rz)

± 0.3 deg

± 0.1 deg

± 0.40

± 0.30

Cycle Time 
25/305/25mm 
(0.1Kg)

120 cycle/min

150 cycle/min

Up to 150 cycle/min

Up to 200 cycle/min

Protection Rating

IP65

IP67

IP55

IP55

Specifications

F623

I

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Robotics

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

I-4

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

J-i

Photoelectric Sensors

Contents

Selection Guide

J-ii

Photoelectric Sensors

E3FA/
E3RA

All-application sensor in plastic 
M18 housing

J-1

E3FB/
E3RB

All-application sensor in metal 
M18 housing

J-2

E3FC

M18 Stainless Steel for 
superior environmental 
resistance

J-3

E3Z

General purpose sensor in 
compact plastic housing

J-4

E3Z-F

Plastic M18 Mounting on a 
Rectangular Body

J-5

E3Z-L

9

LASER sensor in compact  
plastic housing

J-6

E3ZM

Detergent-resistant 
photoelectric sensor in 
compact stainless steel 
housing

J-7

E3ZM-C

Oil-resistant photoelectric 
sensor in compact stainless 
steel housing

J-8

E3ZM-V

Print mark detection 
photoelectric sensor in 
compact stainless steel 
housing

J-9

E3ZM-B

Transparent PET plastic bottle 
detection sensor in compact 
stainless steel housing

J-10

E3Z-B

Transparent bottle detection 
photoelectric sensor in 
compact plastic housing

J-11

E3Z-G

Photoelectric sensor in plastic 
fork shape housing

J-11

E3Z-L

Narrow-beam sensor detects 
small objects

J-12

E3Z-LS

Miniature distance-settable 
sensors with built-in amplifiers

J-13

E3Z-K

Oil-resistant sensors

J-14

E3S-CL

Distance-settable photoelectric 
sensor in metal housing

J-15

E3G

Long distance photoelectric 
sensor in plastic housing

J-15

E3JM

All voltage (AC/DC) 
photoelectric sensor, terminal 
block connection

J-16

E3G-M

Long distance all voltage (AC/
DC) photoelectric sensor

J-16

E3T

Photoelectric sensor in 
miniature plastic housing

J-17

E3S-A

High performance small  
DC sensors

J-18

E3K

Long Range Universal AC/
DC sensors for door control & 
material handling

J-18

Special Application

E3NC

Laser position verification 
sensors with separate digital 
amplifiers

J-19

E3C-LDA Variable laser beam sensors 

with separate digital amplifiers

J-20

F3ET2

Discrete Output Light Grid

J-21

F3EM2

Analog Output Light Grid

J-21

E3S-C

Oil resistant, long distance 
sensors

J-22

F3UV

UV power monitor for 
sterilizing and curing 
operations

J-23

Accessories

E39-L

Mounting brackets

J-24

E39-R

Reflectors

J-24

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Special Applications

Precision

positioning

and detection

E3Z Laser

Small visible

light spot

Detergent

resistant

E3ZM

Detergent

resistant

stainless steel

housing

Oil resistant, 

metal housing

E3ZM-C, 

E3S-C

Oil resistance 

in stainless 

steel housing 

(E3ZM-C) or 

long distance 

detec-

tion

(E3S-C)

Print mark

detection

E3ZM-V

Autoteach 

button and 50

µs response 

time

Transparent

material

detection

E3ZM-B

General 

transparent 

materials or 

PET optimized

models

Special Applications

Transparent

bottle 

detection

E3Z-B

Transparent

bottle 

optimized

optical system

Narrow beam 

sensor

E3Z

L

Detects 

0.1 mm 

diameter 

objects

Oil resistant, 

plastic housing

E3Z

Oil resistant in 

plastic housing

Fork sensor

E3Z

G

Slot width 

25 mm for

Registration 

Mark and

Edge Control

Multi

voltage 

power supply

E3JK, E3JM, 

E3G

M

AC/DC power 

supply and 

relay output

Distance 

settable sensor

E3Z-LS

Background/ 

foreground 

suppression 

sensor 

(BGS/FGS)

Long range

sensor

E3K

Material 

handling, door 

control and 

heavy duty 

switching 

applications

UV power

monitor

F3UV

Monitor 

ultraviolet light 

(UV) intensity 

or wavelength

High

performance,

small sensor

E3S-A

Timer, alarm, 

turbo aiming 

models

Omron Automation and Safety’s photoelectric sensor range is designed and 
tested to achieve the maximum levels of reliability and detection performance. 
Leveraging the latest technology, our sensors ensure your machines never stop.

Cylindrical M18 housing:

E3Z

Compact square plastic housing

•  Highest water resistance

•  Highest electromagnetic noise 

immunity (e.g. from inverters)

•  Pulse synchronization for 

reliable ambient light immunity

Retroreflective with MSR (Mirror Surface Rejection)

Diffuse-reflective

MSR (Mirror Surface Rejection) is a function of Retroreflective Photoelectric 
Sensors to receive only the light reflected from the Retroreflector by using 
the characteristics of the polarizing filter built into the Sensor and the 
characteristics of the Retroreflector.

Distance-settable with background suppression

Through-beam

60 m

FOR MACHINES THAT NEVER STOP

Photoelectric Sensors

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Special Applications

Precision

positioning

and detection

E3Z Laser

Small visible

light spot

Detergent

resistant

E3ZM

Detergent

resistant

stainless steel

housing

Oil resistant, 

metal housing

E3ZM-C, 

E3S-C

Oil resistance 

in stainless 

steel housing 

(E3ZM-C) or 

long distance 

detec-

tion

(E3S-C)

Print mark

detection

E3ZM-V

Autoteach 

button and 50

µs response 

time

Transparent

material

detection

E3ZM-B

General 

transparent 

materials or 

PET optimized

models

Special Applications

Transparent

bottle 

detection

E3Z-B

Transparent

bottle 

optimized

optical system

Narrow beam 

sensor

E3Z

L

Detects 

0.1 mm 

diameter 

objects

Oil resistant, 

plastic housing

E3Z

Oil resistant in 

plastic housing

Fork sensor

E3Z

G

Slot width 

25 mm for

Registration 

Mark and

Edge Control

Multi

voltage 

power supply

E3JK, E3JM, 

E3G

M

AC/DC power 

supply and 

relay output

Distance 

settable sensor

E3Z-LS

Background/ 

foreground 

suppression 

sensor 

(BGS/FGS)

Long range

sensor

E3K

Material 

handling, door 

control and 

heavy duty 

switching 

applications

UV power

monitor

F3UV

Monitor 

ultraviolet light 

(UV) intensity 

or wavelength

High

performance,

small sensor

E3S-A

Timer, alarm, 

turbo aiming 

models

Longer distance:

Cylindrical M18 housing:

Miniature housing:

E3Z-Laser

E3T

E3T Cylindrical

E3FA/E3RA

E3G

E3FB/E3RB

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-iii

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

*1  Lorem

E3FC

Model

E3FA/E3RA

E3FB/E3RB

E3FC

E3Z

E3Z-F

Product type Cylindrical plastic

Cylindrical brass

Cylindrical 
Stainless Steel

General purpose

Rectangular M18 
plastic

Sensor type

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

•  

Background 
suppression

•  

Limited distance

•  

Transparent detection

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

•  

Background 
suppression

•  

Limited distance

•  

Transparent 
detection

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

•  

Background 
suppression

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

•  

Distance-
settable (BGS)

•  

Through-beam,

•  

Retro-reflective,

•  

Diffuse

Maximum 

sensing 

distances

•  

Through-beam: 20 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 4 m

•  

Diffuse: 1 m

•  

Background suppres-
sion: 200 mm

•  

Limited distance: 50 
mm

•  

Transparent detec-
tion: 2 m

•  

Through-beam: 20 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 4 m

•  

Diffuse: 1 m

•  

Background sup-
pression: 200 mm

•  

Limited distance: 50 
mm

•  

Transparent detec-
tion: 2 m

•  

Through-beam: 
20 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 
4 m

•  

Diffuse: 1 m

•  

Background 
suppression:

•  

200 mm

•  

Through-beam: 
30 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 
4 m

•  

Diffuse: 1 m

•  

Distance-settable: 
200 mm

•  

Through-beam: 
20 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 
4 m

•  

Diffuse: 1 m

Supply 

voltage

10-30 VDC

10-30 VDC

10-30 VDC

12-24 VDC

10-30 VDC

Output type Light-on/Dark-on 

Selectable

Light-on/Dark-on 
Selectable

Light-on/Dark-on 
Selectable

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on 
Selectable

Output state NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP 

NPN or PNP

Connections Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, 
Connector

Pre-wired, 
Connector

Pre-wired, 
Connector

IP rating IP67, IP69K

IP67, IP69K

IP67, IP68, IP69K

IP67

IP67, IP69K

Model

E3Z-LASER

E3Z-L

E3Z-LS

E3Z-G

Product type Laser

Narrow beam

Distance-settable

Grooved head

Sensor type

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Distance-settable (BGS)

•  

Diffuse Reflective

•  

Distance-settable

•  

Fixed distance  
through-beam

Maximum 

sensing 

distances

•  

Through-beam: 60 m 

•  

Retro-reflective: 15 m

•  

Distance-settable:  
300 mm

•  

Diffuse reflective: 90 mm

•  

Distance-settable:  
200 mm

•  

25 mm

Supply 

voltage

12-24 VDC

12-24 VDC

12-24 VDC

12-24 VDC

Output type Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Output state NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

Connections Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

IP rating IP67

IP67

IP67

IP64

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

E3FC

Model

E3FA/E3RA

E3FB/E3RB

E3FC

E3Z

E3Z-F

Product type Cylindrical plastic

Cylindrical brass

Cylindrical 
Stainless Steel

General purpose

Rectangular M18 
plastic

Sensor type

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

•  

Background 
suppression

•  

Limited distance

•  

Transparent detection

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

•  

Background 
suppression

•  

Limited distance

•  

Transparent 
detection

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

•  

Background 
suppression

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

•  

Distance-
settable (BGS)

•  

Through-beam,

•  

Retro-reflective,

•  

Diffuse

Maximum 

sensing 

distances

•  

Through-beam: 20 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 4 m

•  

Diffuse: 1 m

•  

Background suppres-
sion: 200 mm

•  

Limited distance: 50 
mm

•  

Transparent detec-
tion: 2 m

•  

Through-beam: 20 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 4 m

•  

Diffuse: 1 m

•  

Background sup-
pression: 200 mm

•  

Limited distance: 50 
mm

•  

Transparent detec-
tion: 2 m

•  

Through-beam: 
20 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 
4 m

•  

Diffuse: 1 m

•  

Background 
suppression:

•  

200 mm

•  

Through-beam: 
30 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 
4 m

•  

Diffuse: 1 m

•  

Distance-settable: 
200 mm

•  

Through-beam: 
20 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 
4 m

•  

Diffuse: 1 m

Supply 

voltage

10-30 VDC

10-30 VDC

10-30 VDC

12-24 VDC

10-30 VDC

Output type Light-on/Dark-on 

Selectable

Light-on/Dark-on 
Selectable

Light-on/Dark-on 
Selectable

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on 
Selectable

Output state NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP 

NPN or PNP

Connections Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, 
Connector

Pre-wired, 
Connector

Pre-wired, 
Connector

IP rating IP67, IP69K

IP67, IP69K

IP67, IP68, IP69K

IP67

IP67, IP69K

Model

E3ZM

E3ZM-C

E3ZM-V

E3ZM-B

Product type Stainless steel housing; 

Wash down rated

Oil resistant

Print mark detection

PET bottle detection;
stainless steel housing

Sensor type

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

•  

Background suppression

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

•  

Background suppression

•  

Diffuse reflective mark 
sensor 

•  

Retro-reflective

Maximum 

sensing 

distances

•  

Through-beam: 15 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 4 m

•  

Diffuse: 1 m

•  

Background 
suppression: 200 mm

•  

Through-beam: 15 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 4 m

•  

Diffuse: 1 m

•  

Background 
suppression: 200 mm

•  

Diffuse: 12 mm

•  

Retro-reflective: 500 mm

Supply 

voltage

10-30 VDC

10-30 VDC

10-30 VDC

10-30 VDC

Output type Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Output state NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

Connections Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired, Connector

IP rating IP67, IP69K

IP67, IP69K

IP67, IP69K

IP67, IP69K

Model

E3Z-B

E3S-CL

E3G

E3JM

Product type PET bottle detection;

plastic housing

Distance-settable

Long distance

All voltage

Sensor type

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Distance-settable

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Distance-settable

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

Maximum 

sensing 

distances

•  

Retro-reflective: 2 m

•  

500 mm

•  

Retro-reflective: 10 m

•  

Distance-settable: 2 m

•  

Through-beam: 10 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 4 m

•  

Diffuse: 700 mm

Supply 

voltage

10-30 VDC

10-30 VDC

12-240 VDC
24-240 VAC

12-240 VDC
24-240 VAC

Output type Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Output state NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP; Relay output

Relay or SSR

Connections Pre-wired, Connector

Pre-wired

Pre-wired

Pre-wired, Terminal block

IP rating IP67

IP67

IP67 (with protective 
cover)

IP64

Photoelectric Sensors

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-v

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

*1  Lorem

Compact

Model

1111

sadsaf

Model

E3T

E3S-A

E3K

F3UV

E3Z-K

Product type Miniature

Built-in amplifier

Long distance

Ultraviolet 
intensity 
detection

Oil resistant

Sensor type

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

•  

Convergent reflective

•  

Background suppression

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

•  

UV 
intensity

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

Maximum 

sensing 

distances

•  

Through-beam: 2 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 200 mm

•  

Diffuse: 30 mm

•  

Convergent  
reflective: 30 mm

•  

Background suppression: 30 mm

•  

Through-beam: 7 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 2 m

•  

Diffuse: 700 mm

•  

Retro-reflective: 
10 m 

•  

Diffuse: 2 m

•  

N/A

•  

Through-beam: 
15 m 

•  

Retro-reflective: 
4 m 

•  

Diffuse: 1 m

Supply 

voltage

12-24 VDC

10-30 VDC

24-240 VDC
42-240 VAC

12-24 VDC

12-24 VDC

Output type Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Light-on/Dark-on

Analog

Light-on/Dark-on

Output state NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

Relay

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

Connections Pre-wired

Pre-wired, Connector

Plated steel screw 
terminals

Pre-wired

Pre-wired, 
Connector

IP rating IP65, IP67

IP67

IP67

IP30

IP67

Model

E3S-C

F3ET2

F3EM2

E3NC

E3C-LDA

Product type Long distance 

metal body 
detector

Discrete 
output light 
grid

Analog output 
light grid

Laser sensor with separate 
amplifier

Laser sensor with 
separate amplifier

Sensor type

•  

Through-beam

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Diffuse

•  

Through-
beam

•  

Through-
beam

•  

Diffuse

•  

Limited-reflective

•  

Retro-reflective

•  

Distance-settable CMOS

•  

Diffuse

•  

Retro-reflective

Maximum 

sensing 

distances

•  

Through-beam: 
30 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 
3 m

•  

Diffuse: 2 m

•  

Through-
beam: 3 m or 
15 m

•  

Through-
beam: 3 m or 
15 m

•  

E3NC-L Diffuse: 1.2 m

•  

E3NC-L Limited-reflective: 70 mm

•  

E3NC-L Retro-reflective: 8 m

•  

E3NC-S Distance-settable: 250 
mm

•  

Diffuse: 1 m

•  

Retro-reflective: 7 m

Supply 

voltage

10-30 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

10-30 VDC

12-24 VDC

Output type Light-on/Dark-

on

Light-on/Dark-
on Selectable

Light-on/Dark-
on Selectable

Light-on/Dark-on Selectable

Light-on/Dark-on 
Selectable

Output state NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP 
Selectable

0-10 VDC

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP, 
1-5 VDC

Connections Pre-wired, 

Connector

M12 5-pin

M12 5-pin

Pre-wired, connector

Pre-wired, connector

IP rating IP67

IP65

IP65

IP65

IP40 head; IP50 amp

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-vi

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-1

E3FA/E3RA 

Photoelectric Sensors

B278

All-Application Sensors in Plastic M18 
Housing

The E3FA/E3RA family provides a wide range of 
high quality sensors, with models designed for 
standard or special applications.

•  Compact size with flush mounting option

•  IP67, IP69K for wash down resistance

•  Straight or Radial models in cylindrical M18 

plastic housing

•  Background suppression, Limited Distance and 

Transparent detection models

Sensor Type

Setup

Sensor type

Sensing 

distance

PNP

NPN

Pre-wired (2 
m)

M12 
connector

Pre-wired (2 m)

M12 
connector

Straight

Through-beam *1

20 m

E3FA-TP11 2M

E3FA-TP21

E3FA-TN11 2M

E3FA-TN21

Retro-reflective *2 0.1 to 4 m*

E3FA-RP11 2M

E3FA-RP21

E3FA-RN11 2M

E3FA-RN21

Retro-reflective 
(coaxial) *2

0 to 500 mm*

E3FA-RP12 2M

E3FA-RP22

E3FA-RN12 2M

E3FA-RN22

Diffuse-reflective

100 mm

E3FA-DP11 2M

E3FA-DP21

E3FA-DN11 2M

E3FA-DN21

300 mm

E3FA-DP12 2M

E3FA-DP22

E3FA-DN12 2M

E3FA-DN22

1 m

E3FA-DP13 2M

E3FA-DP23

E3FA-DN13 2M

E3FA-DN23

BGS (Background 
suppression)

100 mm

E3FA-LP11 2M

E3FA-LP21

E3FA-LN11 2M

E3FA-LN21

200 mm

E3FA-LP12 2M

E3FA-LP22

E3FA-LN12 2M

E3FA-LN22

Limited distance 
reflective

10 to 50 mm

E3FA-VP11 2M

E3FA-VP21

E3FA-VN11 2M

E3FA-VN21

Transparent 
detection *2

100 to 500 mm**

E3FA-BP11 2M

E3FA-BP21

E3FA-BN11 2M

E3FA-BN21

0.1 to 2 m**

E3FA-BP12 2M

E3FA-BP22

E3FA-BN12 2M

E3FA-BN22

Radial

Through-beam *1

15 m

E3RA-TP11 2M

E3RA-TP21

E3RA-TN11 2M

E3RA-TN21

Retro-reflective *2 0.1 to 3 m*

E3RA-RP11 2M

E3RA-RP21 E3RA-RN11 2M

E3RA-RN21

Diffuse-reflective

100 mm

E3RA-DP11 2M

E3RA-DP21 E3RA-DN11 2M

E3RA-DN21

300 mm

E3RA-DP12 2M

E3RA-DP22 E3RA-DN12 2M

E3RA-DN22

700 mm

E3RA-DP13 2M

E3RA-DP23 E3RA-DN13 2M

E3RA-DN23

*Measured with reflector E39-R1S. **Measured with reflector E39-RP1
*1 The set type includes the emitter and receiver. *2 The reflector is sold separately. 
Note: All sensors are 10-30 VDC. Light-On/Dark-On selectable by wiring.

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-2

E3FB/E3RB 

Photoelectric Sensors

All-Application Sensors in Brass 
M18 Housing

The E3FB/E3RB family provides a wide range 
of high quality sensors, with models designed 
for standard or special applications.

•  Compact size with flush mounting option

•  IP67, IP69K for wash down resistance

•  Straight or Radial models in cylindrical M18 

brass housing

•  Background suppression, Limited Distance 

and Transparent detection models

Sensor Type

Setup

Sensor type

Sensing 

distance

PNP

NPN

Pre-wired 
(2 m)

M12 
connector

Pre-wired 
(2 m)

M12 
connector

Straight

Through-beam *1

20 m

E3FB-TP11 2M

E3FB-TP21

E3FB-TN11 2M

E3FB-TN21

Retro-reflective *2 0.1 to 4 m*

E3FB-RP11 2M

E3FB-RP21

E3FB-RN11 2M

E3FB-RN21

Retro-reflective 
(coaxial) *2

0 to 500 mm*

E3FB-RP12 2M

E3FB-RP22

E3FB-RN12 2M

E3FB-RN22

Diffuse-reflective

100 mm

E3FB-DP11 2M

E3FB-DP21

E3FB-DN11 2M

E3FB-DN21

300 mm

E3FB-DP12 2M

E3FB-DP22

E3FB-DN12 2M

E3FB-DN22

1 m

E3FB-DP13 2M

E3FB-DP23

E3FB-DN13 2M

E3FB-DN23

BGS (Background 
suppression)

100 mm

E3FB-LP11 2M

E3FB-LP21

E3FB-LN11 2M

E3FB-LN21

200 mm

E3FB-LP12 2M

E3FB-LP22

E3FB-LN12 2M

E3FB-LN22

Limited distance 
reflective

10 to 50 mm

E3FB-VP11 2M

E3FB-VP21

E3FB-VN11 2M

E3FB-VN21

Transparent 
detection *2

100 to 500 mm**

E3FB-BP11 2M

E3FB-BP21

E3FB-BN11 2M

E3FB-BN21

0.1 to 2 m**

E3FB-BP12 2M

E3FB-BP22

E3FB-BN12 2M

E3FB-BN22

Radial

Through-beam *1

15 m

E3RB-TP11 2M

E3RB-TP21

E3RB-TN11 2M

E3RB-TN21

Retro-reflective *2 0.1 to 3 m*

E3RB-RP11 2M

E3RB-RP21 E3RB-RN11 2M

E3RB-RN21

Diffuse-reflective

100 mm

E3RB-DP11 2M

E3RB-DP21 E3RB-DN11 2M

E3RB-DN21

300 mm

E3RB-DP12 2M

E3RB-DP22 E3RB-DN12 2M

E3RB-DN22

700 mm

E3RB-DP13 2M

E3RB-DP23 E3RB-DN13 2M

E3RB-DN23

*Measured with reflector E39-R1S. **Measured with reflector E39-RP1
*1 The set type includes the emitter and receiver. *2 The reflector is sold separately. 
Note: All sensors are 10-30 VDC. Light-On/Dark-On selectable by wiring.

B293

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-3

E3FC 

Photoelectric Sensors

M18 Stainless Steel for Superior 
Environmental Resistance

The E3FC family provides a wide range of 
high quality sensors, with models designed 
for standard or special applications.  

•  High grade stainless steel housing 

(SUS316L)

•  IP67, IP68, IP69K for high temperature 

wash down resistance

•  Epoxy resin prevents water ingress even if 

connector is not properly attached

•  Proven with various industrial detergents 

of Ecolab and Diversey

Sensor Type

Setup

Sensor type

Sensing 

distance

PNP

NPN

Pre-wired 
(2 m)

M12 
connector

Pre-wired 
(2 m)

M12 
connector

Straight

Through-beam *1

20 m

E3FC-TP11 2M

E3FC-TP21

E3FC-TN11 2M

E3FC-TN21

Retro-reflective 
(using reflector
E39-R1S sold 
separately.)

0.1 to 4 m

E3FC-RP11 2M

E3FC-RP21

E3FC-RN11 2M

E3FC-RN21

Diffuse-reflective

300 mm

E3FC-DP12 2M

E3FC-DP22

E3FC-DN12 2M

E3FC-DN22

1 m

E3FC-DP13 2M

E3FC-DP23

E3FC-DN13 2M

E3FC-DN23

BGS (Background 
suppression)

100 mm

E3FC-LP11 2M

E3FC-LP21

E3FC-LN11 2M

E3FC-LN21

200 mm

E3FC-LP12 2M

E3FC-LP22

E3FC-LN12 2M

E3FC-LN22

*1 The set type includes the emitter and receiver. 
Note: All sensors are 10-30 VDC. Light-On/Dark-On selectable by wiring.
Note: Please reference data sheet for infrared options for diffuse-reflective type E3FC sensors.

B294

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-4

E3Z 

 Photoelectric Sensors

General Purpose Sensor in 
Compact Plastic Housing

Compact housing size and high-power LED 
for excellent performance-size ratio and 
best value-performance ratio for standard 
applications.

•  Minimal optical axis deviation for easy 

alignment

•  IP67 and IP69K for highest water 

resistance

•  Intensive shielding for highest noise 

immunity (EMC)

•  Multiple molding housing for high 

mechanical resistance

B222

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Connection 
Method

Model

M8

NPN 

output

PNP 

output

Through-beam

30 m
(Infrared light)

2 m

E3Z-T62

E3Z-T82

5

E3Z-T67

E3Z-T87

10 m
(Red light)

2 m

E3Z-T61A

E3Z-T81A

5

E3Z-T66A

E3Z-T86A

Retro-reflective 
with M.S.R

0.1 to 4 m (with E39-R1S) (Red light)       

2 m

E3Z-R61

E3Z-R81

5

E3Z-R66

E3Z-R86

Retro-reflective  without 
M.S.R

0.1 to 5 m (with E39-R1S)
(Infrared light)    

2 m

E3Z-R61-4 E3Z-R81-4

5

E3Z-R66-4 E3Z-R86-4

Diffuse-reflective

1 m (adjustable)
(Infrared light)

2 m

E3Z-D62

E3Z-D82

5

E3Z-D67

E3Z-D87

Diffuse-reflective wide 
beam

100 mm (adjustable)
(Infrared light)

2 m

E3Z-D61

E3Z-D81

5

E3Z-D66

E3Z-D86

Distance-
settable 
(background 
suppression)

*2

Small 
spot
(Red light)

2 mm

20 mm

BGS (set to minimum)

BGS (set to maximum)

80 mm

2 m

E3Z-LS63

E3Z-LS83

5

— 

E3Z-LS68

E3Z-LS88

Standard
(Red light)
(note 1)

40 mm

20 mm

200 mm

BGS (at min. setting)

BGS (at max. setting)

FGS (at max. setting)

FGS (at min. setting)

Incident

light level

threshold (fixed)

2 m

E3Z-
LS61

*2

E3Z-LS81

*2

5

E3Z-
LS66

*2

E3Z-LS86

*2

*1 

Infrared light models available

*2 

To order with 30 cm long pigtail with M12, M8 3-pin or 4-pin connector please contact your OMRON representative.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-5

E3Z-F 

 Photoelectric Sensors

Rectangular Body with M18 Barrel 
Nose for Flexible Mounting

The new E3Z-F shaped series is added to 
the wide Omron E3Z offering.

•  Visible red LED for easier alignment and 

trouble-shooting

•  E3Z-F is available in Through-beam, 

Diffuse, and polarized Retro-Reflective

•  Diffuse-reflective: 100 mm, 300 mm, 500 

mm, 1m

•  Through-beam: 20 m, Retro-reflective: 4 m

Features

Visible spot with all models for easy installation

Many different sensing distances are 
available, so you can select the best 
model for your application distance

B300

Application

Materials Handling: Detect passing cardboard 
boxes

Molding Machines: Detect falling molded 
objects

*Coming in Fall 2015

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-6

E3Z-L

9

 

 Laser Photoelectric Sensors

LASER Sensor in Compact Plastic 
Housing

The E3Z LASER sensor in compact 
plastic housing features visible Laser light 
for precision positioning and detection 
applications.

•  Visible LASER light for precision 

positioning and small object detection

•  High power laser diode for long range 

precision

•  Class 1 LASER (JIS, IEC) Class 2 (FDA) 

LASER

•  Precise background suppression and low 

black/white error for accurate detection

B265

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Response time

Connection 
Method

Model

M8

NPN output

PNP output

Through-beam

60 m

1 ms

2 m

E3Z-LT61 2M

E3Z-LT81 2M

5

E3Z-LT66

E3Z-LT86

Retro-reflective with 
M.S.R

0.3 to 15 m (with E39-R15)

2 m

E3Z-LR61 2M

E3Z-LR81 2M

5

E3Z-LR66

E3Z-LR86

Distance-settable
(background suppression)

20 to 300 mm   

2 m

E3Z-LL61 2M

E3Z-LL81 2M

5

E3Z-LL66

E3Z-LL86

25 to 300 mm

0.5 ms

2 m

E3Z-LL63 2M

E3Z-LL83 2M

5

E3Z-LL68

E3Z-LL88

Note: To order with 30 cm long pigtail with M12, M8 3-pin or M8 4-pin connector please contact  your OMRON representative.

Detect the sides of large tiles

Map glass sides

Detect protruding straws

Count bottles

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-7

E3ZM 

Photoelectric Sensors

Detergent-Resistant Photoelectric 
Sensor in Compact Stainless Steel 
Housing

Compact housing size and high power LED 
for excellent performance-size ratio in a 
rugged, detergent-resistant stainless steel 
housing for demanding environments. 

•  High grade stainless steel housing 

(SUS316L)

•  IP67 and IP69K for highest water 

resistance

•  ECOLAB tested and certified detergent 

resistance

B223

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Connection Method

Model

M8

NPN output

PNP output

Through-beam

15 m

2 m

*1 For or

dering pigtail versions r

eplace ‘2M’ of the cable types with:

- S1J: for M12 stainless steel plug with 30 cm cable

- S3J: for M8 4-pin stainless steel plug with 30 cm cable

- S5J: for M8 3-pin stainless steel plug with 30 cm cable (except for 

backgr

ound suppr

ession types)

- M1J: for M12 brass plug with 30 cm cable

- M3J: for M8 4-pin brass plug with 30 cm cable

- M5J: for M8 3-pin brass plug with 30 cm cable (except for 

backgr

ound suppr

ession types)

E3ZM-T61 2M

E3ZM-T81 2M

5

— 

E3ZM-T66

E3ZM-T86

0.8 m with built 
in slit

2 m

E3ZM-T63 2M

E3ZM-T83 2M

5

E3ZM-T68

E3ZM-T88

Retro-reflective with 
M.S.R

0.1 to 4 m (with 
E39-R1S)

2 m

E3ZM-R61 2M

E3ZM-R81 2M

5

E3ZM-R66

E3ZM-R86

Diffuse-reflective

1 m (adjustable)

2 m

E3ZM-D62 2M

E3ZM-D82 2M

5

E3ZM-D67

E3ZM-D87

Diffuse-reflective
(background 
suppression)

10 to 100 mm 
(fixed)

2 m

E3ZM-LS61X 2M

*2

E3ZM-LS81X 2M

*2

5

E3ZM-LS66X

*2

E3ZM-LS86X

*2

10 to 200 mm 
(fixed)

2 m

E3ZM-LS64X 2M

*2

E3ZM-LS84X 2M

*2

5

E3ZM-LS69X

*2

E3ZM-LS89X

*2

*2

 E3ZM-LS_X are fixed LIGHT-ON models. For Fixed DARK-ON models order E3ZM-LS_Y and for L-NO/D-NO selectable by wire 

please order E3ZM-LS_H.

Robust construction

Tight housing

Detergent resistant

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-8

E3ZM-C 

 Photoelectric Sensors

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Connection Method

Model

M8

M12

NPN output

PNP output

Through-beam

15 m
(infrared light)

2 m

— 

E3ZM-CT61 2M

E3ZM-CT81 2M

— 

5

E3ZM-CT61-M1TJ

E3ZM-CT81-M1TJ

5

— 

— 

E3ZM-CT66

E3ZM-CT86

20 m
(Orange light)

2 m

— 

E3ZM-CT62B 2M

E3ZM-CT82B 2M

5

E3ZM-CT62B-M1TJ

E3ZM-CT82B-M1TJ

5

— 

— 

E3ZM-CT67B

E3ZM-CT87B

Retro-reflective with 
M.S.R

0.1 to 4 m (with E39-R1S)

2 m

— 

E3ZM-CR61 2M

E3ZM-CR81 2M

5

E3ZM-CR61-M1TJ

E3ZM-CR81-M1TJ

5

— 

— 

E3ZM-CR66

E3ZM-CR86

Diffuse-reflective

1 m (adjustable)

2 m

— 

E3ZM-CD62 2M

E3ZM-CD82 2M

5

E3ZM-CD62-M1TJ

E3ZM-CD82-M1TJ

5

— 

— 

E3ZM-CD67

E3ZM-CD87

Diffuse-reflective
(background 
suppression)

10 to 100 mm (fixed)

2 m

— 

E3ZM-CL61H 2M

E3ZM-CL81H 2M

5

E3ZM-CL61H-M1TJ

E3ZM-CL81H-M1TJ

5

— 

— 

E3ZM-CL66H

E3ZM-CL86H

10 to 200 mm (fixed)

2 m

— 

E3ZM-CL64H 2M

E3ZM-CL84H 2M

5

E3ZM-CL64H-M1TJ

E3ZM-CL84H-M1TJ

5

— 

— 

E3ZM-CL69H

E3ZM-CL89H

Note:  M12 connector types use Omron Automation and Safety’s XS5 Series “Twist & Click” M12 connector cordsets, 30 cm stan-
dard length.

Oil-Resistant Photoelectric 
Sensor in Compact Stainless Steel 
Housing

The oil-resistant compact photoelectric 
sensor in a robust stainless steel housing 
features reliable object detection in dirty and 
mechanically demanding environments such 
as automotive assembly lines.

•  Oil-resistant stainless steel housing

•  IP67 and IP69K for highest water 

resistance

•  High visibility orange LED in through-

beam model for easy alignment

B267

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-9

E3ZM-V 

 Photoelectric Sensors

Print Mark Detection Photoelectric 
Sensor in Compact Stainless Steel 
Housing

The detergent resistant photoelectric sensor 
in a robust stainless steel housing provides 
reliable detection of all common print marks 
in food packaging applications.

•  White LED for stable detection of 

differently colored or black print marks

•  SUS 316L stainless steel housing

•  Easy-to-use teach-in button or remote 

teach

•  Fast response time of 50 μs

B274

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Connection Method

Model

M8

NPN output

PNP output

Mark sensor

12±2 mm

2 m

E3ZM-V61 2M

E3ZM-V81 2M

5

E3ZM-V66

E3ZM-V86

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-10

E3ZM-B 

 Photoelectric Sensors

B266

Transparent Object Detection Sensor in 
Compact Stainless Steel Housing

The E3ZM-B family provides models for general 
transparent material detection and specialized 
models providing highest stability for the detection 
of PET bottles.

•  Detergent resistant compact SUS316L housing

•  Includes Bi-refringent, P-opaquing sensing 

technology to provide the margin necessary to 
overcome the challenges in geometry, color and 
contents of PET bottle detection which standard 
retro-reflective sensors can not perform

•  Simple push button teach operation

•  Unique AC3 technology compensates for lens 

contamination to maintain expected sensor output

•  IP69K (DIN 40050-9) compliant

•  316L stainless steel body resists detergents and 

disinfectants

•  High noise immunity against interference from 

inverters and other inductive loads

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Special reflector

Connection 
Method

Model

M8

NPN output

PNP output

Retro-
reflective with 
M.S.R

Optimized for 
PET
bottles and 
trays

100 to 500 mm
(teachable)

Order separately

*1

2 m

E3ZM-B61 2M

E3ZM-B81 2M

5

E3ZM-B66

E3ZM-B86

E39-RP1 included

2 m

E3ZM-B61-C 
2M

E3ZM-B81-C 2M

5

E3ZM-B66-C

E3ZM-B86-C

Retro-
reflective with 
M.S.R

For all 
transparent
media (glass, 
PET, foils)

100 to 500 mm 
(potentiometer  
adjustment)

*3

Order separately

*3

2 m

E3ZM-B61T 2M

E3ZM-B81T 2M

5

E3ZM-B66T

E3ZM-B86T

*1 

For higher signal stability using circular polarization functionality for PET bottles, order special reflector E39-RP1 separately.

*2

 Teachable all-transparent-media types are available. Contact your Omron Automation and Safety representative.

*3

 Order reflector separately:  Use E39-RP1 for 500 mm sensing distance; E39-RP37 or E39-RSP1 for 250 mm sensing distance.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-11

B271

Photoelectric Sensor in Plastic Fork 
Shape Housing

The forked shape optical through-beam 
sensors combine simple installation with 
reliable passage detection of objects, machine 
parts or transportation elements such as 
hanging carriers.

•  Slotted head eliminates the need for optical 

axis adjustment

•  1 or 2 axis models

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Number of 
optical axes

Connection Method

Model
NPN output

PNP output

Through-beam

25 mm
(Infrared light)

1

2 m

E3Z-G61

E3Z-G81

M8 4-pin

E3Z-G61-M3J

E3Z-G81-M3J

2

2 m

E3Z-G62

E3Z-G82

M8 4-pin

E3Z-G62-M3J

E3Z-G82-M3J

E3Z-G 

Photoelectric Sensors

E3Z-B 

Photoelectric Sensors

Transparent Bottle Detection 
Photoelectric Sensor in Compact 
Plastic Housing

The E3Z-B provides easy adjustment for 
the detection of a large variety of standard 
transparent objects.

•  Detects a wide range of bottles from 

single bottles to sets of stocked bottles

•  IP67/IP69K tested for highest water 

resistance

Sensor type

Sensing distance

(with E39-R1S reflector)

Connection Method

Model

M8

NPN output

PNP output

Retro-reflective without M.S.R.

80 to 500 mm (adjustable)

2 m

E3Z-B61 2M

E3Z-B81 2M

5

E3Z-B66

E3Z-B86

0.5 to 2 m (adjustable)

2 m

E3Z-B62 2M

E3Z-B82 2M

5

E3Z-B67

E3Z-B87

B268

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-12

E3Z-L 

General Purpose Photoelectric Sensors

B263

Narrow-Beam Sensor Detects 
Small Objects

•  Small 2.5 mm beam diameter at 90 mm 

sensing distance enables detection 
through small holes or gaps

•  Detect objects as small as 0.1 mm 

diameter

•  Adjustable distance setting of 90 ± 30 mm

•  Visible red light beam simplifies alignment 

for visual checking of sensing spot 
position

•  Integrated circuit design with advanced 

LED assures long sensing distances

•  High noise immunity against interference 

from inverters and other inductive loads

•  Rated IP67, withstands 1200 psi 

washdown

•  Switch-selectable, Light-ON/Dark-ON 

operation

Narrow-Beam Sensors

Sensor 

type

Setup

Features

Light 
source

Sensing 

distance

Connection 

method

Model

NPN output

PNP output

Diffuse
reflective

Detects
0.1 mm dia. 
objects

Red
(650 nm)

90 ±30 mm Pre-wired

E3Z-L61

E3Z-L81

4-pin M8 
Connector

E3Z-L66

E3Z-L86

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-13

E3Z-LS 

 

Background/Foreground Suppression Sensors

B269

Miniature Distance-Settable Sensors 
with Built-In Amplifiers

•  Detect glossy/uneven surfaces with foreground 

suppression

•  Ignore objects beyond the set distance such 

as a conveyor belt or rail using background 
suppression

•  Web/edge position detection sensors  

(E3Z-LS63/-LS83) with 2 mm spot eliminate 
background influences in printing, converting  
and packaging

•  Detect presence of strip and sheet materials  

and non-woven fabric edges with 2% max. 
differential travel to compensate for vibration 
(E3Z-LS63/-LS83)

•  Integrated circuit design with advanced LED 

assures long sensing distances

•  High noise immunity against interference from 

inverters and other inductive loads

•  Rated IP67, withstands 1200 psi washdown

•  Switch-selectable, Light-ON/Dark-ON operation

Background/Foreground Suppression Sensors

BGS (Background Suppression)

Selectable by 

Changing Cable 

Connection

FGS (Foreground Suppression)

Objects beyond the set 

distance, such as the 

conveyor, will not be 

detected. The hysteresis is 

10% or less, so at a set 

distance of 40 mm, steps 

with a thickness of 4 mm 

can be detected on objects.

ON (incident)

Distance 
threshold

OFF (interrupted)

Conveyor (background)

ON (interrupted)

OFF 
(incident)

Distance threshold

ON (interrupted)

Glossy, uneven objects are 

reliably detected because 

the OFF (incident) status 

occurs only when the 

conveyor is detected, and 

ON (interrupted) status 

occurs only when an object 

exists or when reflected light 

is not returned to the 

Sensor. (Depending on the 

shape of the object, an OFF-

delay timer may be 

required.)

Conveyor 
(background)

Light level 
threshold (fixed)

(for Light-ON setting)

(for Dark-ON setting)

Sensor 

type

Setup

Features

Light 
source

Sensing distance

Connection 

method

Model

NPN output

PNP output

Distance
settable

Resists interference
from fluorescent
lighting

Red
(680 nm)

Background setting
20 to 200 mm
Foreground setting
40 to 200+ mm

Pre-wired

E3Z-LS61

E3Z-LS81

4-pin M8 
Connector

E3Z-LS66

E3Z-LS86

Web/edge position
detector

Red
(650 nm)

Background setting
2 to 80 mm

Pre-wired

E3Z-LS63

E3Z-LS83

4-pin M8 
Connector

E3Z-LS68

E3Z-LS88

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-14

E3Z-K 

Oil-Resistant Photoelectric Sensors

B264

Oil-Resistant Sensors with Built-In 
Amplifiers

•  Sensor housing includes special coating 

to resist effects in environments subject to 
high pH oil mists, coolants and medium pH 
detergents that aggressively attach sensors

•  Long distance sensing: 15 m through-beam 

models; 3 m retro-reflective; 1 m diffuse-
reflective

•  High noise immunity against interference from 

inverters and other inductive loads

•  Rated IP67, withstands 1200 psi washdown

•  Switch-selectable, Light-ON/Dark-ON operation

Sensor Type

Sensor 

type

Setup

Features

Light 
source

Sensing 

distance

Connection 

method

Model

NPN output

PNP output

Through-
beam

Infrared
(870 nm)

15 m

Pre-wired

E3Z-T61K

E3Z-T81K

Pigtail, 
4-pin M8

E3Z-T61K-M3J 0.3M

E3Z-T81K-M3J 0.3M

Retro-
reflective

Polarized; 
Order
reflector 
separately

Red
(660 nm)

0.1 to 4 m with
E39-R1S 
reflector
0.1 to 3 m with
E39-R1 reflector

Pre-wired

E3Z-R61K

E3Z-R81K

Pigtail, 
4-pin M8

E3Z-R61K-M3J 0.3M E3Z-R81K-M3J 0.3M

Diffuse 
reflective

Wide view

Infrared
(860 nm)

5 to 100 mm

Pre-wired

E3Z-D61K

E3Z-D81K

Pigtail, 
4-pin M8

E3Z-D61K-M3J 0.3M E3Z-D81K-M3J 0.3M

Standard

1 m

Pre-wired

E3Z-D62K

E3Z-D82K

Pigtail, 
4-pin M8

E3Z-D62K-M3J 0.3M E3Z-D82K-M3J 0.3M

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-15

E3S-CL 

Photoelectric Sensors

B249

Distance-Settable Sensor in Metal Housing

•  Minimal black/white error for highest  

reliability detecting differently colored objects

•  Setting distance up to 500 mm with reliable  

background suppression

•  Stable detection regardless of the target  

workpiece color, material or size

•  Simple to set distance with 6-turn adjustor and indicator

Long Distance Sensor in Plastic Housing

Long distance retro-reflective and teachable  
distance-settable sensors in plastic housing.

•  Distance-settable model with 1.2 m maximum  

setting distance

•  Light-On/Dark-On operation, NPN/PNP output  

switch selectable

Sensor  
type

Light 
source

Sensing distance

Connection method

Model

Distance- 
settable
(background 
suppression)

Red  
(700 mm)

Setting range

40 to 200 mm

Max. setting

40mm

Detecting range

200mm

5

5 to 200 mm

Min. setting

2 m

E3S-CL1

M12

E3S-CL1-M1J

Infrared  
(860 mm)

50mm

Setting range

50 to 500 mm

Max. setting

Detecting range

500mm

5

5 to 500 mm

Min. setting

2 m

— 

E3S-CL2

M12

E3S-CL2-M1J

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Connection method

Model

M12

Retro-reflective with M.S.R.

0.5 to 10 m
measured with
E39-R2

2 m

E3G-R13-G 2M

5

E3G-R17-G

Distance-settable (background 
suppression)

0.2 to 2 m
(0.2 to 1.2 m distance-settable)

2 m

E3G-L73 2M

5

E3G-L77

E3G 

  Photoelectric Sensors

B228

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-16

E3JM 

Photoelectric Sensors

B226

Long Distance All Voltage (AC/DC)
Photoelectric Sensor

The E3G-M series offers the long sensing 
distance of the E3G family for all voltage
(AC/DC) installations.

•  12 to 240 VDC and 24 to 240 VAC 

•  Terminal block connection

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Connection method

Timer Function

Model

Relay output

Retro-reflective with 
M.S.R.

0.5 to 10 m with E39-R2 
reflector (Red light)

Terminal block

E3G-MR19-G

ON or OFF delay 0 to 5 s 
(adjustable)

E3G-MR19T-G

Distance-settable 
(background detection)

0.2 to 2 m (0.2 to 1.2 m 
distance-settable) 
(Infrared light)

 —

E3G-ML79-G

ON or OFF delay 0 to 5 s 
(adjustable)

E3G-ML79T-G

All Voltage (AC/DC) Photoelectric 
Sensor in Plastic Housing

The square sized E3JM family uses 12 to 240 
VDC and 24 to 240 VAC supply voltage, an 
enhanced sensing distance and a timer function.
•  Easy to wire terminal block speeds installation 

and servicing

•  Relay or solid state relay output
•  Timer function models available
•  Mounting hardware and terminal protection 

cover included

Sensor type

Sensing
distance

Connection 
method

Operation mode

Model

Relay output

DC SSR output
NPN Output

PNP Output

Through-beam

10 m
(Infrared 
light)

Terminal 
block (with 
PG 13.5 
conduit 
opening)

E3JM-10M4-US

E3JM-10S4-US 
OMS

E3JM-10R4-US

ON or OFF delay 0.1 s 
to 5 s (adjustable)

E3JM-10M4T-US

E3JM-10S4T-US

E3JM-10R4T-US

Retro-reflective 
with M.S.R.

4 m with
E39-R1
reflector
(Red light)

E3JM-R4M4-US

E3JM-R4S4-US

E3JM-R4R4-US

ON or OFF delay 0.1 s 
to 5 s (adjustable)

E3JM-R4M4T-US

E3JM-R4S4T-US

E3JM-R4R4T-US

Diffuse-
reflective

700 mm 
(adjustable)
(Infrared 
light)

E3JM-DS70M4-US E3JM-DS70S4-US

E3JM-DS70R4-US

ON or OFF delay 0.1 s 
to 5 s (adjustable)

E3JM-DS70M4T-
US

E3JM-DS70S4T-
US

E3JM-DS70R4T-
US

E3G-M 

  Photoelectric Sensors

B228

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-17

E3T 

 Photoelectric Sensors

B224

Photoelectric Sensor in Miniature 
Plastic Housing

Small sized photoelectric sensors in flat, side 
view and M5 cylindrical shapes for demanding 
mounting conditions.

•  Small size with precision pinpoint LED

•  3.5 mm flat model with reliable background 

suppression and small black/white error

•  Unique optical alignment technology 

ensuring minimal deviation of optical axis

•  High EMC and ambient light immunity

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Connection Method

Operation 
mode

Model (note 1)

NPN output

PNP output

Through-beam

1 m

2 m

To or

der pigtail connector versions, r

eplace “2M” for cable types if pr

esent, then add a suf

fix:

 

- M1TJ 0.3M:  M12 with 30 cm cable

 

- M3J 0.3M:  M8 4-pin with 30 cm cable

 

Light- ON

E3T-ST11

E3T-ST13 

Dark-ON

E3T-ST12

E3T-ST14 

300 mm

Light- ON

E3T-ST21

E3T-ST23 

Dark-ON

E3T-ST22 

E3T-ST24 

Through-beam

500 mm

Light- ON

E3T-FT11 

E3T-FT13 

Dark-ON

E3T-FT12 

E3T-FT14 

300 mm

Light- ON

E3T-FT21 

E3T-FT23 

Dark-ON

E3T-FT22 

E3T-FT24 

Through-beam, M5

1 m

Dark-ON

E3T-CT12

E3T-CT14

Through-beam, M5

500 m

Dark-ON

E3T-CT22S

E3T-CT24S

Retro-reflective

(note 3)

30 to 200 mm

 

on 

reflectors/ 10 to 100 
mm on reflective foils
(note 2)

Light- ON

E3T-SR41-C

E3T-SR43-C

Dark-ON

E3T-SR42-C

E3T-SR44-C

Diffuse-reflective

5 to 30 mm

Light- ON

E3T-FD11 

E3T-FD13 

Dark-ON

E3T-FD12 

E3T-FD14 

Diffuse-reflective (with adjuster), M6

3-50 mm

Dark-ON

E3T-CD11

E3T-CD13

Limited-reflective

5 to 15 mm

Light- ON

E3T-SL11 

E3T-SL13 

Dark-ON

E3T-SL12 

E3T-SL14 

5 to 30 mm

Light- ON

E3T-SL21 

E3T-SL23 

Dark-ON

E3T-SL22 

E3T-SL24 

Diffuse-reflective
(background
suppression)

1 to 15 mm

Light- ON

E3T-FL11 

E3T-FL13 

Dark-ON

E3T-FL12 

E3T-FL14 

1 to 30 mm

Light- ON

E3T-FL21 

E3T-FL23 

Dark-ON

E3T-FL22 

E3T-FL24 

Note: 1- For pre-wired models with robotic cables add ‘-R’ to the order code (example: E3T-FT21R 2M)
2- The distances are measured with reflector E39-R4 and reflective foil E39-R37-CA. For applications with shorter distances between the sensor and 
the reflector contact your Omron Automation and Safety representative. 3- Order reflector separately. Models with included reflectors are available.

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-18

E3S-A 

Photoelectric Sensors

B232

High Performance Small DC Sensors

•  Enclosure meets NEMA 4X, 6 and IP67

•  User-friendly features for ease of installation  

and use

•  Timer/alarm/turbo aiming tool models available

•  Light-ON/Dark-ON, switch selectable

•  Mounting bracket E39-L69 supplied with 

horizontal sensors

•  Mounting bracket E39-L70 supplied with  

vertical sensors

•  Polarized retro-reflective sensors include  

E39-R1 reflector

•  Through-beam sensors include both emitter  

and receiver

•  Pre-wired versions have 2 m cable;  

M12 4-pin connector versions available

Long-range Sensing for Door Control 
and Material Handling Applications

•  AC/DC sensor for heavy-duty switching 

requirements

•  Long sensing distances:

•  Retro-reflective: 10 m, includes E39-R1 

reflector

•  Diffuse-reflective: 2 m

•  Clean interior, easy-to-wire terminal strip

•  Plug-in replaceable relay output

•  Timer modules available

•  Rated IP67, NEMA 4X, 6 for washdown

E3K 

  Photoelectric Sensors

B242

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-19

Sensing method

Focus

Sensing distance Spot diameter

Ratings

Connection

Model

Limited-reflective

Spot

70 ±15 mm

0.1 mm

Laser Class 
1, IP65

2 m robot 
cable to 
amplifier

E3NC-LH01 2M

Diffuse-reflective

Variable spot 1200 mm max.

0.8 mm or larger

E3NC-LH02 2M

Coaxial Retro-reflective 
with MSR

Spot

8 m *

2mm at 1 m

E3NC-LH03 2M

Ordering Information
E3NC-L Sensing Heads

E3NC-L Amplifier Units

Inputs/outputs

Connection method

Connection media

E3NC-L Amplifier Model
NPN

PNP

1 In + 2 Out

Pre-wired 2 m

PVC cable

E3NC-LA21 2M

E3NC-LA51 2M

1 in + 1 Out

Wire-saving connector

E3X-CN cables

E3NC-LA7

E3NC-LA9

1 In + 1 Out

M8 Connector

XS3F-M8 cable

E3NC-LA24

E3NC-LA54

2 Out

Comm Unit for E3NW

E3X-CN02

E3NC-LA0

Sensing method

Detected level 
difference

Sensing 
distance

Spot diam-
eter

Ratings

Connection

Model

Distance-settable

35 to 50 mm: 1.5 mm; 
50 to 100 mm: 3 mm

35 to 
100 mm

0.5 mm

Laser Class 1, 
IP67

2 m robot cable 
to amplifier

E3NC-SH100 2M

35 to 180 mm: 9 mm; 
180 to 250 mm: 25 mm

35 to 
250 mm

1 mm

E3NC-SH250 2M

E3NC-S CMOS Sensing Heads

E3NC-S CMOS Amplifier Units

Inputs/outputs

Connection method

Connection media

E3NC-S Amplifier Model
NPN

PNP

1 In + 2 Out

Pre-wired 2 m

PVC cable

E3NC-SA21 2M

E23NC-SA51 2M

1 in + 1 Out

Connector

E3X-CN cables

E3NC-SA7

E3NC-SA9

1 In + 1 Out

M8 Connector

XS3F-M8 cable

E3NC-SA24

E3NC-SA54

2 Out

Comm Unit for E3NW

E3X-CN02

E3NC-SA0

B289

B292

* These values apply when an E39-R21, E39-R22, E39-RS10, or E39-RS11 Reflector is used. A Reflector is not included. Purchase a 
Reflector separately to match the intended use of the Sensor. 

E3NC 

Laser Photoelectric Sensors

B289

Laser Position Verification Sensors 
with Long Range or Variable Spot Size

•  Ideal for applications that cannot be solved 

with Fiber Sensors or Photoelectric Sensors

•  Compact, lightweight sensing heads

•  Slim DIN rail mounting amplifiers

•  Simple setup with 3 types of tuning

•  CMOS triangulation model E3NC-S detects 

regardless of surface or color

•  EtherCAT communication available

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-20

Variable Laser Beam Sensors

The E3C-LDA sensors for high-speed 
gauging applications combine compact 
Class II laser sensing heads with slim DIN-
mount amplifiers.  

•  Sensing heads offer variable focal point 

and optical axis alignment

•  Safe Class II lasers require no special 

protective hardware

•  Dual digital display on the amplifier 

simplifies setup and monitoring

•  Selectable detection modes with response 

speed as fast as 100 μs

Sensing 
method

Beam shape

Sensing distance

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Model

Diffuse reflec-
tive

Spot, 0.8 mm max.

30 mm to 1 m

25 x 12.8 x 33

E3C-LD11

Line, 33 mm L

E3C-LD21

Area, 33 x 15 mm

27 x 13.2 x 36

E3C-LD31

Coaxial retro-
reflective with 
mirror surface 
rejection

Variable spot (0.8 mm dia.)

Up to 7 m with E39-R12

25 x 12.8 x 39

E3C-LR11

Line, 28 mm L

Up to 1.7 m with E39-R12

E3C-LR11 + E39-P31

Area, 28 x 16 mm

Up to 900 mm with E39-R12

E3C-LR11 + E39-P41

Fixed spot (2 mm dia.)

Up to 7 m with E39-R12

E3C-LR12

Ordering Information
Sensing Heads

Amplifiers

Connector

Description

Functions

Output ratings

Model
NPN output

PNP output

Pre-wired 
models

Analog + Discrete 
outputs

Area output, differential 
operation

1 to 5 VDC, 
50 mA at 26.4 VDC

E3C-LDA11AN

E3C-LDA41AN

Two discrete outputs

Area output, differential 
operation, self-diag-
nostics

2 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC

E3C-LDA11

E3C-LDA41

External input + 
Discrete output

Built-in counter, 
differential operation, 
remote setting

1 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC

E3C-LDA21

E3C-LDA51

Connector

Two discrete outputs

Area output, differential 
operation, 
self-diagnostics

2 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC

E3C-LDA6

E3C-LDA8

External input + 
Discrete output

Built-in counter, 
differential operation, 
remote setting

1 x 50 mA at 26.4 VDC

E3C-LDA7

E3C-LDA9

Description

Compatible amplifiers

Cable length Conductors

Model

Master connector (for first unit)

E3C-LDA6, E3C-LDA7, 
E3C-LDA8, E3C-LDA9

2 m

3

E3X-CN11

Slave connector (for second 
and additional units)

4

E3X-CN21

1

E3X-CN12

2

E3X-CN22

Connectors

C429

E3C-LDA 

Photoelectric Sensors

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-21

F3ET2/F3EM2 

 

Photoelectric Sensor Light Grids

Non-Safety Light Grid with Analog 
or Discrete Output

Light grids provide reliable area monitoring 
in robust IP65 aluminum housing.

•  Light grid detection area heights from 

150 mm up to 2100 mm

•  Optical synchronization for reliable 

operation without additional wiring

•  Brackets included with light grids

•  Connects with M12, 5-wire cable

Ordering Information

Sensor Type

Height 
(mm)

Pitch

Sensing 
Distance**

Number 
of Beams

Detectable 
Object Size

Discrete Output Models 
PNP/NPN

Analog Output Models 
0-10 VDC (12 bits)

Through-beam 150

5 mm

3 m

30

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-150

F3EM2-005-150-AV

18 mm

15 m

8

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-150

F3EM2-018-150-AV

300

5 mm

3 m

60

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-300

F3EM2-005-300-AV

18 mm

15 m

16

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-300

F3EM2-018-300-AV

450

5 mm

3 m

90

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-450

F3EM2-005-450-AV

18 mm

15 m

24

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-450

F3EM2-018-450-AV

600

5 mm

3 m

120

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-600

F3EM2-005-600-AV

18 mm

15 m

32

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-600

F3EM2-018-600-AV

900

5 mm

3 m

180

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-900

F3EM2-005-900-AV

18 mm

15 m

48

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-900

F3EM2-018-900-AV

1200

5 mm

3 m

240

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-1200

F3EM2-005-1200-AV

18 mm

15 m

64

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-1200

F3EM2-018-1200-AV

1500

5 mm

3 m

300

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-1500

F3EM2-005-1500-AV

18 mm

15 m

80

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-1500

F3EM2-018-1500-AV

1800

5 mm

3 m

360

10 mm min.

F3ET2-005-1800

F3EM2-005-1800-AV

18 mm

15 m

96

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-1800

F3EM2-018-1800-AV

2100

18 mm

15 m

112

30 mm min.

F3ET2-018-2100

F3EM2-018-2100-AV

**Light-ON / Dark-ON selectable
**The maximum sensing distance between the Transmitter and Receiver light grids

B634

5 pin

B634

B633

F3ET2

F3EM2

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-22

E3S-C 

Photoelectric Sensor

B262

Long Distance Sensor in  
Oil-Resistant, Metal Case

•  Long sensing distances: 30 m through-

beam; 3 m polarized retro-reflective;  
2 m or 0.7 m diffuse reflective 

•  Rugged zinc die cast housing protects 

against vibration (10 Hz to 2 kHz) and  
shock (up to approx. 100 G)

•  Meets IP67 and NEMA 4X, 6P for water 

washdown

•  High visibility indicators for light incidence 

and stability

•  Light-ON and Dark-ON operation 

selectable

Metal Body Sensors

Sensing
type

Setup

Features

Light 
source

Sensing 
distance

Connection 
method

Model

Through-
beam

Horizontal

Includes E39-L102
mounting bracket

Infrared
(880 nm)

30 m
Using E39-S61 slits:
4 mm slit: 15 m
2 mm slit: 7 m
1 mm slit: 3.5 m
0.5 mm slit: 1.8 m

Pre-wired

E3S-CT11

M12 4-pin 
connector

E3S-CT16

Vertical

Includes E39-L103
mounting bracket

Pre-wired

E3S-CT61

M12 4-pin 
connector

E3S-CT66

Retro-
reflective

Horizontal

Polarized; includes
E39-R1 reflector 
and
E39-L102 mounting
bracket

Red
(700 nm)

0 to 3 with E39-R1
reflector (included);
Optional reflectors:
E39-R2: 0 to 4 m
E39-R3: 0 to 150 cm
E39-R4: 0 to 75 cm
E39-RSA: 5 to 35 cm
E39-RSB: 5 to 60 cm

Pre-wired

E3S-CR11

M12 4-pin 
connector

E3S-CR16

Vertical

Polarized; includes
E39-R1 reflector 
and
E39-L103 mounting
bracket

Pre-wired

E3S-CR61

M12 4-pin 
connector

E3S-CR66

Diffuse 
reflective

Horizontal

includes E39-L102
mounting bracket

Infrared
(880 nm)

0 to 70 cm

Pre-wired

E3S-CD11

M12 4-pin 
connector

E3S-CD16

Vertical

Includes E39-L103
mounting bracket

Pre-wired

E3S-CD61

M12 4-pin 
connector

E3S-CD66

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-23

F3UV 

  UV Power Monitors

B256

UV Power Monitor for Sterilizing and 
Curing Operations

•  Monitor ultraviolet light (UV) intensity or 

wavelength to maintain effective levels for 
critical processes

•  Compact monitors fit tight inspection 

spaces on existing machinery

•  Built-in amplifier models detect incident UV 

light power in two ranges (1 to 30 mW/cm

2

  

or 0.2 to 3 mW/cm

2

) and provide a 1-5 V 

analog output

•  Fiber-optic detection heads and separate 

amplifiers detect in two ranges (10 to 300 
mW/cm

2

 or 30 to 300 mW/cm

2

)

•  Fiber-optic monitor available with  

judgment, answer-back and  
current/voltage analog outputs

J

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

J-24

E39-L 

Mounting Brackets

B299

Photoelectric Sensor Mounting 
Brackets

•  Brackets enhance mounting flexibility

•  Protective mounts fortify sensors

•  Height adjustable and rotating mounts 

available

Reflectors Return Light to  
Retro-reflective Photoelectric 
Sensors and Photomicrosensors

•  Corner cube reflectors return maximum 

light with minimal scattering

•  Reflectors extend or shorten sensing 

distance

•  Hard acrylic reflectors are backed by ABS 

plastic

•  Easy-to-apply, adhesive-backed reflectors 

available

•  Sensor data sheets show recommended 

reflector models

E39-R 

Reflectors

B298

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

K-i

Fiber-optic Sensors

Contents

Selection Guide

K-ii

Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

E32

Standard Cylindrical 
Sensor Heads

K-1

E32

Square Shape Sensor 
Heads

K-2

E32

Miniature Sensor Heads

K-3

E32

Longer Distance Sensor 
Heads

K-4

E32

Built-in Lens Sensor Heads

K-5

E32

Robot Application Heads

K-5

E32

Chemical Resistant Sensor 
Heads

K-6

E32

Heat Resistant Sensor 
Heads

K-7

E32

Vacuum Resistant Sensor 
Heads

K-8

E32

Precision Detection 
Sensor Heads

K-9

E32

Area Monitoring Sensor 
Heads

K-10

E32

Special Application Sensor 
Heads

K-11

Fiber-optic Sensor Amplifiers

E3X-HD

Easy-Teach Digital 
Amplifier

K-12

E3NX-FA

Advanced Functionality 
Amplifier

K-13

E3X-NA

Bar Graph Amplifiers

K-14

E3X-SD

Single Display Amplifiers

K-14

E3X-DA-S

High Function Amplifier

K-15

E3X-DA-SE-S Digital Amplifier with One 

Button Teaching

K-16

E3X-MDA

Dual Fiber Amplifier

K-17

E3X-NA-F

Fast Response Amplifier

K-17

E3X-DAC-S

Color Mark Detection 
Amplifier

K-18

E3X-DAH-S

Infrared LED Amplifier

K-18

Network Communication Interface Units

E3X-ECT/
E3X-CRT/
E3X-DRT21S/
E3X-DRT21/
E3X-CIF11

E3X Communication Units

K-19

K

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Heat, chemical

vaccuum resistant

E32 Harsh 

environment

Robotic

applications

E32 Robot

Area 

monitoring

E32 Area 

monitoring

Precision 

detection

E32 Precision

Special 

application

E32 Special

Special Applications

Robot fibers

withstand over 1 

million bending 

cycles

Heat resistant up 

to 400°C

Area monitoring 

up to 70mm beam 

width

Coaxial or limited 

reflective models, 

up to 100µm 

resolution, variable 

focal lenses or fine 

beam

Special solutions 

for liquid level, 

color, mark, wafer 

detection, etc.

2 in 1 

double amplifier

E3X-MDA

Fast response

E3X-NA-F

Color 

(RGB) amplifier

E3X-DAC-S

Infrared LED

E3X-DAH-S 

Infrared

Special Applications

Short turn on time 

of 20µs

High stability

E3NX-FA

Simple one button 

setting; detects 

large and low- 

reflection targets;  

light intensity and 

incidence 

compensation for 

stability.

AND, OR signal 

Infrared LED

comparison of 

two input signals 

saving space and 

set-up time

White LED and RGB 

ratio comparison for

challenging color

and mark detection

Infrared LED

THE SIMPLICITY OF HIGH PERFORMANCE IN 
CHALLENGING AREAS 

With over 500 different fiber heads we offer one of the most comprehensive fiber portfolios 
bringing reliable detection to smallest spaces or most challenging environments. The easy 
usage and auto adjustment features of the fiber amplifiers provide highest stability and 
performance reducing setup and adjustment times.

Longer distance:

Square housing:

E32 Miniature

E32 Square

E32 Longer 

distance

E32 Standard cylindrical

Standard cylindrical fiber heads

•  Easy installation and long sensor lifetime 

for all general applications

•  High flex fibers and 90° models for fiber 

breakage prevention

4000 mm

2100 mm

490 mm

210 mm

Smaller size:

Fiber-optic Amplifiers and Sensor Heads

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Heat, chemical

vaccuum resistant

E32 Harsh 

environment

Robotic

applications

E32 Robot

Area 

monitoring

E32 Area 

monitoring

Precision 

detection

E32 Precision

Special 

application

E32 Special

Special Applications

Robot fibers

withstand over 1 

million bending 

cycles

Heat resistant up 

to 400°C

Area monitoring 

up to 70mm beam 

width

Coaxial or limited 

reflective models, 

up to 100µm 

resolution, variable 

focal lenses or fine 

beam

Special solutions 

for liquid level, 

color, mark, wafer 

detection, etc.

2 in 1 

double amplifier

E3X-MDA

Fast response

E3X-NA-F

Color 

(RGB) amplifier

E3X-DAC-S

Infrared LED

E3X-DAH-S 

Infrared

Special Applications

Short turn on time 

of 20µs

High stability

E3NX-FA

Simple one button 

setting; detects 

large and low- 

reflection targets;  

light intensity and 

incidence 

compensation for 

stability.

AND, OR signal 

Infrared LED

comparison of 

two input signals 

saving space and 

set-up time

White LED and RGB 

ratio comparison for

challenging color

and mark detection

Infrared LED

Advanced functionality:

E3X-NA / 

E3X-SD

E3NX-FA

E3X-HD

Dual digital display amplifier

•  Easy 1-button teaching
•  Auto-teaching during operation
•  Auto power control for long term stability

Basic functionality:

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-iii

K

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Type

Cylindrical

Square shape

Miniature

Longer  

distance

Chemical  

resistant

Heat resistant

Model

E32 Standard  

Cylindrical

E32 Square 

Shape

E32 Miniature

E32 Longer  

Distance

E32 Chemical 

Resistant

E32 Heat 

Resistant

Key features

•  

Standard and 
high-flex fibers

•  

Sizes M3 to M6

•  

3 or 4 mm  
thin housing

•  

Models in X,Y  
or Z-axis

•  

Direct mounting 
without bracket

•  

Sizes from  
500 μm to  
3 mm dia

•  

Bendable 
sleeves

•  

Built in focal 
lenses

•  

Fluoroplastic 
cover or 
coating

•  

Heat resistant 
up to 400°C

Through-

beam

4000 mm

3000 mm

3000 mm

20 m

4000 mm

4000 mm

Diffuse-

reflective

2100 mm

1260 mm

1260 mm

4000 mm

1260 mm

1680 mm

Type

Vacuum  

resistant

Robot  

applications

Precision  
detection

Area  

monitoring

Special  

application

Model

E32 Vacuum 

Resistant

E32 Robot

E32 Precision 

Detection

E32 Area  

Monitoring

E32 Special

Key features

•  

Leakage rate of 
1x10

-10

 Pa*m

3

/s 

max

•  

Free moving 
multicore fibers 
for >1 Mio 
bending cycles

•  

Detection 
accuracy up to 
100 μm

•  

Coaxial fibers

•  

Adjustable 
focal points

•  

Area monitoring 
up to 70 mm 
beam width

•  

Detection of 
special objects 
(wafer, liquid 
level, flat glass, 
print mark, etc.)

Through-

beam

2000 mm

3750 mm

4000 mm

4000 mm

4000 mm

Diffuse-

reflective

1260 mm

300 mm

1050 mm

300 mm

*1

 Sensing distance varies depending on the amplifier used. These sensing distances were measured with the Giga mode of the E3NX-FA. 

Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Type

Easy Teach Digital

Advanced Functionality

Bar Graph/Single Display

Model

E3X-HD

E3NX-FA

E3X-NA, E3X-SD

Key features

•  

Simple 1 button setting

•  

Compensates for light reduction 
from grime, deterioration

•  

Longest sensing ranges

•  

White LED display

•  

Advanced Smart Tuning

•  

Predictive Maintenance DPC

•  

Easy adjustment by 
potentiometer 

•  

Bar graph gain display (-NA)

Response time 

(min.)

50 µs

30 μs

200 μs

Type

High functionality

Easy Teach

Double Amplifier

Model

E3X-DA-S

E3X-DA-SE-S

E3X-MDA

Key features

•  

High functionality signal 
processing (timer, counter, power 
tuning, etc.)

•  

1 button object teaching

•  

Auto teach during operation

•  

2 inputs with AND, OR signal 
comparison

Response time 

(min.)

1 ms
(80 μs in high speed mode)

1 ms

1 ms
(130 μs in high speed mode)

Fiber-optic Amplifiers

Type

High Speed

Color/Print Mark Detection

Infrared LED

Model

E3X-NA-F

E3X-DAC-S

E3X-DAH-S

Key features

•  

Fastest response time of Omron 
fiber amplifiers

•  

White LED and RGB ratio 
comparison

•  

Infrared LED

Response time 

(min.)

20 μs

1 ms
(60 μs in super high speed)

1 ms
(55 μs in super high speed)

Fiber-optic Amplifiers and Sensors

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-v

K

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-1

E32 

 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B533

Standard Cylindrical Sensor Heads

The standard cylindrical fiber-optic sensing 

heads provide reliable object detection, easy 
installation and long sensor lifetime for all 
general applications.

•  High-flex fibers and 90° cable exit reduce 

fiber breakage

•  Models with hexagonal back for simplified 

one-nut mounting

•  Sizes M3 to M6

Sensor type

Size

Sensing distance (mm)

*1

Model

Standard

High-flex Fiber

Standard Fiber

High-flex

Through-beam

M4

760

530

E32-TC200

E32-T11R

M3

220

130

E32-TC200E

E32-T21R

Through-beam

M4

530

E32-T11N 2M

Retro-reflective

M6

250

*2

E32-R21

Diffuse-reflective

M6

300

170

E32-DC200 

E32-D11R 2M

M4

80

30

E32-D211 2M

E32-D211R 2M

M3

80

30

E32-DC200E

E32-D21R 2M

Diffuse-reflective

M6

 —

170

E32-D11N 2M

Diffuse-reflective

6 mm dia

110

45

E32-D14L

E32-D14LR

*1

 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. 

*2

 Measured with E39-R3 reflector

Hi-flex multicore fibers for flex-
ibility in installation without fiber 
breakage

Models with hexagonal back for 
simple one-nut mounting

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-2

E32 

 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B532

Square Shape Sensor Heads

The fiber heads in square shaped housing 

provide fast and easy installation on flat 
surfaces.

•  Models with sensing direction in X, Y or Z 

axis

•  3 or 4 mm thick housings for minimal 

height requirement

•  Standard or high-flex fibers

Sensor type

Size (mm)

Sensing distance (mm)

*1

Model

Standard Fiber

High-flex Fiber

Standard Fiber

High-flex Fiber

Through-beam

15 x 8 x 3

760

560

E32-T15X 2M

E32-T15XR 2M

Through-beam

15 x 8 x 3

460

210

E32-T15Y 2M

E32-T15YR 2M

Through-beam

15 x 8 x 3

460

480

E32-T15Z 2M

E32-T15ZR 2M

 

Diffuse-reflective

15 x 10 x 3

300

170

E32-D15X 2M

E32-D15XR 2M

Diffuse-reflective

15 x 10 x 3

100

40

E32-D15Y 2M

E32-D15YR 2M

Diffuse-reflective

15 x 10 x 3

100

60

E32-D15Z 2M

E32-D15ZR 2M

Through-beam

24.5 x 10 x 3

890

E32-A03-1 2M

20.5 x 2 x 2

340

E32-A04-1 2M

*1

 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. 

Space saving and fast mounting 
without additional brackets

Precise positioning during manufactur-
ing for 90° optics to achieve minimal 
tolerance variations in optical output 
axis angle

K

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-3

E32 

 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B526

Miniature Sensor Heads

The miniature fiber heads provide high 

accuracy in smallest spaces and reliable 
detection of miniature objects.

•  Sizes from 500 μm diameter to 3 mm 

diameter

•  Side view models with precision axis 

alignment for highest accuracy

•  Bendable sleeves for precision positioning

Sensor type

Size

Sensing distance (mm)

*1

Model

Standard Fiber

High-flex Fiber

Standard Fiber

High-flex Fiber     

 
Through-beam

3 mm dia

750

530

E32-T12 2M

E32-T12R 

2 mm dia

220

130

E32-T22

E32-T22R 2M

1.5 mm dia

220

130

E32-T222 2M

E32-T222R 2M

1 mm dia

130

E32-T223R 2M

Through-beam

3 mm dia

460

210

E32-T14L

E32-T14LR 

2 mm dia

340

 —

E32-A04

Through-beam

1 mm dia

130

50

E32-T24

E32-T24R 

Through-beam

1.2 mm dia

750

530

E32-TC200B

E32-TC200BR

0.9 mm dia

220

130

E32-TC200F

E32-TC200FR

Diffuse-reflective

3 mm dia

80

30

E32-D22 2M

E32-D22R 

2 mm dia

75

40

E32-D32

E32-D32R 2M

1.5 mm dia

 —

30

E32-D22B 

Diffuse-reflective

2 mm dia

30

15

E32-D24

E32-D24R 

Diffuse-reflective

2.5 mm dia

300

170

E32-DC200B 

*3

E32-DC200BR 

*3

1.2 mm dia

80

30

E32-DC200F

E32-DC200FR

Diffuse-reflective

0.8 mm dia

16

E32-D33 

0.5 mm dia

3

E32-D331 

*1

 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. 

*2  

Models with 40 mm sleeve instead of 90 mm sleeve are available by adding ’4’ to the order code at the end, e.g. E32-TC200B4

*3

 Sleeve cannot be bent

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-4

E32 

 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B525

Longer Distance Sensor Heads

With built-in focal lenses the longer distance 
fiber heads provide enhanced operational 
stability in dusty environments or long 
distance applications

•  Sensing distance up to 20 m

•  Built-in focal lens

•  Sizes from 2 mm dia to M14 dia

Sensor type

Size 

Sensing distance (mm)

*1

Model

Through-beam

M14

20000

E32-T17L

Through-beam

25.2 x 10.5 x 8 mm

3400

E32-T14

Through-beam

M4

1330

E32-T11L

M3

680

E32-TC200A 

Through-beam

3 mm dia

1330

E32-T12L 

2 mm dia

440

E32-T22L 

Reflector

Convergent-reflective

21.4 x 27 x 10 mm

1500 

*2

E32-R16

Diffuse-reflective

22 x 17.5 x 9 mm

700

E32-D16

Diffuse-reflective

M6

400

E32-D11L

M4

130

E32-D21L

Diffuse-reflective

3 mm dia

450

E32-D12

*1

 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. 

*2

 Measured with E39-R1

Light emission of conventional 
fibers

With built-in focal lenses, lon-
ger sensing distances can be 
achieved up to 5 times longer 
compared to conventional 
sensors

K

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-5

E32 

 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

E32 

 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

Robot Application Sensor Heads

For applications on frequently or fast moving 
parts, the robot fibers reduce the risk of fiber 
breakage with a guaranteed operational life 
of more than 1 million bending cycles

•  Free moving multicore fibers for more than  

1 million bending cycles

•  Square shapes for easy surface installation

•  Cylindrical sizes from 1.5 mm dia to M6

Sensor type

Size 

Sensing distance 
(in mm)

*1

Model

Through-beam

M4

680

E32-T11

M3

200

E32-T21

Through-beam

3 mm dia

680

E32-T12B 2M

2 mm dia

200

E32-T221B 2M

1.5 mm dia

200

E32-T22B

Through-beam

15 x 18 x 3 mm

680

E32-T15XB

Diffuse-reflective

M6

170

E32-D11 

M4

70

E32-D21B

M3

30

E32-D21 

Diffuse-reflective

1.5 mm dia

30

E32-D22B 

Diffuse-reflective

15 x 10 x 3 mm

170

E32-D15XB 2M

*1

 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. 

Built-in Lens Sensor Heads

•  Achieve high power, focused beam 

detection without the need to attach a lens

• 15° beam aperture angle

•  Standard or Flexible fiber options

•  M4 through-beams and M6 Diffuse 

reflective fibers

Sensor type

Size 

Sensing distance (mm)

*1

Model

Through-beam

M4

4,000

E32-LT11 2M

4,000

E32-LT11R 2M

M4 Hex Shape

4,000

E32-LT11N 2M

Diffuse-reflective

M6

860

E32-LD11 2M

840

E32-LD11R 2M

M6 Hex Shape

840

E32-LD11N 2M

*1

 Sensing distance measured with E3X-HD family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3NX-FA. 

B528

B322

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-6

E32 

 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

Chemical Resistant Sensor Heads

The chemical resistant fibers provide long 

sensor lifetime in areas with frequent 
cleaning, usage of chemicals and higher 
temperatures.

•  Fluoroplastic cover for highest chemical 

resistance

• Temperature resistance up to 200°C

Sensor type

Size

Sensing distance (mm)

*1

Cover material

Model

Through-beam

M4

680

Fluororesin coating

E32-T11U 

Through-beam

5 mm dia

3,000

Fluororesin cover

E32-T12F

Through-beam

5 mm dia

1,400

Fluororesin cover

E32-T14F

Diffuse-reflective

M6

170

Fluororesin coating

E32-D11U

Diffuse-reflective

6 mm dia

85

Fluororesin cover

E32-D12F

Diffuse-reflective

6 mm dia

40

Fluororesin cover

E32-D14F

Through-beam

6 mm dia

700

Fluororesin cover
Heat resistant to 
200°C

E32-T81F-S

Through-beam

5 mm dia

3,000

Fluororesin cover
Heat resistant to 
150°C

E32-T51F

*1

 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. 

The fluororesin cover provides 
highest chemical resistance for 
longest lifetime in frequently cleaned 
environments like aseptic filling in 
pharmaceutical applications

Enhanced temperature resistant 
models

B523

K

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-7

E32 

 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B524

Heat Resistant Sensor Heads

The wide range of heat resistant fibers 

provides long sensor lifetime with highest 
protection in demanding environments

•  Heat resistant up to 400°C

•  Sizes from 2 mm dia to M6

•  Models for long distances or high 

detection accuracy

Sensor type

Size 

Sensing 
distance (mm)

*1

Temperature 
Range

Model
For E3X-DA-S 
teachable amplifier

For E3X-NA amplifier with
potentiometer adjustment

Through-beam

M4

450

-40°C to 150°C

E32-T51

M4

280

-40°C to 200°C

E32-T81R-S

M4

450

-60°C to 350°C

E32-T61-S

Through-beam

2 mm dia

230

-40°C to 150°C

E32-T54

Through-beam

3 mm dia

1300

-40°C to 200°C

E32-T84S-S

Diffuse-reflective

M6

230

-40°C to 150°C

E32-D51

M6

280

-40°C to 200°C

E32-D81R-S

E32-D81R

Diffuse-reflective

M6

150

-60°C to 350°C

E32-D61-S

E32-D61

Diffuse-reflective

M4

60

-40°C to 400°C

E32-D73-S

E32-D73

Diffuse-reflective

23 x 20 x 9 
mm

35

-40°C to 150°C

E32-A09H 2M

30 x 24 x 9 
mm

25

-40°C to 300°C

E32-A09H2 2M

Diffuse-reflective

36 x 18 x 5 mm 18

-40 to 300°C

E32-L66

*1

 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. 

The temperature range 
optimized material selection 
provides best application fit 
and value - performance ratio.

Stainless steel spiral coating for 
flexibility with highest mechanical 
protection.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-8

E32 

 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B534

Vacuum Resistant Sensor Heads

For applications in cleanest and hot 
environments the vacuum resistant fibers 
and connecting flanges provide long 
operational lifetime and vacuum integrity.

•  Leakage rate of 1X10

-10

 Pa*M

3

/s max

•  Heat resistance up to 200°C

•  Detergent resistant fluororesin or stainless 

steel fiber sheath

Sensor

Sensor type

Size

Sensing distance 
(mm)

*1

Temperature
Range

Model

Through-beam

M4

200

-40°C to 120°C

E32-T51V 1M

Through-beam

3 mm dia

130

-40°C to 120°C

E32-T54V 1M

3 mm dia

480

-60°C to 200°C

E32-T84SV 1M

*1

 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. 

Flange

Type

Size

Model

4 channel flange

80 x 80 x 49 mm

E32-VF4

1 channel flange

96 x 30 dia mm max.

E32-VF1

Flange-to-amplifier connection fiber

2 m length

E32-T10V 2M

The vacuum resistant fiber heads and flanges are sealed to prevent 
gas leakage into vacuum areas

K

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-9

E32 

 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B527

Precision Detection Sensor Heads

Highest precision in design and manufacturing of the 

fibers and focal lenses ensure highest beam and spot 

accuracy allowing the detection of smallest objects 
and height differences of less than 100 μm.

•  Coaxial fibers with focal lenses for spot diameters 

of 100 μm

•  Through-beam models with highly focused beam 

and precise optical axis alignment

•  Limited reflective models for height difference 

detection of less than 100 μm

Sensor type

Preferred 
usage

Size

Key feature

Sensing 
distance (mm) 

*1

Model

Through-beam

Precise thin 
object 
detection /
accurate 
positioning

3 mm dia

- High precision optical
  axis adjustment
- Very focused beam

1900

E32-T22S

 Through-beam

3 mm dia

890

E32-A03 2M

3 mm dia

340

E32-A04 2M

Diffuse-reflective

Very small 
object 
detection

M6

300

E32-CC200 

 *2

M3

Spot dia 0.5 mm

20

E32-C31 2M

M3

Spot dia 0.2 mm

17

E32-C41 + 
E39-F3B

M3

Spot dia 0.1 mm

7

E32-C41 + 
E39-F3A-5

Diffuse-reflective

3 mm dia

150

E32-D32L

2 mm dia

75

E32-D32 

*2

Diffuse-

reflective

M6

- 90° cable exit
- Hexagonal back

170

E32-C11N 2M

M3

25

E32-C31N 2M

Diffuse-reflective

2 mm dia

Spot dia 0.5 to 1 mm

6-15 mm 
adjustable

E32-D32 + 
E39-F3A

2 mm dia

Spot dia 0.1 to 0.6 mm

6-15 mm 
adjustable

E32-C42 + 
E39-F3A

Diffuse-reflective

Precision 
height
difference 
detection /
flat surface 
detection

23 x 20 x 9 mm

35

E32-A09 2M

Convergent-
reflective

16 x 18 x 4 mm

7.2

E32-L25L 

*2

20 x 20 x 5 mm

3.3

E32-L25

Diffuse-reflective

18 x 20 x 4 mm

Precise spot e.g. for 
detection
of a flat / reflective surface

4

E32-L24L 

*2

Diffuse-reflective

Object 
detection in 
front of
background

20.5 x 14 x 3.8 
mm

Wide beam e.g. for object
detection on a flat surface

15

E32-L16-N 2M

*1

 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. 

*2

 A high flex cable version is available. Add ’R’ to the order code, e.g. E32-CC200R

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-10

E32 

 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B522

Area Monitoring Sensor Heads

The area monitoring fibers allow the detection 

of objects passing anywhere through the 
detection range and can be used for height 
comparisons of different objects.

•  Area monitoring up to 70 mm height

•  Multi-beam sensor with 4 separate heads 

for flexible detection points

•  Standard or high flex fibers

Sensor type

Area height (mm)

Sensing distance (mm)

*1

Model

Standard Fiber

High-flex Fiber

Standard Fiber High-flex Fiber

 Through-beam

10

2800

E32-T16

 Through-beam

11

1100

840

E32-T16P

E32-T16PR

 Through-beam

30

1800

1300

E32-T16W 

E32-T16WR

50

1800

E32-ET16WR-2

70

2000

E32-ET16WR-1

 Through-beam

11

1000

750

E32-T16JR

 

Through-beam

4 separate M3 heads

610

E32-M21

 Diffuse-reflective

11

150

E32-D36P1

*1

 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. 

In combination with the twin output function of the E3X-DA-S ampli-
fier, the diffuse reflective area monitoring fibers can detect very small 
objects (e.g. needles) and a second state (e.g. cover present). The area 
beam compensates for position variations at high speed.

The two outputs of the E3X-DA-S 
can be used to detect two differ-
ent light levels

K

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-11

E32 

 Fiber-optic Sensor Heads

B529

Special Application Sensor Heads

For a wide range of special applications, the task 
optimized fiber heads provide best fitting sensing 
performance and adaptation to environmental 
requirements.

•  Detection of special objects (liquids, labels on 

foils, etc.)

•  Fiber heads ideal for color mark detection

•  Fiber heads optimized for special tasks (wafer 

mapping, flat glass, etc.)

Sensor type

Size

Sensing 
distance (mm) 

*1

Comment

Model

 Through-

beam

Fork shape

36 x 24 x 8 mm

10

E32-G14

Through-beam

Oil-resistant

M8

4000

 IP68 oil resistance
- Vacuum resin filling 
and fluororesin cable

E32-T11NF 2M

Through-beam

Wafer mapping

3 mm dia

1900

E32-T22S

3 mm dia

1300

E32-T24S

 Through-beam

3 mm dia

890

E32-A03 2M

2 mm dia

340

E32-A04 2M

Liquid level 
sensor

6 mm dia

Liquid contact

Liquid level contact

E32-D82F1

Diffuse-reflective

15 x 23.5 x 5 mm

Tube contact

Liquid level detection 
through transparent 
tube or container

E32-D36T 2M

Diffuse-reflective

Glass detection

21 x 16.5 x 4 mm

8 mm

Metal housing

E32-A10 2M

20.5 x 14 x 3.8 mm

15 mm

Plastic housing

E32-L16-N 2M

Glass 
detection in hot 
environment

36 x 18 x 5.5 mm

18 mm

Heat resistant up to 
300°C

E32-L66

Convergent-reflective

Glass detection 
in wet 
processes

38.5 x 39 x 17.5 mm 8 to 20

(recommended: 
11 mm)

- Heat resistant  
up to 85°C
- Recommended 
usage with ‘tough 
mode’ of E3X-DA-S

E32-L11FS 2M

Convergent-reflective

Label detection

20 x 20 x 5 mm

7.2

E32-L25L

Diffuse-reflective

18 x 20 x 4 mm

4

E32-L24L

Diffuse-reflective

Color/print mark 
detection

M6

300

Recommended for 
standard color and 
color mark detection

E32-CC200 

Diffuse-reflective

29 x 25.5 x 11.2

55

Recommended for 
challenging color and 
color mark detection

E32-L15 2M

23 x 20 x 9 mm

35

E32-A09 2M

*1

 Sensing distance measured with E3X-DA-SE-S family. Longer sensing distances can be achieved with the E3X-HD and E3NX-FA. 

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-12

E3X-HD 

 Fiber-optic Sensors

Sensor Amplifiers

Wire-saving Connectors

Network Communication Interface Units

Item

Maximum connectable  units

Connection method

NPN output model

PNP output model

Standard models

16 units

Pre-wired, 2 m cable

E3X-HD11 2M

E3X-HD41 2M

16 units

Wire-saving connector

E3X-HD6

E3X-HD8

M8 models

16 units

M8 4-pin connector 
(XS3F Series)

E3X-HD14

E3X-HD44

Network models

16  units  (E3X-CRT  CompoNet);                   
30 units (E3X-ECT EtherCAT)

Communications unit

E3X-HD0

Item

Cable length

Number of conductors Function

Model

Master connector

2 m

3

First amplifier, with power line

E3X-CN11

Slave connector

1

Second and subsequent amplifiers

E3X-CN12

Cordless slave 
connector

--

--

Use with amplifiers connected to a 
communication interface unit

E3X-CN02

Network type

Applicable Fiber Amplifiers

Model

CompoNet

E3X-HD0, E3X-MDA0, E3X-DA0-S

E3X-CRT

EtherCAT

E3X-ECT

B342

Easy-Teach Digital Amplifier

Fiber-optic amplifier provides ultra-stable 
performance and smart tuning for high-
speed, reliable input to open protocol 
industrial networks.

•  Simple one-button smart tuning for sensor 

threshold and light intensity

•  Confirm settings, status with dual display 

and indicators on control buttons

•  Automatic compensation for large objects 

and low reflectance dark targets 

•  Smart power control function 

compensates for grime build-up and 
LED deterioration 

•  EtherCAT and CompoNet high-speed 

open network communication interfaces 
available

K

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-13

E3NX-FA 

Fiber-optic Sensors

Sensor Amplifiers

Wire-saving Connectors

Network Communication Interface Units

Item

Connection method

Inputs/outputs

Model

NPN output

PNP output

Standard models

Pre-wired (2 m)

1 output

E3NX-FA11 2M

E3NX-FA41 2M

Wire-saving connector

1 output

E3NX-FA6

E3NX-FA8

Advanced models

Pre-wired (2 m)

2 outputs + 1 input

E3NX-FA21 2M

E3NX-FA51 2M

Wire-saving connector

1 output + 1 input

E3NX-FA7

E3NX-FA9

2 outputs

E3NX-FA7TW

E3NX-FA9TW

Model for sensor 
communications unit

Connector for sensor 
communications unit

2 outputs

E3NX-FA0

Item

Cable length Number of conductors Applicable Fiber Amplifier Units

Model

Master connector

2 m

4

E3NX-FA7, E3NX-FA7TW, E3NX-
FA9, E3NX-FA9TW

E3X-CN21

Slave connector

2

E3X-CN22

Master connector

3

E3NX-FA6, E3NX-FA8

E3X-CN11

Slave connector

1

E3X-CN12

Type

Model

Sensor communications unit for EtherCAT

E3NW-ECT

Sensor dispersion unit

E3NW-DS

Advanced Functionality Amplifier

The E3NX-FA amplifier is the best choice for 

even the most challenging fiber applications 
in terms of long sensing distance, small 
object detection or high speed processes.

•  Easy calibration with Smart Tune allows for 

quick and stable setup

•  New N-Smart technology provides 

significant improvements in sensing 
distance, minimum object detection and 
speed

•  Straightforward sensor status information 

with Solution Viewer and Change Finder 
function

•  EtherCAT communication unit for high-

speed field bus connectivity

B345

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-14

E3X-NA 

Fiber-optic Sensors

Simple, Easy-to-Read Amplifier 
with Bar Graph Display

•  Streamlined features provide basic sensing 

immediately after plug-in

•  Easy push button teach with or without 

workpiece

•  Pre-wired (2 m cable) and wire-saving 

connector models available

•  IP66 water-resistant models available

Type

Item

Model

NPN output

PNP output

Pre-wired (2 m)

Standard

E3X-SD21 2M

E3X-SD51 2M

Connector

Standard (fiber amplifier connector)

*1

E3X-SD6

E3X-SD8

High Performance Amplifier with 
Single Digital Display

•  Large, 6 mm wide digital display provides 

read-out of incident and operating level

•  Incident settings and management can 

be performed reliably with fine tune 
adjustment

•  Connectivity for up to 16 amplifiers

•  Rated IP50

Ordering Information

Type

Item

Model

NPN output

PNP output

Pre-wired (2 m)

Standard

E3X-NA11

E3X-NA41 

Pre-wired (2 m)

Enhanced water resistance

E3X-NA11V 2M

E3X-NA41V 2M

Connector

Standard (fiber amplifier connector)

*1

E3X-NA6

E3X-NA8

Connector

Enhanced water resistance (M8 4-pin 
connector)

E3X-NA14V

E3X-NA44V

Ordering Information

*1

  Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.

*1

  Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.

E3X-SD 

Fiber-optic Sensors

B328

B334

K

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-15

E3X-DA-S 

Fiber-optic Sensors

High Function Digital Amplifier

Advanced timing, LED power control and 

signal processing functionality providing 
highest detection accuracy and stability 
even for the most challenging objects and 
settings.

•  Power tuning function to adjust the 

received light to a maximum, minimum or 
pre-defined value

•  Auto power and threshold adjustment 

functions for highest operational stability

• Two outputs for window monitoring or two 

level detections (e.g. object + object 
state change)

Item

Function

Model

Power T

uning

Timer

Auto-thr

eshold compensation 

(A

TC)

Twin output

Exter

nal input

Dif

fer

ential

operation

W

et pr

ocess

‘tough mode’

Power saving ‘Eco’  functions

(display/LED of

f)

NPN output

PNP output

Pre-wired

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

E3X-DA21-S 2M

E3X-DA51-S 2M

Fiber amplifier 
connector 

*1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes - selectable

Yes

Yes

Yes

E3X-DA7-S

E3X-DA9-S

*1

 Order E3X-CNxx connector separately below.

Item

Cable 
length

Number of 
conductors

Function

Compatible sensor amplifiers

Model

Master 
connector

2 m

3

First amplifier, with 
power line

E3X-DA7F-S, E3X-DA9F-S, E3X-DA6SE-S, E3X 
DA8SE-S, E3X-DA6-S, E3X-DA8-S, E3X-DAG6-S, E3X-
DAG8-S, E3X-DAB6-S, E3X-DAB8-S, E3X-DAH6-S, 
E3X-DAH8-S, E3X-DAC6-S, E3X-DAC8-S, E3X-SD6, 
E3X-SD8, E3X-NA6, E3X-NA8, E3X-NA14V, E3X-NA44V, 
E3X-HD6, E3X-HD8, E3NX-FA6, E3NX-FA8

E3X-CN11

Slave 
connector

1

Second and 
subsequent 
amplifiers

E3X-CN12

Master 
connector

4

First amplifier, with 
power line

E3X-DA7-S, E3X-DA9-S, E3X-DA6TW-S, E3X-DA8TW-S, 
E3X-DA6RM-S, E3X-DA8RM-S, E3X-DA6AT-S, E3X-
DA8AT-S, E3X-MDA6, E3X-MDA8, E3X-DA6E-S, 
E3X-DA8SE-S, E3NX-FA7, E3NX-FA7TW, E3NX-FA9, 
E3NX-FA9TW

E3X-CN21

Slave 
connector

2

Second and 
subsequent 
amplifiers

E3X-CN22

Cordless 
slave 
connector

--

--

Use with amplifiers 
connected to a 
communication 
interface unit

E3X-HD0, E3X-DA0-S, E3X-MDA0

E3X-CN02

Wire-saving Connectors

B324

Amplifier

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-16

E3X-DA-SE-S 

 Fiber-optic Sensors

Amplifier

Item

Model

NPN output

PNP output

Pre-wired

E3X-DA11SE-S 

E3X-DA41SE-S 

Fiber amplifier connector 

*1

E3X-DA6SE-S

E3X-DA8SE-S

*1

 Order connector separately.

Amplifier Connectors

Shape

Type

Comment

Model

Fiber amplifier
connector

2 m PVC cable

E3X-CN21

30 cm PVC cable with M12 plug connector (4 pin) E3X-CN21-M1J 0.3M
30 cm PVC cable with M8 plug connector (4 pin) E3X-CN21-M3J-2 0.3M

*1

 Order connector separately. For M8 connector models see E3X-DA-S.

Digital Amplifier With 
One Button Teaching

E3X-DA-SE-S allows easy one button setting and 
provides the best value to performance ratio for 
standard applications.

•  Auto-teaching during machine operation

•  Digital dual display for incident level and 

threshold

•  Object or 2-point teaching within a few seconds

B337

K

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-17

E3X-MDA 

Fiber-optic Sensors

Dual Fiber Amplifier

E3X-MDA incorporates 2 digital fiber 
amplifiers in one slimline housing. For 
applications requiring the detection of 
two objects simultaneously the E3X-MDA 
provides an easy to use operation saving 
space and set-up time.

• Two digital amplifiers in one slimline housing

• Twin output models – on/off or area 

(between two threshold values)

•  Signal comparison functions (AND, OR, etc.)

Fast Response Digital Amplifier 

with Potentiometer

The E3X-NA-F provides a very fast response 

time and is the ideal amplifier for high speed 
detection applications.

•  Short turn on time of only 20 μs

•  Easy adjustment with potentiometer

Item

Function

Model
NPN output

PNP output

Pre-wired

AND/OR output

E3X-MDA11

E3X-MDA41

Fiber amplifier connector

*1

AND/OR output

E3X-MDA6

E3X-MDA8

Communication model

AND/OR output

E3X-MDA0

*1

 Order E3X-CNxx connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.

E3X-NA-F 

  Fiber-optic Sensors

B326

B339

Shape

Model
NPN output

PNP output

Pre-wired

E3X-NA11F

E3X-NA41F 2M

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-18

E3X-DAC-S 

Fiber-optic Sensors

Color (RGB) Digital Fiber Amplifier

The E3X-DAC-S detects the color and 

returned light intensity of a mark or object and 
compares it with a stored RGB ratio or intensity 

value. The RGB ratio or contrast difference 
allows the stable detection of differently 
colored, black, grey or white marks or objects.

•  White LED for color independence
•  Fast response time of 60 μs
• Timer function for variable ON or OFF delay 

up to 5 seconds

•  Remote teaching or easy one-button 

teaching

Digital Amplifier with Infrared LED

The digital fiber amplifiers with infrared LED 

are ideal for water detection applications or 
where visible light is not desired.

•  Infrared LED
•  LED power control and signal processing 

function

Pre-wired

Item

Functions

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable)
NPN output

PNP output

Standard models

Timer, response speed change

E3X-DAC11-S 2M

E3X-DAC41-S 2M

Advanced models Standard models + simultaneous determination (2 colors) AND/

OR output, remote setting

E3X-DAC21-S 2M

E3X-DAC51-S 2M

Standard models + 4-color detection AND/OR output, bank switching ESX-DAC21B-S 2M E3X-DAC518-S 2M

Pre-wired

Item

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 
m cable length)
NPN output

PNP output

Infrared light

E3X-DAH11-S

E3X-DAH41-S 

Connector Versions

Item

Functions

Model
NPN output

PNP output

Standard models (fiber amplifier connector) 

*1

Timer, response speed change

E3X-DAC6-S

E3X-DAC8-S

*1

 Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.

Connector Versions

Item

Model
NPN output

PNP output

Infrared light (fiber amplifier 
connector)

*1

E3X-DAH6-S

E3X-DAH8-S

*1

 Order connector separately, see E3X-DA-S.

E3X-DAH-S 

Fiber-optic Sensors

B325

B338

K

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

K-19

E3X 

 Communication Units 

E3X-ECT/-CRT/-DRT21S/-DRT21/-CIF11

Network Communication Interface Units

Connector

Network 
type

Maximum 
connectable  
amplifiers

Compatible sensor amplifiers

Model

EtherCAT

30 units

E3X-HD0, E3X-MDA0, E3S-DA0-S

E3X-ECT

CompoNet 16 units

E3X-HD0, E3X-MDA0, E3S-DA0-S

E3X-CRT

DeviceNet 16 units

E3X-DA7-S, E3X-DA9-S, E3X-DA6-S, E3X-DA8-S, E3X-DAG6-S, E3X-
DAG8-S,  E3X-DAB6-S, E3X-DAB8-S, E3X-DAH6-S, E3X-DAH8-S, E3X-
DA6RM-S, 
E3X-DA8RM-S, E3X-DA6TW-S, E3X-DA8TW-S, E3X-DA6AT-S, E3X-DA8AT-S, 
E3X-MDA6, E3X-MDA8, E3C-LDA11, E3C-LDA41, E2C-EDA11, E2C-EDA41

E3X-DRT21S

16 units

E3X-DA6, E3X-DA8, E3X-DAB6, E3X-DAB8, E3X-DAG6, E3X-DAG8, E3X-
DA6TW, E3X-DA8TW, E3X-DA6-P

E3X-DRT21 SVER3

Serial 
RS-422

16 units

E3X-DA6, E3X-DA8, E3X-DAB6, E3X-DAB8, E3X-DAG6, E3X-DAG8, E3X-
DA6TW, E3X-DA8TW, E3X-DA6-P

E3X-CIF11

Item

Function

Model

Cordless slave connector Replaces individual cabling for network communications

E3X-CN02

B327

Reduced Wiring Solution 

to Interface with Open 
Communication Networks

Build efficient sensor input slave blocks 
using E3X Communication Interface Units 
and multiple E3X sensors. This solution 
reduces wiring, saves space and shortens 
setup time.

•  EtherCAT, CompoNet, DeviceNet and serial 

communication units available

•  Connect up to 16 fiber-optic sensors to 

each unit (up to 30 with EtherCAT)

•  Supports explicit message 

communications

•  Use E3X-CN02 Cordless Slave Connector 

for each sensor

•  Remote setting, monitoring and operating 

through CX-Integrator software

•  Mobile Programming Console for simple 

setting and monitoring locally

Note: The E3NX-FA is not compatible with the above devices. Please use the E3NW EtherCAT device with the E3NX-FA series.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

L-i

Proximity Sensors

Contents

Selection Guide

L-ii

Inductive Proximity Sensors 
Standard Cylindrical

E2E

Standard, inductive AC, 
DC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire

L-1

E2B

Standard Environment DC 3-Wire

L-3

E2A

Increased Range DC Inductive

L-4

E2EM

DC 2-Wire, 2x CENELEC
Distance, IP67

L-5

E2A3

DC 3-Wire, up to 3x CENELEC
distance

L-6

E2E2

DC 2-Wire up to 1.5x CENELEC
distance

L-7

E2E2

DC 3-Wire, IP67 at 1200 psi

L-8

E2E2

AC 2-Wire, IP67 at 1200 psi

L-10

Miniature/Block Style/Separate Amplifier

E2E

Miniature DC 3-Wire Cylindrical

L-11

E2EC

Miniature, 0.4 m cable between 
head and amp

L-12

TL-W

Rectangular block, DC 2-Wire 
and DC 3-Wire

L-13

E2Q5

Long distance, square head
inductive

L-14

E2S

Subminiature block style

L-14

Capacitive 

E2K-X

Threaded cylindrical, standard
sizes

L-15

E2K-C

Adjustable Distance Cylindrical

L-16

E2K-F

Flat rectangular, built-in amplifier L-17

E2K-L

Liquid level detector, direct pipe 
mounting

L-17

Harsh Environment

E2F

Chemical-Resistant plastic
cylindrical inductive sensors

L-18

E2FM

All-stainless steel, inductive
sensors

L-19

E2EH

High temperature, IP69K
compliant and detergent 
resistant ideal for food and 
beverage industry

L-21

E2E-U

Oil-resistant DC 2-Wire

L-22

E2EQ

Weld spatter resistant face,
inductive

L-22

E2KQ-X Chemical resistant with 

fluororesin coating

L-23

E2FQ

Chemical resistant with 
fluororesin coating

L-23

E2C-
EDA

High-precision positioning, 
inductive

L-24

Special Application

E2EV

Detect all metals at equal
distance

L-25

E2CY

Detects aluminum, inductive

L-25

E2EY

Detect only non-ferrous metals

L-26

E2EZ

Resists metal chip accumulation L-26

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Enhanced

oil resistance

E2E-U

Chemical resistant 

plastic body

E2F

Detergent 

resistant

E2EH

Metal chip

immune

E2FM

Special Applications

Tested oil 

resistance on 

commonly used

lubricants

Polyarylate plastic 

housing

Stainless steel

housing

All stainless 

steel body resists 

impacts, abrasive 

scouring

Chemical

resistant

E2FQ

Remote amplifier

E2C-EDA

Weld spatter 

resistant

E2EQ

Special Applications

Heat resistant;

Small sensing 

heads to fit tight 

spaces

Fluoro plastic 

(PTFE) housing

Rugged fluororesin 

coated brass 

housing

FOR MACHINES THAT NEVER STOP

Our proximity sensors are designed and tested to ensure  
a long service life and achieve maximum machine availability 
even in the harshest environments.

Shielded

Unshielded

•  Highest water resistance

•  Highest electromagnetic noise 

immunity (e.g. from inverters)

•  Antivalent output for cable 

breakage detection

•  Wide connection range

E2A

 E2E2

E2A

E2E

Long Barrel, cylindrical brass housing, 
DC 2-Wire

Long Barrel, cylindrical brass housing, 
DC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire and AC 2-Wire

Cylindrical brass housing, DC 3-Wire 
and antivalent (DC 4-Wire)

Cylindrical, Brass Housing, DC 2-Wire, 
DC 3-Wire and AC 2-Wire 

E2B

Short or Long Barrel, cylindrical brass 
housing, DC 3-Wire

Proximity Sensors

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Enhanced

oil resistance

E2E-U

Chemical resistant 

plastic body

E2F

Detergent 

resistant

E2EH

Metal chip

immune

E2FM

Special Applications

Tested oil 

resistance on 

commonly used

lubricants

Polyarylate plastic 

housing

Stainless steel

housing

All stainless 

steel body resists 

impacts, abrasive 

scouring

Chemical

resistant

E2FQ

Remote amplifier

E2C-EDA

Weld spatter 

resistant

E2EQ

Special Applications

Heat resistant;

Small sensing 

heads to fit tight 

spaces

Fluoro plastic 

(PTFE) housing

Rugged fluororesin 

coated brass 

housing

Longer distance:

Compact square housing:

Miniature housing:

E2Q5

E2A3

E2S

E2EC

E2E small 

diameter

TL-W

E2EM

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-iii

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Proximity Sensors 

 Special Application

Detect non

magnetic metals, glass, plastic, liquids, wood and leather, including liquids or solids inside non

metalic containers.

Capacitive Sensors

Unthreaded 

cylindrical

E2K

C

Adjustable 

distance; ABS

housing

Standard

cylindrical

E2K

X

ABS housing

Miniature 

separate amplifier

E2EC

For demanding 

mounting 

conditions

Aluminum 

detection

E2CY

Separate amplifier 

with compact 

head

Non

ferrous 

metals only

E2EY

Aluminum; 

Copper; Brass

Cutting chip 

resistant

E2EZ

Machine tool 

applications

Flat rectangular

E2K

F

Thin low

profile 

ABS housing for 

conveyor rail 

mounting

Liquid level

E2K

L

Detects clear and 

foamy liquids, 

mounts to sight 

glass and piping

Chemical 

resistant

E2KQ

X

Fluoroplastic resin 

coating

Inductive sensors that are specially tuned or sized to solve tough detection problems in challenging locations.

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Model

E2EM

E2A3

E2E2

Product type Standard cylindrical, extended 

range cylindrical 

Standard cylindrical, extra long-
distance cylindrical 

Long barrel cylindrical 

Maximum Shielded 

sensing distances

15 mm

20 mm

10 mm

Maximum Unshielded 

sensing distances

30 mm

N/A (Shielded only)

20 mm

DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC 

12 to 24 VDC 

12 to 24 VDC 

AC supply voltage N/A

N/A

24 to 240 VAC or  
90 to 140 VAC 50/60 Hz

Load ratings 100 mA and 200 mA max.

200 mA max.

100, 200 or 300 mA max.

Output types NPN, PNP, or DC 2-wire

NPN or PNP

NPN, PNP, DC 2-Wire or SCR

Output state N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

Connections Pre-wired, connector

Pre-wired, connector

Pre-wired, connector

IP rating IP67

IP67

IP67

Category

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Model

E2E

E2B

E2A

Product type Standard cylindrical

Short or long barrel, standard or 
extended range cylindrical

Short or long barrel, extended 
range cylindrical

Maximum Shielded 

sensing distances

10 mm

15 mm

15 mm

Maximum Unshielded 

sensing distances

20 mm

30 mm

30 mm

DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC 

10 to 30 VDC 

12 to 24 VDC 

AC supply voltage 24 to 240 VAC or  

90 to 140 VAC 50/60 Hz

N/A

N/A

Load ratings 100, 200 or 300 mA max.

200 mA max.

100 mA max.

Output types NPN, PNP, DC 2-Wire or SCR

NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP

Output state N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

Connections Pre-wired, connector

Pre-wired, connector

Pre-wired, connector

IP rating IP67

IP67

IP69K

Proximity Sensors

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-v

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Model

E2S

E2F

E2FM

Product type Super-compact rectangular 

proximity sensor

Cylindrical proximity sensor with 
resin case and superb water 
resistance

Highly durable cylindrical 
proximity sensor for tough 
environments

Maximum Shielded 

sensing distances

N/A

10 mm

10 mm

Maximum Unshielded 

sensing distances

2.5 mm

N/A

N/A

DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

AC supply voltage N/A

90 to 140 VAC and  
24 to 240 VAC 

N/A

Load ratings 50 mA max.

100, 200, 300 and  
500 mA max.

100 mA and 200 mA max.

Output types NPN, PNP and DC 2-Wire

NPN, PNP and SCR

NPN, PNP and DC 2-Wire

Output state N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

Connections Pre-wired

Pre-wired

Pre-wired, connector

IP rating IP67

IP68

IP67

Category

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Model

E2EC

TL-W

E2Q5

Product type Subminiature cylindrical with 

long-distance detection

Flat rectangular proximity sensor Long distance square proximity 

sensor

Maximum Shielded 

sensing distances

4 mm

5 mm

20 mm

Maximum Unshielded 

sensing distances

N/A (Shielded only)

20 mm

40 mm

DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC and 5 to 24 VDC 

12 to 24 VDC 

10 to 30 VDC

AC supply voltage N/A

N/A 

N/A

Load ratings 100 mA max.

100 mA and 200 mA max.

200 mA max.

Output types NPN, PNP, or DC 2-Wire

NPN, PNP, or DC 2-wire

NPN or PNP

Output state N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.O. + N.C.

Connections Pre-wired

Pre-wired

M12 quick disconnect

IP rating IP64 and IP67

IP67

IP67 and IP69K

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-vi

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Model

E2EH

E2E-U

E2EQ

Product type High temperature detergent 

resistant cylindrical proximity 
sensor

Oil resistant cylindrical

Spatter-resistant fluororesin 
coated proximity sensor

Maximum Shielded 

sensing distances

12 mm

10 mm

15 mm

Maximum Unshielded 

sensing distances

N/A

N/A 

N/A

DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC 

12 to 24 VDC

AC supply voltage N/A

N/A

N/A

Load ratings 50 mA and 100 mA max.

100 mA max.

100 mA max.

Output types NPN, PNP and DC 2-Wire

DC 2-wire

DC 2-Wire

Output state N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

Connections Pre-wired, connector

Pre-wired, connector

Pre-wired, connector

IP rating IP67, IP69K

IP67 and IP67g

IP67

Category

Inductive Proximity

Capacitive Proximity

Inductive Proximity

Model

E2KQ-X

E2FQ

E2C-EDA

Product type Fluororesin coated, chemical 

resistant capacitive sensor with 
sensitivity adjuster

Fluororesin coated, chemical 
resistant Inductive sensor 

High precision positioning 
proximity sensor with separate 
digital amplifier

Maximum Shielded 

sensing distances

N/A

10 mm

5 mm

Maximum Unshielded 

sensing distances

10 mm

N/A

7 mm

DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

AC supply voltage N/A

N/A

N/A

Load ratings 100 mA max.

100, 200 and 300 mA max.

50 mA max.

Output types NPN

NPN, DC 2-wire and SCR

NPN and PNP

Output state N.O. or N.C.

N.O.

N.O. or N.C.

Connections Pre-wired

Pre-wired

Pre-wired, connector

IP rating IP66

IP67

IP50, IP60, IP67

Proximity Sensors

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-vii

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Inductive Proximity

Capacitive Proximity

Capacitive Proximity

Model

E2K-X

E2K-C

E2K-F

Product type General purpose threaded 

cylindrical capacitive sensor

Long-distance cylindrical 
capacitive sensor with 
adjustable sensitivity

Flat proximity sensor

Maximum Shielded 

sensing distances

N/A

N/A

N/A

Maximum Unshielded 

sensing distances

15 mm

25 mm

10 mm

DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC and 24 to 240 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

AC supply voltage 100 to 220 VAC, 50/60 Hz

100 to 220 VAC, 50/60 Hz and  
24 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz

N/A

Load ratings 200 mA max.

200 mA and 250 mA max.

100 mA max.

Output types NPN, PNP and SCR

NPN, PNP and SCR

NPN

Output state N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

N.O. or N.C.

Connections Pre-wired

Pre-wired

Pre-wired

IP rating IP66

IP66, IP67

IP64, IP66

Category

Capacitive Proximity

Model

E2K-L

Product type Liquid level sensor

Maximum Shielded 

sensing distances

N/A

Maximum Unshielded 

sensing distances

1.5 mm

DC supply voltage 12 to 24 VDC

AC supply voltage N/A

Load ratings 100 mA max.

Output types NPN

Output state N.O.

Connections Pre-wired

IP rating IP64, IP66

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-viii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-1

E2E 

 Inductive Proximity Sensors

Standard Cylindrical DC 2-Wire, DC 
3-Wire, and AC Proximity Sensors

•  DC 2-wire, DC 3-wire, AC/DC 2-wire, and AC 

2-wire versions available

•  Popular for Automotive, Food/Beverage, and 

Packaging Industries

•  Thick nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel

•  Wrench flats for easy installation

•  Solid potted internal circuitry  

withstands shocks

•  IP67 and IP69K rated

•  Flush mountable shielded versions

•  Built-in circuit protection

•  Sensor mounting and protective accessories, 

see Y92E

A222

Ordering Information

E2E –

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

!

@

#

Code

Description

1

 Appearance

Cylindrical (not threaded)

X

Cylindrical (threaded)

2

 Sensing Distance

(number) 

Sensing distance (unit: mm)

R

Indication of decimal point 
Example: R6 = 0.6 mm; 1R5 = 1.5 mm

3

 Shielding

(blank)

Shielded models

M

Unshielded models

4

 Power Supply and Output Specifications

Whether D models have polarity is defined by 

0

.

B

DC 3-wire PNP open-collector output

C

DC 3-wire NPN open-collector output

D

DC 2-wire polarity/no polarity

E

DC 3-wire NPN collector load built-in output

F

DC 3-wire PNP collector load built-in output

T

AC/DC 2-wire

Y

AC 2-wire

5

 Form of Output Switching Element

1

Normally open (NO)

2

Normally closed (NC)

6

 Oscillation Frequency Type

(Used to prevent mutual interference.)
(blank)

Standard frequency

5

Different frequency

7

 Self-diagnosis

(blank)

No

5

Yes

8

 Connection Method

(blank)

Pre-wired

M1

M12-size metal connector

M3

M8-size metal connector

(continued on next page)

Note: 

Models are not available for all combinations of code 

numbers.

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-2

9

 Connector Specifications

(blank)

Connector models 
DC 3-wire and AC 2-wire, DC 2-wire with 
self diagnosis output, DC 2 wire with old pin 
arrangement

G

Connector models 
DC 2-wire with IEC pin arrangement

J

Pre-wired connector models 
DC 3-wire and AC 2-wire, DC 2-wire with old 
pin arrangement

GJ

Pre-wired connector models 
DC 2-wire with IEC pin arrangement

TJ

Pre-wired Smartclick connector models 
DC 2-wire

TGJ

Pre-wired Smartclick connector models 
DC 2-wire with IEC pin arrangement

0

 DC 2-Wire Polarity

(blank)

Polarity

T

No polarity

E2E 

 Inductive Proximity Sensors (continued)

A222

(continued from previous page)

E2E –

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

!

@

#

!

 Cable Specifications

(blank)

Standard PVC cable (oil resistant)

R

Flexible PVC cable (oil resistant)

U

Polyurethane cable (oil resistant and 
reinforced)

@

 New Model

N

New model (Applies only to DC 2-wire pre-
wired and shielded models.) 
This is blank if the cable specification in 

!

 

is R or U.

#

 Cable Length

(number) M

Cable length (unit: m) (Applicable to pre-
wired models and pre-wired connector 
models. 
Examples: 2M, 0.3M

Note: 

Models are not available for all combinations of code 

numbers.
The purpose of this model number legend is to provide 
understanding of the meaning of specifications from the 
model number.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-3

E2B 

 Standard Environment DC 3-Wire

Standard Environment DC 3-Wire

•  Popular applications: Material handling, 

Conveying, Machine tools

•  All-around 360° visible output indicator

•  IP67 water resistance

•  Laser-etched part numbers that do not 

wear off

•  M8 - M30 sizes, Single or Double sensing 

distances, Short or Long body

Ordering Information

E2B –

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Code

Description

1

 Housing shape and material

M

Cylindrical, metric threaded, brass

S

Cylindrical, metric threaded, stainless steel

2

 Housing Size

08

8 mm

12

12 mm

18

18 mm

30

30 mm

3

 Barrel Length

K

Standard length

L

Long body

4

 Shield

S

Shielded

N

Non-shielded

5

 Sensing Distance

(number)

Sensing distance 
Example: 02 = 2 mm; 16 = 16 mm

6

 Type of Connection

WP

Pre-wired, PVC, dia 4 mm (standard)

M1

M12 connector (4 pin)

MC

M8 connector (3 pin)

7

 Power Source and Output

B

DC, 3-wire, PNP open collector

C

DC, 3-wire, NPN open collector

8

 Operation Mode

1

Normally open (NO)

2

Normally closed (NC)

9

 Cable Length

(blank)

Connector type

(number)

Cable length

Note: 

Models are not available for all combinations of code 

numbers.

Examples:
E2B-M12LS04-M1-B1 
Standard, M12, long barrel, shielded, Sn=4 mm, M12 connector, PNP-NO
E2B-S08KN04-WP-B1 5M 
Standard, M8 stainless steel, short barrel, non-shielded, Sn=4 mm, pre-wired PVC cable, PNP-NO, cable length = 5 m

A289

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-4

E2A 

 Inductive Proximity Sensors

Increased Sensing Range DC 
Inductive

•  DC 3-Wire, DC 4-Wire (NO+NC)

•  Popular in Food/Beverage, Bottling, and 

Packaging industries 

•  Extended (double) sensing distance

•  IP67 and IP69K for wash down resistance

•  Standard or Long body length

•  Wide installation and connectivity range 

through modular concept

A272

Ordering Information

E2A

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

!

Code

Description

1

 Sensing Technology

(blank)

Standard double distance

2

 Housing shape and material

M

Cylindrical, metric threaded, brass

S

Cylindrical, metric threaded, stainless steel

3

 Housing Size

08

8 mm

12

12 mm

18

18 mm

30

30 mm

4

 Barrel Length

K

Standard length

L

Long body

5

 Shield

S

Shielded

N

Non-shielded

6

 Sensing Distance

(number)

Sensing distance 
Example: 02 = 2 mm; 16 = 16 mm

7

 Type of Connection

WP

Pre-wired, PVC, dia 4 mm (standard)

M1

M12 connector (4-pole)

M3

M8 connector (4-pole)

M5

M8 connector (3-pole)

8

 Power Source and Output

B

DC, 3-wire, PNP open collector

C

DC, 3-wire, NPN open collector

E

DC, 3-wire, NPN voltage output

F

DC, 3-wire, PNP voltage output

9

 Operation Mode

1

Normally open (NO)

2

Normally closed (NC)

0

 Specials

Example: Cable material, oscillating frequency)

!

 Cable Length

(blank)

Connector type

(number)

Cable type

Note: 

Models are not available for all combinations of code 

numbers.

Examples:
E2A-M12LS04-M1-B1 
Standard, M12, long barrel, shielded, Sn=4 mm, M12 connector, PNP-NO
E2A-M08KN04-WP-B1 5M 
Standard, M8 stainless steel, short barrel, non-shielded, Sn=4 mm, pre-wired PVC cable, PNP-NO, cable length = 5 m

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-5

E2EM 

DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors

Extended Range, DC 2-Wire 
Standard Cylindrical Sensors

•  Nickel-Plated Brass (NPB) barrel

•  Wrench flats for easy installation

•  Solid potted internal circuitry  

withstands shocks

•  IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown

•  Built-in circuit protection

•  Normally Open (NO) circuit type stocked; 

Normally Closed (NC) available

A225

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response 

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

M12

4.0

Yes

NO

1 kHz

NPB

33 (38)

E2EM-X4X1

M18

8.0

500 Hz

E2EM-X8X1

16.0

No

400 Hz

50 (65)

E2EM-X16MX1

M30

15.0

Yes

250 Hz

43 (48)

E2EM-X15X1

30.0

No

100 Hz

50 (70)

E2EM-X30MX1

DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable

DC 2-Wire with M12 Micro-Change

s

 Connectors

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

M8

2.0

Yes

NPN-NO

1.5 kHz

NPB

30 (43)

E2EM-X2C1-M1

PNP-NO

E2EM-X2B1-M1

M12

4.0

NPN-NO

500 Hz

33 (48)

E2EM-X4C1-M1

PNP-NO

E2EM-X4B1-M1

M18

8.0

NPN-NO

300 Hz

38 (53)

E2EM-X8C1-M1

PNP-NO

E2EM-X8B1-M1

M30

15.0

NPN-NO

100 Hz

38 (53)

E2EM-X15C1-M1

PNP-NO

E2EM-X15B1-M1

NPN Normally Open (C1-M1)

PNP Normally Open (B1-M1)

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-6

E2A3 

 DC 3-Wire Proximity Sensors

A274

Triple Distance Inductive Sensor in 
Cylindrical Brass Housing

The E2A3 family features an optimized 
sensing performance to achieve triple 
sensing distance for flush mounting 
requirements.

•  Triple distance for enhanced sensor 

protection from mechanical damage

•  IP67 and IP69K

Size

Sensing 
Distance

Thread Length 
(overall length)

Output
Type

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO

Operation Mode NC

M8

5

3.0 mm

27 (40) mm

PNP

E2A3-S08KS03-WP-B1 2M

E2A3-S08KS03-WP-B2 2M

NPN

E2A3-S08KS03-WP-C1 2M

E2A3-S08KS03-WP-C2 2M

M12

5

6.0 mm

34 (50) mm

PNP

E2A3-M12KS06-WP-B1 2M

E2A3-M12KS06-WP-B2 2M

NPN

E2A3-M12KS06-WP-C1 2M

E2A3-M12KS06-WP-C2 2M

M18

5

11.0 mm

39 (60) mm

PNP

E2A3-M18KS11-WP-B1 2M

E2A3-M18KS11-WP-B2 2M

NPN

E2A3-M18KS11-WP-C1 2M

E2A3-M18KS11-WP-C2 2M

M30

5

20.0 mm

44 (65) mm

PNP

E2A3-M30KS20-WP-B1 2M

E2A3-M30KS20-WP-B2 2M

NPN

E2A3-M30KS20-WP-C1 2M

E2A3-M30KS20-WP-C2 2M

Size

Sensing 
Distance

Connection

Thread Length 
(overall length)

Output
Type

Model (for M12 connector types)
Operation Mode NO

Operation Mode NC

M8

5

3.0 mm

M12 

Connector

27 (44) mm

PNP

E2A3-S08KS03-M1-B1

E2A3-S08KS03-M1-B2

NPN

E2A3-S08KS03-M1-C1

E2A3-S08KS03-M1-C2

M12

5

6.0 mm

34 (49) mm

PNP

E2A3-M12KS06-M1-B1

E2A3-M12KS06-M1-B2

NPN

E2A3-M12KS06-M1-C1

E2A3-M12KS06-M1-C2

M18

5

11.0 mm

39 (54) mm

PNP

E2A3-M18KS11-M1-B1

E2A3-M18KS11-M1-B2

NPN

E2A3-M18KS11-M1-C1

E2A3-M18KS11-M1-C2

M30

5

20.0 mm

44 (59) mm

PNP

E2A3-M30KS20-M1-B1

E2A3-M30KS20-M1-B2

NPN

E2A3-M30KS20-M1-C1

E2A3-M30KS20-M1-C2

DC 3-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired

(For different cable materials and lengths, special housing length or special connectors, please refer to complete datasheet)

DC 3-Wire Sensors, Connector Versions (M12)

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-7

E2E2 

 DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors

Long-Barrel DC 2-Wire Proximity 
Sensors Reduce Wiring to Control 
Devices

•  Nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel

•  Wrench flats for easy installation

•  Solid potted internal circuitry  

withstands shocks

•  IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown

•  High visibility indicator

•  Flush mountable shielded versions

•  Built-in circuit protection

•  Normally Open (NO) circuit type stocked; 

Normally Closed (NC) available

•  Sensor mounting and protective 

accessories, see Y92E

A275

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response 

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

M12

3.0

Yes

NO

1000 Hz

NPB

55 (60)

E2E2-X3D1

NC

E2E2-X3D2

8.0

No

NO

800 Hz

48 (60)

E2E2-X8MD1

NC

E2E2-X8MD2

M18

7.0

Yes

NO

500 Hz

60 (65)

E2E2-X7D1

NC

E2E2-X7D2

14.0

No

NO

400 Hz

50 (65)

E2E2-X14MD1

NC

E2E2-X14MD2

M30

10.0

Yes

NO

65 (70)

E2E2-X10D1

NC

E2E2-X10D2

20.0

No

NO

100 Hz

52 (70)

E2E2-X20MD1

NC

E2E2-X20MD2

DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-8

E2E2 

 DC 3-Wire Proximity Sensors

Long-Barrel DC 3-Wire Proximity 
Sensors Built for Rugged Duty

•  Nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel

•  Wrench flats for easy installation

•  Solid potted internal circuitry  

withstands shocks

•  IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown

•  High visibility indicator

•  Voltage output eliminates the need for pull 

up/down resistors (standard models)

•  Flush mountable shielded versions

•  Unshielded models offer longest sensing 

distances

•  Built-in circuit and polarity protection

•  Normally Open (NO) models stocked; 

Normally Closed (NC) available

•  Sensor mounting and protective 

accessories, see Y92E

A276

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response 

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

M12

2.0

Yes

NPN-NO

1.5 kHz

NPB

55 (60)

E2E2-X2C1

PNP-NO

E2E2-X2B1

5.0

No

NPN-NO

400 Hz

48 (60)

E2E2-X5MC1

PNP-NO

E2E2-X5MB1

M18

Yes

NPN-NO

600 Hz

60 (65)

E2E2-X5C1

PNP-NO

E2E2-X5B1

10.0

No

NPN-NO

200 Hz

50 (65)

E2E2-X10MC1

PNP-NO

E2E2-X10MB1

M30

Yes

NPN-NO

400 Hz

65 (70)

E2E2-X10C1

PNP-NO

E2E2-X10B1

18.0

No

NPN-NO

100 Hz

52 (70)

E2E2-X18MC1

PNP-NO

E2E2-X18MB1

DC 3-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-9

E2E2 

 DC 3-Wire Proximity Sensors (continued)

A276

DC 3-Wire Sensors with Built-in M12 Micro-Change

s

 Connectors

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

M12

2.0

Yes

NPN-NO

1.5 kHz

NPB

55 (70)

E2E2-X2C1-M1

PNP-NO

E2E2-X2B1-M1

5.0

No

NPN-NO

400 Hz

48 (70)

E2E2-X5MC1-M1

PNP-NO

E2E2-X5MB1-M1

M18

Yes

NPN-NO

600 Hz

60 (75)

E2E2-X5C1-M1

PNP-NO

E2E2-X5B1-M1

10.0

No

NPN-NO

200 Hz

50 (75)

E2E2-X10MC1-M1

PNP-NO

E2E2-X10MB1-M1

M30

Yes

NPN-NO

400 Hz

65 (80)

E2E2-X10C1-M1

PNP-NO

E2E2-X10B1-M1

18.0

No

NPN-NO

100 Hz

52 (80)

E2E2-X18MC1-M1

PNP-NO

E2E2-X18MB1-M1

NPN Normally Open (C1-M1)

Note:

 Terminal 2 is not used

Note:

 Terminal 2 is not used

PNP Normally Open (B1-M1)

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-10

E2E2 

 AC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors

Long-Barrel AC 2-Wire Proximity 
Sensors Built for Rugged Duty

•  Nickel-plated brass (NPB) barrel

•  Wrench flats for easy installation

•  Solid potted internal circuitry  

withstands shocks

•  IP67 rated, 1200 psi water washdown

•  High visibility indicator

•  Flush mountable shielded versions

•  Normally Open (NO) models stocked; 

Normally Closed (NC) available

•  Sensor mounting and protective 

accessories, see Y92E

A277

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response 

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

M12

2.0

Yes

NO

25 Hz

NPB

55 (60)

E2E2-X2Y1-US

5.0

No

48 (60)

E2E2-X5MY1-US

M18

Yes

60 (65)

E2E2-X5Y1-US

10.0

No

50 (65)

E2E2-X10MY1-US

M30

Yes

65 (70)

E2E2-X10Y1-US

18.0

No

52 (70)

E2E2-X18MY1-US

AC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable

AC 2-Wire Sensors with M12, 3-Pin Dual Key-Way  
Micro-Change

s

 Connectors

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

M12

2.0

Yes

NO

25 Hz

NPB

55 (70)

E2E2-X2Y1-M4

5.0

No

48 (70)

E2E2-X5MY1-M4

M18

Yes

60 (75)

E2E2-X5Y1-M4

10.0

No

50 (75)

E2E2-X10MY1-M4

M30

Yes

65 (80)

E2E2-X10Y1-M4

18.0

No

52 (80)

E2E2-X18MY1-M4

Normally Open

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-11

E2E 

 Miniature Proximity Sensors

Small Diameter, DC 3-Wire 
Proximity Sensor in Cylindrical 
Metal Housing

The E2E Small Diameter line with housing 
sizes from 3 mm dia to 5.4 mm dia is part 
of the E2E family and is the ideal solution 
where space is crucial. The metal housing 
provides high mechanical protection.

•  Miniature housing sizes from 3 mm dia to 

6.5 mm dia

•  Stainless steel or brass housing

•  5 kHz switching frequency

•  Mounting blocks, brackets and protective 

stainless steel tubes available

A286

Ordering Information

E2E –

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Code

Description

1

 Case Material and Shape

C

SUS, cylindrical

S

SUS, threaded

2

 Size

03

Outer diameter 3 mm

04

Outer diameter 4 mm

05

Threaded: Outer diameter 5 mm
Cylindrical: Outer diameter 5.4 mm

06

Outer diameter 6.5 mm

3

 Shielding

S

Shielded models

N

Unshielded models

4

 Sensing Distance

(number)

R8 = 0.8 mm, 01: 1mm, 12 = 1.2 mm, , 02 = 2 
mm, 03 = 3 mm, 04 = 4 mm

5

 Connecting Method

WC

PVC pre-wired model

MC

M8 connector, 3-pin

CJ

M8 pre-wired connector, 3-pin

6

 Output Specifications

B

DC 3-wire PNP open-collector output

C

DC 3-wire NPN open-collector output

7

 Operation Mode

1

Normally open (NO)

2

Normally closed (NC)

8

 Cable Specifications

Blank

Standard PVC Cable

R

Robot (bending-resistant) PVC cable

9

 Cable Length

Blank

Connector Models

Number M

Cable length (Unit: m)
(Applicable to Pre-wired Models 2M/5M and 
Pre-wired Connector Models 0.3M)

Note: 

Models are not available for all combinations of code 

numbers.
The purpose of this model number legend is to provide 
understanding of the meaning of specifications from the 
model number.

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-12

E2EC 

  Proximity Sensors

Subminiature Sensor with In-line 
Amplifier Offers Great Mounting 
Flexibility

•  Small nickel-plated brass (NPB) sensing 

heads on 0.4 m cable fit space-confined 
installations

•  Shielded sensing head allows the sensor 

to be flush mounted in metal

•  Easy operation monitoring with LED 

indicator on the amplifier unit

•  Robotic cable on DC 2-wire models 

withstands repeated flexing on robots and 
reciprocating machinery

•  DC 2-wire models have cylindrical 

amplifiers; DC 3-wire rectangular 
amplifiers allow side-by-side mounting

•  Normally Open (NO) circuit type stocked; 

Normally Closed (NC) available

•  Rated IP67 (2-wire); IP64 (3-wire)

A226

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response 

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

3 mm dia.

0.8

Yes

NO

1.5 kHz

NPB

0 (12)

E2EC-CR8D1

NC

E2EC-CR8D2

5.4 mm 

dia.

1.5

NO

0 (18)

E2EC-C1R5D1

NC

E2EC-C1R5D2

8 mm dia.

3

NO

1 kHz

E2EC-C3D1

NC

E2EC-C3D2

M12

4

NO

18 (23.6)

E2EC-X4D1

NC

E2EC-X4D2

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response 

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

3 mm dia.

0.5

Yes

NPN-NO

1 kHz

NPB

0 (12)

E2EC-CR5C1

8 mm dia.

2.5

0 (18)

E2EC-C2R5C1

Description

Model

Mounting 
brackets

Fits 5.4 mm dia. E2EC-C1R5D sensors, SUS304 strap

Y92E-F5R4

Fits M12 size E2EC-X4D

9

 sensors

Y92E-B12

DC 2-Wire Sensors

DC 3-Wire Sensors

Accessories

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-13

TL-W 

  Proximity Sensors

Subminiature, Flat-Pack DC 
Sensor Fits Tight Spaces

•  Rated IP67 for water washdown

•  Space-saving mounting area, as small as 

10 x 27 mm (0.39 x 1.06 in), is ideal for 
conveyor wall mounting

•  Mounts directly onto metal base or rail

•  Rugged die-cast metal or heat-resistant 

ABS plastic housing

•  Pre-wired with 2 m (6.56 ft.) length cable

•  Built-in circuit protection

•  DC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models

Sensing

distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response Frequency

Body material

Dimensions

Model

5

NO

NPN-NO

500 Hz

ABS

30.5 x 18 x 10

TL-W5MD1

NON-NC

TL-W5MD2

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response Frequency

Body Material

Dimensions

Model

1.5

No

NPN-NO

1 kHz

ABS

25 x 8 x 5.5

TL-W1R5MC1*

3

600 Hz

27 x 10 x 6

TL-W3MC1*

NPN-NC

TL-W3MC2*

5

NPN-NO

500 Hz

30.5 x 18 

x 10

TL-W5MC1

NPN-NC

TL-W5MC2

Yes

NPN-NO

300 Hz

Die cast 

aluminum

50 x 24.9 

x 10

TL-W5E1

NPN-NC

TL-W5E2

NPN-NO

TL-W5F1

NPN-NC

TL-W5F2

20

No

NPN-NO

40 Hz

ABS

53 x 40 x 23

TL-W20ME1

NPN-NC

TL-W20MF1

* Model includes mounting bracket.

DC 2-Wire Flat-Pack Inductive Sensors

DC 3-Wire Flat-Pack Inductive Sensors

A227

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-14

E2Q5 

 Proximity Sensors

Long Distance Inductive Sensor in 
Short Plastic Body

•  M12 Plug-in connection

•  Integrated short circuit and reverse 

polarity protection

• Active face positioning: 

Y-axis 15°, X-axis 90° increments

Sensing Distance (mm)

Connection

Active Face

Model

Type

NO

NO+NC

20 mm shielded

Plug-in 

Connector

Changeable

NPN

E2Q5-N20E1-M1

E2Q5-N20E3-M1

PNP

E2Q5-N20F1-M1

E2Q5-N20F3-M1

40 mm non-shielded

NPN

E2Q5-N40ME1-M1 E2Q5-N40ME3-M1

PNP

E2Q5-N40MF1-M1 E2Q5-N40MF3-M1

DC Models

World’s Smallest Square Sensor 
with Built-In Amplifier

•  5.5 x 5.5 mm type allows smaller, space-

saving machines and devices

•  High response frequency (1 kHz) for fast 

machine processes

•  Long sensing distance: (E2S-91, 1.6 mm) 

(E2S-92, 2.5 mm)

•  Front and end sensing face versions 

match mounting needs

•  DC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models

•  Pre-wired with 1 m cable

•  Rated IP67 for water washdown

E2S 

 Proximity Sensors

A229

A234

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-15

E2K-X 

Proximity Sensors

Threaded, Cylindrical Sensor 
Detects Metallic and Non-Metallic 
Objects

•  Non-contact detection of metallic and

non-metallic targets including water, oil, 
glass, plastic and wood

•  Detects level inside non-metallic 

containers

•  Built-in amplifier switches loads up

to 200 mA

•  LED indicator and fixed sensitivity for 

simple installation

•  Built-in circuit protection

•  Heat-resistant ABS plastic sensor rated 

IP66

A323

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response 

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

M12

4.0

NO

NPN-NO

100 Hz

ABS

40 (80)

E2K-X4ME1

NPN-NC

E2K-X4ME2

PNP-NO

E2K-X4MF1

PNP-NC

E2K-X4MF2

M18

8.0

NPN-NO

E2K-X8ME1

NPN-NC

E2K-X8ME2

PNP-NO

E2K-X8MF1

PNP-NC

E2K-X8MF2

M30

15.0

NPN-NO

50 (80)

E2K-X15ME1

NPN-NC

E2K-X15ME2

PNP-NO

E2K-X15MF1

PNP-NC

E2K-X15MF2

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response 

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

M12

4.0

NO

SCR-NO

10 Hz

ABS

40 (80)

E2K-X4MY1

SCR-NC

E2K-X4MY2

M18

8.0

SCR-NO

E2K-X8MY1

SCR-NC

E2K-X8MY2

M30

15.0

SCR-NO

50 (80)

E2K-X15MY1

SCR-NC

E2K-X15MY2

•  Normally Open (NO) and Normally Closed 

(NC) available

•  CE (all models), UL, CSA (AC models)

•  Sensor mounting and protective 

accessories, see Y92E

DC 3-Wire Models

AC 2-Wire Models

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-16

E2K-C 

Proximity Sensors

Cylindrical Sensor Offers 
Adjustable Detecting Distance

•  Non-contact detection of metallic and 

non-metallic targets including water, oil, 
glass, plastic and wood

•  Detects level inside non-metallic 

containers

•  Settable detection distance from 3 to 25 

mm with multi-turn adjuster

•  Reliably detects foamy liquids in sight 

glass applications

•  Built-in amplifier switches up to 200 mA

•  Mounting bracket included

•  AC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models available

•  Heat-resistant ABS plastic sensor rated 

IP66

A324

Size

(dia.) 

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response 

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

34 mm

3 to 25

No

NPN-NO

70 Hz

ABS

0 (89)

E2K-C25ME1

NPN-NC

E2K-C25ME2

PNP-NO

E2K-C25MF1

PNP-NC

E2K-C25MF2

Size

(dia.) 

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response 

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

34 mm

3 to 25

No

SCR-NO

10 Hz

ABS

0 (89)

E2K-C25MY1

SCR-NC

E2K-C25MY2

Barrel size

Description

Model

M30 (34 mm)

Sight Glass Mount for M30 (34 mm) Barrel Proximity Sensor

Y92E-SGM34

DC 3-Wire Sensors

AC 2-Wire Sensors

Accessories

•  Normally Open (NO) and Normally Closed 

(NC) available

•  CE (all models), UL, CSA (AC models)

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-17

E2K-F 

Proximity Sensors

Thin Rectangular Plastic DC 
3-Wire Sensor Fits Tight Spaces

•  Non-contact detection of metallic and 

non-metallic targets including water, oil, 
glass, plastic and wood

•  Detects level inside non-metallic 

containers

•  Thin, 10 mm (0.39 inch) body is ideal for 

conveyor wall mounting

•  Unshielded sensor has LED indicator and 

fixed sensitivity for simple installation

•  Built-in amplifier provides NPN switching 

of loads to 100 mA

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response 

Frequency

Body 

Material

Dimensions

(H x W x D) mm

Model

10

No

NPN-NO

100 Hz

ABS

20.5 x 50 x 10.1

E2K-F10MC1

NPN-NC

E2K-F10MC2

4-10

NPN-NO

E2K-F10MC1-A

NPN-NC

E2K-F10MC2-A

Flat-Pack Capacitive Sensors

Capacitive Liquid Level Sensor

•  Mounts directly to sight glass and  

bypass pipes

•  Sensors unaffected by liquid color

•  Fits a wide range of pipe diameters:  

8 to 11 mm or 12 to 26 mm

•  Built-in amplifier with indicator and 

sensitivity adjuster

•  Sensing heads rated IP66

•  Heat-resistant ABS plastic body rated 

IP66

E2K-L 

Proximity Sensors

A322

A326

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-18

E2F 

 Proximity Sensors

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit 

Type

Response 

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

M8

1.5

Yes

NPN-NO

2 kHz

Polyarylate

20 (30)

E2F-X1R5E1

NPN-NC

E2F-X1R5E2

PNP-NO

E2F-X1R5F1

PNP-NC

E2F-X1R5F2

M12

2.0

NPN-NO

1.5 kHz

24 (38)

E2F-X2E1

NPN-NC

E2F-X2E2

PNP-NO

E2F-X2F1

PNP-NC

E2F-X2F2

M18

5.0

NPN-NO

600 Hz

29 (47)

E2F-X5E1

NPN-NC

E2F-X5E2

PNP-NO

E2F-X5F1

NPN-NC

E2F-X5F2

M30

10.0

NPN-NO

400 Hz

38 (57)

E2F-X10E1

NPN-NC

E2F-X10E2

PNP-NO

E2F-X10F1

NPN-NC

E2F-X10F2

DC 3-Wire Models

AC 2-Wire Sensors
Without Short-Circuit Protection

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response

Frequency

Body 

Material

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

M8

1.5

Yes

SCR-NO

25 Hz

Polyarylate

29 (40)

E2F-X1R5Y1

SCR-NC

E2F-X1R5Y2

M12

2.0

SCR-NO

25 kHz

29 (43)

E2F-X2Y1

SCR-NC

E2F-X2Y2

M18

5.0

SCR-NO

25 Hz

29 (47)

E2F-X5Y1-US

SCR-NC

E2F-X5Y2-US

M30

10.0

SCR-NO

38 (57)

E2F-X10Y1-US

SCR-NC

E2F-X10Y2-US

Watertight and Chemical-Resistant 
Short Barrel, Plastic Body Sensors

•  IP68 watertight construction

•  Polyarylate plastic housing offers good 

chemical resistance to acids and solvents

•  Operation indicator on all models

•  Short-circuit protection available on all DC  

and some AC models

•  CE all models; UL and CSA  (M18, M30 AC 

2-wire)

•  Sensor mounting and protective  

accessories, see Y92E

A242

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-19

E2FM 

Proximity Sensors

All-Stainless Inductive Sensor 
Resists Abrasion and Chemicals

•  One-piece 303 stainless steel face/barrel 

construction resists damage caused by  
work piece contact, scouring abrasion,  
and harsh chemicals

•  Up to 0.8 mm thick sensing face for 

superior mechanical durability, wear 
resistance

•  Operation not influenced by accumulation 

of aluminum or iron cutting chips and weld 
slag

•  20% longer sensing range (10 mm)  

with M30 models versus the CENELEC 
standard 8 mm

•  Flush mountable in ferrous materials to 

protect sensor from side impact damage

A243

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Output Type

Response 

Frequency

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

M8

1.5

Yes

PNP-NO

200 Hz

25 (49)

E2FM-X1R5B1

NPN-NO

E2FM-X1R5C1

M12

2.0

PNP-NO

100 Hz

33 (53)

E2FM-X2B1

NPN-NO

E2FM-X2C1

M18

5.0

PNP-NO

36 (56)

E2FM-X5B1

NPN-NO

E2FM-X5C1

M30

10.0

PNP-NO

50 Hz

43 (63.5)

E2FM-X10B1

NPN-NO

E2FM-X10C1

DC 3-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable

•  Thick insulation protects pig-tail lead 

for increased endurance in harsh 
environments

•  IP67 enclosure rating

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-20

E2FM 

Proximity Sensors (continued)

DC 3-Wire Sensors, Built-in M12 Connector

DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable

A243

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit Type

Response

Frequency

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

M8

1.5

Yes

PNP-NO

200 Hz

25 (53.5)

E2FM-X1R5B1-M1

NPN-NO

E2FM-X1R5C1-M1

M12

2.0

PNP-NO

100 Hz

33 (53)

E2FM-X2B1-M1

NPN-NO

E2FM-X2C1-M1

M18

5.0

PNP-NO

36 (56)

E2FM-X5B1-M1

NPN-NO

E2FM-X5C1-M1

M30

10.0

PNP-NO

50 Hz

43 (63.5)

E2FM-X10B1-M1

NPN-NO

E2FM-X10C1-M1

Size

Sensing

Distance

(mm)

Shielded

Circuit 

Type

Response

Frequency

Thread Length

(overall length)

mm

Model

Standard

with Fluororesin Coating

M8

1.5

Yes

NO, 

polarity

200 Hz

25 (49)

E2FM-X1R5D1

E2FM-QX1R5D1

M12

2.0

100 Hz

33 (53)

E2FM-X2D1

E2FM-QX2D1

M18

5.0

NO, 

polarity

36 (56)

E2FM-X5D1

E2FM-QX5D1

M30

10.0

NO, 

polarity

50 Hz

43 (63.5)

E2FM-X10D1

E2FM-QX10D1

E2FM extra strong 
sensing face

No interference by 
small metal chips 
on sensing surface

Cable resistant to 
welding spatter

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-21

E2EH 

  Proximity Sensors

DC 3-Wire and DC 2-Wire Sensors, Pre-Wired

DC 3-Wire and DC 2-Wire Sensors, Connector versions (M12)

Size

Sensing Distance

Output
Type

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO

Operation Mode NC

M12

5

3 mm

PNP

E2EH-X3B1 2M

E2EH-X3B2 2M

NPN

E2EH-X3C1 2M

E2EH-X3C2 2M

DC 2-wire

E2EH-X3D1 2M

E2EH-X3D2 2M

M18

7 mm

PNP

E2EH-X7B1 2M

E2EH-X7B2 2M

NPN

E2EH-X7C1 2M

E2EH-X7C2 2M

DC 2-wire

E2EH-X7D1 2M

E2EH-X7D2 2M

M30

12 mm

PNP

E2EH-X12B1 2M

E2EH-X12B2 2M

NPN

E2EH-X12C1 2M

E2EH-X12C2 2M

DC 2-wire

E2EH-X12D1 2M

E2EH-X12D2 2M

Size

Sensing Distance

Output
Type

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO

Operation Mode NC

M12

5

3 mm

PNP

E2EH-X3B1-M1

E2EH-X3B2-M1

NPN

E2EH-X3C1-M1

E2EH-X3C2-M1

DC 2-wire

E2EH-X3D1-M1G

E2EH-X3D2-M1G

M18

7 mm

PNP

E2EH-X7B1-M1

E2EH-X7B2-M1

NPN

E2EH-X7C1-M1

E2EH-X7C2-M1

DC 2-wire

E2EH-X7D1-M1G

E2EH-X7D2-M1G

M30

12 mm

PNP

E2EH-X12B1-M1

E2EH-X12B2-M1

NPN

E2EH-X12C1-M1

E2EH-X12C2-M1

DC 2-wire

E2EH-X12D1-M1G

E2EH-X12D2-M1G

A244

Heat and Detergent Resistant 
Inductive Sensor in Cylindrical 
Stainless Steel Housing

The heat and detergent resistant inductive 
sensors allow reliable metal object or 
machine part detection in demanding 
environments such as food processing.

•  Temperature resistant up to 120°C

•  SUS316L housing with heat resistant 

plastic sensing face

•  IP69K for highest water resistance

•  ECOLAB tested and certified detergent 

resistance

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-22

E2E-U 

DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors

Oil Resistant Inductive Sensor in 
Cylindrical Brass Housing

Tested oil resistance on commonly used oils 
in the automotive industry for reliable long-
life operation in automotive assembly lines.

•  Oil resistant PUR cable

•  M8, M12, M18 and M30 standard sizes

•  IP67 (water and oil resistant)

A285

Size

Sensing 
Distance

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable 
length)

Model (for pre-wired types with 30 cm cable length 
and M12 connector)

Operation Mode NO Operation Mode NC

Operation Mode NO

Operation Mode NC

M8

5

2 mm

E2E-X2D1-U

E2E-X2D2-U

E2E-X2D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M E2E-X2D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M

M12

3 mm

E2E-X3D1-U

E2E-X3D2-U

E2E-X3D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M E2E-X3D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M

M18

7 mm

E2E-X7D1-U

E2E-X7D2-U

E2E-X7D1-M1TGJ-U 0.3M E2E-X7D2-M1TGJ-U 0.3M

M30

10 mm

E2E-X10D1-U

E2E-X10D2-U

E2E-X10D1-M1TGJ-U 
0.3M

E2E-X10D2-M1TGJ-U 
0.3M

DC 2-wire, Pre-Wired and Pre-Wired with M12

E2EQ 

DC 2-Wire Proximity Sensors

Weld-Spatter Resistant Sensors

•  Rugged fluoroplastic-coated brass barrel 

withstands high tightening torque

•  Fluoroplastic resin face prevents weld slag 

build-up on sensor

•  Stability and operation indicators standard

Pre-Wired with 2 m Cable

Size

Sensing

Distance (mm)

Shielded

Output 

Type

Response 

Frequency

Body Material

Thread Length 

(overall length) mm

Model

M12

4.0

Yes

NO

1.0 kHz

Fluoroplastic resin 

coated brass

33 (38)

E2EQ-X4X1

M18

8.0

500 Hz

38 (43)

E2EQ-X8X1

M30

15.0

250 Hz

43 (48)

E2EQ-X15X1

M12 Connector on 300 mm Pigtail Lead

Size

Sensing

Distance (mm)

Shielded

Output 

Type

Response 

Frequency

Body Material

Thread Length

(overall length) mm

Model

M12

4.0

Yes

NO

1.0 kHz

Fluoroplastic resin 

coated brass

33 (38)

E2EQ-X4X1-M1J

M18

8.0

500 Hz

38 (43)

E2EQ-X8X1-M1J

M30

15.0

250 Hz

43 (48)

E2EQ-X15X1-M1J

A245

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-23

E2KQ-X 

 Proximity Sensors

Chemical Resistant Capacitive Sensor

•  Complete fluoroplastic resin coating for  

superior chemical and oil resistance

•  Detect ferrous and non-ferrous metals as  

well as other materials

•  Adjustable sensitivity from 6 to 10 mm

•  Built-in indicator located on cable  

connection face

•  Rated IP66

Chemical Resistant Inductive Sensor 
in Cylindrical PTFE Housing

The E2FQ features a full-body fluoroplastic
housing for chemical resistance (e.g. against 
cleaning agents used in the semiconductor 
industry).

•  Full body fluoroplastic housing for

chemical resistance

•  DC 2-wire and DC 3-wire models

DC 2-Wire, Pre-Wired

Size

Sensing 
Distance

Output Type

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO

M12

5

2 mm

DC 2-wire with 
polarity

E2FQ-X2D1

M18

5 mm

E2FQ-X5D1

M30

10 mm

E2FQ-X10D1

DC 3-Wire, Pre-Wired

Size

Sensing 
Distance

Output Type

Model (for pre-wired types with 2 m cable length)
Operation Mode NO

M12

5

2 mm

PNP

E2FQ-X2F1

NPN

E2FQ-X2E1

M18

5 mm

PNP

E2FQ-X5F1

NPN

E2FQ-X5E1

M30

10 mm

PNP

E2FQ-X10F1

NPN

E2FQ-X10E1

E2FQ 

 Proximity Sensors

A327

A246

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-24

E2C-EDA 

 Proximity Sensors

Sensor Heads

Appearance

Sensing Distance

Repeat Accuracy Model

Cylindrical

3 dia. x 18

5

0.6 mm

1 μm

E2C-EDR6-F

5.4 dia. x 18

1 mm

1 μm

E2C-ED01

*1

8 dia. x 22

2 mm

2 μm

E2C-ED02

*1

Screw

M10 x 22

2 mm

2 μm

E2C-EM02

*1

Flat

30 x 14 x 4.8

5 mm

2 μm

E2C-EV05

*1

Screw

M18 ×x 6.3

5

7 mm

5 μm

E2C-EM07M

*1

Screw (heat 
resistant

M12 x 22

5

2 mm

2 μm

E2C-EM02H

*1

 For models with cut-to-length cables add ‘-F’ for example E2C-ED01-F

   For models with protective stainless steel spiral tubes add ‘-S’ for example E2C-ED01-S

Amplifier Units with Cables

Item

Sensing Distance

Model
NPN 
Output

PNP Output

Twin-output
models

Area output, open 
circuit detection, 
Differential 
operation

E2C-
EDA11

E2C-EDA41

External-
input 
models

Remote setting,
Differential 
operation

E2C-
EDA21

E2C-EDA51

Amplifier Units with Connector

*2

Item

Sensing Distance

Model
NPN 
Output

PNP 
Output

Twin-output
models

Area output, open 
circuit detection, 
Differential 
operation

E2C-EDA6

E2C-EDA8

External-
input 
models

Remote setting,
Differential 
operation

E2C-EDA7

E2C-EDA9

*2

 Order connector E3X-CN21 separately. See E3X-DA-S in Fiber-

Optic Sensors for details.

High Precision Positioning Inductive 
Proximity Sensor with Separate Amplifier

The separate amplifier inductive sensor family  
E2C-EDA offers high precision distance  
positioning and detection. The teach-in function  
allows simple installation, and with the window  
function (2 outputs) production tolerance  
checks can easily be set up and modified.

•  Typically several hundred μm detection precision

•  Precision distance teaching

•  Window function (2 outputs) for production  

tolerance checks

C433

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-25

E2EV 

 Proximity Sensors

Inductive Sensor Detects All 
Metals at Equal Distance

•  One sensor detects all kinds of metal at 

equal distance

•  Detect aluminum up to 3x conventional 

sensing distance

•  Shielded for flush mounting in metal

•  Sensing distance: 2 mm (M12); 5 mm 

(M18); 10 mm (M30)

•  Rated IP67, resists water splash and oil 

contamination

Inductive Sensor Detects Aluminum 
in Tight Spaces

•  Compact sensing heads and separate 

amplifier for mounting flexibility

•  Detect differences between object types, 

object position, distance within a range

•  Monitor operation with excess gain level 

bar graph indicator and diagnostic output

•  One-touch teaching for sensitivity 

adjustment

•  Shielded for flush mounting in metal

•  Sensing distance by sensing head:

•  1.5 mm (M5 and unthreaded 5.4 mm dia.)

•  2 mm (unthreaded 8 mm dia.)

•  3 mm (flat)

•  Pre-wired sensing heads and amplifier 

each  
with 2 m cable

•  Sensing heads rated IP67

E2CY 

 Proximity Sensors

A248

A249

L

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

L-26

E2EY 

 Proximity Sensors

Inductive Sensor for Aluminum 
and Non-Ferrous Metals

•  Detects non-magnetic ones such as 

aluminum, copper and brass and ignores 
ferrous materials

•  Shielded for flush mounting in metal

•  Sensing distance: 4 mm (M18) and 8 mm 

(M30)

•  Rated IP67, resists water splash and oil 

contamination

Cutting Chip Resistant Inductive 
Sensor

•  Detects objects without influence of 

accumulated aluminum and cast iron 
cutting chips

•  Ideal for machine tool applications

•  Sensing distance: 4 mm (M18) and 8 mm 

(M30)

•  Shielded for flush mounting in metal

•  DC 2-wire, DC 3-wire and AC 2-wire 

models

•  Rated IP67, resists water splash and oil 

contamination

E2EZ 

 Proximity Sensors

A252

A253

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

M-i

Cordsets

Contents

Connector Cordsets

XS2F/
XS2W

M12 Cordsets

M-2

XS5F

M12 Smartclick Cordsets

M-4

XS3F/
XS3W

M8 Cordsets

M-6

Y96E-M12 Connectors for AC cables

M-9

XW3D

Connector terminal boxes

M-10

E39-VA

Handy checker for sensors

M-10

M

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M-2

XS2F/XS2W 

Connector Cables

Water- and Environment-Resistant 
M12 Connectors Save Wiring and 
Maintenance Effort

•  Single-ended cables with M12 connectors 

satisfy IP67 requirements and ensure a
94V-0 fire retardant rating.

•  Connectors make wiring a system more 

modular, simplify maintenance, and 
reduce downtime.

•  Connectors with Cables and Connector 

Assemblies are available.

A264

Description

Model

Connector Type

Keyway

Cable Size

Length

Straight Connector

4-wire DC female
socket and male plug

Single

22 AWG

2 m (6.56 ft.)

XS2W-D421-D81-F

5 m (16.40 ft.)

XS2W-D421-G81-F

Description

Model

Connector Type

Keyway

Cable Size

Length

Straight Connector

M12 male plug

Single

5 to 6 mm dia

58.7 mm

XS2G-D4S1

M12 female socket

54.9 mm

XS2C-D4S1

Insulation Displacement Contact

M12 male plug

Single

2 to 8 mm dia.

66 m

XS5G-D418

M12 female socket

62.4 mm

XS5C-D418

Extension Cordsets, Two Single Key Molded M12 Sensor Connectors

Plug and Socket Field Wireable Assemblies

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M-3

XS2F - M12 Single-ended Cable with Socket

Dimensions

XS2F/XS2W 

Connector Cables (continued)

A264

Connector

Size

Cores

Shape

Length (m)

PVC Cable Model

PUR Cable Model

Socket

M12

3

Angled

2

XS2F-M12PVC3A2M

XS2F-M12PUR3A2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC3A5M

XS2F-M12PUR3A5M

10

XS2F-M12PVC3A10M

XS2F-M12PUR3A10M

Straight

2

XS2F-M12PVC3S2M

XS2F-M12PUR3S2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC3S5M

XS2F-M12PUR3S5M

10

XS2F-M12PVC3S10M

XS2F-M12PUR3S10M

4

Angled

2

XS2F-M12PVC4A2M

XS2F-M12PUR4A2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC4A5M

XS2F-M12PUR4A5M

10

XS2F-M12PVC4A10M

XS2F-M12PUR4A10M

Straight

2

XS2F-M12PVC4S2M

XS2F-M12PUR4S2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC4S5M

XS2F-M12PUR4S5M

10

XS2F-M12PVC4S10M

XS2F-M12PUR4S10M

5

Angled

2

XS2F-M12PVC5A2M

XS2F-M12PUR5A2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC5A5M

XS2F-M12PUR5A5M

Straight

2

XS2F-M12PVC5S2M

XS2F-M12PUR5S2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC5S5M

XS2F-M12PUR5S5M

8

XS2F-M12/XS2W-M12

XS2F

 M12 Sockets on One Cable End

XS2F-M12PVC

M PVC cable

XS2F-M12PUR

M PUR cable

Dimensions

(Unit: mm)

Note: For 3-core, pin 2 is not connected internally

Wiring Diagram

Ordering Information

3 Cores

4 Cores

Cable type No. of cable cores Cable outer diameter Cable connection direction Cable length (m)

Model

PVC

3

5.0 dia

Straight

2

XS2F-M12PVC3S2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC3S5M

10

XS2F-M12PVC3S10M

Right-angle

2

XS2F-M12PVC3A2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC3A5M

10

XS2F-M12PVC3A10M

4

Straight

2

XS2F-M12PVC4S2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC4S5M

10

XS2F-M12PVC4S10M

Right-angle

2

XS2F-M12PVC4A2M

5

XS2F-M12PVC4A5M

10

XS2F-M12PVC4A10M

PUR

3

4.3 dia

Straight

2

XS2F-M12PUR3S2M

5

XS2F-M12PUR3S5M

10

XS2F-M12PUR3S10M

Right-angle

2

XS2F-M12PUR3A2M

5

XS2F-M12PUR3A5M

10

XS2F-M12PUR3A10M

4

4.7 dia

Straight

2

XS2F-M12PUR4S2M

5

XS2F-M12PUR4S5M

10

XS2F-M12PUR4S10M

Right-angle

2

XS2F-M12PUR4A2M

5

XS2F-M12PUR4A5M

10

XS2F-M12PUR4A10M

40.7

L

Model

Lot No.

M12 × 1

14.9 dia.

30

50*

5

4

2

3

1

Straight

*PVC cable is 50mm.

*PUR cable is 40mm.

L

Model

Lot No.

M12 × 1

28.3

4

2

3

1

25.3

14.9 dia.

30

50*

5

Right-angle

*PVC cable is 50mm.

*PUR cable is 40mm.

1

3

4

Brown
Blue

Black

Cable lead colors

Contact No.

2

1

2

3

4

White

Brown
Blue

Black

Cable lead colors

Contact No.

s

e

r

o

c

 

5

s

e

r

o

c

 

4

s

e

r

o

c

 

3

1
2
3
4

Blue

Black

Contact No.

Cable lead 

colors

Brown

1
2
3
4

Blue

Black

Brown

White

Contact No.

Cable lead 

colors

1

2

3

5

4

Blue
Green / Yellow

Black

Brown

White

Contact No.

Cable lead 

colors

M

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M-4

XS2W-M12 Double-ended Connector Cable

Dimensions

Wiring Diagram

XS2F/XS2W 

Connector Cables (continued)

A264

Cable type

No. of  

cable cores

Cable outer 

diameter

Cable connection direction

Cable length 

(m)

Model

PVC

4

5.0 dia.

Straight/Straight

2

XS2W-M12PVC4SS2M

5

XS2W-M12PVC4SS5M

10

XS2W-M12PVC4SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

2

XS2W-M12PVC4SA2M

5

XS2W-M12PVC4SA5M

10

XS2W-M12PVC4SA10M

PUR

4.7 dia.

Straight/Straight

2

XS2W-M12PUR4SS2M

5

XS2W-M12PUR4SS5M

10

XS2W-M12PUR4SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

2

XS2W-M12PUR4SA2M

5

XS2W-M12PUR4SA5M

10

XS2W-M12PUR4SA10M

9

XS2F-M12/XS2W-M12

XS2W

 M12 Socket and Plug on Cable Ends

XS2W-M12PVC

M PVC Cable

XS2W-M12PUR

M PUR Cable

Dimensions

(Unit: mm)

Note: For 3-core, pin 2 is not connected internally

Wiring Diagram

Ordering Information

Cable type No. of cable cores

Cable outer 

diameter

Cable connection direction Cable length (m)

Model

PVC

4

5.0 dia.

Straight/Straight

  2

XS2W-M12PVC4SS2M

  5

XS2W-M12PVC4SS5M

10

XS2W-M12PVC4SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

  2

XS2W-M12PVC4SA2M

  5

XS2W-M12PVC4SA5M

10

XS2W-M12PVC4SA10M

a

i

d

 

7

.

4

R

U

P

Straight/Straight

  2

XS2W-M12PUR4SS2M

  5

XS2W-M12PUR4SS5M

10

XS2W-M12PUR4SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

  2

XS2W-M12PUR4SA2M

  5

XS2W-M12PUR4SA5M

10

XS2W-M12PUR4SA10M

L

44.7

40.7

Lot No.

Logo

Model

14.9 dia.

14.9 dia.

M12 × 1

M12 × 1

4

2

3

1

1

3

2

4

Straight/Straight

44.7

25.3

L

Lot No.

Logo

Model

M12 × 1

28.3

14.9 dia.

14.9 dia.

M12 × 1

4

2

3

1

2

3

4

1

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Pin No.

Brown

White

Blue

Black

Cable color of

core sheath

1

2

3

4

2

1

4

3

Plug

Socket

9

XS2F-M12/XS2W-M12

XS2W

 M12 Socket and Plug on Cable Ends

XS2W-M12PVC

M PVC Cable

XS2W-M12PUR

M PUR Cable

Dimensions

(Unit: mm)

Note: For 3-core, pin 2 is not connected internally

Wiring Diagram

Ordering Information

Cable type No. of cable cores

Cable outer 

diameter

Cable connection direction Cable length (m)

Model

PVC

4

5.0 dia.

Straight/Straight

  2

XS2W-M12PVC4SS2M

  5

XS2W-M12PVC4SS5M

10

XS2W-M12PVC4SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

  2

XS2W-M12PVC4SA2M

  5

XS2W-M12PVC4SA5M

10

XS2W-M12PVC4SA10M

a

i

d

 

7

.

4

R

U

P

Straight/Straight

  2

XS2W-M12PUR4SS2M

  5

XS2W-M12PUR4SS5M

10

XS2W-M12PUR4SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

  2

XS2W-M12PUR4SA2M

  5

XS2W-M12PUR4SA5M

10

XS2W-M12PUR4SA10M

L

44.7

40.7

Lot No.

Logo

Model

14.9 dia.

14.9 dia.

M12 × 1

M12 × 1

4

2

3

1

1

3

2

4

Straight/Straight

44.7

25.3

L

Lot No.

Logo

Model

M12 × 1

28.3

14.9 dia.

14.9 dia.

M12 × 1

4

2

3

1

2

3

4

1

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Pin No.

Brown

White

Blue

Black

Cable color of

core sheath

1

2

3

4

2

1

4

3

Plug

Socket

(Unit: mm)

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M-5

Premium M12 Smartclick Connectors

•  Single-ended cables with M12 connectors

•  Smartclick offers a fast, one-step connection 

with only a 1/8th turn lock

•  Smartclick can connect with standard screw-

type M12 connectors

•  IP67 water resistance

XS5F 

Connector Cables

K249

Dimensions

Wiring Diagram

Note: The cover of the Oil-resistant Polyurethane 
Cable (XS5F-D421-

9

81-P) is black, and the 

cover of the Vibration-proof Robot Cable 
(XS5F-D421-

9

81-F) is warm gray.

(Unit: mm)

Ordering Information

Cable type

Cable connection 
direction

No. of cable 
cores

Cable length

Model

Vibration-proof robot cable

Straight

4

1

XS5F-D421-C80-F

2

XS5F-D421-D80-F

3

XS5F-D421-E80-F

5

XS5F-D421-G80-F

10

XS5F-D421-J80-F

Oil-resistant polyurethane cable

2

XS5F-D421-D80-P

5

XS5F-D421-G80-P

10

XS5F-D421-J80-P

M

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M-6

XS3F/XS3W 

Connector Cables

Compact, Watertight M8 
Connectors

•  Water-resistive, compact connector meets 

IP67 requirements.

•  Using connectors for wiring ensures 

ease of equipment maintenance and 
reduces downtime required for equipment 
maintenance.

A267

XS3F - M8 Single-ended Cable with Socket

Connector

Size

Cable Material

Poles

Type

Length

Model

Socket

M8

PVC

3

Angled

2

XS3F-M8PVC3A2M

5

XS3F-M8PVC3A5M

10

XS3F-M8PVC3A10M

Straight

2

XS3F-M8PVC3S2M

5

XS3F-M8PVC3S5M

10

XS3F-M8PVC3S10M

4

Angled

2

XS3F-M8PVC4A2M

5

XS3F-M8PVC4A5M

10

XS3F-M8PVC4A10M

Straight

2

XS3F-M8PVC4S2M

5

XS3F-M8PVC4S5M

10

XS3F-M8PVC4S10M

PUR

3

Angled

2

XS3F-M8PUR3A2M

5

XS3F-M8PUR3A5M

10

XS3F-M8PUR3A10M

Straight

2

XS3F-M8PUR3S2M

5

XS3F-M8PUR3S5M

10

XS3F-M8PUR3S10M

4

Angled

2

XS3F-M8PUR4A2M

5

XS3F-M8PUR4A5M

10

XS3F-M8PUR4A10M

Straight

2

XS3F-M8PUR4S2M

5

XS3F-M8PUR4S5M

10

XS3F-M8PUR4S10M

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M-7

Dimensions

Wiring Diagram

(Unit: mm)

s

e

l

o

p

 

4

 

s

e

l

o

p

 

3

Male

Female

Male

Female

1

3

4

1

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

s

e

l

o

P

 

4

s

e

l

o

P

 

3

1

3
4

Brown

Blue

Black

Cable lead colors

Contact No.

1
2
3
4

White

Brown

Blue

Black

Cable lead colors

Contact No.

Description

Model

Connector Type

Keyway

Cable Size

Cable Type

Length

Straight Connector

4-wire DC female
socket and male plug

Single

22 AWG

Robotic

1 m (3.28 ft.)

XS3W-M421-401-R

2 m (6.56 ft.)

XS3W-M421-402-R

Extension Cordsets, Two Single Key Molded M8 Sensor Connectors

XS3F/XS3W 

Connector Cables (continued)

A267

4

XS3F-M8/XS3W-M8

XS3F

 M8 Sockets on One Cable End

XS3F-M8PVC

M PVC cable

XS3F-M8PUR

M PUR cable

Dimensions

(Unit: mm)

Wiring Diagram

Ordering Information

3 Cores

4 Cores

Cable type No. of cable cores Cable outer diameter Cable connection direction Cable length (m)

Model

PVC

3

5.0 dia.

Straight

2

XS3F-M8PVC3S2M

5

XS3F-M8PVC3S5M

10

XS3F-M8PVC3S10M

Right-angle 

2

XS3F-M8PVC3A2M

5

XS3F-M8PVC3A5M

10

XS3F-M8PVC3A10M

4

Straight

2

XS3F-M8PVC4S2M

5

XS3F-M8PVC4S5M

10

XS3F-M8PVC4S10M

Right-angle 

2

XS3F-M8PVC4A2M

5

XS3F-M8PVC4A5M

10

XS3F-M8PVC4A10M

PUR

3

4.3 dia

Straight

2

XS3F-M8PUR3S2M

5

XS3F-M8PUR3S5M

10

XS3F-M8PUR3S10M

Right-angle

2

XS3F-M8PUR3A2M

5

XS3F-M8PUR3A5M

10

XS3F-M8PUR3A10M

4

4.7 dia

Straight

2

XS3F-M8PUR4S2M

5

XS3F-M8PUR4S5M

10

XS3F-M8PUR4S10M

Right-angle

2

XS3F-M8PUR4A2M

5

XS3F-M8PUR4A5M

10

XS3F-M8PUR4A10M

L

Model

Lot No.

9 dia.

31.9

21.5

30

50*

5

(4 cores)

(3 cores)

1

4

3

2

3

1

4

M8 × 1

M8 × 1

Straight

*PVC cable is 50mm.

*PUR cable is 40mm.

L

Model

Lot No.

21

23.1

9 dia.

30

50*

5

(4 cores)

(3 cores)

3

2

4

1

3

4

1

M8 × 1

M8 × 1

Right-angle

*PVC cable is 50mm.

*PUR cable is 40mm.

1

3

4

Brown
Blue

Black

Cable lead colors

Contact No.

1

2

3

4

White

Brown
Blue

Black

Cable lead colors

Contact No.

M

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M-8

XS3F/XS3W 

Connector Cables (continued)

A267

XS3W-M8 Double-ended Connector Cable

Dimensions

Cable type

No. of  

cable cores

Cable outer 

diameter

Cable connection direction

Cable length 

(m)

Model

PVC

3

5.0 dia.

Straight/Straight

2

XS3W-M8PVC3SS2M

5

XS3W-M8PVC3SS5M

10

XS3W-M8PVC3SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

2

XS3W-M8PVC3SA2M

5

XS3W-M8PVC3SA5M

10

XS3W-M8PVC3SA10M

4

Straight/Straight

2

XS3W-M8PVC4SS2M

5

XS3W-M8PVC4SS5M

10

XS3W-M8PVC4SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

2

XS3W-M8PVC4SA2M

5

XS3W-M8PVC4SA5M

10

XS3W-M8PVC4SA10M

PUR

3

4.3 dia.

Straight/Straight

2

XS3W-M8PUR3SS2M

5

XS3W-M8PUR3SS5M

10

XS3W-M8PUR3SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

2

XS3W-M8PUR3SA2M

5

XS3W-M8PUR3SA5M

10

XS3W-M8PUR3SA10M

4

4.7 dia.

Straight/Straight

2

XS3W-M8PUR4SS2M

5

XS3W-M8PUR4SS5M

10

XS3W-M8PUR4SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

2

XS3W-M8PUR4SA2M

5

XS3W-M8PUR4SA5M

10

XS3W-M8PUR4SA10M

5

XS3F-M8/XS3W-M8

XS3W

 M8 Socket and Plug on Cable Ends 

XS3W-M8PVC

M PVC Cable

XS3W-M8PUR

M PUR Cable

Dimensions

(Unit: mm)

Wiring Diagram

Ordering Information

Cable type No. of cable cores Cable outer diameter Cable connection direction Cable length (m)

Model

PVC

3

5.0 dia.

Straight/Straight

2

XS3W-M8PVC3SS2M

5

XS3W-M8PVC3SS5M

10

XS3W-M8PVC3SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

2

XS3W-M8PVC3SA2M

5

XS3W-M8PVC3SA5M

10

XS3W-M8PVC3SA10M

4

Straight/Straight

2

XS3W-M8PVC4SS2M

5

XS3W-M8PVC4SS5M

10

XS3W-M8PVC4SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

2

XS3W-M8PVC4SA2M

5

XS3W-M8PVC4SA5M

10

XS3W-M8PVC4SA10M

PUR

3

4.3 dia

Straight/Straight

2

XS3W-M8PUR3SS2M

5

XS3W-M8PUR3SS5M

10

XS3W-M8PUR3SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

2

XS3W-M8PUR3SA2M

5

XS3W-M8PUR3SA5M

10

XS3W-M8PUR3SA10M

4

4.7 dia

Straight/Straight

2

XS3W-M8PUR4SS2M

5

XS3W-M8PUR4SS5M

10

XS3W-M8PUR4SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

2

XS3W-M8PUR4SA2M

5

XS3W-M8PUR4SA5M

10

XS3W-M8PUR4SA10M

L

(4 cores)

(4 cores)

(3 cores)

(3 cores)

3

2

1

4

1

4

3

2

1

3

4

3

1

4

M8 × 1

M8 × 1

M8 × 1

M8 × 1

32

31.4

Lot No.

Logo

Model

10 dia.

9 dia.

Straight/Straight

L

(4 cores)

(3 cores)

2

3

1

4

1

4

3

M8 × 1

M8 × 1

9 dia.

(4 cores)

(3 cores)

3

2

1

4

1

3

4

M8 × 1

M8 × 1

32

23.1

Lot No.

Logo

Model

10 dia.

20.5

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

1

3

4

1

3

4

Brown

Blue

Black

Pin No.

Plug

Socket

Cable lead colors



White 

Brown 

Blue 

Black 

Pin No.

Plug

Socket

Cable lead colors 

s

e

l

o

p

 

4

s

e

l

o

p

 

3

1

3

4

3

1

4

3

4

1

2

1

2

3

4

5

XS3F-M8/XS3W-M8

XS3W

 M8 Socket and Plug on Cable Ends 

XS3W-M8PVC

M PVC Cable

XS3W-M8PUR

M PUR Cable

Dimensions

(Unit: mm)

Wiring Diagram

Ordering Information

Cable type No. of cable cores Cable outer diameter Cable connection direction Cable length (m)

Model

PVC

3

5.0 dia.

Straight/Straight

2

XS3W-M8PVC3SS2M

5

XS3W-M8PVC3SS5M

10

XS3W-M8PVC3SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

2

XS3W-M8PVC3SA2M

5

XS3W-M8PVC3SA5M

10

XS3W-M8PVC3SA10M

4

Straight/Straight

2

XS3W-M8PVC4SS2M

5

XS3W-M8PVC4SS5M

10

XS3W-M8PVC4SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

2

XS3W-M8PVC4SA2M

5

XS3W-M8PVC4SA5M

10

XS3W-M8PVC4SA10M

PUR

3

4.3 dia

Straight/Straight

2

XS3W-M8PUR3SS2M

5

XS3W-M8PUR3SS5M

10

XS3W-M8PUR3SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

2

XS3W-M8PUR3SA2M

5

XS3W-M8PUR3SA5M

10

XS3W-M8PUR3SA10M

4

4.7 dia

Straight/Straight

2

XS3W-M8PUR4SS2M

5

XS3W-M8PUR4SS5M

10

XS3W-M8PUR4SS10M

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

2

XS3W-M8PUR4SA2M

5

XS3W-M8PUR4SA5M

10

XS3W-M8PUR4SA10M

L

(4 cores)

(4 cores)

(3 cores)

(3 cores)

3

2

1

4

1

4

3

2

1

3

4

3

1

4

M8 × 1

M8 × 1

M8 × 1

M8 × 1

32

31.4

Lot No.

Logo

Model

10 dia.

9 dia.

Straight/Straight

L

(4 cores)

(3 cores)

2

3

1

4

1

4

3

M8 × 1

M8 × 1

9 dia.

(4 cores)

(3 cores)

3

2

1

4

1

3

4

M8 × 1

M8 × 1

32

23.1

Lot No.

Logo

Model

10 dia.

20.5

Straight (Plug)/Angled (Socket)

1

3

4

1

3

4

Brown

Blue

Black

Pin No.

Plug

Socket

Cable lead colors



White 

Brown 

Blue 

Black 

Pin No.

Plug

Socket

Cable lead colors 

s

e

l

o

p

 

4

s

e

l

o

p

 

3

1

3

4

3

1

4

3

4

1

2

1

2

3

4

(Unit: mm)

Wiring Diagram

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M-9

AC Cordsets with M12  
Micro-Change

s

 Connectors

•  Quick-disconnect AC cordsets allow easy 

installation and replacement of AC sensors

•  Female 3-pole dual keyway socket

•  Oil-resistant, PVC jacketed cable with 

internal metal sheath protects conductors 
against cuts and abrasions

•  Straight and right-angle connector  

cordsets available

•  Rated IP67

•  UL recognized, CSA certified

A263

Micro-Change

®

: Registered trademark of Woodhead Industries

Description

Model

Connector Type

Keyway

Cable Size

Length

Straight Connector

Right Angle Connector

3-wire AC, female
Micro-Change® socket

Dual 

22 AWG

6 ft.

Y96E-33SA6

Y96E-33RA6

12 ft.

Y96E-33SA12

Y96E-33RA12

20 ft.

Y96E-33SA20

Y96E-33RA20

Straight Connector Cordsets

Face View Female Connector

Gold/palladium/
nickel plated
brass contacts

Gold/palladium/
nickel plated
brass contacts

Y96E-33SA

9

Y96E-33RA

9

Right Angle Connector Cordsets

Y96E-M12 

Connector Cables

M

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

M-10

Simple Wiring of Sensor Actuators

•  Greatly reduces wiring work

•  Higher rated current to enable output 

applications.

•  Compatible with other M12 screw connectors.

•  Degree of protection : IP67 (IEC60529)

Handheld Power Supply to Check 
Sensor Operation

•  Portable Power Supply Unit for Sensors

•  Check sensor operation via buzzer and 

LED indicator

•  Low battery indicator for easy battery 

maintenance

•  Use with both PNP and NPN three wire 

sensors

Ratings

Description

Model

Power supply voltage

18 V (use two 9 V dry-cell batteries)

E39-VA

Note: Two 9 VDC dry-cell batteries are included.

XW3D 

Connector Terminal Boxes

Ratings and Specifications

Rated current

4 A/port, 12 A/Box (power line)

Rated voltage

10 to 30 VDC

Contact resistance (connector)

40 mΩ max. (20 mV max., 100 mA max.)

Insulation resistance

100 mΩ min. (at 500 VDC)

Dielectric strength (connector)

500 VAC for 1 min. (leakage current: 1 mA max.)

Insertion tolerance

50 times min.

Ambient operating temperature range

−25 to 70°C

Sensor type and wiring

3-Wire DC NPN/2-Wire DC 3-4

2-Wire DC 1-4/Without polarity 3-4

3-Wire DC PNP/2-Wire DC 1-4

Actuator wiring

Actuator wiring 1-4

Actuator wiring 3-4

No. of ports

No. of I/O

Model

Model

Model

4

4

XW3D-P455-G11

XW3D-P452-G11

XW3D-P453-G11

8

8

XW3D-P855-G11

XW3D-P852-G11

XW3D-P853-G11

4

8

XW3D-P458-G11

XW3D-P457-G11

Ordering Information

Note: 1. “1-4” and “3-4” are the connector pin numbers that are wired.
          2. All cables are 5 m long.

E39-VA 

Hand-held Checker

H324

B297

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

N-i

Photomicrosensors

Contents

Selection Guide

N-ii

Slotted

EESX95

9

Ultra-small, 5 mm slot 
sensors

N-1

EE-SX77

9

/

EE-SX87

9

Thin profile, pre-wired
5 mm slot sensors

N-2

EE-SX47

9

/

EESX-67

9

Plug-in or pre-wired 
slotted sensors

N-3

EE-SX97

9

Plug-in slot sensors with
reduced mounting depth

N-5

EE-SPX74

9

/

EE-SPX84

9

Plug-in light modulated
slot sensors

N-6

EE-SPX301/
EE-SPX401

Plug-in 3.6 mm slot sensors

N-7

EE-SPX-
W2A

Pre-wired light modulated
slot sensors

N-8

EE-
SPX303N/
EE-SPX403N

Plug-in 13 mm slot sensors

N-9

Reflective

EE-SPY31

9

/

EE-SPY-41

9

Reflective plug-in sensors

N-10

EE-SY671/
EE-SY672

Adjustable sensitivity 
reflective plug-in sensors

N-11

EE-SPY301/
302/401/402

Reflective sensors with 
plug-in/solder terminals

N-7

Through-Beam

EE-SPW311/
EE-SPW411

Long-distance miniature 
built in amp

N-12

EE-SPW321/
EE-SPW421

Miniature sensing heads 
with in-line cable amplifier 

N-13

Special Application

EE-SPX613

Liquid level sensor

N-14

EE-SPZ-A

Retro-reflective sensor

N-15

EE-SA701/
EE-SA801

Pushbutton actuator 
sensors

N-16

EE-SPY801/
EE-SPY802

Wafer carrier mounting 
sensor

N-17

N

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE

SX97

EE

SPX303N

EE

SPX403N

EE-SX47

EE-SX67

EE-SX77

EE-SX87

EE-SX95

EE-SPX74

EE-SPX84

EE-SPX-W

EE-SPX301

EE-SPX401

EE-SPW311

EE-SPW411

EE-SPW321

EE-SPW421

EE-SPY31

EE-SPY41

EE-SY671

EE-SY672

EE-SPY30_

EE-SPY40_

EE-SPZ-W

EE-SPY613

EE-SPY801

EE-SPY-802

EE-SA701

EE-SA801

What type of application?

5 mm

13 mm

5, 7, 10 mm

5 mm

5 mm

3.6, 5 mm

3.6, 5 mm

3.6 mm

1 m

300 mm

2

5 mm

1

5 mm

5 mm

200 mm

Liquid 

level 

detection

Wafer 

carrier 

position

detection

Pushbutton 

actuator

for robotic 

gripper

What kind of sensor do you need?

Slot width

Sensing distance

Sensing distance

Slot Sensor

Through Beam Sensor

Reflective sensors

Retro

Reflective 

Sensors

Application Specific 

Sensors

Sensing distance

Continuous miniaturization of robots and machinery for semiconductor, photovoltaic 
and electronics manufacturing require increasingly precise positioning data to maximize 
production yield and maintain high quality. Amplified Photomicrosensors deliver high 
precision in a simply mounted format. Embed them in rails for robots, X-Y positioning 
tables and conveyors for end-of-travel and home position inputs. All are designed for easy 
connection to PLCs and other controllers as part of a motion control solution.

•  Wide choice of models: slotted, through-beam, reflective,  and retro-reflective

•  Special application solutions for liquid level detection, wafer carrier positioning,  

and object confirmation  for robotic grippers

SMALL SENSORS DELIVER PRECISE POSITIONING

Photomicrosensors

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE

SX97

EE

SPX303N

EE

SPX403N

EE-SX47

EE-SX67

EE-SX77

EE-SX87

EE-SX95

EE-SPX74

EE-SPX84

EE-SPX-W

EE-SPX301

EE-SPX401

EE-SPW311

EE-SPW411

EE-SPW321

EE-SPW421

EE-SPY31

EE-SPY41

EE-SY671

EE-SY672

EE-SPY30_

EE-SPY40_

EE-SPZ-W

EE-SPY613

EE-SPY801

EE-SPY-802

EE-SA701

EE-SA801

What type of application?

5 mm

13 mm

5, 7, 10 mm

5 mm

5 mm

3.6, 5 mm

3.6, 5 mm

3.6 mm

1 m

300 mm

2

5 mm

1

5 mm

5 mm

200 mm

Liquid 

level 

detection

Wafer 

carrier 

position

detection

Pushbutton 

actuator

for robotic 

gripper

What kind of sensor do you need?

Slot width

Sensing distance

Sensing distance

Slot Sensor

Through Beam Sensor

Reflective sensors

Retro

Reflective 

Sensors

Application Specific 

Sensors

Sensing distance

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-iii

N

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Type

Slotted Through-Beam

Model

EE-SX95

EE-SX77/87

EE-SX47/67

EE-SPX74/84

Features

•  

Indicator visible from 
many directions

•  

Mount using M2 or M3 
Screws

•  

Robot Cable option  
 

•  

Compact size

•  

Indicator visible from 
both sides 

•  

M3 mounting holes and 
slotted mounting holes 
for easy adjustment 

•  

Visible indicator from 
many directions

•  

Response frequency as 
high as 1 kHz

•  

Robot Cable standard 
on pre-wired models  
 

•  

4 models 

•  

Connectors with 
locks for vibration 
applications 

•  

Mount with M3 screws 

Housing material Polybutylene 

terephthalate 
(PBT) (Case/Cover) 
Polycarbonate (PC) 
(Emitter/receiver)

Polybutylene 
terephthalate (PBT)

Polybutylene 
terephthalate 
(PBT) (Case/Cover) 
Polycarbonate (PC) 
(Emitter/receiver)

Polycarbonate (PC)

Sensing distance 5 mm slot width

5 mm slot width

5 mm slot width

3.6 or 5 mm slot width

Output type NPN, PNP

NPN, PNP

NPN, PNP

NPN

Output configuration Light-On or Dark-On

Light-On or Dark-On

Light-On/Dark-On 
(selectable)

Light-On or Dark-On

Supply voltage 5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

Connection type

•  

Pre-wired (4 wire cable) 
(1 m std length)

•  

Pre-wired (3 wire cable) 
(2 m std length)

•  

4 wire cable (1 m std 
length)

•  

 Solder Connector

•  

Connector with 1 m 
Cable 

•  

Special Connector  
(EE-1013 with 1 m 
cable)

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Type

Slotted Through-Beam

Diffuse Reflective

Model

EE-SX97

EE-SPX-W2A

EE-SPX-303N/403N

EE-SPY31_

Features

•  

Reduced mounting 
height from deeply 
embedded socket

•  

7 mounting shapes

•  

Indicator visible from  
4 directions 

•  

Locking connectors for 
secure wiring

•  

4 models 

•  

Light Modulation to 
reduce external light 
interference 

•  

Bright Light Indicator 

•  

Widest Slot type

•  

Resistant to common 
noise 

•  

Can be used in front of 
shiny background 

•  

Small object detection  
(0.05 mm dia.) 

•  

Light modulation 
reduces external light 
interference

Housing material Polybutylene 

terephthalate 
(PBT) (Case/Cover) 
Polycarbonate (PC) 
(Emitter/receiver)

Polycarbonate (PC)

Polycarbonate (PC)

Polycarbonate PC 
(case) Polybutylene 
terephthalate PBT 
(holder)

Sensing distance 5 mm slot width

3.6 or 5 mm slot width

13 mm slot width

2 to 5 mm

Output type NPN, PNP

NPN

NPN

NPN

Output configuration Light-On and Dark-On

Light-On or Dark-On

Light-On or Dark-On 

Light-On or Dark-On

Supply voltage 5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

Connection type

•  

Commercially available 
connector: EE-1017 
with 1 m or 3 m cable; 
EE-1017-R with 1 m or 
3 m robotic cable

•  

Pre-wired (3 wire cable) 
(1 m std length)

•  

Connector with 
standard cable

•  

Connector with robot 
cable 

•  

NPN to PNP 
Conversion connector

•  

Connector with 
standard cable

•  

Connector with robot 
cable 

•  

NPN to PNP 
Conversion connector

Photomicrosensors

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-v

N

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Type

Diffuse Reflective

Through-beam

Model

EE-SY671/672

EE-SPX301/401              
EE-SPY301/401  

EE-SPW311/411

EE-SPW321/421

Features

•  

Built in sensitivity 
adjustment 

•  

Built-in amplifier with 
100 mA capacity

•  

Bright indicator light

•  

Light Modulation, 
sensor not affected by 
external light 

•  

Optical Axis mark for 
easy adjustment

•  

Through Beam

•  

Easy-to wire connector

•  

Bright indicator light

•  

Cable mounted 
amplifier for space 
savings mounting

•  

Through beam

•  

Both sensor head 
and amplifier have 
indicating lights 

Housing material Polybutylene 

terephthalate 
(PBT) (Case/Cover) 
Polycarbonate (PC) 
(Emitter/receiver)

Polycarbonate (PC)

Polybutylene 
terephthalate 
(PBT) (Case/Cover) 
Polycarbonate (PC) 
(Emitter/receiver)

ABS Resin (case) Acrylic 
Resin (lens)

Sensing distance 1 to 5 mm

3 - 6 mm slot width  
or 5 mm distance

1 m

300 mm max. distance 
between sensing heads

Output type NPN

NPN

NPN

NPN

Output configuration Light-On/Dark-On 

(selectable)

Light-On or Dark-On

Light-On or Dark-On

Light-On or Dark-On

Supply voltage 5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

5 – 24 VDC

12 – 24 VDC

Connection type

•  

Connector only

•  

Connector with cable

•  

Connector with robot 
cable

•  

Connector only

•  

Connector with cable 

•  

NPN to PNP 
Conversion connector

•  

Connector with 2 m 
cable

•  

Pre-wired 2 m cable

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-vi

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Type Retro-reflective

Liquid level

Pushbutton actuator

Wafer carrier positioning

Model

EE-SPZ-A

EE-SPX613

EE-SA701-/801

EE-SPY801/802

Features

•  

Longer sensing 
distance, simpler to 
align than diffuse and 
through-beam sensors

•  

Supports connection 
with PLCs

•  

Can mount on 6 mm to 
13 mm diameter pipe

•  

Liquid level indicator

•  

Built-in sensitivity 
selector

•  

Pushbutton actuator 
detects FOUP 
cassettes loading on 
robotic transfer arms

•  

5 million operation 
mechanical life

•  

Diffuse reflective 
sensors detect leg 
section of wafer 
carriers 

•  

Pedestals guide carrier 
for detection 

•  

Left- and right-hand 
models

Housing material Polycarbonate (PC)

Polycarbonate (PC)

Polycarbonate (PC) 
(Base)  Polyacetal 
(Actuator)

Ethylene tetrafluoro 
ethylene (ETFE) 
case Polybutylene 
terephthalate (PBT) base 
plate

Sensing distance 200 mm

6-13 mm dia. pipe

3.5-4.5 mm operating 
position 

0-3 mm

Output type NPN

NPN

NPN or PNP

NPN

Output configuration Light-On or Dark-On

Light-On/Dark-On 
(selectable)

Dark-On

Supply voltage 5 – 24 VDC

12 – 24 VDC

12 – 24 VDC

12 – 24 VDC

Connection type

•  

Connector only

•  

Connector with cable 

•  

NPN to PNP 
Conversion connector

•  

Pre-wired 1 m cable

•  

Pre-wired 1 m cable

•  

Pre-wired 1 m robot 
cable

•  

Pre-wired with 2 m, 
talc-free cable

Photomicrosensors

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-vii

N

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-1

Ultra-Small Size for Space 
Constrained Locations

•  5 body shapes enable easier fit and 

alignment

•  Indicator light can be viewed from 4 

directions for simple installation and 
operation

•  Easy to mount with either M2 or M3 screws

•  Flexible robot cable options available, ideal 

for moving part applications

•  Wire selectable Dark-ON or Light-ON output

Sensors

Appearance

Sensor 

method

Sensing 

distance

Output 

configuration

Connection method 

(cable length)

Output 
type

Model

Standard

Through-
beam 
(with slot)

Infrared 
light 
5 mm 
(slot width)

Light-ON 
Dark-ON 
(2 outputs)

Pre-wired model with 
standard cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX950-W 1M 

*1, 3

PNP

EE-SX950P-W 

*2

Pre-wired model with 
robot cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX950-R 1M 

*1

L-shaped

Pre-wired model with 
standard cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX951-W 1M 

*1, 3

PNP

EE-SX951P-W 1M 

*2

Pre-wired model with 
robot cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX951-R 1M 

*1

F-shaped

Pre-wired model with 
standard cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX952-W 1M 

*1, 3

PNP

EE-SX952P-W 1M 

*2

Pre-wired model with 
robot cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX952P-R 1M 

*1

R-shaped

Pre-wired model with 
standard cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX953-W 1M 

*1, 3

PNP

EE-SX953P-W 1M 

*2

Pre-wired model with 
robot cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX953-R 1M 

*1

U-shaped

Pre-wired model with 
standard cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX954-W 1M 

*1, 3

PNP

EE-SX954P-W 1M 

*2

Pre-wired model with 
robot cable (1 m)

NPN

EE-SX954-R 1M 

*1

*1. A model with a 3 m cable is available.. The model number is EE-SX95

9

-

9

3M. (Example: EE-SX950-W 3M)

*2. A pre-wired model with PNP output and 1 m cable is available. The model number is EE-SX95

9

P-R 1M. 

(Example: EE-SX950P-R 1M).
*3. A model with 0.3 m cable and connector type is available. The model number is EE-SX95

9

-C1J-R 0.3M.  

(Example: EE-SX950-C1J-R 0.3M)

EE-SX95

9

 

Slotted Photomicrosensors

6

23.9

12

Standard

12

12

13.4

L-shaped

11.7

12

13.4

F-shaped

12

11.7

13.4

R-shaped

6

16

13.4

U-shaped

6

23.9

12

Standard

12

12

13.4

L-shaped

11.7

12

13.4

F-shaped

12

11.7

13.4

R-shaped

6

16

13.4

U-shaped

6

23.9

12

Standard

12

12

13.4

L-shaped

11.7

12

13.4

F-shaped

12

11.7

13.4

R-shaped

6

16

13.4

U-shaped

6

23.9

12

Standard

12

12

13.4

L-shaped

11.7

12

13.4

F-shaped

12

11.7

13.4

R-shaped

6

16

13.4

U-shaped

6

23.9

12

Standard

12

12

13.4

L-shaped

11.7

12

13.4

F-shaped

12

11.7

13.4

R-shaped

6

16

13.4

U-shaped

B443

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-2

Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors with 
Open Collector Output

•  Standard, L-shaped, and T-shaped models 

available

•  Pre-wired with 2 m flexible cable that 

conforms to machine contours

•  Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON 

output configurations

•  Response frequency as high as 1 kHz

•  Easy to monitor, indicators are visible from 

both sides

•  Indicator turns OFF when light is interrupted; 

opposite operation models available

•  Readily-visible, molded workpiece insertion 

mark allows fine-tuning of sensing position

•  Allows standard M3-screw mounting

•  Wide operating voltage range simplifies 

sensor connection to TTLs, relays, and 
programmable controllers (PLC)

•  Ideal for use in end-of-travel, home position 

and operation trigger applications

Pre-Wired Slotted Photomicrosensors

Appearance

Sensor type

Slot width/depth

Dimensions H x W x D mm

Output form

Output Type

Model

Standard

Through-
beam (slot)

5 mm W x 9 mm 
D

31.1 x 18 x 4.6

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX870

PNP

EE-SX870P

Dark-ON

NPN

EE-SX770

PNP

EE-SX770P

L-shaped

21 x 18 x 13

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX871

PNP

EE-SX871P

Dark-ON

NPN

EE-SX771

PNP

EE-SX771P

T-shaped

31.1 x 12.3 x 19.1

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX872

PNP

EE-SX872P

Dark-ON

NPN

EE-SX772

PNP

EE-SX772P

EE-SX77

9

/EE-SX87

9

 

 

Slotted Photomicrosensors

B422

N

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-3

Widest Variety of Body Shapes of 
Connector-Ready Slotted Sensors

•  8 body configurations available with connector, pre-

wired cable or pre-wired connector

•  Easy operation monitoring with bright LED indicator
•  Choose Light-ON or Light-ON/Dark-ON output 

models

•  Light modulation reduces external light interference
•  Flexible robot cable is standard on all pre-wired 

models

•  Wide operating voltage range simplifies sensor 

connection to TTLs, relays and programmable 

controllers (PLC)

Connector-Ready Slotted Photomicrosensors

Shape

Sensor 

type

Slot width/depth

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Output form

Indicator operation

Output 

Type

Model

Standard

Through- 
beam

5 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 25.4 x 
6.95

Light-ON

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX470

Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable

Dark-ON

EE-SX670

Light-ON

EE-SX670A

Dark-ON

PNP

EE-SX670P

L-shaped

15.5 x 26.2 x 
20.7

Light-ON

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX471

Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable

Dark-ON

EE-SX671

Light-ON

EE-SX671A

Dark-ON

PNP

EE-SX671P

T-shaped

7 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 29 x 
13.7

Light-ON

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX472

Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable

Dark-ON

EE-SX672

Light-ON

EE-SX672A

Dark-ON

PNP

EE-SX672P

Close-mount-
ing vertical

5 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 13.4 x 
12.8

Light-ON

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX473

Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable

Dark-ON

EE-SX673

Light-ON

EE-SX673A

Dark-ON

PNP

EE-SX673P

Close-mount-
ing horizontal

15.5 x 13.6 x 
27.7

Light-ON

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX474

Light-ON/
Dark-ON
selectable

Dark-ON

EE-SX674

Light-ON

EE-SX674A

Dark-ON

PNP

EE-SX674P

T-shaped

10 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 31 x 
16.7

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SX675

PNP

EE-SX675P

F-shaped

5 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 13.2 x 
13.7

NPN

EE-SX676

PNP

EE-SX676P

R-shaped

NPN

EE-SX677

PNP

EE-SX677P

EE-SX47

9

/EE-SX67

9

 

 

Slotted Photomicrosensors

B423

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-4

Connectors and Accessories 

(continued)

Appearance

Item

Description

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Model

Solder connector

16.8 x 13.0 x 4.0

EE-1001

Makes selectable operation models into Light-ON 
operation sensors. The L and positive (+) termi-
nals are already short-circuited.

EE-1001-1

Connector has locking mechanism

13.5 x 13 x 4

EE-1009

Connector with 
cable

2 m cable

11.8 x 16.2 x 5.3

EE-1006

Pre-Wired Slotted Photomicrosensors

Shape

Sensor 

type

Slot 

width/

depth

Dimensions 

H x W x D 

mm

Output 

form

Connection Method  

(cable length)

Model

NPN Output

PNP Output

Standard Through- 

beam

5 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 25.4 x 
6.95

Light-ON
Dark-ON
(select-
able)

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX670-WR

EE-SX670P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX670-C1J-R

EE-SX670P-C1J-R

L-shaped

15.5 x 26.2 x 
20.7

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX671-WR

EE-SX671P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX671-C1J-R

EE-SX671P-C1J-R

T-shaped

7 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 29 x 
13.7

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX672-WR

EE-SX672P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX672-C1J-R

EE-SX672P-C1J-R

Close-
mounting 
vertical

5 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 13.4 x 
12.8

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX673-WR

EE-SX673P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX673-C1J-R

EE-SX673P-C1J-R

Close-
mounting 
horizon-
tal

15.5 x 13.6 x 
27.7

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX674-WR

EE-SX674P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX674-C1J-R

EE-SX674P-C1J-R

T-shaped

10 mm 
W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 31 x 
16.7

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX675-WR

EE-SX675P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX675-C1J-R

EE-SX675P-C1J-R

F-
shaped

5 mm W x
9 mm H

28.4 x 13.2 x 
13.7

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX676-WR

EE-SX676P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX676-C1J-R

EE-SX676P-C1J-R

R-
shaped

28.4 x 13.2 x 
13.7

Pre-wired models (1 m)

EE-SX677-WR

EE-SX677P-WR

Models with junction
connectors (0.3 m)

EE-SX677-C1J-R

EE-SX677P-C1J-R

EE-SX47

9

/EE-SX67

9

 

 

Slotted Photomicrosensors (continued)

B423

N

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-5

Space Saving Sensor with Secure 
Connector

•  Deeply embedded socket reduces overall 

mounting height

•  7 shapes to match most applications
•  Light-ON and Dark-ON outputs wire selectable
•  PNP and NPN output models
•  Locking connector for secure wiring
•  Indicator visible from 4 directions
•  Power reverse polarity protection and output 

overcurrent with thermal

•  Shutdown circuit built into NPN output models

Connector-Ready Slotted Photomicrosensors

Shape

Sensor type

Slot width/depth

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Output form

NPN output 

Model

PNP output 

model

Standard

Through beam 
with slot

5 W x
9 D mm

22 x 26 x 6.8

Dark-ON/
Light-ON/
(selectable)

EE-SX970-C1

EE-SX970PC1

L-shaped

5 W x
9 D mm

15.5 x 26.2 x 14.7

EE-SX971-C1

EE-SX971PC1

T-shaped

5 W x
9 D mm slot
center 7 mm

22 x 13.7 x 26

EE-SX972-C1

EE-SX972PC1

Close-
mounting 

5 W x
9 D mm

15.5 x 13.4 x 21.7

EE-SX974-C1

EE-SX974PC1

T-shaped slot 
center 10 mm

5 W x
9 D mm slot
center 10 mm

22 x 16.7 x 26

EE-SX975-C1

EE-SX975PC1

T-shaped

5 W x
9 D mm

22 x 15.9 x 13.2

EE-SX976-C1

EE-SX976PC1

F-shaped

5 W x
9 D mm

22 x 15.9 x 13.2

EE-SX977-C1

EE-SX977PC

Connector

Description

Cable length

Model

Connector with standard 
cable

1 m

EE-1017 1M

3 m

EE-1017 3M

Connector with robotic cable 1 m

EE-1017-R 1M

3 m

EE-1017-R 3M

EE-SX97 

Slotted Photomicrosensors

B442

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-6

Connector-Ready Photomicrosensors 
with Open Collector Output

•  Compact sensor for high-density mounting
•  Standard, L-shaped, and T-shaped models available
•  Easy to maintain, plugs into Connector  

cordset EE-1013

•  Connector features built-in safety lock vibration and 

shock resistance

•  Models available with Light-ON or Light-ON/Dark-ON 

output configurations

•  Powerful light modulation against external light 

interference

•  Easy operation monitoring with bright LED indicator
•  Wide operating voltage range simplifies sensor 

connection to TTLs, relays, and programmable 

controllers (PLC)

•  Ideal for use in end-of-travel, home position and 

operation trigger applications

Plug-In Slotted Photomicrosensors

Shape

Sensor type

Slot width/depth

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Output form

Model

Standard

Through 
beam (slot)

3.6 mm W x 6.6 mm D

21.2 x 25 x 7.4

Light-ON

EE-SPX840

Dark-ON

EE-SPX740

L-shaped, left tab

21.2 x 15.5 x 13

Light-ON

EE-SPX842

Dark-ON

EE-SPX742

L-shaped, right tab

Light-ON

EE-SPX843

Dark-ON

EE-SPX743

T-shaped

5 mm W x 9 mm H

15.4 x 27.2 x 15.5

Light-ON

EE-SPX841

Dark-ON

EE-SPX741

Connector

Appearance

Item

Description

Dimensions H x W x D mm

Model

Connector with 
cable

1 m cable

11.8 x 16.2 x 5.3

EE-1013

EE-SPX74

9

/EE-SPX84

9

 

 

Slotted Photomicrosensors

B425

N

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-7

Narrow Slot Sensors and 
Reflective Sensors with Plug in 
Connection

•  Slotted DC sensor with plug-in connection 

for counting and presence/absence detection 
applications

•  Light modulation reduces external light 

interference

•  Light-ON and Dark-ON operation models

•  Built-in Light-ON indicator

•  Connector simplifies installation and 

maintenance: choose connector with 1 m 
cable (EE-1003) or solder terminals (EE-1002)

•  Convert EE-SPX301/401 NPN output to PNP 

with EE-2001 output converter

Photomicrosensors

Appearance

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Output 

type

Output 

form

Model

Through beam with 
slot

3.6 W x 9 L mm slot

31.5 H x 26 W x 7 D mm

NPN

Dark-ON EE-SPX301

Light-
ON

EE-SPX401

Horizontal 

type

Diffuse reflective

5 mm

27.5 H x 26 W x 7 D mm

Dark-ON EE-SPY301
Light-
ON

EE-SPY401

Vertical type

Diffuse reflective

5 mm

27.5 H x 26 W x 7 D mm

Dark-ON EE-SPY302
Light-
ON

EE-SPY402

Connectors and Accessories

Description

Model

Solder connector

EE-1002

Connector with cable 1 m length

EE-1003

Connector hold-down clip for EE-1003

EE-1003A

NPN/PNP conversion connector, 0.46 length

EE-2001

EE-SPX301/401, -SPY301/302/401/402 

 

Slotted/Reflective Photomicrosensors

B426

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-8

Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors

Appearance

Sensor 

type

Slot width/depth

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Output form

Output 

Type

Model

Standard

Through 
beam 
(slot)

3.6 mm W x 6.6 
mm D

29.2 x 25 x 7.4

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SPX306-W2A

Dark-ON

EE-SPX406-W2A

L-shaped,  
left tab

29.2 x 15.5 x 13

Light-ON

EE-SPX302-W2A

Dark-ON

EE-SPX402-W2A

L-shaped, 
right tab

21.2 x 15.5 x 13

Light-ON

EE-SPX304-W2A

Dark-ON

EE-SPX404-W2A

T-shaped

5 mm W x 9 mm H

15.5 x 27.2 x 22.5

Light-ON

EE-SPX305-W2A

Dark-ON

EE-SPX405-W2A

Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors with 
Open Collector Output

•  Compact sensor for high-density mounting

•  Standard, L-shaped, and T-shaped models 

available

•  Incorporating dust-proof slit

•  Detects objects as small as 0.5 mm diameter

•  Light-ON or Dark-ON output configurations 

models available

•  Optical axis monitoring with a Light-ON 

indicator

•  Light modulation effectively reduces external 

light interference

•  Pre-wired with 2 m cable

EE-SPX-W2A 

 

Slotted Photomicrosensors

B427

N

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-9

Connector-Ready Wide Slot 
Sensors

•  Large slot width (13 mm W x 10 mm D)

•  Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON 

output configurations

•  Powerful light modulation against external 

light interference

•  Easy adjustment and optical axis monitoring 

with a Light-ON indicator

•  Convert to PNP output with EE-2002 

conversion connector

Wide Slot Photomicrosensors

Appearance

Sensor type

Slot width/depth

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Output form

Output 

Type

Model

Through beam with 
slot

13 mm W x 10 mm D 26 x 26 x 7.4

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SPX303N

Dark-ON

EE-SPX403N

Connectors and Accessories

Appearance

Item

Description

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Model

Solder connector

Connector makes selectable opera-
tion
sensors into Light-ON operation
sensors. Short-circuits L and positive
(+) terminals.

16.8 x 13.0 x 4.0

EE-1001

Connector with cable

2 m cable

11.8 x 16.2 x 5.3

EE-1006

Connector holder

For EE-1006

25.2 x 29.2 x 5.5

EE-1006A

Connector with cable

2 m cable

13.5 x 13.0 x 4.0

EE-1010

Connector with robotic cable

EE-1010R

NPN/PNP conversion con-
nector

16.2 x 11.8 x 5.3

EE-2002

EE-SPX303N/EE-SPX403N 

 

Slotted Photomicrosensors

B428

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-10

Connector-Ready Reflective 
Sensors

•  Detect dark colored objects and targets in 

front of mirror-like backgrounds

•  Detect objects as small as 0.05 mm diameter 

copper wire

•  2 to 5 mm sensing distance

•  Vertical and horizontal mounting models 

available

•  Easy to maintain, plugs into Connector 

cordset EE-1006

•  Light modulation effectively reduces external 

light interference

•  Easy operation monitoring with bright LED 

indicator

Plug-in Reflective

Appearance

Sensor type

Slot width/depth

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Output form

Output 

type

Model

Horizontal

Convergent
reflective

2-5 mm

29 x 26 x 8

Dark-ON

NPN

EE-SPY311

Light-ON

EE-SPY411

Vertical

Dark-ON

EE-SPY312

Light-ON

EE-SPY412

EE-SPY31

9

/EE-SPY41

9

 

 

Reflective Photomicrosensors

B429

N

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-11

Reflective Sensors with Sensitivity 
Adjuster

•  1 to 5 mm sensing distance

•  Vertical and horizontal mounting models 

available

•  Light-ON/Dark-ON output wire selectable

•  Light modulation effectively reduces external 

light interference

•  Easy operation monitoring with bright LED 

indicator

Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors

Appearance

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Output form

Output 

type

Model

Horizontal

Convergent
reflective

1 to 5 mm 

31.4 x 25.4 x 6.95

Light-ON/Dark-
ON selectable

NPN

EE-SY671

Vertical

31.2 x 25.4 x 6.95

EE-SY672

EE-SY671/EE-SY672 

 

Reflective Photomicrosensors

B432

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-12

Long Distance Miniature Sensors 
with Built-In Amplifier

•  1 meter sensing distance with 5 mm diameter 

minimum object size

•  Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON 

output configurations

•  Light modulation effectively reduces external 

light interference

•  Easy operation monitoring with bright LED 

indicator

•  Cordsets with 2 m cable supplied for emitter 

and receiver

•  Convert to PNP output with EE-2002 

conversion connector

•  Extend cabling up to 10 m

Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors

Appearance

Sensor type

Sensing Distance

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Output form

Output 

type

Model

(Receiver shown)

Through-beam

1 m

33.2 x 25.4 x 8.6

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SPW411

Dark-ON

EE-SPW311

Connector Cordsets (Cordsets Included with Sensor)

Appearance

Sensor type

Description

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Model

Horizontal

Emitter cordset

2 m cable, 2 conductors

29 x 26 x 8

EE-1006L

Vertical

Receiver cordset

2 m cable, 3 conductors

16.2 x 11.8 x 5.3

EE-1006D

EE-SPW311/EE-SPW411 

 

Through-Beam Photomicrosensors

B434

N

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-13

Miniature Sensing Heads with  
In-Line Cable Amplifier

•  30 cm sensing distance with 2 mm diameter 

minimum object size

•  Detect objects as small as 0.5 mm using slit 

pairs supplied

•  Operation indicators allow monitoring from 

the amplifier housing or sensor head

•  Models available with Light-ON or Dark-ON 

output configurations

•  Light modulation effectively reduces external 

light interference

•  Slim amplifier (12 H x 7.5 W x 50 D mm) with 

NPN output for easy handling and mounting

•  Pre-wired with 2 m, 3-conductor cable for 

simple wiring

•  0.5 or 1 m sensing head-to-amplifier cable 

lengths available

Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors

Appearance

Sensor type

Sensing 

distance

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Output form

Output 

type

Model

Through-beam

30 cm

14 x 5.8 x 14, 0.5 m cable

Light-ON

NPN

EE-SPW421

14 x 5.8 x 14, 1 m cable

EE-SPW421A

14 x 5.8 x 14, 0.5 m cable

Dark-ON

EE-SPW321

14 x 5.8 x 14, 0.5 m cable

EE-SPW321A

Slit Sets

 

Reduce beam size to detect smaller objects more accurately by applying slits to the emitter and receiver. Two sizes included with the sensor.

Size of aperture

Sensing distance

Minimum object size

0.5 x 3 mm

10 cm

Opaque: 0.5 mm dia.

1 x 3 mm

20 cm

Opaque: 1 mm dia.

EE-SPW321/EE-SPW421 

 

Through-Beam Photomicrosensors

B435

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-14

Liquid Level Photomicrosensor

Appearance

Sensor type

Sensing Distance

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Output form

Output 

type

Model

Through-beam
(slot)

6-13 mm
diameter pipes,
as transparent
as FEP

16 x 26 x 19

Light-ON/
Dark-ON 
selectable

NPN

EE-SPX613

Liquid Level Sensor with Built-In 
Amplifier

•  Detect liquid level in manufacturing processes 

used in food & beverage and semiconductor 
industries

•  Fits 6-13 mm diameter transparent or 

semi-transparent pipe with a wall thickness 
of 1 mm

•  Easy to install tie-wrap and rubber tube 

provided to prevent slippage

•  Incorporates a sensitivity selector, built-in 

amplifier, and operation mode selector

•  Built-in amplifier with NPN output saves 

space and wiring effort

•  Pre-wired with 1 m, talc-free cable, safe for 

use in clean room equipment

EE-SPX613 

 

Special Application Photomicrosensors

B436

N

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-15

Longer Sensing Distance,  
Simpler to Align Than Diffuse  
and Through-Beam Sensors

•  Photomicrosensor with light modulation for 

reduced external light interference

•  Easy adjustment and optical axis monitoring 

with a light indicator

•  Wide operating voltage range: 5 to 24 VDC

•  Supports connection with Programmable 

Controllers (PLCs)

•  Easy-to-wire connectors assure easy 

maintenance

Photomicrosensors

Appearance

Sensor type

Sensing 

distance

Output type

Output form

Model

Retro-reflective type

200 mm

NPN output

Dark-ON

EE-SPZ301-A

Light-ON

EE-SPZ401-A

Accessories (Order Separately)

Type

Cable length

Model

Remarks

Connector

EE-1002

Connector with cable

1 m

EE-1003

NPN/PNP Conversion Connector

0.46 m (total length)

EE-2001

Connector Hold-Down Clip

EE-1003A

For EE-1003 only.

Reflector

E39-R1

EE-SPZ-A 

 

Retro-reflective Photomicrosensors with Lens

B438

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-16

Pushbutton Type Photomicrosensor

Appearance

Sensor

distance

Sensing 

method

Operation mode

Cable length

Model

NPN output

PNP output

0 to 3.5 mm
(pressed position)
(see note. 1)

Pushbutton

ON with no load

1 m

EE-SA801A 1M

EE-SA801R 1M

1 m
(robot cable)

EE-SA801A-R 1M EE-SA801R-R 1M

OFF with no load

EE-SA701-R- 1M

EE-SA701P-R 1M

Note:  1. Distance from the top surface of the housing to the top of the actuator.

Pushbutton Actuator Accurately Detects 
Presence of Difficult-to-Detect Objects

•  Conforms to semiconductor standards to enable 

accurate detection of FOUP cassettes without being 
affected by the material, color, or reflectance of the 
cassette bottoms. Thin design enables mounting in a 
wider range of applications, e.g., on transfer arms

•  Increased visibility with 4-direction indicator

•  Optical detection of actuator operation provides a 

long life (mechanical life: 5 million operations min.)

•  Models with PNP or NPN output

•  Models are available with very flexible robot cable

EE-SA701/EE-SA801 

 

Pushbutton-type Photomicrosensors

B439

N

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

N-17

Wafer Carrier Position Sensor

•  Unique optical system enables stable 

detection of almost all wafer-carriers

•  Contact surfaces with the wafer carrier use a 

special chemical-resistant fluororesin

•  Set the mounting position using optional 

pedestals

•  Light modulation effectively reduces external 

light interference

•  Pre-wired with 2 m, talc-free cable, safe for 

use in clean room equipment

Pre-Wired Photomicrosensors

Appearance

Sensor type

Sensing distance

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Output form

Output 

Type

Model

Diffuse
reflective

0-3 mm

15 x 32 x 30

Turns on 
when a
wafer carrier 
is present

NPN

EE-SPY801

EE-SPY802

Pedestal
(no sensor
function)

15 x 32 x 30

Guides 
carrier for
detection

EE9-C01

EE9-C02

Application

Mount sensors to detect the support rails along the bottom of 
the wafer carrier.

Install a Sensor or Pedestal at each of the four corners indi-
cated by a circle in the following diagram.

Points A and C
Points B and D

EE-SPY801 or EE9-C01
EE-SPY802 or EE9-C02

EE-SPY801/EE-SPY802 

 

Special Application Photomicrosensors

B437

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

O-i

Limit and Basic Switches

Contents

Selection Guide

O-ii

Limit Switches

WL-N

Robust single-pole/double
break switches

O-2

D4A-N Heavy-duty SPDT and DPDT

switches, plug-in construction

O-3

D4C

Sealed, compact, slim pre-wired
limit switch

O-4

D4CC

Sealed, compact, slim limit
switch with connector

O-4

D4MC

Compact enclosed limit switch

O-5

D4E-N Slim and compact enclosed limit

switch with a long life

O-5

SHL

Enclosed limit switch with coil
spring action

O-6

D5B

Tactile switches detect objects
from multiple directions

O-7

VB

Multiple plunger limit switch

O-7

ZE/ZV/
ZV2

High-capacity switches,
3 mounting styles

O-8

Basic Switches

Z

High precision basic switch

O-9

A

High capacity basic switch

O-10

X

Direct current basic switch

O-11

DZ

Basic switch with two 
independent circuits

O-12

TZ

High temperature basic switch

O-12

O

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

General purpose

Plunger, lever, spring

IP67

WL-N

D4A-N

WL

D4E-_N

ZE/ZV/ZV2

SHL

D4MC

Which type of switch is needed?

What type of actuator?

Miniature switch

IP67

D4CC

D4C

What type of actuator?

Enclosed switch

What type of actuator?

IP67

IP65

Plunger, lever

Multiple switch

IP67

VB

What type of actuator?

Plunger

Tactile switch

IP67

D5B

What type of actuator?

Plunger, wobble-stick

Plunger, lever

D4C – Compact, flat, high-performing switches

With only a width of 16 mm, these compact and flat switches let you meet the demand for 
down-sizing without compromising on specifications. The reliable SPDT contact inside 
can switch up to 5 A/250 VAC resistive load. A full range of actuators is available to meet 
all your mechanical requirements.

•  Slim, compact body sizes

•  Wide range of actuators

•  Strong metal housing, triple sealed with IP67 rating

•  Pre-wired and quick-to-service connector models

  

DOWNSIZE WITHOUT COMPROMISE

Limit Switches

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

General purpose

Plunger, lever, spring

IP67

WL-N

D4A-N

WL

D4E-_N

ZE/ZV/ZV2

SHL

D4MC

Which type of switch is needed?

What type of actuator?

Miniature switch

IP67

D4CC

D4C

What type of actuator?

Enclosed switch

What type of actuator?

IP67

IP65

Plunger, lever

Multiple switch

IP67

VB

What type of actuator?

Plunger

Tactile switch

IP67

D5B

What type of actuator?

Plunger, wobble-stick

Plunger, lever

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-iii

O

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Type

Two circuit  

limit switch

Heavy duty 

limit switch

Enclosed switch, 

pre-wired

Enclosed switch, 

connector

High-capacity  

switch

S

ele

ct

io

n c

ri

te

ri

a

Model

WL-N

D4A-N

D4C

D4CC

ZE/ZV/ZV2

Degree of 

protection

IEC IP67

IP67

IP67

IP67

IP65

Contact 

type

SPDT

4

4

4

4

4

DPDT

4

SPST-NC

Switch ratings (Resistive load)

•  

10 A, 500 VAC

•  

6 A, 30 VDC

•  

0.8 A, 125 
VDC

•  

0.4 A, 250 
VDC

•  

10 A, 480 VAC

•  

10 A, 14 VDC

•  

6 A, 30 VDC

•  

0.8 A, 125 VDC

•  

5 A, 250 VAC

•  

4 A, 30 VDC

•  

0.4 A, 125 VDC

•  

0.2 A, 250 VDC

•  

1 A, 125 VAC

•  

1 A, 30 VDC

•  

15 A, 250 VAC

•  

10 A, 480 VAC

•  

10 A, 30 VDC

•  

0.5 A, 125 VDC

•  

0.25 A, 250 
VDC

Fe

a-

tu

re

s

Microload type

4

4

Operation indicator

4

4

4

4

A

ct

ua

to

rs

Adjustable rod lever

4

4

Adjustable roller lever

4

4

Bevel plunger

Center roller lever

4

4

4

Coil spring

4

4

Cross roller plunger

4

4

4

4

Fork lever lock

4

4

Hinge lever

Hinge roller lever

Horizontal roller plunger

4

4

Horizontal ball plunger

4

4

One-way action hinge  

roller lever

4

Panel mount plunger

Panel mount pin plunger

Panel mount roller plunger

Panel mount cross  

roller plunger

Pin plunger

4

4

4

Plastic rod

4

4

4

Roller lever

4

4

4

4

4

Roller plunger

4

4

4

4

4

Sealed cross roller plunger

4

4

4

4

Sealed plunger

4

4

4

4

Sealed roller plunger

4

4

4

4

Short hinge lever

Short hinge roller lever

Side plunger

4

4

Side roller plunger

4

4

Top ball plunger

4

4

Top plunger

4

4

Hemispherical ball

Cone plunger

Wire plunger

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available    

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Type

Small sealed 

switch

Enclosed switch

Coil spring  

action switch

Multiple plunger 

switch

Tactile switch

S

ele

ct

io

n c

ri

te

ri

a

Model

D4E-_N

D4MC

SHL

VB

D5B

Degree of 

protection

IEC IP67

IP67

IP67

IP67

IP67

Contact 

type

SPDT

4

4

4

4

DPDT

4

  (Up to 6PDT)

SPST-NC

4

Switch ratings (Resistive load)

•  

5 A, 250 VAC

•  

5 A, 30 VDC

•  

0.5 A, 125 VDC

•  

0.25 A, 250 

VDC

•  

10 A, 250 VAC

•  

3 A, 480 VAC

•  

10 A, 14 VDC

•  

6 A, 30 VDC

•  

0.5 A, 125 VDC

•  

0.25 A, 250 VDC

•  

10 A, 250 VAC

•  

2 A, 480 VAC

•  

10 A, 14 VDC

•  

0.4 A, 125 VDC

•  

0.2 A, 250 VDC

•  

10 A, 250 VAC

•  

0.6 A, 125 VDC

•  

0.3 A, 250 VDC

•  

1 mA, 5 VDC

•  

30 mA,  
30 VDC

Fe

a-

tu

re

s

Microload type

4

4

4

4

Operation indicator

4

4

A

ct

ua

to

rs

Adjustable rod lever

Adjustable roller lever

Bevel plunger

4

Center roller lever

Coil spring

Cross roller plunger

4

Fork lever lock

Hinge lever

4

4

Hinge roller lever

4

4

4

Horizontal roller plunger

Horizontal ball plunger

One-way action hinge  

roller lever

4

4

Panel mount plunger

4

4

4

Panel mount pin plunger

Panel mount roller plunger

4

4

4

Panel mount cross  

roller plunger

4

4

4

Pin plunger

Plastic rod

Roller lever

4

4

4

Roller plunger

4

4

Sealed cross roller plunger

4

Sealed plunger

4

Sealed roller plunger

4

Short hinge lever

4

4

Short hinge roller lever

4

4

Side plunger

Side roller plunger

Top ball plunger

Top plunger

Hemispherical ball

4

Cone plunger

4

Wire plunger

4

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available    

Limit Switches

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-v

O

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

High precision

15A @ 250VAC

SPDT

Z

X

Which type of switch is needed?

Maximum load rating

High capacity

SPDT

A

Maximum load rating

Direct current switch

Maximum load rating

SPDT

20A @ 250VAC

High temperature

SPDT

TZ

Maximum load rating

1A @ 250VAC

Two independent circuits

DPDT

DZ

Maximum load rating

10A @ 250VAC

10A @ 125VDC/AC

Wide range offering the most standard basic switches

High precision and wide variety of styles meet wide range of applications.

•  Long life, high-accuracy and high quality

•  A large switching capacity of 15 A with high repeat accuracy

•  Micro load models available

•  Molded terminal-type models available

  

GLOBAL STANDARD BASIC SWITCHES

Basic Switches

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-vi

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Type

High precision 

switch

High capacity 

switch

Direct Current 

switch

High-tempera-

ture switch

Two independent 

circuits

S

p

ecific

ati

on

s

Model

Z-15G

A-20G

X-10G

TZ-1G

DZ-10G

Contact 

type

SPDT

4

4

4

4

DPDT

4

Switch ratings (Resistive load)

•  

15A @ 250VAC

•  

6A @ 30VDC

•  

0.5A @ 125VDC

•  

20A @ 250VAC

•  

6A @ 30VDC

•  

0.5A @ 125VDC

•  

10A @ 125VDC/AC

•  

3A @ 250VDC/AC

•  

1A @ 250VAC

•  

1A @ 30VDC

•  

10A @ 250VAC

•  

0.5A @ 125VDC

S

er

vi

ce

 Li

fe

Mechanical (cycles)

•  

20 million

•  

1 million

•  

1 million

•  

100,000

•  

1 million

Electrical (cycles)

•  

500,000

•  

500,000

•  

100,000

•  

50,000

•  

500,000

A

ct

ua

to

rs

Pin plunger

4

4

4

4

4

Slim spring plunger

8

8

Short spring plunger

8

8

8

Panel mount plunger

4

4

4

Panel mount roller plunger

4

4

4

Panel mount cross roller 

plunger

8

8

8

Leaf spring lever

8

8

Roller leaf spring lever

8

Short hinge lever

8

8

8

Hinge lever

4

4

4

4

4

Low-force hinge lever

8

8

Low-force wire hinge lever

8

Short hinge roller lever

4

8

4

4

4

Short hinge cross roller lever

8

Hinge roller lever

8

4

8

4

4

Hinge cross roller lever

8

One-way short hinge roller 

lever

8

Reverse hinge lever

8

8

Reverse short hinge roller 

lever

8

8

Reverse hinge roller lever

8

8

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available    

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-vii

O

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-2

WL-N 

General-Purpose Limit Switches

L835

Robust Single-Pole/Double Break
Switches with Built-In Actuators

•  Rugged die-cast aluminum housing with 

high mechanical strength

•  Rated IP67 with waterproof, oil-tight and 

dust-proof construction

•  Easy to install and maintain
•  Wide range of actuators:

•  Roller levers: Short, medium, long; flush 

mounting; flange mounting

•  Adjustable levers: Roller lever, rod lever
•  Fork roller levers
•  Plungers: Plain top, top roller, top ball, 

plain side, side roller, side ball

•  Wobble levers: Steel wire, nylon rod,  

coil spring

•  Wide variety of standard, high-precision 

and overtravel models

•  LED or neon lamp status indicator models 

available

Type

Basic

High sensitivity overtravel 90-degree

High-precision overtravel

Action

Features

• Used with roller  

levers

• Operation is highly   

sensitive with only 10°  
pretravel

• Overtravel is large,

making setting the dog
easier

• Mounting is compatible

with basic models

• Overtravel is large,
• making setting the dog 

easier

• Mounting is compatible   

with basic models

• Repeat accuracy is twice 

that of basic models

• Operation is highly sensitive 

with only 5° pretravel

• Ideal for positioning, e.g., 

with machine tools

One-way 
operation

Possible

Not possible

Not possible

Not possible

Head mounting

Any of 4 
directions

Any of 4 directions

Any of 4 directions

Any of 4 directions

Specifications

•  Load rating: 10 A max. at 125 VAC,  

NEMA A600

•  Contact configuration: SPDT double break
•  Mechanical life: 15 million operations
•  High temperature, low temperature, 

corrosion proof, hermetic, anti-coolant, 
spatter resistant types available

•  Micro-load and “Long-Life” types 

available

•  Class 1 protection against electric shock
•  Connection: 1/2-14 NPT conduit entrance, 

terminal screw connections

•  Enclosure rating: IP67; NEMA 3, 4, and 13

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-3

D4A-N 

 General-Purpose Limit Switches

L823

Heavy-Duty SPDT and DPDT 
Switches with Plug-In 
Construction

•  Oil-tight, watertight construction with 

double seal on the head, a complete 
gasket cover

•  Plug-in construction reduces downtime 

for maintenance

•  Convenient front mounting simplifies 

installation

•  User-selectable operating direction for 

side rotary switches—CW, CCW, or both

•  Position and lock the operating head at 

any of four 90° positions

•  Wide operating temperature range:  

-40° to 100° C (side rotary)

•  Side rotary switches accept a wide 

selection of levers

•  DPDT, double-break models available for 

sequential operation and center neutral 
switching

Specifications

•  Load rating: SPDT double break:  

10 A max. at 125 VAC, NEMA A600

•  DPDT double break: 5 A max.  

at 125 VAC, NEMA B600

•  Mechanical life:

•  SPDT double break: 50 million 

operations

•  DPDT double break: 30 million 

operations

•  Connection: 1/2-14 NPT conduit entrance, 

terminal screw connections 

•  Enclosure rating: IP67; UL NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 

6P, 12 and 13

•  Class I protection against electrical shock
•  Wide range of actuators:

•  Roller lever: Standard, high-sensitivity, 

low torque, maintained, sequential 
operation, center neutral operation

•  Adjustable lever: Side plunger, top 

plunger

•  Wobble lever: Spring wire, plastic rod, 

cat whisker, coil spring

O

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-4

D4C 

Enclosed Limit Switches

Sealed, Compact, Slim Pre-Wired 
Limit Switch

•  Rugged die-cast aluminum housing
•  Rated IP67; triple-sealed construction
•  Designed for easy gang mounting
•  Standard cable offers high flexibility, 

outstanding oil and extreme temperature 

resistance

•  Wide range of actuators:

Specifications

•  Load rating: SPDT: 5 A max.  

at 250 VAC, NEMA B300

•  Micro load versions available
•  Enclosure rating: IP67; UL NEMA 3, 4 and 13
•  Weather-resistant models available

D4CC 

Enclosed Limit Switches

Sealed, Compact, Slim Limit 
Switch with Connector

•  Center roller lever models enable ganged 

mounting of up to 6 switches

•  M12 4-pin connector reduces installation 

and maintenance time

•  Rated IP67; triple-sealed construction for 

plungers provides oil-tight and water- 
tight protection

•  AC and DC switching models
•  Wide range of actuators

Specifications

•  Load rating: SPDT, 1 A max. at  

125 VAC, NEMA D150 or 1 A max. at  
30 VDC

•  Connection: M12 single keyway 4-pin connector
•  Enclosure rating: IP67; UL NEMA 3, 4 and 13

L824

L825

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-5

D4MC 

Limit Switches

Compact Enclosed Limit Switch

•  Suitable for applications demanding  

higher mechanical strength, dustproof and 
drip-proof properties

•  Rated IP67; gasket diaphragm seal provides 

high environmental resistance

•  High-precision and long life (10,000,000 

mechanical operations)

•  Wide range of actuators:

•  Panel mount plunger, roller plunger, cross 

roller plunger

•  Short and standard hinge lever
•  Standard, short and one-way action short 

hinge roller lever

•  Screw terminals or pre-wired with 1 m cable

Slim and Compact Enclosed Limit 
Switch with a Long Life

•  Ideal for gang mounting
•  Rated IP67; NEMA 3, 4 and 13
•  Long service life (10,000,000 mechanical 

operations)

•  Wide range of actuators:

•  Plunger, roller plunger, cross roller 

plunger

•  Sealed plunger, roller plunger, cross 

roller plunger

•  Standard and one-way action roller lever
•  Screw terminals, connector or pre-wired 

with 1 m cable models

•  Micro-load types available

Specifications

•  Control output: SPDT (form C),  

rated 10 A max. at 125 VAC (inductive load)

•  NEMA A300 rated 

•  Dimensions: 44.8 H x 21.7 W x 50 D mm 

(switch body with boot)

Specifications

•  Control output: SPDT (form C),  

rated 5 A max. at 125 VAC (inductive load)

 

•  NEMA A300 rated
•  Dimensions: 32.9 H x 18 W x 43 D mm 

(switch body)

D4E-N 

Limit Switches

L827

L828

O

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-6

SHL 

Limit Switches

Enclosed Limit Switch with Coil 
Spring Action

•  Coil spring mechanism extends life  

of the switch

•  Rated IP67; rigid zinc die-cast alloy 

housing

•  Long service life (10,000,000 mechanical 

operations)

•  Wide range of actuators:

•  Plunger panel mount plunger, roller 

plunger, cross roller plunger

•  Standard and short hinge lever
•  Standard and short hinge roller lever
•  One-way action standard and short 

hinge roller lever

•  Screw terminals or pre-wired with  

cable models

•  Molded terminal and indicator  

models available

Specifications

•  Control output: SPDT (form C),  

rated 10 A max. at 250 VAC  
(resistive load)

•  Microload types rated 0.1 A at 125 VAC/ 

30 VDC (resistive load) 

•  UL & NEMA A300 rated
•  Dimensions: 32.9 H x 17.5 W x 45.6 D mm 

(switch body)

L829

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-7

D5B 

Limit Switches

Multiple Plunger Limit Switch

•  Multiple plunger switches are ideal for 

machine tools and sequential control

•  Robust solution offers 2 to 6 switches  

in one enclosure

•  Easy to install and service; switch box has  

an oil drain

•  Rated IP67; rugged die-cast aluminum 

housing

•  Ground terminal models have EN/IEC 

approval (CE marking)

•  Long service life (5,000,000 mechanical 

operations)

•  Roller plunger or bevel plunger actuators
•  G1/2 conduit entrance; screw terminals

 

Specifications

•  Control output: SPDT (form C), rated 10 A 

max. at 125 VAC (resistive load)

•  Microload types rated @ 0.1 A 

•  Dimensions: 68 H x 85 W x 58 D mm  

(2 switch model)

•  106 D mm (6 switch model)

Tactile Switches Detect Objects 

from Multiple Directions

•  Detects object contact and operates even 

with a slight force

•  Gold-plated contacts provide high contact 

reliability

•  Switches micro current/voltage loads
•  Long service life (10 million mechanical 

operations)

•  Rated IP67 for resistance to dust, fine 

particles and water or oil splash

• Three sizes (M10, M8, and M5) to match 

total travel and operating force requirements

• Three actuator types: hemispheric, cone-

shaped, and wobble-stick type

•  Pre-wired with 1, 3 or 5 m cable

Specifications

•  Control output: Normally closed;  

1 mA at 5 VDC to 30 mA max. at 30 VDC 
(resistive load)

•  Dimensions: M5 x 24.5 L mm (hemispheric); 

27 L mm (cone-shaped); 64.1 L mm  
(wobble stick) 

•  M8 x 28 L mm (hemispheric);  

32.5 L mm (cone-shaped);  
92.8 L mm (wobble stick)

•  M10 x 33.3 L mm (hemispheric);  

39.3 L mm (cone-shaped)

•  111.1 L mm (wobble stick)

VB 

Limit Switches

L833

L832

O

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-8

ZE/ZV/ZV2 

 Limit Switches

L826

High-Capacity Switches

•  Large 15 A, 125 VAC switching capacity 

and long service life

•  Wide range of actuators:

•  Plunger: Pin, roller, cross roller
•  Roller arm lever: Standard and sealed
•  Sealed plunger: Pin, roller, cross roller

•  Rugged die-cast aluminum housing
•  Sealed switches rated IP65 (Z

9

-N)

• Three mounting styles available:

•  Side mounting (ZE)
•  Diagonal side mounting (ZV2) is ideal for 

gang mounting several switches

•  Flanged base mounting (ZV)

Specifications

•  Load rating: SPDT, 15 A max. at  

125 VAC, NEMA B300 or 1 A max.  
at 30 VDC

•  Mechanical life: 10 million operations 

 
 
 

•  Connection: Screw terminals on  

internal switch face forward when  
the cover is opened

•  Enclosure rating: IP65 (ZE-N); IP60 

(ZE-Q)

•  Micro load version available

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-9

Z Series 

  General-Purpose Basic Switches

L862

Best-selling Basic Switch Boasting 
High Precision and Wide Variety

•  Long life with high-accuracy and high 

quality

•  A large switching capacity of 15 A with 

high repeat accuracy

•  A wide range of variations in contact 

form available: basic, split-contact, and 
maintained-contact

•  Micro load models available
•  Molded terminal-type models incorporate 

a finger protection safety terminal cover

Specifications

•  Switch rating: 15 A, 250 VAC 
•  Contact form: SPDT
•  Ambient operating temperature: 

-25ºC to +80ºC (with no icing) 

•  Ambient operating humidity: 

35%RH to 85%RH 

•  Electrical operating frequency: 

20 operations/minute maximum

•  Electrical service life: 500,000 

operations minimum

Actuator

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Rating

Contact 
form

Mounting 
hole size

Terminal type

Model

Pin plunger

30 X 49.2 X 17.45

15 A, 250 VAC
10 A, 500 VAC
0.5 A, 125 VDC
0.25 A, 250 VDC

SPDT

4.2 mm

Screw terminal
Size : M4

Z-15G-B

Screw terminal
Size : #6-32NC

Z-15G-B7-K

Panel mount plunger

48.3 X 49.2 X 17.45

Screw terminal
Size : M4

Z-15GQ-B

Panel mount roller plunger 62.3 X 49.2 X 17.45

Z-15GQ22-B

Hinge lever

38 X 49.2 X 17.45

Z-15GW-B

Short hinge roller lever

42.5 X 49.2 X 17.45

Z-15GW22-B

Ordering Information

O

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-10

A Series 

  General-Purpose Basic Switches

L863

High-capacity Switch Handles 20 A 
Loads with Large Inrush Currents

•  Long life with high-accuracy and high 

quality

•  Directly switches loads such as motors, 

halogen lamps and solenoids

•  Same shape as Omron snap action switch 

model Z except pin plunger position, yet 
endures inrush currents as large as 75 A

Specifications

•   Switch Rating: 20 A, 250 VAC 
•  Contact form: SPDT
•  Ambient operating temperature: 

-25°C to +80°C (with no icing) 

•  Ambient operating humidity: 

35%RH to 85%RH 

•  Electrical operating frequency: 20 

operations/minute maximum

•  Electrical service life: 500,000 

operations minimum

Actuator

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Rating

Contact 
form

Mounting 
hole size

Terminal type

Model

Pin plunger

30 X 49.2 X 17.45

20 A, 250 VAC
15 A, 500 VAC
0.5 A, 125 VDC
0.25 A, 250 VDC

SPDT

4.2 mm

Screw terminal
Size : M4

A-20G-B

3.56 mm

Screw terminal
Size : #6-32NC

A-20G-B7-K

Panel mount plunger

48.3 X 49.2 X 17.45

4.2 mm

Screw terminal
Size : M4

A-20GQ-B

Panel mount roller plunger 62.3 X 49.2 X 17.45

A-20GQ22-B

Hinge lever

49 X 49.2 X 17.45

A-20GV-B

Hinge roller lever

57 X 49.2 X 17.45

A-20GV2-B

Ordering Information

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-11

X Series 

  General-Purpose Basic Switches

L864

Direct Current Switch with Built-in 
Magnetic Blowout

•  Can be used for either load rating of DC or 

AC for wide variety of applications

•  Incorporates a small permanent magnet in 

the contact mechanism to deflect the arc 
to effectively extinguish it

•  Ideal for switching DC circuits
•  Wide variety of actuators for a wide scope 

of applications

•  Same shape and mounting procedures as 

Omron’s Model Z snap action switches.

Actuator

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Rating

Contact 
form

Mounting 
hole size

Terminal type

Model

Pin plunger

30 X 49.2 X 17.45

10 A, 125 VDC/AC
 3 A, 250 VDC/AC

SPDT

4.2

Screw terminal
Size : M4

X-10G-B

Panel mount plunger

54 X 49.2 X 17.45

X-10GQ-B

Panel mount roller plunger 65 X 49.2 X 17.45

X-10GQ22-B

Hinge lever

49 X 49.2 X 17.45

X-10GW-B

Short hinge roller lever

52 X 49.2 X 17.45

X-10GW22-B

•  Switch Rating: 10 A, 125 VAC 
•  Contact form: SPDT
•  Ambient operating temperature: 

-25°C to +80°C (with no icing) 

•  Ambient operating humidity: 

35%RH to 85%RH

Specifications

•  Electrical operating frequency: 20 

operations/minute maximum

•  Electrical service life: 100,000 

operations minimum

Ordering Information

O

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

O-12

DZ Series 

General-Purpose Basic Switches

DPDT Basic Switch for Two 
Independent Circuit Control

•  Compact DPDT contacts for size restricted 

applications

•  Incorporates two completely independent 

built-in switches 

•  Ideal for switching the circuits operating on 

two different voltages, and for controlling 
two independent circuits

Specifications

•  Ambient operating temperature: -25°C to +80°C (with no icing) 
•  Electrical service life: 500,000 operations minimum

Actuator

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Rating

Contact 
form

Mounting 
hole size

Terminal type

Model

Pin plunger

25.5 X 49.2 X 17.45

10 A, 250 VAC
10 A, 30 VDC
0.5 A, 125 VDC
0.25 A, 250 VDC

DPDT

4.2 mm

Screw terminal
Size : M3

DZ-10G-1B

Hinge roller lever

41.6 X 49.2 X 17.45

DZ-10GV2-1B

Hinge lever

54.5 X 49.2 X 17.45

DZ-10GW-1B

Short hinge roller lever

47.9 X 49.2 X 17.45

DZ-10GW22-1B

High-temperature Basic Switch for 
Extreme Applications

•  Stable operation at an ambient 

temperature of 400°C

•  Carefully chosen materials ensure 

high contact reliability at high ambient 
temperature

Specifications

•  Ambient operating temperature: -65°C to +400°C (with no icing) 
•  Electrical service life: 50,000 operations minimum

Actuator

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Rating

Contact 
form

Mounting 
hole size

Terminal type

Model

Pin plunger

25.5 X 49.2 X 17.45

1 A, 250 VAC
1 A, 30 VDC
0.4 A, 125 VDC

SPDT

3.56  mm Screw terminal

Size : M3.5

TZ-1G

Hinge lever

54.5 X 49.2 X 17.45

TZ-1GV

Short hinge roller lever

47.9 X 49.2 X 17.45

TZ-1GV22

Hinge roller lever

49 X 49.2 X 17.45

TZ-1GV2

Ordering Information

Ordering Information

TZ Series 

 General-Purpose Basic Switches

L866

L865

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

P-i

Vision Solutions

Contents

Selection Guide

P-ii

Vision Sensors

FQ2

Compact vision sensor 
combining both camera and 
image processor within one 
unit, network up to 32 cameras 
with high image quality without 
complex operation

P-2

FQ-M

Compact vision sensor with 
motion tracking for pick-and-
place robots

P-3

Vision Systems

FZ5-L

Real Color Sensing, with over 
100 processing items. Box 
Style 2 or 4 camera controllers.  
Ethernet, EtherNet/IP ready

P-3

FZ/FH 
Cameras

Wide camera selection for use 
with FZ and FH vision systems.

P-4

FH Vision 
Systems

Customizable vision system. 
Easier to embed in machines 
and shorter cycle times

P-6

Accessories

FL

Lighting and Accessories

P-10

FL-V

Lighting and Accessories

P-10

3Z4S-LE

Lenses

P-13

P

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Smart Camera

FQ-M

FQ2

FL Series

FL-V Series

 3Z4S-LE /

FZ-LE Series

FH

FZ5-L

Vision sensors

Vision systems

Vision accessories

Inspection

Advanced

Advanced /

Customize /

Alignment

Lighting

Lensing

Vision solutions

Pick & Place

LCD monitors allow for setup and immediate image visualization 

Vision sensors solve applications by intuitive teach and go procedures.

Advanced features of Vision systems allow for image processing, position correction and 
multiple inspections. Real Color Sensing allows for color inspection by discriminating up to 
16.7 million colors. Intelligent Lighting and High Resolution Camera options allow for  
High-end image quality with both vision sensors and systems.

•  Smart Vision – High Speed Inspections

•  Vision Systems have data trending, logging and image storage for evaluation functions

•  The New FQ offers unparalleled vision inspection

•  Real color – close to human eye identification and image processing

VISION SOLUTIONS: EASY AS TOUCH, COMMUNICATE & GO

Vision Solutions

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Vision sensors

Vision systems

S

ele

ct

io

n c

ri

te

ri

a

Model

FQ2

FQ-M

FZ5-L

FH

Number of connectable cameras 32 connectable to 

1 Touchfinder

2 connectable to 1 
Touchfinder

4

8

Camera type Digital color and 

monochrome

Digital color and 
monochrome

FZ Cameras 
(Digital Color and 
monochrome)

FH and FZ 
Cameras (Digital 
Color and 
monochrome)

Resolution (usable) Display dots 1280 x 1040

752 x 480

from 640 x 480  to 2448 x 2044

Number of storable configurations 8 (FQ-S1)

32 (FQ2-S2, S3, S4)

Up to 32

32 per Scene Group

Number of tools/configuration 1 (FQ-S1)

32 (FQ2-S2, S3, S4)

32

Limited only by memory space

IP-Rating camera head IP67 ALL in one, 

IP40 C-mount

IP40

Depends on camera

Supply voltage 24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

F

ea

tu

res

Image processing tools FQ2-S1, S2, S3 

Nine (Search, 
Shape search2, 
Sensitive search, 
Area, Color data, 
Edge position, 
Edge width, 
Labeling) 
FQ2-S4 THIRTEEN
(9 + OCR,Bar code, 
2D code,2D code 
DPM

Four
(Shape search, 
Search, Labeling, 
Edge position)

Approx. 90 processing tools for object 
or defect recognition, measurements, 
calculations, input/output, display and 
more. Includes also character recognition 
and high precision edge code inspection 
tools

Image preprocessing High-Dynamic 

Range (HDR), 
color gray filter, 
smoothing, dilate, 
erosion, median, 
extract edge, 
enhance edge, 
background 
suppression, 
polarizing filter, 
white balance

High-Dynamic 
Range (HDR), 
White balance

High Dynamic Range (HDR), smoothing, 
edge enhancement, edge extraction, 
erosion, dilation, median, background 
suppression - multiple passes, 
configurable

User interface On board "teach & 

go" touch screen

On board “teach & 
go” touch screen

Optional PC configuration software

 (PC Tool 

Touchfinder)

 (Sysmac Studio)

 (Remote 

operation  PC tool)

 (Sysmac Studio, 

Remote operation 
PC tool)

Security tools

Com

m

un

ic

at

ion

RS-232C

USB

Ethernet

 EtherNet/IP

 EtherNet/IP

EtherCAT

Number of digital I/O 7 in/3 out

9 in/5 out

11 in/26 out

17 in/37 out

 

Standard 

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-iii

P

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-2

Clear Imaging Quality and 

Advanced Processing Tools in 

Easy to Use  Interface

Achieve highly reliable inspection results on 

most challenging surfaces.

•  Real Color Sensing – 16.7M Colors
•  Integrated High-Power Lighting
•  High-Dynamic-Range (HDR) Sensing
•  Polarizing Filter Attachment

Touch finder

Type

Model

DC power supply

FQ2-D30

AC/DC/Battery

FQ2-D31 
(See Note.)

Note: 

AC adapter and battery are sold separately.  Both 

accessories are required, see FQ brochure for details.

Cables (Robotic cable) 

Type

Cable length

Model

FQ Ethernet Cables 
(connect Sensor to Touch 
Finder, Sensor to PC)

2 m

FQ-WN002

10 m

FQ-WN010

20 m

FQ-WN020

I/O Cables

2 m

FQ-WD002

10 m

FQ-WD010

20 m

FQ-WD020

G453

Specifications

• Single function models: Offer 1 inspection 

and no position compensation

• Standard Models: Offer 32 inspections 

with Position Compensation

FQ2 

 Vision Sensors

760,000 Pixel Sensors

Field of View
(Horizontal x Vertical)

Installation 
Distance

Inspection/ID/OCR Models
NPN Color

PNP Color

NPN Monochrome

PNP Monochrome

7.5 x 6.7 to 13 x 11.6 mm

38 to 60 mm

FQ2-S40010F-08

FQ2-S45010F-08

FQ2-S40010F-08M

FQ2-S45010F-08M

13 x 11.6 to 53 x 47.3 mm 56 to 215 mm

FQ2-S40050F-08

FQ2-S45050F-08

FQ2-S40050F-08M

FQ2-S45050F-08M

29 x 25.9 to 300 x 268 mm 32 to 380 mm

FQ2-S40100N-08

FQ2-S45100N-08 FQ2-S40100N-08M

FQ2-S45100N-08M

53 x 47.3 to 240 x 214 mm  220 to 970 mm FQ2-S40100F-08

FQ2-S45100F-08

FQ2-S40100F-08M

FQ2-S45100F-08M

1.3 Million Pixel Sensors

Field of View

Installation Distance C-Mount (Inspection/ID/OCR) Type Models

NPN Color

PNP Color

NPN Monochrome

PNP Monochrome

Lens according to optical chart in datasheets

FQ2-S40-13

FQ2-S45-13

FQ2-S40-13M

FQ2-S45-13M

350,000 Pixel Sensors

Field of View
(Horizontal x 
Vertical)

Installation 
Distance

Inspection Models

Inspection/ID/OCR Models

NPN Color

PNP Color

NPN Color

PNP Color

NPN Monochrome PNP Monochrome

7.5x4.7 to 
13x8.2 mm

38 to 60 mm

FQ2-
S20010F

FQ2-
S25010F

FQ2-
S40010F

FQ2-
S45010F

FQ2-S40010F-M

FQ2-S45010F-M

13x8.2 to 
53x33 mm

56 to 215 mm

FQ2-
S20050F

FQ2-
S25050F

FQ2-
S40050F

FQ2-
S45050F

FQ2-S40050F-M

FQ2-S45050F-M

29x18 to 
300x191 mm

32 to 380 mm

FQ2-
S20100N

FQ2-
S25100N

FQ2-
S40100N

FQ2-
S45100N

FQ2-S40100N-M

FQ2-S45100N-M

53x33 to 
240x153 mm 

220 to 970 mm FQ2-

S20100F

FQ2-
S25100F

FQ2-
S40100F

FQ2-
S45100F

FQ2-S40100F-M

FQ2-S45100F-M

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-3

G455

Vision Designed for Motion Tracking 

with EtherCAT Communication Option

•  Fast & precise positioning
•  Encoder input for conveyor tracking and 

calibration

•  Shape based object detection
•  Smart calibration wizard
•  Sysmac Studio software for vision system 

operation and setting

Visions Sensors

Appearance 

Network type 

Camera type 

Output type 

Model 

Ethernet data communication

Color

NPN 

FQ-MS120 

PNP 

FQ-MS125 

Monochrome

NPN 

FQ-MS120-M 

PNP 

FQ-MS125-M 

EtherCAT data communication 

Color

NPN 

FQ-MS120-ECT 

PNP 

FQ-MS125-ECT 

Monochrome

NPN 

FQ-MS120-M-ECT 

PNP 

FQ-MS125-M-ECT 

Notes:

 For lenses please refer to FZ-LE/3Z4S-LE models in Lighting and Accessories section.

For Sysmac-Studio-User Vision License programming software, see page E-1. 

Touch Finder

Appearance 

Description 

Power supply 

Model 

Optional touch screen setting 
and monitoring device for FQ-
series sensors

DC power supply 

FQ-MD30 

AC/DC battery* 

FQ-MD31 

 
* AC Adapter and Battery are sold separately.

Cables (robotic cable)  

Type 

Connectors 

Cable length 

Model 

FQ Ethernet and EtherCAT Cables (connects Sensor 
to Touch Finder, Sensor to PC) 

Angle M12 / Straight RJ45 

5 m 

FQ-MWNL005 

10 m 

FQ-MWNL010 

Straight M12 / Straight RJ45 

5 m 

FQ-WN005

10 m 

FQ-WN010 

FQ EtherCAT Cables 

Angle M12 / Angle M12 

5 m 

FQ-MWNEL005 

10 m 

FQ-MWNEL010 

Straight M12 / Straight M12 

5 m 

FQ-MWNE005 

10 m 

FQ-MWNE010 

I/O Cables

Angle

 5 m 

FQ-MWDL005 

10 m 

FQ-MWDL010 

Straight

 5 m 

FQ-MWD005 

10 m 

FQ-MWD010 

FQ-M 

Motion Vision Sensors

P

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-4

G452

“Real Color” Vision Sensors 

Maximize Inspection Flexibility

•  Mega ARCS Engine:  High speed, stable 

color image processing for accurate 

inspections/ measurement close to 
human vision

•  Controller tool set includes 1D bar code 

and 2D code reader and HDR function

•  Wide range of cameras: 300K standard or 

high speed, pixel, 2- and 5-million pixel 

cameras

•  Easy-to-use Windows-like GUI menu 

structure;  simulation software offers 

testing, remote setting

•  Communication interfaces: Digital, serial, 

Ethernet, EtherNet/IP

System Configuration

Ordering Information

Box-type Light Controllers

Camera connection

USB 

connection

RGB 

monitor

PC

PLC

RS-232C

Parallel I/O

Ethernet

Analog RGB

Input device

Mouse

Type

Description

Number of 
cameras

Dimensions (mm)

NPN output 
model

PNP output 
model

Lite 
controllers

Box-type controllers 2

197 H x 80 W x 182.3 D

FZ5-L350

FZ5-L350-10

4

FZ5-L355

FZ5-L355-10

C           US

FZ5-L 

 Vision  Systems

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-5

G452

FZ/FH 

Vision Systems – Cameras

Strobe Controllers

Application

Channels

Source

Model

Required to control external lighting 
from FZ5 controller

1

For FL-Series lights

FL-TCC1

1

For FLV-Series lights

FLV-TCC1

4

For FLV-Series lights

FLV-TCC4

Cameras

Intelligent Compact Cameras

 

The compact unit contains both camera and smart lighting.

5 million-pixel digital 

cameras

2 million-pixel digital 

cameras

300,000-pixel-pixel

digital cameras

High Speed camera

300,000-pixel

Color

FZ-SC5M2

Black & White

FZ-S5M2

Color

FZ-SC2M

Black & White

FZ-S2M

Color

FZ-SC

Black & White

FZ-S

Color

FZ-SHC

Black & White

FZ-SH

Type

Description

Color

Features

Dimensions (mm)

Model

High-speed 
cameras

300,000 pixels

Mono

Lens required

35 H x 35 W x 48.2 D

FZ-SH

Color

FZ-SHC

Digital cameras

300,000 pixels

Mono

Lens required

28 H x 28 W x 46.3 D

FZ-S

Color

FZ-SC

2 million pixels 

Mono

Lens required

28 H x 28 W x 53.5 D

FZ-S2M

Color

FZ-SC2M

5 million pixels 

Mono

Lens required

44 H x 44 W x 55 D

FZ-S5M2

Color

FZ-SC5M2

Small, flat digital 
cameras

300,000 pixels

Mono

CCTV lens required

22 H x 34 W x 16.9 D

FZ-SF

Color

FZ-SFC

Small, pen type 
digital cameras

300,000 pixels

Mono

CCTV lens required

M10.5 dia. x 44 L

FZ-SP

Color

FZ-SPC

Note: 

For lenses please reference FZ-LE/3Z4S-LE models in Lighting and Accessories section.

Type

Description

Color

Features

Dimensions (mm)

Model

Intelligent compact 
cameras

Wide view (short-distance) Color

Camera + Lens + 
Intelligent lighting

46 H x 49 W  x 94.8 D

FZ-SQ100N

Wide view (long-distance)

Color

FZ-SQ100F

Standard view

Color

46 H x 57 W  x 94.8 D

FZ-SQ050F

Narrow view

Color

FZ-SQ010F

P

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-6

G452

FZ/FH 

Vision Systems – Accessories

Cables

Accessories

Item

Description

Model

Camera Cable 
Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VS3

Bend resistant Camera Cable 
Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSB3

Right-angle Camera Cable *1 
Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSL3

Bend resistant Right-angle Camera Cable 
Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSLB3

Long-distance Camera Cable 
Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VS4

Long-distance Right-angle Camera Cable *1 
Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VSL4

Cable Extension Unit 
Up to two Extension Units and three Cables can be connected. (Maximum cable length: 45 m *2)

FZ-VSJ

Item

Description

Model

LCD Monitor 8.4 inches For Box-type Controllers*1

FZ-M08

LED Monitor Cable: Cable length: 2 m or 5 m (When you connect a LCD Monitor FZ-M08 to FH sensor 
controller, please use it in combination with a DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector FH-VMRGB.)

FZ-VM

DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector

FH-VMRGB

USB Memory

2 GB

FZ-MEM2G

8 GB

FZ-MEM8G

SD Card

2 GB

HMC-SD291

4 GB

HMC-SD491

Display/USB Switcher

FZ-DU

Mouse Recommended Products: Driverless wired mouse (A mouse that requires the mouse driver to be 
installed is not supported.)

EtherCAT junction slaves

3 port Power supply voltage:

20.4 to 28.8 VDC
(24 VDC -15 to 20%)

Current  
consumption: 0.08 A

GX-JC03

6 port

Current  
consumption: 0.17 A

GX-JC06

Industrial Switching Hubs  
for EtherNet/IP  
and Ethernet

3 port Failure detection: None

Current  
consumption: 0.08 A

W4S1-03B

5 port Failure detection: None

Current  
consumption:
0.12 A

W4S1-05B

5 port Failure detection: Supported

W4S1-05C

Calibration Plate

FZD-CAL

External Lighting

FLV Series *2
FL Series *2

*1  This Cable has an L-shaped connector on the Camera end.
*2  The maximum cable length depends on the Camera being connected, and the model and length of the Cable being used. For further information, please refer to the 
“Cameras / Cables Connection” table and “Maximum Extension Length Using Cable Extension Units FZ-VSJ table.” When a high-speed CMOS camera FH-S

9

02/-

S

9

04/-S

9

12 is used in the high speed mode of transmission speed, two camera cables are required.

*1  2 Cables are required for all I/O signals.
*2   Insert the cables length into 

in the model number as follows. 2 m = 2, 5 m =5

*3   Insert the cables length into 

999

 in the model number as follows. 0.5 m = 050, 1 m = 100, 1.5 m = 150, 2 m = 200, 3 m = 300, 5 m = 500

*4   Insert the wiring method into 

in the model number as follows. Phillips screw = J, Slotted screw (rise up) = E, Push-in spring = P 

 

Refer to the XW2R Series catalog (Cat. No. G077) for details.

*1  It can be used in FH series.
*2  Refer to the Vision Accessory Catalog (Cat. No. Q198) for details.

FH-Series

29

Camera Cables

*1 This Cable has an L-shaped connector on the Camera end.

*2 The maximum cable length depends on the Camera being connected, and the model and length of the Cable being used. For further information,please refer to 

the "Cameras / Cables Connection Table"  and  "Maximum Extension Length Using Cable Extension Units FZ-VSJ table".

When a high-speed CMOS camera FH-S 02/-S 04/-S 12 is used in the high speed mode of transmission speed, two camera cables are required.

Item

Descriptions

Model

Camera Cable

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VS3

Bend resistant Camera Cable

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSB3

Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSL3

Bend resistant Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSLB3

Long-distance Camera Cable

Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VS4

Long-distance Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VSL4

Cable Extension Unit 

Up to two Extension Units and three Cables can be connected. (Maximum cable length: 45 m *2)

FZ-VSJ

FH-Series

29

Camera Cables

*1 This Cable has an L-shaped connector on the Camera end.

*2 The maximum cable length depends on the Camera being connected, and the model and length of the Cable being used. For further information,please refer to 

the "Cameras / Cables Connection Table"  and  "Maximum Extension Length Using Cable Extension Units FZ-VSJ table".

When a high-speed CMOS camera FH-S 02/-S 04/-S 12 is used in the high speed mode of transmission speed, two camera cables are required.

Item

Descriptions

Model

Camera Cable

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VS3

Bend resistant Camera Cable

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSB3

Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSL3

Bend resistant Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSLB3

Long-distance Camera Cable

Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VS4

Long-distance Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VSL4

Cable Extension Unit 

Up to two Extension Units and three Cables can be connected. (Maximum cable length: 45 m *2)

FZ-VSJ

FH-Series

29

Camera Cables

*1 This Cable has an L-shaped connector on the Camera end.

*2 The maximum cable length depends on the Camera being connected, and the model and length of the Cable being used. For further information,please refer to 

the "Cameras / Cables Connection Table"  and  "Maximum Extension Length Using Cable Extension Units FZ-VSJ table".

When a high-speed CMOS camera FH-S 02/-S 04/-S 12 is used in the high speed mode of transmission speed, two camera cables are required.

Item

Descriptions

Model

Camera Cable

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VS3

Bend resistant Camera Cable

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSB3

Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSL3

Bend resistant Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSLB3

Long-distance Camera Cable

Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VS4

Long-distance Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VSL4

Cable Extension Unit 

Up to two Extension Units and three Cables can be connected. (Maximum cable length: 45 m *2)

FZ-VSJ

FH-Series

29

Camera Cables

*1 This Cable has an L-shaped connector on the Camera end.

*2 The maximum cable length depends on the Camera being connected, and the model and length of the Cable being used. For further information,please refer to 

the "Cameras / Cables Connection Table"  and  "Maximum Extension Length Using Cable Extension Units FZ-VSJ table".

When a high-speed CMOS camera FH-S 02/-S 04/-S 12 is used in the high speed mode of transmission speed, two camera cables are required.

Item

Descriptions

Model

Camera Cable

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VS3

Bend resistant Camera Cable

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSB3

Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSL3

Bend resistant Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSLB3

Long-distance Camera Cable

Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VS4

Long-distance Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VSL4

Cable Extension Unit 

Up to two Extension Units and three Cables can be connected. (Maximum cable length: 45 m *2)

FZ-VSJ

FH-Series

29

Camera Cables

*1 This Cable has an L-shaped connector on the Camera end.

*2 The maximum cable length depends on the Camera being connected, and the model and length of the Cable being used. For further information,please refer to 

the "Cameras / Cables Connection Table"  and  "Maximum Extension Length Using Cable Extension Units FZ-VSJ table".

When a high-speed CMOS camera FH-S 02/-S 04/-S 12 is used in the high speed mode of transmission speed, two camera cables are required.

Item

Descriptions

Model

Camera Cable

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VS3

Bend resistant Camera Cable

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSB3

Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSL3

Bend resistant Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSLB3

Long-distance Camera Cable

Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VS4

Long-distance Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VSL4

Cable Extension Unit 

Up to two Extension Units and three Cables can be connected. (Maximum cable length: 45 m *2)

FZ-VSJ

FH-Series

29

Camera Cables

*1 This Cable has an L-shaped connector on the Camera end.

*2 The maximum cable length depends on the Camera being connected, and the model and length of the Cable being used. For further information,please refer to 

the "Cameras / Cables Connection Table"  and  "Maximum Extension Length Using Cable Extension Units FZ-VSJ table".

When a high-speed CMOS camera FH-S 02/-S 04/-S 12 is used in the high speed mode of transmission speed, two camera cables are required.

Item

Descriptions

Model

Camera Cable

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VS3

Bend resistant Camera Cable

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSB3

Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSL3

Bend resistant Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSLB3

Long-distance Camera Cable

Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VS4

Long-distance Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VSL4

Cable Extension Unit 

Up to two Extension Units and three Cables can be connected. (Maximum cable length: 45 m *2)

FZ-VSJ

FH-Series

29

Camera Cables

*1 This Cable has an L-shaped connector on the Camera end.

*2 The maximum cable length depends on the Camera being connected, and the model and length of the Cable being used. For further information,please refer to 

the "Cameras / Cables Connection Table"  and  "Maximum Extension Length Using Cable Extension Units FZ-VSJ table".

When a high-speed CMOS camera FH-S 02/-S 04/-S 12 is used in the high speed mode of transmission speed, two camera cables are required.

Item

Descriptions

Model

Camera Cable

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VS3

Bend resistant Camera Cable

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSB3

Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSL3

Bend resistant Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, or 10 m *2

FZ-VSLB3

Long-distance Camera Cable

Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VS4

Long-distance Right-angle Camera Cable *1

Cable length: 15 m *2

FZ-VSL4

Cable Extension Unit 

Up to two Extension Units and three Cables can be connected. (Maximum cable length: 45 m *2)

FZ-VSJ

Parallel I/O Cables/Encoder Cables

Item

Description

Model

Parallel I/O Cable *1 
Cable length: 2 m or 5 m

XW2Z-S013-

*2

Parallel I/O Cable for Connector-terminal Conversion Unit *1 

Cable length: 0.5 m, 1 m, 1.5 m, 2 m, 3 m, 5 m; Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units can be connected 
(Terminal Blocks Recommended Products: OMRON XW2R-_34G-T)

XW2Z-

999

EE*3

Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units, General-purpose devices

XW2R-

9

34G-T *4

Encoder Cable for line-driver 
Cable length: 1.5 m

FH-VR

FH-Series

31

Parallel I/O Cables/Encoder Cable

*1 2 Cables are required for all I/O signals.

*2 Insert the cables length into   in the model number as follows. 2 m = 2, 5 m = 5

*3 Insert the cables length into 

 in the model number as follows. 0.5 m = 050, 1 m = 100, 1.5 m = 150, 2 m = 200, 3 m = 300, 5 m = 500

*4 Insert the wiring method into   in the model number as follows. Phillips screw = J, Slotted screw (rise up) = E, Push-in spring = P

Refer to the XW2R Series catalog (Cat. No. G077) for details.

Item

Descriptions

Model

Parallel I/O Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m

XW2Z-S013-  *2

Parallel I/O Cable for Connector-terminal Conversion Unit *1

Cable length: 0.5 m, 1 m, 1.5 m, 2 m, 3 m, 5 m

Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units can be connected

(Terminal Blocks Recommended Products: OMRON XW2R- 34G-T)

XW2Z-

EE *3

Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units, General-purpose devices

XW2R- 34G-T *4

Encoder Cable for line-driver

Cable length: 1.5 m

FH-VR

FH-Series

31

Parallel I/O Cables/Encoder Cable

*1 2 Cables are required for all I/O signals.

*2 Insert the cables length into   in the model number as follows. 2 m = 2, 5 m = 5

*3 Insert the cables length into 

 in the model number as follows. 0.5 m = 050, 1 m = 100, 1.5 m = 150, 2 m = 200, 3 m = 300, 5 m = 500

*4 Insert the wiring method into   in the model number as follows. Phillips screw = J, Slotted screw (rise up) = E, Push-in spring = P

Refer to the XW2R Series catalog (Cat. No. G077) for details.

Item

Descriptions

Model

Parallel I/O Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m

XW2Z-S013-  *2

Parallel I/O Cable for Connector-terminal Conversion Unit *1

Cable length: 0.5 m, 1 m, 1.5 m, 2 m, 3 m, 5 m

Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units can be connected

(Terminal Blocks Recommended Products: OMRON XW2R- 34G-T)

XW2Z-

EE *3

Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units, General-purpose devices

XW2R- 34G-T *4

Encoder Cable for line-driver

Cable length: 1.5 m

FH-VR

FH-Series

31

Parallel I/O Cables/Encoder Cable

*1 2 Cables are required for all I/O signals.

*2 Insert the cables length into   in the model number as follows. 2 m = 2, 5 m = 5

*3 Insert the cables length into 

 in the model number as follows. 0.5 m = 050, 1 m = 100, 1.5 m = 150, 2 m = 200, 3 m = 300, 5 m = 500

*4 Insert the wiring method into   in the model number as follows. Phillips screw = J, Slotted screw (rise up) = E, Push-in spring = P

Refer to the XW2R Series catalog (Cat. No. G077) for details.

Item

Descriptions

Model

Parallel I/O Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m

XW2Z-S013-  *2

Parallel I/O Cable for Connector-terminal Conversion Unit *1

Cable length: 0.5 m, 1 m, 1.5 m, 2 m, 3 m, 5 m

Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units can be connected

(Terminal Blocks Recommended Products: OMRON XW2R- 34G-T)

XW2Z-

EE *3

Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units, General-purpose devices

XW2R- 34G-T *4

Encoder Cable for line-driver

Cable length: 1.5 m

FH-VR

FH-Series

31

Parallel I/O Cables/Encoder Cable

*1 2 Cables are required for all I/O signals.

*2 Insert the cables length into   in the model number as follows. 2 m = 2, 5 m = 5

*3 Insert the cables length into 

 in the model number as follows. 0.5 m = 050, 1 m = 100, 1.5 m = 150, 2 m = 200, 3 m = 300, 5 m = 500

*4 Insert the wiring method into   in the model number as follows. Phillips screw = J, Slotted screw (rise up) = E, Push-in spring = P

Refer to the XW2R Series catalog (Cat. No. G077) for details.

Item

Descriptions

Model

Parallel I/O Cable *1

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m

XW2Z-S013-  *2

Parallel I/O Cable for Connector-terminal Conversion Unit *1

Cable length: 0.5 m, 1 m, 1.5 m, 2 m, 3 m, 5 m

Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units can be connected

(Terminal Blocks Recommended Products: OMRON XW2R- 34G-T)

XW2Z-

EE *3

Connector-Terminal Block Conversion Units, General-purpose devices

XW2R- 34G-T *4

Encoder Cable for line-driver

Cable length: 1.5 m

FH-VR

FH-Series

33

Accessories

*1 It can be used in FH series.  

*2 Refer to the Vision Accessory Catalog (Cat. No. Q198) for details.

Item

Descriptions

Model

LCD Monitor 8.4 inches 

For Box-type Controllers*1

FZ-M08

LED Monitor Cable

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m (When you connect a LCD Monitor FZ-M08 to FH sensor controller, please use 

it in combination with a DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector FH-VMRGB.)

FZ-VM

DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector

FH-VMRGB

USB Memory

2 GB

FZ-MEM2G

8 GB

FZ-MEM8G

SD Card

2 GB

HMC-SD291

4 GB

HMC-SD491

Display/USB Switcher

FZ-DU

---

Mouse  Recommended Products

Driverless wired mouse

(A mouse that requires the mouse driver to be installed is not supported.)

---

EtherCAT junction slaves

3 port

Power supply voltage:

20.4 to 28.8 VDC

(24 VDC -15 to 20%)

Current consumption:

0.08 A

GX-JC03

6 port

Current consumption:

0.17 A

GX-JC06

Industrial Switching Hubs 

for EtherNet/IP and Ether-

net

3 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.08 A

W4S1-03B

5 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.12 A

W4S1-05B

5 port

Failure detection: 

Supported

W4S1-05C

--

Calibration Plate

FZD-CAL

--

-

g

n

it

h

g

i

L

 l

a

n

r

e

t

x

E

--

-

FLV Series *2

FL Series *2

FH-Series

33

Accessories

*1 It can be used in FH series.  

*2 Refer to the Vision Accessory Catalog (Cat. No. Q198) for details.

Item

Descriptions

Model

LCD Monitor 8.4 inches 

For Box-type Controllers*1

FZ-M08

LED Monitor Cable

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m (When you connect a LCD Monitor FZ-M08 to FH sensor controller, please use 

it in combination with a DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector FH-VMRGB.)

FZ-VM

DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector

FH-VMRGB

USB Memory

2 GB

FZ-MEM2G

8 GB

FZ-MEM8G

SD Card

2 GB

HMC-SD291

4 GB

HMC-SD491

Display/USB Switcher

FZ-DU

---

Mouse  Recommended Products

Driverless wired mouse

(A mouse that requires the mouse driver to be installed is not supported.)

---

EtherCAT junction slaves

3 port

Power supply voltage:

20.4 to 28.8 VDC

(24 VDC -15 to 20%)

Current consumption:

0.08 A

GX-JC03

6 port

Current consumption:

0.17 A

GX-JC06

Industrial Switching Hubs 

for EtherNet/IP and Ether-

net

3 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.08 A

W4S1-03B

5 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.12 A

W4S1-05B

5 port

Failure detection: 

Supported

W4S1-05C

--

Calibration Plate

FZD-CAL

--

-

g

n

it

h

g

i

L

 l

a

n

r

e

t

x

E

--

-

FLV Series *2

FL Series *2

FH-Series

33

Accessories

*1 It can be used in FH series.  

*2 Refer to the Vision Accessory Catalog (Cat. No. Q198) for details.

Item

Descriptions

Model

LCD Monitor 8.4 inches 

For Box-type Controllers*1

FZ-M08

LED Monitor Cable

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m (When you connect a LCD Monitor FZ-M08 to FH sensor controller, please use 

it in combination with a DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector FH-VMRGB.)

FZ-VM

DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector

FH-VMRGB

USB Memory

2 GB

FZ-MEM2G

8 GB

FZ-MEM8G

SD Card

2 GB

HMC-SD291

4 GB

HMC-SD491

Display/USB Switcher

FZ-DU

---

Mouse  Recommended Products

Driverless wired mouse

(A mouse that requires the mouse driver to be installed is not supported.)

---

EtherCAT junction slaves

3 port

Power supply voltage:

20.4 to 28.8 VDC

(24 VDC -15 to 20%)

Current consumption:

0.08 A

GX-JC03

6 port

Current consumption:

0.17 A

GX-JC06

Industrial Switching Hubs 

for EtherNet/IP and Ether-

net

3 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.08 A

W4S1-03B

5 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.12 A

W4S1-05B

5 port

Failure detection: 

Supported

W4S1-05C

--

Calibration Plate

FZD-CAL

--

-

g

n

it

h

g

i

L

 l

a

n

r

e

t

x

E

--

-

FLV Series *2

FL Series *2

FH-Series

33

Accessories

*1 It can be used in FH series.  

*2 Refer to the Vision Accessory Catalog (Cat. No. Q198) for details.

Item

Descriptions

Model

LCD Monitor 8.4 inches 

For Box-type Controllers*1

FZ-M08

LED Monitor Cable

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m (When you connect a LCD Monitor FZ-M08 to FH sensor controller, please use 

it in combination with a DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector FH-VMRGB.)

FZ-VM

DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector

FH-VMRGB

USB Memory

2 GB

FZ-MEM2G

8 GB

FZ-MEM8G

SD Card

2 GB

HMC-SD291

4 GB

HMC-SD491

Display/USB Switcher

FZ-DU

---

Mouse  Recommended Products

Driverless wired mouse

(A mouse that requires the mouse driver to be installed is not supported.)

---

EtherCAT junction slaves

3 port

Power supply voltage:

20.4 to 28.8 VDC

(24 VDC -15 to 20%)

Current consumption:

0.08 A

GX-JC03

6 port

Current consumption:

0.17 A

GX-JC06

Industrial Switching Hubs 

for EtherNet/IP and Ether-

net

3 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.08 A

W4S1-03B

5 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.12 A

W4S1-05B

5 port

Failure detection: 

Supported

W4S1-05C

--

Calibration Plate

FZD-CAL

--

-

g

n

it

h

g

i

L

 l

a

n

r

e

t

x

E

--

-

FLV Series *2

FL Series *2

FH-Series

33

Accessories

*1 It can be used in FH series.  

*2 Refer to the Vision Accessory Catalog (Cat. No. Q198) for details.

Item

Descriptions

Model

LCD Monitor 8.4 inches 

For Box-type Controllers*1

FZ-M08

LED Monitor Cable

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m (When you connect a LCD Monitor FZ-M08 to FH sensor controller, please use 

it in combination with a DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector FH-VMRGB.)

FZ-VM

DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector

FH-VMRGB

USB Memory

2 GB

FZ-MEM2G

8 GB

FZ-MEM8G

SD Card

2 GB

HMC-SD291

4 GB

HMC-SD491

Display/USB Switcher

FZ-DU

---

Mouse  Recommended Products

Driverless wired mouse

(A mouse that requires the mouse driver to be installed is not supported.)

---

EtherCAT junction slaves

3 port

Power supply voltage:

20.4 to 28.8 VDC

(24 VDC -15 to 20%)

Current consumption:

0.08 A

GX-JC03

6 port

Current consumption:

0.17 A

GX-JC06

Industrial Switching Hubs 

for EtherNet/IP and Ether-

net

3 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.08 A

W4S1-03B

5 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.12 A

W4S1-05B

5 port

Failure detection: 

Supported

W4S1-05C

--

Calibration Plate

FZD-CAL

--

-

g

n

it

h

g

i

L

 l

a

n

r

e

t

x

E

--

-

FLV Series *2

FL Series *2

FH-Series

33

Accessories

*1 It can be used in FH series.  

*2 Refer to the Vision Accessory Catalog (Cat. No. Q198) for details.

Item

Descriptions

Model

LCD Monitor 8.4 inches 

For Box-type Controllers*1

FZ-M08

LED Monitor Cable

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m (When you connect a LCD Monitor FZ-M08 to FH sensor controller, please use 

it in combination with a DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector FH-VMRGB.)

FZ-VM

DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector

FH-VMRGB

USB Memory

2 GB

FZ-MEM2G

8 GB

FZ-MEM8G

SD Card

2 GB

HMC-SD291

4 GB

HMC-SD491

Display/USB Switcher

FZ-DU

---

Mouse  Recommended Products

Driverless wired mouse

(A mouse that requires the mouse driver to be installed is not supported.)

---

EtherCAT junction slaves

3 port

Power supply voltage:

20.4 to 28.8 VDC

(24 VDC -15 to 20%)

Current consumption:

0.08 A

GX-JC03

6 port

Current consumption:

0.17 A

GX-JC06

Industrial Switching Hubs 

for EtherNet/IP and Ether-

net

3 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.08 A

W4S1-03B

5 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.12 A

W4S1-05B

5 port

Failure detection: 

Supported

W4S1-05C

--

Calibration Plate

FZD-CAL

--

-

g

n

it

h

g

i

L

 l

a

n

r

e

t

x

E

--

-

FLV Series *2

FL Series *2

FH-Series

33

Accessories

*1 It can be used in FH series.  

*2 Refer to the Vision Accessory Catalog (Cat. No. Q198) for details.

Item

Descriptions

Model

LCD Monitor 8.4 inches 

For Box-type Controllers*1

FZ-M08

LED Monitor Cable

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m (When you connect a LCD Monitor FZ-M08 to FH sensor controller, please use 

it in combination with a DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector FH-VMRGB.)

FZ-VM

DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector

FH-VMRGB

USB Memory

2 GB

FZ-MEM2G

8 GB

FZ-MEM8G

SD Card

2 GB

HMC-SD291

4 GB

HMC-SD491

Display/USB Switcher

FZ-DU

---

Mouse  Recommended Products

Driverless wired mouse

(A mouse that requires the mouse driver to be installed is not supported.)

---

EtherCAT junction slaves

3 port

Power supply voltage:

20.4 to 28.8 VDC

(24 VDC -15 to 20%)

Current consumption:

0.08 A

GX-JC03

6 port

Current consumption:

0.17 A

GX-JC06

Industrial Switching Hubs 

for EtherNet/IP and Ether-

net

3 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.08 A

W4S1-03B

5 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.12 A

W4S1-05B

5 port

Failure detection: 

Supported

W4S1-05C

--

Calibration Plate

FZD-CAL

--

-

g

n

it

h

g

i

L

 l

a

n

r

e

t

x

E

--

-

FLV Series *2

FL Series *2

FH-Series

33

Accessories

*1 It can be used in FH series.  

*2 Refer to the Vision Accessory Catalog (Cat. No. Q198) for details.

Item

Descriptions

Model

LCD Monitor 8.4 inches 

For Box-type Controllers*1

FZ-M08

LED Monitor Cable

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m (When you connect a LCD Monitor FZ-M08 to FH sensor controller, please use 

it in combination with a DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector FH-VMRGB.)

FZ-VM

DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector

FH-VMRGB

USB Memory

2 GB

FZ-MEM2G

8 GB

FZ-MEM8G

SD Card

2 GB

HMC-SD291

4 GB

HMC-SD491

Display/USB Switcher

FZ-DU

---

Mouse  Recommended Products

Driverless wired mouse

(A mouse that requires the mouse driver to be installed is not supported.)

---

EtherCAT junction slaves

3 port

Power supply voltage:

20.4 to 28.8 VDC

(24 VDC -15 to 20%)

Current consumption:

0.08 A

GX-JC03

6 port

Current consumption:

0.17 A

GX-JC06

Industrial Switching Hubs 

for EtherNet/IP and Ether-

net

3 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.08 A

W4S1-03B

5 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.12 A

W4S1-05B

5 port

Failure detection: 

Supported

W4S1-05C

--

Calibration Plate

FZD-CAL

--

-

g

n

it

h

g

i

L

 l

a

n

r

e

t

x

E

--

-

FLV Series *2

FL Series *2

FH-Series

33

Accessories

*1 It can be used in FH series.  

*2 Refer to the Vision Accessory Catalog (Cat. No. Q198) for details.

Item

Descriptions

Model

LCD Monitor 8.4 inches 

For Box-type Controllers*1

FZ-M08

LED Monitor Cable

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m (When you connect a LCD Monitor FZ-M08 to FH sensor controller, please use 

it in combination with a DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector FH-VMRGB.)

FZ-VM

DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector

FH-VMRGB

USB Memory

2 GB

FZ-MEM2G

8 GB

FZ-MEM8G

SD Card

2 GB

HMC-SD291

4 GB

HMC-SD491

Display/USB Switcher

FZ-DU

---

Mouse  Recommended Products

Driverless wired mouse

(A mouse that requires the mouse driver to be installed is not supported.)

---

EtherCAT junction slaves

3 port

Power supply voltage:

20.4 to 28.8 VDC

(24 VDC -15 to 20%)

Current consumption:

0.08 A

GX-JC03

6 port

Current consumption:

0.17 A

GX-JC06

Industrial Switching Hubs 

for EtherNet/IP and Ether-

net

3 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.08 A

W4S1-03B

5 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.12 A

W4S1-05B

5 port

Failure detection: 

Supported

W4S1-05C

--

Calibration Plate

FZD-CAL

--

-

g

n

it

h

g

i

L

 l

a

n

r

e

t

x

E

--

-

FLV Series *2

FL Series *2

FH-Series

33

Accessories

*1 It can be used in FH series.  

*2 Refer to the Vision Accessory Catalog (Cat. No. Q198) for details.

Item

Descriptions

Model

LCD Monitor 8.4 inches 

For Box-type Controllers*1

FZ-M08

LED Monitor Cable

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m (When you connect a LCD Monitor FZ-M08 to FH sensor controller, please use 

it in combination with a DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector FH-VMRGB.)

FZ-VM

DVI-I -RGB Conversion Connector

FH-VMRGB

USB Memory

2 GB

FZ-MEM2G

8 GB

FZ-MEM8G

SD Card

2 GB

HMC-SD291

4 GB

HMC-SD491

Display/USB Switcher

FZ-DU

---

Mouse  Recommended Products

Driverless wired mouse

(A mouse that requires the mouse driver to be installed is not supported.)

---

EtherCAT junction slaves

3 port

Power supply voltage:

20.4 to 28.8 VDC

(24 VDC -15 to 20%)

Current consumption:

0.08 A

GX-JC03

6 port

Current consumption:

0.17 A

GX-JC06

Industrial Switching Hubs 

for EtherNet/IP and Ether-

net

3 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.08 A

W4S1-03B

5 port

Failure detection: None

Current consumption:

0.12 A

W4S1-05B

5 port

Failure detection: 

Supported

W4S1-05C

--

Calibration Plate

FZD-CAL

--

-

g

n

it

h

g

i

L

 l

a

n

r

e

t

x

E

--

-

FLV Series *2

FL Series *2

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-7

G456

FH 

Vision Systems

System Configuration

Easier to Embed in Machines, 
Shorter Machine Cycle Times

•  Calculations are easy to set for the results 

from four parallel tasks.

•  Synchronous control of devices connected 

via EtherCAT is possible.

• The new Shape Search III processing 

item enables fast, precise and stable 
measurements.

•  Microsoft

-

.NET is supported to share 

machine interface with PC.

•  User interface customization is supported.

P

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-8

G456

FH 

Vision Systems (continued)

Controllers 

 

Item

CPU

No. of Cameras  Output 

Model

Box-type controllers

High-speed Controllers 
(4 core)

2

NPN/PNP 

FH-3050

NPN/PNP 

FH-3050-10

NPN/PNP 

FH-3050-20

High-speed Controllers 
(2 core)

NPN/PNP 

FH-1050

NPN/PNP 

FH-1050-10

8  

NPN/PNP 

FH-1050-20

Touch Panel Monitor 

Item

Descriptions

Model

Touch Panel Monitor 12.1 inches
For FH Sensor Controllers*

FH-MT12

Touch Panel Monitor Cables 

Item

Descriptions

Model

DVI-Analog Conversion Cable for Touch Panel Monitor
Cable length: 2 m, 5 m or 10 m

FH-VMDA

RS-232C Cable for Touch Panel Monitor
Cable length: 2 m, 5 m or 10 m

XW2Z-

999

PP-1*

USB Cable for Touch Panel Monitor
Cable length: 2 m or 5 m

FH-VUAB

Development Environment 

Type

System requirements

Number 
of Model 
Standards 
Licenses

Media

Model

Application 
Producer

Software components that provide a development environment to further 
customize the standard controller features of the FH Series.
System requirements:
• CPU: Intel Pentium Processor (SSE2 or higher)
• OS: Windows 7 Professional (32-bit) or Enterprise (32-bit) or Ultimate (32-bit)
• .NET Framework:  .NET Framework 3.5 or higher
• Memory:  At least 2 GB RAM
• Available disk space:  At least 2 GB
• Browser:  Microsoft

®

 Internet Explorer 6.0 or later

• Display:  XGA (1024 x 768), True Color (32-bit) or higher
• Optical drive:  CD/DVD drive
The following software is required to customize the software: 
Microsoft

®

 Visual Studio

®

 2010 Professional or

Microsoft

®

 Visual Studio

®

 2008 Professional

– 
(Media only)

CD

FH-
AP1

1 license

FH-
AP1L

Note: For Sysmac-Studio-User Vision License programming software, see page E-1.

* FH Series Sensor Controllers version 5.32 or higher is required.

* Insert the cables length into 

999 

in the model number as follows: 2 m = 200, 5 m = 500, 10 m = 010

FH-Series

31

Touch Panel Monitor

* FH Series Sensor Controllers version 5.32 or higher is required.

Touch Panel Monitor Cables

*  Insert the cables length into 

 in the model number as follows. 2 m = 200, 5 m = 500, 10 m = 010.

A video signal cable and an operation signal cable are required to connect the Touch Panel Monitor.

Item

Descriptions

Model

Touch Panel Monitor 12.1 inches

For FH Sensor Controllers *

FH-MT12

Item

Descriptions

Model

DVI-Analog Conversion Cable for Touch Panel Monitor

Cable length: 2 m, 5 m or 10 m

FH-VMDA

RS-232C Cable for Touch Panel Monitor

Cable length: 2 m, 5 m or 10 m

XW2Z-

PP-1*

USB Cable for Touch Panel Monitor

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m

FH-VUAB

Signal

Cable

2 m

5 m

10 m

Video signal

DV

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

e

l

b

a

C

 

n

o

i

s

r

e

v

n

o

C

 

g

o

l

a

n

A

-I

Touch panel operation 

signal

o

N

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

e

l

b

a

C

 

B

S

U

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

e

l

b

a

C

 

C

2

3

2

-

S

R

FH-Series

31

Touch Panel Monitor

* FH Series Sensor Controllers version 5.32 or higher is required.

Touch Panel Monitor Cables

*  Insert the cables length into 

 in the model number as follows. 2 m = 200, 5 m = 500, 10 m = 010.

A video signal cable and an operation signal cable are required to connect the Touch Panel Monitor.

Item

Descriptions

Model

Touch Panel Monitor 12.1 inches

For FH Sensor Controllers *

FH-MT12

Item

Descriptions

Model

DVI-Analog Conversion Cable for Touch Panel Monitor

Cable length: 2 m, 5 m or 10 m

FH-VMDA

RS-232C Cable for Touch Panel Monitor

Cable length: 2 m, 5 m or 10 m

XW2Z-

PP-1*

USB Cable for Touch Panel Monitor

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m

FH-VUAB

Signal

Cable

2 m

5 m

10 m

Video signal

DV

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

e

l

b

a

C

 

n

o

i

s

r

e

v

n

o

C

 

g

o

l

a

n

A

-I

Touch panel operation 

signal

o

N

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

e

l

b

a

C

 

B

S

U

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

e

l

b

a

C

 

C

2

3

2

-

S

R

FH-Series

31

Touch Panel Monitor

* FH Series Sensor Controllers version 5.32 or higher is required.

Touch Panel Monitor Cables

*  Insert the cables length into 

 in the model number as follows. 2 m = 200, 5 m = 500, 10 m = 010.

A video signal cable and an operation signal cable are required to connect the Touch Panel Monitor.

Item

Descriptions

Model

Touch Panel Monitor 12.1 inches

For FH Sensor Controllers *

FH-MT12

Item

Descriptions

Model

DVI-Analog Conversion Cable for Touch Panel Monitor

Cable length: 2 m, 5 m or 10 m

FH-VMDA

RS-232C Cable for Touch Panel Monitor

Cable length: 2 m, 5 m or 10 m

XW2Z-

PP-1*

USB Cable for Touch Panel Monitor

Cable length: 2 m or 5 m

FH-VUAB

Signal

Cable

2 m

5 m

10 m

Video signal

DV

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

e

l

b

a

C

 

n

o

i

s

r

e

v

n

o

C

 

g

o

l

a

n

A

-I

Touch panel operation 

signal

o

N

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

e

l

b

a

C

 

B

S

U

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

s

e

Y

e

l

b

a

C

 

C

2

3

2

-

S

R

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-9

G456

Cameras

FH 

Vision Systems (continued)

4 million-pixel 

High Speed CMOS Cameras

12 million-pixel 

High Speed CMOS Cameras

2 million-pixel 

High Speed CMOS Cameras

300,000-pixel 

High Speed CMOS Cameras

Color

FH-SC04

Color

FH-SC12

Monochrome 

FH-SM12

Monochrome 

FH-SM04

Color

FH-SC02

Monochrome 

FH-SM02

Color

FH-SC

Monochrome 

FH-SM

Type

Description

Color

Frame Rate

Dimensions (mm)

Model

High-speed CMOS cameras 12 Mega-pixel

Color

25.7 ms *

68 H x 68 W x 45 D

FH-SC12

Monochrome

FH-SM12

4 Mega-pixel

Color

8.5 ms *

40 H x 40 W x 48.7 D

FH-SC04

Monochrome

FH-SM04

2 Mega-pixel

Color

4.6 ms *

FH-SC02

Monochrome

FH-SM02

300,000 pixel

Color

3.3 ms

40 H x 40 W x 46.2 D

FH-SC

Monochrome

FH-SM

Note:

 These cameras are for FH controllers only.

For lenses, please reference 3Z4S-LE models in Lighting and Accessories section.
For camera cables and existing FZ cameras that can be connected to FH series controller,
please reference FZ/FH Camera and Vision System Accessories section.

*   Frame rate in high speed mode when the camera is connected using two camera cables.  
  For other conditions, please refer to FH Brochure.

P

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-10

G458

Bar Lighting

Appearance

Light color

Description

Size (mm)

Model

White LEDs

Wide area model

20 H x 49.8 W x 20 D

FL-BR5020W

High-brightness model

FL-BR5020W-H

Wide area model

20 H x 90.6 W x 20 D

FL-BR9120W

High-brightness model

FL-BR9120W-H

Wide area model

20 H x 131.4 W x 20 D FL-BR13120W

High-brightness model

FL-BR13120W-H

Direct Ring Lighting

Appearance

Light color

Description

Size (mm)

Model

White LEDs

Wide area model

20 H x 90 W x 90 D

FL-DR90W

High-brightness model

FL-DR90W-H

FL Lighting Controllers

Appearance

Description

Input voltage Size (mm)

I/O specifications

Model

One-channel 
models

24 VDC

98 H x 22.5 W x 64.9 D

NPN

FL-STC10

PNP

FL-STC15

Two-channel 
models

NPN

FL-STC20

PNP

FL-STC25

One-channel

FZ camera interface 
module

FL-TCC1

Extension Cable

Standard

Cable 
length

Weight

Model

1 m

Approx. 50 g

FL-XC1

2 m

Approx. 80 g

FL-XC2

3 m

Approx. 120 g

FL-XC3

5 m

Approx. 190 g

FL-XC5

10 m

Approx. 400 g

FL-XC10

25 m

Approx. 1000 g FL-XC25

Diffusion Plates

Description Dimensions (mm)

Weight

Model

Bar lighting

49.8 W x 18 H x 4 D

Approx. 5 g

FL-BR5020DF

90.6 W x 18 H x 4 D

Approx. 10 g FL-BR9120DF

131.4 W x 18 H x 4 D

Approx. 15 g FL-BR13120DF

Polarization Plate

Description Outer diameter/Inner 

diameter/Thickness (mm)

Model

Direct ring 
lighting

90 OD/50 ID x 2 t

FL-DR90PL

Description Outer diameter/

Inner 
diameter/Thickness 
(mm)

Model

Direct ring 
lighting

90 OD/50 ID/4 t

FL-DR90DF

Extension Cable

Flexible

Cable 
length

Weight

Model

1 m

Approx. 60 g

FL-XC1R

2 m

Approx. 100 g

FL-XC2R

3 m

Approx. 150 g

FL-XC3R

5 m

Approx. 240 g

FL-XC5R

10 m

Approx. 600 g

FL-XC10R

25 m

Approx. 1200 g

FL-XC25R

Parallel Cable

Cable 
length

Weight

Model

2 m

Approx. 180 g FL-XCP2

FL 

Lighting and Accessories

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-11

Lighting

Description

Model

Models

Light Color

Direct Ring Lighting

FLV-DR Series

34 Models

White/Red/Blue/Infrared/Ultraviolet

Low Angle Ring Lighting

FLV-DL Series

15 Models

White/Red/Blue

Bar Lighting

FLV-BR Series

32 Models

White/Red/Blue/Infrared/Ultraviolet

Coaxial Lighting

FLV-CL Series

17 Models

White/Red/Blue/Infrared/Ultraviolet

Shadowless Lighting

FLV-FS Series

3 Models

White/Red/Blue

FLV-FR Series

6 Models

White/Red/Blue

FLV-FQ Series

3 Models

White/Red/Blue

Direct Back Lighting

FLV-DB Series

12 Models

White/Red/Blue

Edge Type Lighting

FLV-FB Series

15 Models

White/Red/Blue

Edge Type Coaxial Lighting

FLV-FX Series

6 Models

White/Red/Blue

Dome Lighting

FLV-DD Series

9 Models

White/Red/Blue

High Power Spot Lighting

FLV-EP8 Series

3 Models

White/Red/Blue

Spot Lighting

FLV-EP50 Series

2 Models

White/Red

Note: For more details, reference FLV Brochure.

FLV 

Lighting and Accessories

Camera Mount Lighting Controllers

Model

Number of 
Connectable 
Lighting

Applicable Lighting

Power Supply 
Voltage

Electricity of 
Connectable 
Lighting

Luminance 
Control 
Method

Standard Lighting 
FLV Series *1

Spot Lighting 
FLV-EP Series

FLV-TCC1

1 ch

24 VDC *2

15W max.

Digital *3

FLV-TCC4

4 ch

*1. Standard lighting is all FLV-series Lightings excluding the FLV-EP-series Spot Lightings.

*2. If the total power consumption of Lightings is 7.5 W or less, an external power supply is not required because the power is 
supplied from the Camera.
*3. Luminance can be controlled by setting from the Vision Sensor Controller.

Digital Lighting Controllers

Applicable Lighting

Model

Number of 
Connectable 
Lights

Power Supply 
Voltage

Electricity of 
Connectable 
Light

Luminance 
Control 
Method

FLV

3Z4S-LT IDGB-50M2-L01

2 ch

24 VDC

46W max.

Digital

3Z4S-LT IDGB-150M4-L01

4 ch

144W max.

*1. Standard lighting is all FLV-series Lightings excluding the FLV-EP-series Spot Lightings.

Cables for Light Controller

Cable Type

Model

Length Options

ON/OFF

3Z4S-LT IC-MIL-20-

1 m, 2 m, 3 m, 5 m, 10 m

Control

3Z4S-LT IC-MIL-26-

G458

P

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-12

FLV 

Lighting and Accessories

Diffusion Plates

Description

Model

Connectable Lighting

Direct Ring Lighting

FLV-DR1203ODF

Direct Right Lighting FLV-DR1203O

9

FLV-DR9215DF

Direct Right Lighting FLV-DR9215

9

FLV-DR9303DF

Direct Right Lighting FLV-DR9303

9

FLV-DR9000DF

Direct Right Lighting FLV-DR9000

9

FLV-DR7000DF

Direct Right Lighting FLV-DR7000

9

FLV-DR7030DF

Direct Right Lighting FLV-DR7030

9

FLV-DR6615DF

Direct Right Lighting FLV-DR6615

9

FLV-DR5030DF

Direct Right Lighting FLV-DR5030

9

FLV-DR3220DF

Direct Right Lighting FLV-DR3220

9

Bar Lighting

FLV-BR48031DF

Direct Right Lighting FLV-BR48031

9

FLV-BR38037DF

Bar Lighting FLV-BR38037

9

FLV-BR21230DF

Bar Lighting FLV-BR21230

9

FLV-BR21222DF

Bar Lighting FLV-BR21222

9

FLV-BR15020DF

Bar Lighting FLV-BR15020

9

FLV-BR14030DF

Bar Lighting FLV-BR14030

9

FLV-BR11222DF

Bar Lighting FLV-BR11222

9

FLV-BR8532DF

Bar Lighting FLV-BR8532

9

FLV-BR6022DF

Bar Lighting FLV-BR6022

9

Low Angle Ring Lighting

FLV-DL15060DF

Low Angle Ring Lighting FLV-DL15060

9

FLV-DL12060DF

Low Angle Ring Lighting FLV-DL12060

9

FLV-DL7260DF

Low Angle Ring Lighting FLV-DL7260

9

FLV-DL5890DF

Low Angle Ring Lighting FLV-DL5890

9

Cables

Description

Model

Sizes

Extension Cable for Standard Lighting *1

FLV-XC1

1 m

FLV-XC2

2 m

FLV-XC3

3 m

FLV-XC5

5 m

Extension Cable for Spot Lighting

FLV-XC1EP

1 m

FLV-XC2EP

2 m

FLV-XC3EP

3 m

FLV-XC5EP

5 m

Branch Cable for Standard Lighting *1

FLV-XC1S2

1 m

FLV-XC2S2

2 m

FLV-XC3S2

3 m

FLV-XC5S2

5 m

G458

*1. Standard lighting is all FLV-series Lightings excluding the FLV-EP-series Spot Lightings.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-13

G458

High resolution, low distortion lenses 

(Recommended: FZ-S

9

2M / FZ-S

9

5M2)

C-mount lenses 

(Recommended: FH-S

9

 / FZ-S

9

 / FZ-SH

9

)

Lenses for small cameras

Extension tubes

Applicable 
cameras

Sizes

Outer 
Diam.

Model

Standard 
Cameras

Set of 7: 40, 
20, 10, 5, 2, 
1, 0.5 mm

30 mm 
max.

3Z4S-LE SV-EXR

Small 
Cameras

Set of 3:  15, 
10, 5 mm

12 mm 
max.

FZ-LESR

High resolution, low distortion lenses 

(Recommended: FH-S

9

02 / FH-S

9

04)

Accessories 

 3Z4S-LE / FZ-LE Lenses

M42-mount Lens for large image sensor

 (Recommended: FH-S

9

12)

34

M42-mount Lens for large image sensor (Recommend: FH-S 12)

Model

3Z4S-LE

VS-L1828/M42-10

3Z4S-LE

VS-L2526/M42-10

3Z4S-LE

VS-L3528/M42-10

3Z4S-LE

VS-L5028/M42-10

3Z4S-LE

VS-L8540/M42-10

3Z4S-LE

VS-L10028/M42-10

Appearance/

Dimensions

(mm)
Focal length

18 mm

25 mm

35 mm

50 mm

85 mm

100 mm

Aperture (F No.)

2.8 to 16

2.6 to 16

2.8 to 16

2.8 to 16

4.0 to 16

2.8 to 16

Filter size

M55.0 P0.75

M55.0 P0.75

M62.0 P0.75

M62.0 P0.75

M52.0 P0.75

M52.0 P0.75

Maximum 

sensor size

1.8 inch

Mount

M42 mount

94

58.5 dia.

80

58.5 dia.

108

64.5 dia.

94.5

66 dia.

129.5

55.5 dia.

134.5

54 dia.

34

C-mount Lens for 1-inch image sensor 

(3Z4S-LE SV-7525H with focal length of 75 mm and 3Z4S-LE SV-10028H with focal length of 100 mm are also available.)

Model

3Z4S-LE

VS-0618H1

3Z4S-LE

VS-0814H1

3Z4S-LE

VS-1214H1

3Z4S-LE 

VS-1614H1N

3Z4S-LE

VS-2514H1

3Z4S-LE

VS-3514H1

3Z4S-LE

VS-5018H1

Appearance/

Dimensions

(mm)
Focal length

6 mm

8 mm

12 mm

16 mm

25 mm

35 mm

50 mm

Aperture (F No.)

1.8 to 16

1.4 to 16

1.4 to 16

1.4 to 16

1.4 to 16

1.4 to 16

1.8 to 16

Filter size

Can not be 

used a filter

M55.0 P0.75

M35.5 P0.5

M30.5 P0.5

M30.5 P0.5

M30.5 P0.5

M40.5 P0.5

57.2

64.5 dia.

59

57 dia.

38 dia.

48.0[WD: ] to 

48.5[WD:300]

38 dia.

45.0[WD: ] to 

45.9[WD:300]

38 dia.

33.5[WD: ] to 

35.6[WD:300]

38 dia.

35.0[WD: ] to 

39.1[WD:300]

44 dia.

44.5[WD: ] to 

49.5[WD:500]

P

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Vision Solutions

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P-14

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Q-i

Measurement Sensors

Contents

Selection Guide

Q-ii

Laser Displacement

ZX1

CMOS laser displacement 
sensors with built-in amplifier, 
long distance models

Q-1

ZX2

CMOS laser displacement 
sensors for stable 
measurement

Q-2

ZX-L-N

Laser measurement sensors,
smart amplifier

Q-3

ZS-L

Scalable precision laser
measurement sensor

Q-4

ZS-HL

Scalable high-precision
and long distance
measurement sensor

Q-5

Inductive Displacement

ZX-E

Inductive displacement
sensors, smart amplifier

Q-6

Contact Displacement

ZX-T

Contact displacement
sensors, smart amplifier

Q-7

Confocal Displacement

ZW

Confocal fiber displacement 
sensor

Q-8

Width-Measuring

ZX-GT

Wide laser measurement
sensors, smart amplifier

Q-9

Laser 2D Profile

ZG2

2D measurement sensor

Q-10

Q

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Standard

Analog

On/Off

ZS-L

ZX2

Long distance, 

multitask type

Standard, IP67

sensing heads

ZX1

Long distance, 

built-in amplifier

ZS-HL

ZW

Laser 

triangulation

Confocal Type

Position/

Diameter/Width

Displacement sensors

Measurement sensors

Inductive

Contact

2D Profile

All surfaces including glass, shiny, 

mirror and black matte surfaces

All surfaces 

including 

glass, shiny, 

mirror and 

black matte 

surfaces

General 

surfaces

ZX-T

ZX-E

ZX-L-N

ZG2

ZX-GT

E9NC

E3NC

On/Off

Zero defect becomes reality–scalable accuracy in inspection 

The Smart displacement sensor family offers a modular and scalable approach to solve 
the most challenging measurement tasks. This powerful portfolio enables you to measure 
profiles, thickness, distance, evenness/warpage, as well as width, edge, and more. Several 
measurement profiles can be performed simultaneously, using a single- or multi-controller 
unit. Aided by Omron’s advanced technologies, the highest accuracy over long distances, 
speed and reliability will be achieved.

•  Accurate and fast – models available with 0.25 μm at less than 110 μs sampling time

•  Scalable – multi-controller connectivity allows coordinate measurement with  

multiple points

•  Smart – data storage and remote control via networking capabilities

  

HIGH-PRECISION QUALITY INSPECTION

Measurement Sensors

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Standard

Analog

On/Off

ZS-L

ZX2

Long distance, 

multitask type

Standard, IP67

sensing heads

ZX1

Long distance, 

built-in amplifier

ZS-HL

ZW

Laser 

triangulation

Confocal Type

Position/

Diameter/Width

Displacement sensors

Measurement sensors

Inductive

Contact

2D Profile

All surfaces including glass, shiny, 

mirror and black matte surfaces

All surfaces 

including 

glass, shiny, 

mirror and 

black matte 

surfaces

General 

surfaces

ZX-T

ZX-E

ZX-L-N

ZG2

ZX-GT

E9NC

E3NC

On/Off

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-iii

Q

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

1D Smart laser measuring sensors

S

ele

ct

io

n c

ri

te

ri

a

Model

ZS-HL

ZS-L

ZX-L-N

ZW

Measurement range Z Min.  10 ±0.5 mm

20 ±1 mm

30 ±2 mm

2 ±1 mm

Max.  1500 ±500 mm

350±135 mm

300 ±200 mm

40 +/- 6 mm

Spot diameter Min.

40 μm 

Max

80 μm

Resolution 0.25 μm

0.25 µm

0.25 μm

0.25 μm

Resolution X  –

Linearity (±% of full scale)  0.05%

±0.1%

0.2%

Note 

1

Response time 110 μs

110 µs

150 μs

500 μs

Spot beam

Line beam

IP-rating head IP64/IP67

IP66 (0.5 m); IP67 (2 m) IP50

IP40

IP-rating controller IP40

IP40

IP40

IP20

Ambient operating temperature 0 to 50°C

0 to 50 C°

0 to 50°C

0 to 50°C

Number of connectable sensors 9

9

5

1

Fea

tu

res

Thickness measurement 

Eccentricity   

Height   

Step   

Profile  –

Distance  

Evenness

Warpage  –

Edge

Width

Peak   

Peak  to  peak   

Bottom   

Self-trigger   

Calibration

Signal scaling  –

PC-software

A

pp

lic

at

ion

Mirror 

Glass 

Metal 

Plastic 

Black rubber 

Paper

S

upp

ly

vo

lta

ge

VDC

21.6 to 26.4 VDC

21.6 to 26.4 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

21.6 to 26.4 VDC

Con

tr

ol

 I/

O

4 to 20 mA

1 to 5 VDC

-10 to +10 V

Judgement output High/Pass/Low

Trigger

Com

m

u-

nic

at

io

n

RS-232C

USB 2.0

Ethernet

 

Standard 

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Note

1

: See lens specifications

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

1D Smart laser  

measuring sensors

1D Smart laser  

measuring sensors

Inductive  

measuring sensors

Contact  

measuring sensors

S

ele

ct

io

n c

ri

te

ri

a

Model

ZX1

ZX2

ZX-E

ZX-T

Measurement range Z Min.  50 ±10 mm

48 ±5 mm

0.5 mm

1 mm

Max.  600+/-400 mm

100±35 mm

7 mm

10 mm

Spot diameter Min.

0.17 mm

60 μm

Max

0.56 mm

110 μm

Resolution 2 to 80 μm

1.5 μm - 5 μm

1 μm

0.1 μm

Resolution X  –

Linearity (±% of full scale)  0.15 to 0.5% F.S.

±0.05 to 0.1% F.S.

0.5%

0.3%

Response time 1 ms

30 μs

150 μs

1 ms

Spot beam

Line beam

IP-rating head IP67

IP67

IP67

IP67

IP-rating controller

IP40

IP40

IP40

Ambient operating temperature -10 to +55°C

0 to +50°C

0 to 50°C

0 to 50°C

Number of connectable sensors 1

5

5

7

Fea

tu

res

Thickness measurement  –

Eccentricity   

Height   

Step   

Profile  –

Distance  

Evenness

Warpage  –

Edge

Width

Peak   

Peak  to  peak   

Bottom   

Self-trigger   

Calibration

Signal scaling  –

PC-software

A

pp

lic

at

ion

Mirror 

Glass 

Metal 

Plastic 

Black rubber 

Paper

S

upp

ly

vo

lta

ge

VDC

10 to 30 VDC

10 to 30 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

12 to 24 VDC

Con

tr

ol

 I/

O

4 to 20 mA

1 to 5 VDC

 

and ±5 V

Judgement output High/Pass/Low

Trigger

Com

m

u-

nic

at

io

n

RS-232C

USB 2.0

* For unit specifics see data sheets.

 

Standard 

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Measurement Sensors

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-v

Q

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Profile measuring 

sensor

Smart laser 
micrometer

S

ele

ct

io

n c

ri

te

ri

a

Model

ZG2

ZX-GT

Measurement range Z Min.  22.3 ±0.5 mm

Max.  210 ±48 mm

28 mm

Spot diameter Min. 3 mm

Max 70 mm

Resolution 0.25 μm

10 μm

Resolution X  * 631 pixels

Linearity (±% of full scale)  0.5%

0.1%

Response time 5 ms

0.5 ms

Spot beam

Line beam

IP-rating head IP66/67

IP40

IP-rating controller IP20

IP40

Ambient operating temperature 0 to 50°C

0 to 50°C

Number of connectable sensors 1

5

Fea

tu

res

Thickness measurement 

Eccentricity   

Height   

Step   

Profile 

Distance  

Evenness

Warpage  –

Edge

Width

Peak   

Peak  to  peak   

Bottom   

Self-trigger   

Calibration

Signal scaling  –

PC-software

A

pp

lic

at

ion

Mirror 

Glass 

Metal 

Plastic 

Black rubber 

Paper

S

upp

ly

vo

lta

ge

VDC 21.6 to 26.4 VDC

24 VDC

Con

tr

ol

 I/

O

4 to 20 mA

1 to 5 VDC

-10 to +10 V 

Judgement output High/Pass/Low

Trigger

Com

m

u-

nic

at

io

n

RS-232C

USB 2.0

* For unit specifics see data sheets.

 

Standard 

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Measurement Sensors

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-vi

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-1

CMOS Laser Displacement Sensor 
with Built-in Amplifier

Smart sensor for simple measurements that 
do not require additional equipment
for configuration.  All-in-one laser 
now provides ease of use and stable 
measurements for any type of work piece.  
Different sensing distance ranges provide a 
solution for every application.

•  Amplifier setup built into laser sensor

•  Long distance model up to 1,000 mm

•  Pre-wired connector version allows 

extension up to 20 m

•  IP67 heads and Robotic cables

C437

Ordering Information

Extension Cables

Shape

Spot di-
ameter

Connection 
method

Cable 
length

Sensing distance

NPN output model

PNP output model

0.17 mm

Pre-wired

2 m

ZX1-LD50A61 2M

ZX1-LD50A81 2M

5 m

ZX1-LD50A61 5M

ZX1-LD50A81 5M

Pre-wired 
connector

0.5 m

ZX1-LD50A66 0.5M

ZX1-LD50A86 0.5M

0.33 mm

Pre-wired

2 m

ZX1-LD100A61 2M

ZX1-LD100A81 2M

5 m

ZX1-LD100A61 5M

ZX1-LD100A81 5M

Pre-wired 
connector

0.5 m

ZX1-LD100A66 0.5M

ZX1-LD100A86 0.5M

0.52 mm

Pre-wired

2 m

ZX1-LD300A61 2M

ZX1-LD300A81 2M

5 m

ZX1-LD300A61 5M

ZX1-LD300A81 5M

Pre-wired 
connector

0.5 m

ZX1-LD300A66 0.5M

ZX1-LD300A86 0.5M

0.56 mm

Pre-wired

2 m

ZX1-LD600A61 2M

ZX1-LD600A81 2M

5 m

ZX1-LD600A61 5M

ZX1-LD600A81 5M

Pre-wired 
connector

0.5 m

ZX1-LD600A66 0.5M

ZX1-LD600A86 0.5M

Cable length

Model

10 m

ZX0-XC10R

20 m

ZX0-XC20R

Order extension cables for Pre-wired Connector Models only.

200

600 ± 400 mm

1,000

65

100 ± 35 mm

135

150

300 ± 150 mm

450

40

50 ± 10 mm

60

ZX1 

 Measurement Sensors

Q

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-2

CMOS Laser Displacement Sensor 

This next generation smart sensor provides 
stable measurements with ease of use.  
Achieve accurate measurements for distance 
and thickness calculations even with product 
in motion. The CMOS sensor provides 
repeatable measurements for any color or 
surface condition.

•  11 Segment display for easy configuration

•  World’s smallest CMOS head with laser 

life display

•  4 bank function for easy setup changeover

•  IP67 heads and robotic cables

C436

Ordering Information
Sensor Heads

Amplifiers

Communications Interface Unit

Sensor Head Extension Cables

Mounting Brackets

 Calculating Unit

Appearance

Optical system

Beam shape

Sensing distance

Resolution

Model

Diffuse reflective

Line beam

1.5 µm

ZX2-LD50L

Spot beam

ZX2-LD50

Line beam

5 µm

ZX2-LD100L

Spot beam

ZX2-LD100

Regular reflective

Spot beam

1.5 µm

ZX2-LD50V

Description

Power supply Analog output 

(Switch selectable)

Discrimination output function

Output type Model

Amplifier with 
2 m cable

12 to 24 VDC

4 to 20 mA, 1 to 
5 VDC, ±5 VDC

High, Pass, Low

NPN

ZX2-LDA11 2M

PNP

ZX2-LDA41 2M

Length

Model

1 m

ZX2-XC1R

4 m

ZX2-XC4R

9 m

ZX2-XC9R

20 m

ZX2-XC20R

Contents

Applicable sensor heads Model

Mounting bracket: 1 

ZX2-LD50V, ZX2-LD50L,  
ZX-LD50

E39-L178

Nut plate: 1  
Phillips screws (M3x30): 2

ZX-LD100L, ZX-LD100

E39-L179

Appearance

Model

ZX2-CAL

Appearance

Type

Model

RS-232C

ZX2-SF11

40

50±10mm

60

65

100±35mm

135

43

48±5mm

53

ZX2 

  Measurement Sensors

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-3

Smart, Fast Laser
Measurement Sensor

Smart ZX-L offers simple setup and measurement 
for applications where high resolution and fast 
response time are required. A wide range of 
interchangeable sensor heads provides great 
flexibility in solving demanding applications.

•  Small and light sensor heads for easy 

integration

•  High-speed response time of 150 μs

•  Easy sensor head replacement

•  Scalability through a modular platform concept

C426

Ordering Information
Reflective Sensing Heads

Through-beam Sensing Heads

Amplifiers

Accessories

Sensing method

Sensing distance Beam shape

Resolution

Dimensions
(H x W x D mm)

Model

Diffuse reflective

40 ±10 mm

Spot, 50 mm dia.

2 μm

39 x 33 x 17

ZX-LD40

100 ±40 mm

Spot, 100 mm dia.

16 μm

ZX-LD100

300 ±200 mm

Spot, 300 mm dia.

300 μm

ZX-LD300

40 ±10 mm

Line, 75 μm x 2 mm

2 μm

ZX-LD40L

100 ±40 mm

Line, 150 μm x 2 mm

16 μm

ZX-LD100L

300 ±200 mm

Line, 450 μm x 2 mm

300 μm

ZX-LD300L

Regular reflective 30 ±2 mm

Spot, 75 mm dia.

0.25 μm

45 x 55 x 25

ZX-LD30V

Line, 100 μm x 1.8 mm

ZX-LD30VL

Sensing 
method

Sensing distance

Measuring width

Resolution

Dimensions 
(H x W x D mm)

Model

Through-beam

0 to 2000 mm

1 mm dia.

4 μm

15 x 15 x 34 emitter; 
15 x 15 x 19 receiver

ZX-LT001

0 to 500 mm

5 mm dia

20 x 20 x 42 emitter; 
20 x 20 x 25 receiver

ZX-LT005

10 mm dia.

20 x 64 x 68 emitter; 
20 x 64 x 58 receiver

ZX-LT010

30 mm dia.

12 μm

ZX-LT030

Description

Power supply

Analog output (Switch selectable)

Discrimination 
output function

Output type

Model

Amplifier with 
2 m cable

12 to 24 VDC

4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC, 
0 to 5 VDC, ±4 VDC, ±5 VDC

High, Pass, Low

NPN

ZX-LDA11N 2M

PNP

ZX-LDA41N 2M

Please refer to data  sheet for Attachments, Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communications  module.

ZX-L-N 

Measurement Sensors

Q

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-4

Scalable Precision Laser
Measurement Sensor

Smart ZS-L sensor offers high-precision, 
high-speed and high-sensitivity inspections 
and detects nearly all surfaces.

•  Sensitive enough to measure thickness of 

coating or sealer on glass

•  High resolution of 0.25 μm

•  Fast response time of 110 μs for accurate 

measurements of moving work pieces

•  Sensor head with 2D-CMOS technology 

delivers high dynamic sensing range to 
measure black rubber, plastic, shiny glass 
and mirror surfaces

Sensing Heads

Controllers

Accessories

C424

Sensing 
method

Measurement 
center distance

Measurement 
range

Beam type

Beam diameter

Resolution*

Model

Diffuse  
reflective

50 mm

±5 mm

50 - Line

900 x 60 μm

0.8 μm

ZS-LD50

±15 mm

50S - Spot

50 μm

ZS-LD50S

80 mm

50 mm +/-5 mm 

80 - Line

900 x 60 μm

 2 μm

ZS-LD80

130 mm

±15 mm

130 - Line

900 x 70 μm

3 μm

ZS-LD130

200 mm

±50 mm

200 - Line

900 x 100 μm

5 μm

ZS-LD200

350 mm

±135 mm

350S - Spot

240 μm dia.

20 μm

ZS-LD350S

Regular 
reflective

20 mm

±1 mm

20T - Line

900 x 25 μm

0.25 μm

ZS-LD20T

 20 mm +/-1 mm

20ST - Spot

 25 μm

ZS-LD20ST

40 mm

±2.5 mm

40T - Line

2000 x 35 μm

0.4 μm

ZS-LD40T

Description

Supply voltage

Control outputs

Model

Sensor Controllers

24 VDC

NPN outputs

ZS-LDC11

PNP outputs

ZS-LDC41

Multi-Controllers for Calculation

24 VDC

NPN outputs

ZS-MDC11

PNP outputs

ZS-MDC41

Data Storage Units Support Data Logging

24 VDC

NPN outputs

ZS-DSU11

PNP outputs

ZS-DSU41

*Resolution is the peak-to-peak displacement conversion value in the displacement output at the measuring center distance in 
high-precision mode, when the number of samples to average is set to 128, and the measuring mode is set to high-resolution 
mode. The standard  work piece is white aluminum ceramic for diffuse reflection heads and glass in the regular reflection heads.

Extension cables, Software,  Communications cables, Mounting adapters, and Controller Link connector.

Ordering Information

ZS-L 

Measurement Sensors

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-5

Shape

Supply voltage

Control outputs

Model

24 VDC

NPN outputs

ZS-HLDC11

PNP outputs

ZS-HLDC41

High-Precision Long Distance 
Laser Measurement Sensors

High performance sensors support 
critical quality inspection with precise 
measurements over long distances.

•  Sensor heads support measuring center 

distances from 20 to 1,500 mm 

•  Achieves a maximum high resolution of 

0.25  μm 

•  Solve tough inspection problems: Stable 

measurement of black rubber, black resin, 
glass and metal sheets, and printed circuit 
boards

•  Fast response time of 110 μs for accurate 

measurements of moving work pieces

Sensing Heads

Series Sensor Heads for Nozzle Gaps

Series Sensor Controllers

Accessories

C425

Sensing 
method

Measuring range 
[Sensing distance]

Beam size/ 
measuring region

Resolution

FDA laser 
class

Model

Regular

20 mm ± 1 mm

1.0 mm x 20 μm

0.25 μm

Class II

ZS-HLDS2T 2M

Diffuse

5.2 mm ± 1 mm

Regular

50 mm ± 5 mm

1.0 mm x 30 μm

0.1 μm

ZS-HLDS5T 2M

Diffuse

44 mm ± 4 mm

Regular

100 mm ± 20 mm

3.5 mm x 60 μm

1.0 μm

ZS-HLDS10 2M

Diffuse

94 mm ± 16 mm

Regular

600 mm ± 350 mm

16 mm x 0.3 mm

8 μm @ 250 mm, 
40 μm @ 600 mm

ZS-HLDS60

1500 mm ± 500 mm

40 mm x 1.5 mm

500 μm

ZS-HLDS150

Optical system

Sensing distance

Beam shape

Beam diameter

Resolution

Model

Regular reflective models

10 ± 0.5 mm

Line beam

900 x 25 μm

0.25 μm

ZS-LD10GT

15 ± 0.75 mm

ZS-LD15GT

Extension cables, Software,  Communications cables, Mounting adapters, Controller Link and Controller options.

Ordering Information

ZS-HL 

Measurement Sensors

Q

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-6

Shape

Dimensions

Sensing distance

Resolution

Model

Unthreaded cylindrical

3 dia. x 18 mm

0.5 mm

1 μm

ZX-EDR5T

5.4 dia. x 18 mm

1 mm

ZX-ED01T

8 dia. x 22 mm

2 mm

ZX-ED02T

Threaded cylindrical

M10 x 22 mm

2 mm

ZX-EM02T

M18 x 46.3 mm

7 mm

ZX-EM07MT

Flat

30 x 14 x 4.8 mm

4 mm

ZX-EV04T

Heat-resistant, cylindrical

M12 x 22 mm

2 mm

ZX-EM02HT

Smart ZX-E offers simple setup for 
applications requiring non-contact 
displacement measurements of metal 
objects. A wide range of interchangeable 
sensor heads provides great flexibility in 
solving demanding applications.

•  Compact inductive sensor heads for easy 

integration

•  High-speed response time of 150 μs

•  Easy sensor head replacement

•  Scalability through a modular platform 

concept

C427

Ordering Information

Inductive Sensing Heads

Amplifiers

Description

Power supply

Analog output (Switch selectable)

Discrimination 
output function

Output type

Model

Amplifier with
2 m cable

12 to 24 VDC

4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC, 
0 to 5 VDC, ±4 VDC, ±5 VDC

High, Pass, Low

NPN

ZX-EDA11 2M

PNP

ZX-EDA41 2M

Accessories

Please refer to data  sheet for Mounting brackets, Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communications module.

Smart Inductive

Displacement Sensor

ZX-E 

Measurement Sensors

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-7

Type

Sensing distance

Resolution

Tip size

Dimensions 
(sensing head)

Model

Short type

1 mm

0.1 μm

4.5 dia. mm

57.1 L x 6 dia. mm

ZX-TDS01T

Standard type

4 mm

86 L x 6 dia. mm

ZX-TDS04T

Low-load type

ZX-TDS04T-L

Standard type

10 mm

0.4 μm

5 dia. mm

123 L x 8 dia. mm

ZX-TDS10T

Ultra-low-load type

7.5 dia. mm

132.15 L x 8 dia. mm

ZX-TDS10T-L

Vacuum retracting type

5 dia. mm

129.5 L x 8 dia. mm

ZX-TDS10T-V

Vacuum retracting/Air push type

7 dia. mm

124.5 L x 8 dia. mm

ZX-TDS10T-VL

Smart Contact Displacement Sensor

Smart ZX-T offers simple setup for applications 
requiring high-precision contact displacement 
measurements to verify part shape and 
orientation.

•  Slim sensor heads make it easy to integrate

•  Fast response time of 1 ms

•  Multipoint measurement with up to 7 sensors

•  Dust-tight linear ball bearing construction 

assures long service life: 10 million 
mechanical operations minimum

C428

Ordering Information

Contact Sensing Heads

Amplifiers

Description

Power supply

Analog output (Switch selectable)

Discrimination 
output function

Output type

Model

Amplifier with
2 m cable

12 to 24 VDC

4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC, 
0 to 5 VDC, ±4 VDC, ±5 VDC

High, Pass, Low

NPN

ZX-TDA11 2M

PNP

ZX-TDA41 2M

Accessories

Please refer to data  sheet for Actuator options, Mounting brackets, Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communi-
cations module.

ZX-T 

Measurement Sensors

Q

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-8

Measuring 
range

Spot  
diameter

Static  
resolution

Model*

7 ±0.3  mm

18 µm dia.

0.25 µm

ZW-S07

9

M

20 ±1  mm

40 µm dia.

0.25 µm

ZW-S20

9

M

30 ±3  mm

60 µm dia.

0.25 µm

ZW-S30

9

M

40 ±6 mm

80 µm dia.

0.25 µm

ZW-S40

9

M

 

Dimensions

Power supply

Output type

Software included

Model

124 x 72 x 128 mm

24 VDC

NPN

No

ZW-CE10T

124 x 72 x 128 mm

24 VDC

PNP

No

ZW-CE15T

Fiber Optic Cleaner

ZW-XCL

SYSMAC Software & License

Contact Omron or see website for details

 

Description

Feature

Cable 
length

Model

Sensor head to 
controller exten-
sion cable

Fiber-optic 
cable; includes 
Fiber Adapter 
ZW-XFC

2 m

ZW-XF02R

5 m

ZW-XF05R

10 m

ZW-XF10R

20 m

ZW-XF20R

30 m

ZW-XF30R

Fiber adapter

Coupler between 
fibers

-

ZW-XFC

Parallel I/O 
Cable 

Input/Output 
Wiring 

2 m

ZW-XCP2E

Controller to 
personal com-
puter cable

RS-232C cable

2 m

ZX-XRS2

Controller to 
PLC/HMI cable

RS-232C cable

2 m

ZW-XPT2

 

The ZW confocal fiber displacement 
sensor delivers stable, non-contact, in-line 
measurement of heights, thicknesses and 
other dimensions. It solves the problems 
of traditional laser triangulation sensors: 
deviation between different material with 
inclination tolerance. The compact sensing 
head has no electronic parts to eliminate 
problems of installation space and mutual 
interference, electrical/magnetic noise, 
temperature rise and mechanical positioning.

•  Ultra-compact sensing head: 24 x 24 mm; 

weighs only 105 g

•  High flexibility fiber-optic cable from 

sensor to controller, extends up to 32 m

•  Mount sensing head one time: no need to 

re-tune for changing materials

C438

Ordering Information
Sensor Heads

Controllers and Software

Cables

•  Separate amplifier provides white LED 

light source, spectroscope and processor 
to convert reflected color light to distance

•  Smart Monitor ZW Software simplifies 

setup and data collection/analysis 

•  EtherCAT models includes EtherNet/IP 

communications interface

Ultra-compact, Lightweight 

Sensor Measures Any Material

*Note: Cable length, 03 = 0.3m and 2 = 2m (specified in 
meters) should be added in place of the box at the end of 
the part number.

Measuring 
range

Spot  
diameter

Static  
resolution

Model*

7 ±0.3  mm

18 µm dia.

0.25 µm

ZW-SR07

9

M

20 ±1  mm

40 µm dia.

0.25 µm

ZW-SR20

9

M

40 ±6 mm

80 µm dia.

0.25 µm

ZW-SR40

9

M

 

Right Angle Sensor Heads

ZW 

Confocal Fiber Displacement Sensor

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-9

Appearance

Power supply

Output type

Model

DC

NPN

ZX-GTC11

PNP

ZX-GTC41

Appearance

Optical system Measuring width

Sensing distance

Resolution

Output type Model

Separate type

Through-beam

28 mm

0 to 500 mm

10 μm

NPN

ZX-GT28S11

PNP

ZX-GT28S41

Integrated type

40 mm

NPN

ZX-GT2840S11

PNP

ZX-GT2840S41

Wide Laser Beam CCD 
Measurement Sensor

Now you can accurately and reliably get 
precision measurements of 10 μm at a 
distance of up to 500 mm by using the 
ZX-GT. The ZX-GT provides unparalleled 
measurement precision with high-speed 
measurement of 2,000 samples per second. 
The ZX-GT’s ability to measure glass and 
mirror surfaces along with its “Smart Recipe” 
PC software, makes the ZX-GT the most 
powerful and easy to use measurement 
sensor in its class.

•  10 μm accuracy by 500 mm range

•  High-speed processing of 2,000 images 

per second ensures fast, accurate in-line 
measurements

•  Dedicated glass detection function

•  “Smart Recipe” software makes setup easy

C435

Ordering Information
Sensor

Amplifiers

Accessories

Please refer to data  sheet for Extension cables, Software, Calculating unit and Communications module.

ZX-GT 

Measurement Sensors

Q

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Q-10

2D Measurement Sensor

The ZG2 sensor measures the height and 
width of entire objects simultaneously, using 
a wide laser beam. 

•  All-in-one controller with built-in LCD 

display

•  Measure entire shapes in 2D, X and Z axis

•  Immediate live feedback

•  Fast 5 ms sampling time

•  Accuracy as fine as 0.25 μm

Ordering Information

Controller

Accessories

C422

Measurement 
mode

Measurement range 
regular reflective

Measurement range 
diffuse reflective

Beam size/ 
measuring 
region

Resolution
X dir/Z dir

FDA 
laser 
class

Model

Regular 
reflective

22.3 ±0.5 mm

10.6 ±0.4 mm

3 mm

5 μm / 0.25 
μm

Class II

ZG2-WDS3VT 0.5M
ZG2-WDS3VT 2M

Diffuse
reflective

44 ±2 mm 

50 ±3 mm

8 mm

13 μm / 1 μm

Class IIIb ZG2-WDS8T 0.5M

ZG2-WDS8T 2M

94 ±10 mm

100 ±12 mm

22 mm

35 μm /  2.5 
μm

ZG2-WDS22 0.5M
ZG2-WDS22 2M

mode not available

210 ±48 mm

70 mm

111 μm /  6 
μm

ZG2-WDS70 0.5M
ZG2-WDS70 2M

Description

Power supply

Analog output (Switch selectable)

Discrimination 
output function

Output 
type

Model

Controller

24 VDC

4 to 20 mA, -10 to 10 VDC

All Pass/NG/
Error

NPN

ZG2-WDC11

PNP

ZG2-WDC41

NPN

ZG2-WDC11A

PNP

ZG2-WDC41A

Note: 

Models with ‘A’ suffix includes Smart Monitor ZG Set-up Software.

Extension cables, Software,  Communications cables, Mounting adapters, and Controller Link connector.

Sensing Heads

FDA Class IIIb

ZG2 

  2D Laser Profiling Sensor

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

R-i

Rotary Encoders

Contents

Selection Guide

R-ii

Absolute Rotary Encoders

E6C3-A Standard, 50 mm dia.

R-2

E6CP-A Plastic body, 50 mm dia.

R-3

E6F-A

Rugged housing, 60 mm dia.

R-4

Incremental Rotary Encoders

E6A2-C Small diameter encoder, 25 mm dia. R-5
E6B2-C Small diameter encoder, 40 mm dia. R-6
E6C3-C Standard, 50 mm dia.

R-7

E6D-C

Rugged housing, Narrow shaft, 
40 mm dia.

R-8

E6F-C

Rugged housing, Narrow shaft, 
60 mm dia.

R-8

R

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Close the loop – angle, position and velocity on hand

Rotary encoders create information which represent the movement of your application. 
To meet challenging demands, Omron offers a wide range of absolute and incremental 
encoders.

•  Wide resolution variety

•  Models with rugged housing

•  Models for multi-turn applications

ACCURACY AND ROBUSTNESS MADE RELIABLE

E6A2-C

E6B2-C

E6C3-C

E6D-C

E6F-C

Incremental

Rotary encoders

Small diameter

Standard

Narrow shaft

Rugged housing

E6C3-A

E6F-A

E6CP-A

Absolute

Standard

Rugged housing

Plastic body

Rotary Encoders

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

R-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

E6A2-C

E6B2-C

E6C3-C

E6D-C

E6F-C

Incremental

Rotary encoders

Small diameter

Standard

Narrow shaft

Rugged housing

E6C3-A

E6F-A

E6CP-A

Absolute

Standard

Rugged housing

Plastic body

Output

Incremental

Model

E6A2-C

E6B2-C

E6D-C

E6C3-C

E6F-C

Type Small diameter shaft

Small diameter shaft

Small diameter shaft

Standard

Rugged housing

Resolution 

range (Pulse/

rev)

Min 10

10

10

100

100

Max 500

2,000

6,000

3,600

1,000

Output

NPN

PNP

Size dia. (mm) 25

40

55

50 

60 

Max. force

Radial 10 N

30 N

50 N

80 N

120 N

Axial 5 N

20 N

30 N

50 N

50 N

IP rating

IP50

IP64

IP65

Max. rotation frequency

(rpm)

5,000

6,000

12,000

5,000

5,000

Output

Absolute

Model

E6C3-A

E6F-A

E6CP-A

Type Standard

Rugged housing

Lightweight, plastic 
body

Resolution 

range

(Pulse/rev)

Min 6

256

10

Max 1,024

1,024

256

Output

NPN

PNP

Size dia. (mm) 50 

60 

50

Max. force

Radial 80 N

120 N

30 N

Axial 50 N

50 N

20 N

IP rating

IP50

IP64

IP65

Max. rotation frequency

(rpm)

5,000

5,000

1,000

 

Standard 

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

R-iii

R

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

R-2

Water Resistant Encoder for Tough 
Environments

•  IP65 drip-proof, oil-proof construction 

with sealed bearing

•  8 mm stainless steel shaft provides 

superior shaft loading performance: 
Radial: 8 kg-f; Axial: 5.1 kg-f

•  NPN, or PNP open collector or voltage 

outputs

•  Optimum angle control when combined 

with cam positioner (stand-alone H8PS or 
PLC-based) or encoder-input PLC position 
control modules

•  Response frequency: 20 kHz max., 5,000 

rpm max

•  Pre-wired with 1 meter cable; 2 meter 

cable available, connector version 
available for direct connection to an H8PS 
Cam Positioning Unit

Ordering Information

F522

When ordering, specify the resolution in addition to the model number (example: E6C3-AG5C 360P/R 1M).

Size

Shaft

Supply 
Voltage

Output 
configuration

Output 
code

Resolution (pulses/
rotation)

Connection 
method

Model

50 dia. x 43 
D mm

8 dia. x 15 L 
mm, stainless 
steel

12 to 24 
VDC

NPN open-
collector output

Gray

256, 360, 720

2 m 
connector for 
H8PS Cam 
Positioner

E6C3-AG5C-C

256, 360, 720, 1,024

Pre-wired, 
1 m cable

E6C3-AG5C

Binary

32, 40

E6C3-AN5C

BCD

6, 8, 12

E6C3-AB5C

PNP open-
collector output

Gray

256, 360, 720, 1,024

E6C3-AG5B

Binary

32, 40

E6C3-AN5B

BCD

6, 8, 12

E6C3-AB5B

5 VDC

Voltage output

Binary

256

E6C3-AN1E

12 VDC

E6C3-AN2E

E6C3-A 

Rotary Encoders –Absolute

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

R-3

Ordering Information

Low-Cost Absolute Encoder, 
50 mm Diameter

•  High-precision detection of automatic 

machine timing, also ideal for robot limit 
signals

•  Absolute encoder performance at the cost 

of an incremental encoder

•  Gray code output eliminates reading 

mistakes

•  Lightweight, plastic body construction, 

IP50 enclosure rating

•  Shaft loading: Radial: 3 kg-f; Axial: 2 kg-f

•  Open collector output

•  Response frequency: 5 kHz max., 1,000 

rpm max

•  Pre-wired with 2 m cable, connector 

version available for direct connection to 
an H8PS Cam Positioning unit

F523

Size

Shaft

Power supply 
voltage

Output 
configuration

Output 
code

Resolution 
(pulses/
rotation)

Connection 
method

Model

50 dia. x 
55 D mm

6 dia. x 
10 L mm

5 to 12 VDC

Open-collector 
output

Gray

256 (8-bit)

Pre-wired, 2 m 
cable

E6CP-AG3C

12 to 24 VDC

E6CP-AG5C

2 m cable with 
connector for 
H8PS Cam 
Positioner

E6CP-AG5C-C

E6CP-A 

Rotary Encoders – Absolute

R

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

R-4

Rugged Encoder for High-
Precision Detection

•  10 mm stainless steel shaft and rugged 

construction provide the highest shaft 
loading among Omron encoders: Radial: 
12 kg-f, Thrust: 5 kg-f

•  IP65f water and oil-proof construction

•  High response speed for faster control: 

Gray code: 20 kHz; BCD: 10 kHz, 5,000 
rpm max

•  Combine with H8PS Cam Positioner or 

PLC encoder input module for optimum 
angle control

•  Pre-wired with 2 m cable, connector 

version available for direct connection to 
an H8PS Cam Positioning unit

Ordering Information

F524

When ordering, specify the resolution in addition to the model number (example: E6C3-AG5C 360P/R 1M).

Size

Shaft

Power supply 
voltage

Output 
configuration

Output 
code

Resolution 
(pulses/
rotation)

Connection method

Model

60 mm 
dia. x 65 D 
mm

10 dia. x 
20 L mm

5 to 12 VDC

NPN open 
collector

BCD

360

Pre-wired 2 m cable

E6F-AB3C

12 to 24 VDC

E6F-AB5C

PNP open 
collector

E6F-AB5B

NPN open 
collector

Gray 
code

256, 360, 
720

2 m cable with connector 
for H8PS Cam Positioner

E6F-AG5C-C

NPN open 
collector

256, 360, 
720, 1,024

Pre-wired 2 m cable

E6F-AG5C

PNP open 
collector

E6F-AG5B

E6F-A 

Rotary Encoders – Absolute

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

R-5

Rugged Encoder for High-
Precision Detection

•  High response frequency and noise 

immunity make encoders ideal for factory 
automation applications with 10 to 500 
pulses/revolution

•  Space saving enclosure: 25 mm dia.

•  4 mm shaft with load rating of: Radial: 

1 kg-f; Axial: 0.5 kg-f

•  Open collector output, other output types 

available

•  Output phases: A/A, B and A, B, Z 

(reversible) are available

•  Response frequency: 20 kHz max., 5,000 

rpm max

•  Enclosure rating: IP50

•  Pre-wired with 0.5 meter cable

Ordering Information

F525

Size

Shaft

Supply voltage Output 

configuration

Resolution 
(pulses/revolution)

Model

25 dia. x 31 D mm

4 dia. x 10 L 
mm

12 to 24 VDC

NPN open 
collector, 30 mA 
max

100

E6A2-CW5C 100P/R 05M

200

E6A2-CW5C 200P/R 05M

E6A2-C 

Rotary Encoders – Incremental

R

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

R-6

General-Purpose Compact 
Encoders

•  High resolution models (up to 2000 pulses 

per revolution available) substantially 
improve measuring accuracy

•  Rugged construction: 6 mm shaft with 

load rating of: Radial: 3 kg-f; Axial: 2 kg-f

•  Output phases: A, B, Z (reversible)

•  Response frequency: up to 100 kHz max., 

6,000 rpm max

•  Protected against short-circuit and 

reversed connections for highly reliable 
operation

•  Available with NPN and PNP open 

collector, voltage and line driver outputs

•  Enclosure rating: IP50

•  Pre-wired with 0.5- or 2 m cables

Ordering Information

F526

Size

Shaft

Supply 
voltage

Output configuration

Resolution 
(pulse/
revolution)

Cable 
length

Model

40 mm dia. 
x 44 D mm

6 dia. x 15 
L mm

12 to 24 
VDC

NPN open collector,
35 mA max

100

2 m 

E6B2-CWZ6C 100P/R 2M

200

E6B2-CWZ6C 200P/R 2M

360

0.5 m

E6B2-CWZ6C 360P/R 05M

360

2 m

E6B2-CWZ6C 360P/R 2M

500

E6B2-CWZ6C 500P/R 2M

600

E6B2-CWZ6C 600P/R 2M

1000

0.5 m

E6B2-CWZ6C 1000P/R 05M

2 m

E6B2-CWZ6C 1000P/R 2M

5 VDC

Line driver: 
High: -20 mA or 2.5 
V min
Low: +20 mA or 0.5 
V max

0.5 m

E6B2-CWZ1X 1000P/R 05M

E6B2-C 

Rotary Encoders – Incremental

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

R-7

Water Resistant Incremental 
Encoder for Tough Environments

•  High resolution solutions from 100 to 3600 

pulses/revolution

•  IP65f drip-proof, oil-proof construction 

with sealed bearing

•  8 mm stainless steel shaft provides a load 

rating of: Radial: 88 kg-f; Axial: 5 kg-f

•  Complementary outputs simplify 

interfacing to NPN or PNP input devices

•  Output phases: A, B and Z (reversible)

•  Response frequency: 125 kHz max. (65 

kHz for Z-phase), 5,000 rpm max

•  Surge protection built-in

•  Voltage and line driver output versions 

available

•  Pre-wired with 1 meter cable, 2 meter 

cable is available

Ordering Information

F527

Size

Shaft

Supply 
Voltage

Output configuration

Resolution 
(pulse/
revolution)

Model

50 dia. x 
43 D mm

8 dia. x 15 L 
mm, stain-
less steel

12 to 24 
VDC

Complementary output (NPN and PNP), 
35 mA max.

100

E6C3-CWZ5GH 100P/R 1M

200

E6C3-CWZ5GH 200P/R 1M

360

E6C3-CWZ5GH 360P/R 1M

500

E6C3-CWZ5GH 500P/R 1M

720

E6C3-CWZ5GH 720P/R 1M

800

E6C3-CWZ5GH 800P/R 1M

1000

E6C3-CWZ5GH 1000P/R 1M

2048

E6C3-CWZ5GH 2048P/R 1M

2500

E6C3-CWZ5GH 2500P/R 1M 

3600

E6C3-CWZ5GH 3600P/R 1M

E6C3-C 

Rotary Encoders – Incremental

R

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

R-8

Ordering Information

Ordering Information

Rugged, High-Resolution Encoder

•  Resolution as high as 6,000 pulses/

revolution in a rugged construction

•  Outputs: A, B (reversible) and Z (zero)

•  55 mm diameter housing

•  Superb reliability and accuracy: phase 

error as small as 1/4T±0.07T

•  High response frequency of 200 kHz, 

12,000 rpm max

•  6 mm shaft with load rating of: Radial: 5 

kg-f; Axial: 3 kg-f

Rugged, High-Resolution Encoder

•  10 mm stainless steel shaft and rugged 

construction provides the highest 
shaft loading among Omron encoders;        
Radial: 12 kg-f, Thrust: 5 kg-f

•  IP65f water and oil-proof construction

•  60 mm diameter housing

•  Complementary output for longer cable 

length extension

•  High response frequency of 83 kHz,     

5,000 rpm max

Size

Shaft

Supply 
voltage

Output 
configuration

Resolution (pulses/
revolution)

Cable 
length

Model

44 mm dia. 
x 44 D mm

6 dia. x 15 
L mm

12 VDC

NPN open 
collector, 35 
mA max

720, 800, 1000, 1024, 
1200, 1500, 1800, 2000, 
2048, 2500, 3000, 3200, 
3600, 4096, 5000, 6000

0.5 m

E6D-CWZ2C

9999

P/R 05M

5 VDC

E6D-CWZ1E

9999

P/R 05M

Size

Shaft

Supply 
voltage

Output 
configuration

Resolution (pulses/
revolution)

Cable 
length

Model

60 mm dia. 
x 65 D mm

10 dia. x 
20 L mm

12 to 24 
VDC

Complementary 
NPN and PNP, 
±30 mA

100, 200, 360, 500, 600, 
1000

2 m

E6F-CWZ5GP/R 2M

•  Output load short-circuit protection to 

reduce risks from incorrect wiring

•  Pre-wired 2 m cable

F528

E6D-C 

Rotary Encoders – Incremental

E6F-C 

Rotary Encoders – Incremental

F529

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

S-i

Auto Identification Systems

Contents

Selection Guide

S-ii

Linear Code Readers

MS-3

Ultra-Compact Laser 
Reader

S-1

QX830

Compact Industrial Laser 
Scanner

S-2

QX870

Industrial Raster Laser 
Scanner

S-3

Hawk Series

Industrial 1D/2D code 
reading imagers

S-4

HS/
MobileHawk

Hand-held 1D/2D code 
readers

S-5

TCS1400 
Series

Hand-held CCD Bar Code 
Readers

S-6

TCS1490

Long Range Bar Code 
Reader

S-6

2-Dimensional Code Readers

V400-H

Hand-held reader for 
direct-stamped 2D codes

S-7

FQ-CR

Multi-code reader and DPM 
code reader

S-8

V400-R2

Ultra-small multi code 
reader, both 2D & 1D code 
compatible paper/label

S-9

V500-R2

Compact high-speed linear 
code reader fits almost 
anywhere

S-9

Industrial RFID Systems

V680S

HF - 13.56 MHz All-in-
one System - Antenna/
Amplifier/Controller (page 
S-11)

S-10

V680 Series

HF - 13.56 MHz Next-
Generation RFID Systems 
with ISO/ IEC 18000-3 (ISO/
IEC 15693) Compliance

S-11

V680-
HAM42- 
DRT

HF - 13.56 MHz V680-
Series DeviceNet-
Compatible Slaves for RFID 
Systems. Read and Write 
up to 58 Bytes

S-12

V680-
HAM91/
HAM81

HF - 13.56 MHz RFID 
System can be used just 
like a sensor

S-12

V640

LF- 134 kHz Systems reads 
TIRIS tags more reliably 
than OEM parts

S-13

V750

UHF - 902.75 - 927.75 
MHz EPC Class I Gen 2 
Interrogator

S-14

S

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Hand-held

Fixed

Hand-held

Fixed

1D

Barcode

RFID

Identi

cation Systems

1D & 2D

2D

Short range

Long range

MS3

V500-R2

QX830

QX870

TCS 1400

Series

HS-21

V400-R2

Hawk

Series

HS21/41/51

Hand-held

V400-H

MobileHawk

Fixed

FQ-CR

V640

LF

134 kHz

UHF

852-956 MHz

V750

HF

13.56 MHz

V680

V680S

Omron offers a wide range of reliable identification systems to help you track, trace and 
verify product moving through your factory, and between warehouse and retail locations. 
We offer 1D barcode readers, 2D code readers and radio frequency identification (RFID) 
systems to meet your specific needs. With over 25 years of experience applying radio 
frequency identification systems, Omron offers unique skills in integrating them for a 
complete industrial automation solution.

RFID systems: 

UHF for long distance and asset tracking (V750); HF for industrial  

work-in-progress and tool or part identification (V680); LF for tracking in semiconductor 
manufacturing settings (V640).

2D code readers: 

CMOS and video imaging models accurately read printed, embossed 

and engraved codes with great stability. Choose fixed mounting and held-held models.

1D barcode readers:

 Laser and CCD imaging versions read most popular code types  

at high speed. Choose fixed mounting and hand-held models.

AUTO IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS

Auto Identification Systems

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Hand-held

Fixed

Hand-held

Fixed

1D

Barcode

RFID

Identi

cation Systems

1D & 2D

2D

Short range

Long range

MS3

V500-R2

QX830

QX870

TCS 1400

Series

HS-21

V400-R2

Hawk

Series

HS21/41/51

Hand-held

V400-H

MobileHawk

Fixed

FQ-CR

V640

LF

134 kHz

UHF

852-956 MHz

V750

HF

13.56 MHz

V680

V680S

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-iii

S

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

See data sheet for individual model specifications  

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Category

Identification Systems

Model

FQ-CR

V400-R2

V400-H

MS-3

QX830

Type Imager

Imager

Imager

Laser

Laser

Read ranges

1

1

1

1

1

Resolution 512 x 484, 

752 x 480

754 x 480

Model Specific 
 
 

Model Specific

IP rating IP67

IP54

IP64

IP54

IP65

Supply voltage 24 VDC

5 VDC

5 VDC

5 VDC

10-28 VDC

C

o

de

s

1D JAN/EAN/UPC, 

Code39, Codabar 
(NW-7), ITF 
(Interleaved 2 
of 5), Code 93, 
Code128/GS1-
128, GS1 DataBar* 
(Truncated, 
Stacked, Omni-di-
rectional, Stacked 
Omni-directional, 
Limited, Expanded 
and Expanded 
Stacked), Pharma-
code and GS1-128 
Composite Code 
(CC-A, CC-B, 
CC-C))

WPC(JAN/
EAN/UPC), 
Codabar(NW-7), 
ITF, Industrial 2 of 
5, Code39,Code93, 
Code128, GS1-
128(EAN-128), 
GS1-Databar(RSS-
14),GS1-Databar 
Limited(RSS 
Limited), GS1-
Databar Expanded 
(RSS Expanded), 
GS1-Databar 
Composite(RSS 
Composite)

All Standard

All Standard

Stacked

PDF417
RSS

MicroPDF 
PDF417
GS1 Databar

2D

•  

Data Matrix 
(ECC200)

•  

QR Code

•  

Micro QR Code

•  

PDF417

•  

MicroPDF417

•  

GS1-DataMatrix

•  

Data Matrix 
(ECC200)

•  

QR Code

•  

Micro QR Code

•  

MicroPDF417

•  

AztecCode

•  

MaxiCode

•  

Codablock-F

•  

Data Matrix: 
ECC200,  
10 x 10 to 64 x 64, 
8 x 18 to 16 x 48

•  

QR Code (Models 
1, 2): 21 x 21 to 57 
x 57 (Versions 1 
to 10)

PC software Optional

Optional

Optional

ESP

ESP

Com

m

un

ic

at

ions

 

in

te

rf

ace

s

RS-232

4

4

4

4

RS-422/RS-485

4

4

Ethernet

4

4

DeviceNet

8

8

USB

Bluetooth

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Identification Systems

Model

V500-R2

QX870

Hawk Series

HS/ 

MobileHawk

TCS 1400

TCS1490

Type Laser

Laser

Imager

Imager

Imager

Imager

Read ranges

1

1

1

1

1

1

Resolution Bar code 0.15 

mm

Model Specific

Model Specific

Model 
Specific: 2048 
pixel imager 
1280 x 1024 
CMOS

2160 CCD - 
one line

3648 CCD - 
one line

IP rating IP54

IP65

IP54

1

IP54

IP54

Supply voltage 5 VDC

10-28 VDC

5 VDC

5 VDC

5 VDC

5 VDC

C

o

de

s

1D WPC(JAN/

EAN/UPC), 
Codabar 
(NW-7), ITF, 
Industrial 2 of 5 
(STF), Code39, 
Code93, 
Code128, GS1-
128 (EAN-128), 
GS1-Databar 
(RSS-14), 
GS1-Databar 
Limited(RSS 
Limited), GS1-
Databar Ex-
panded (RSS 
Expanded)

All Standard

All Standard 
Model 
Specific: 
Postal Codes

All Standard 
Model 
Specific: 
Postal Codes

UPC/EAN 
w/ 2 - 5 add. 
Code39, I 2 
of 5, 
Code 93, Code 
128, Codeabar 
MSI/PLESSY 

UPC/EAN  
w/ 2 - 5 add. 
Code39, I 2 of 
5, Code 93, 
Code  
128, Codeabar,  
MSI/PLESSY

Stacked

MicroPDF
PDF417
GS1 Databar

MicroPDF
PDF417
GS1 Databar

PDF417
GS1 Databar
Model 
Specific:
MicroPDF

2D

Model Specific:

•  

Data Matrix

•  

QR Code

•  

Micro QR 
Code

•  

Aztec

Model Specific:

•  

Data Matrix 

•  

QR Code

•  

Micro QR 
Code 

•  

Aztec 

•  

Maxicode 

PC software

ESP

ESP

ESP

Com

m

un

ic

at

ions

 

in

te

rf

ace

s

RS-232

4

4

4

8

4

4

RS-422/RS-485

4

RS-422

Ethernet

4

DeviceNet

8

8

USB

8

4

4

8

Bluetooth

8

See data sheet for individual model specifications  

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Auto Identification Systems

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-v

S

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Radio Frequency Identification Systems (RFID)

Model

V640

V680

V680S

V750

Detection range Short distance

Short distance

Short distance

Long distance

Operating frequency LF 134 kHz

HF 13.56 MHz

HF 13.56 MHz

UHF 852-956 MHz

Regional broadcast 

approvals

US and Europe: 
FCC Part 15 
Subpart C; FCC ID: 
E4E6CYCIDV6400304; 
EC/R&TTE Directive

Conforms to carrier 
reader/writer-related 
SEMI standards; SEMI 
E99, E4, and E5

US, Canada, Mexico, 
Latin America, Europe, 
Singapore, Malaysia, 
the Philippines, Japan, 
China, Hong Kong, 
Taiwan, Korea

Conforms to ISO/
IEC 18000-3 (ISO/IEC 
15693); FCC Standards 
and R&TTE Directive

US, Canada, Mexico, 
Latin America, Europe, 
Singapore, Malaysia, 
the Philippines, Japan, 
China, Hong Kong, 
Taiwan, Korea

Conforms to ISO/
IEC 18000-3 (ISO/IEC 
15693); FCC Standards 
and R&TTE Directive

US, Canada, Europe, 
Japan, China

Interface ports V3 - RS-232C interface,

ETN - Ethernet interface 
(compatible with SECS 
I/II protocol) 

RS-232C, RS-422, RS-
485, DeviceNet

M12 8 pin

Ethernet, RS-232C

Host devices PC

PC, Omron CJ/CS series 
PLC, 3rd-party PLC, 
DeviceNet

PC, Omron series PLC, 
3rd-party PLC

PC

Controllers Standalone

Standalone, PLC-mount

Standalone

Standalone

Antennas supported 1

1 or 2

1 or 2

Up to 4 Mono Static 
antennas (transmit/
receive integrated)

Read/write antennas Rectangular (50 x 30 

x 12 mm including 
mounting plate )

Cylindrical, compact 
with separate amplifier, 
rectangular with built-
in amplifier models 
available - see literature 
for details

Rectangular (221 x 221 
x 70 mm)

Data carriers (tags)  RI-TRP series tags

1 kbyte EEPROM; 2 , 8 
or 32 kbyte FRAM

1, 2 or 8 kbytes

EPCglobal Class 
1 Generation 2 
(ISO18000-6 Type C)

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-vi

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-1

MS-3 

 Linear Code Reader

Ultra-Compact Laser Reader

At 1,000 decodes per second, the MS-3 Laser offers the fastest 
read performance in the class of embedded compact bar code 
scanners. The wide scan angle of 70 degrees coupled with ultra-
compact size and flexible mounting make the MS-3 Laser the 
optimal choice for high-speed reading in OEM instruments. High 
performance and flexibility are designed into virtually every aspect 
of the MS-3 Laser. Optics are factory-adjustable and our feature-
rich firmware can be customized to satisfy almost any application. 
The MS-3 is well-suited for any embedded bar code application 
where size, performance, and budget savings are core factors.

•  Decodes/second: Up to 1000

•  Read range: 2 to 10” (51 to 254 mm)

•  Wide scan angle

•  IP54 enclosure

Application Examples

•  Clinical instruments
•  Bank ATMs
•  Parking kiosks
•  Point-of-sale terminals
•  Robotics

Symbologies Supported

•  Code 93
•  Code 39
•  Code 128
•  Codabar
•  Pharmacode
•  Interleaved 2 of 5
•  UPC/EAN
•  PDF417 (option)

D723

Ordering Information
Scanners

Description

Part Number

MS3 Laser Raster Low Density - Omron PLC connect w/M12 power

FIS-0003-0217G

MS3 Laser Raster High Density - Omron PLC connect w/M12 power

FIS-0003-0218G

MS3 Laser Single Line Low Density - Omron PLC connect w/M12 power

FIS-0003-0219G

MS3 Laser Single Line Low Density - Omron PLC connect w/M12 power

FIS-0003-0215G

For accessories, see product literature for details

S

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-2

QX830 

Linear Barcode Reader

D728

Compact Industrial Laser Scanner

The QX830 combines flexible connectivity with high-performance 
decoding capabilities to reliably read 1D barcodes in almost any 
automation environment. In addition to the Quick Connect System 
and X-Mode Technology, the QX830 features an EZ button for 
quick reader setup and configuration, with no computer required.

•  Decodes/second: 300 to 1400

•  Read Range: 1 to 30” (25 to 762 mm)

•  Optional Embedded Ethernet TCP/IP  

& EtherNet/IP

•  X-Mode Technology: Decodes damaged,  

poorly printed, or misaligned codes

•   IP65 Enclosure

Symbologies
Linear

Stacked

All Standard

MicroPDF   PDF417GS1               Databar 

Ordering Information
Scanners

Description

Part Number

Single Line Scanner, Low Density - Serial

FIS-0830-0001G

Single Line Scanner, Medium Density - Serial

FIS-0830-0002G

Single Line Scanner, High Density - Serial

FIS-0830-0003G

Raster Line Scanner, Low Density - Serial

FIS-0830-0004G

Raster Line Scanner, Medium Density - Serial

FIS-0830-0005G

Raster Line Scanner, High Density - Serial

FIS-0830-0006G

Single Line Scanner, Low Density - Serial + Ethernet

FIS-0830-1001G

Single Line Scanner, Medium Density - Serial + Ethernet

FIS-0830-1002G

Single Line Scanner, High Density - Serial + Ethernet

FIS-0830-1003G

Raster Line Scanner, Low Density - Serial + Ethernet

FIS-0830-1004G

Raster Line Scanner, Medium Density - Serial + Ethernet

FIS-0830-1005G

Raster Line Scanner, High Density - Serial + Ethernet

FIS-0830-1006G

For cable part numbers and configuration with accessories, see product literature.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-3

QX870 

 Linear Barcode Reader

Industrial Raster Laser Scanner

The QX870 makes reading bar codes 
and stacked 2D codes easy. Push-button 
calibration and a fully programmable 
feature set enable you to quickly and easily 
configure the scanner to meet your needs. 
Raster settings are programmable to read 
multiple symbols at different locations or at 
varying distances.

•  Decodes/second: 300 to 1400

•  Read Range: 1 to 30” (25 to 762 mm)

•  Optional Embedded Ethernet TCP/IP & 

EtherNet/IP

•  X-Mode Technology: Decodes damaged, 

poorly printed, or misaligned codes

•  IP65 Enclosure

D729

Symbologies

Linear

Stacked

MicroPDF  PDF417   

GS1 Databar 

All Standard

Ordering Information
Scanners

Description

Part Number

Sweeping Raster Barcode Scanner, Low Density - Serial

FIS-0870-0001G

Sweeping Raster Barcode Scanner, Medium Density - Serial

FIS-0870-0002G

Sweeping Raster Barcode Scanner, High Density - Serial

FIS-0870-0003G

Sweeping Raster Barcode Scanner, Low Density - Serial + Ethernet

FIS-0870-1001G

Sweeping Raster Barcode Scanner, Medium Density - Serial + Ethernet

FIS-0870-1002G

Sweeping Raster Barcode Scanner, High Density - Serial + Ethernet

FIS-0870-1003G

Cables

Description

Part Number

QX Power Supply Cable, M12 12-pin Socket 1.3m

97-000003-01

QX Cordset, Host Serial M12 12-pin Socket 1m

61-000152-01

QX Cordset, Host Ethernet, M12 8-pin plug to RJ45 1m

61-000160-01

For cables and accessories, see product literature for details

S

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-4

Hawk Series 

 

Industrial 1D/2D Code Reading Imagers

Industrial Ultra-compact,
Auto-focus Mega Pixel Imager

It is the ideal imager for automation engineers 
who need flexibility to read any code, at any 
distance, at  any speed. Quadrus MINI reads 
both linear bar codes  and 2D codes in any 
orientation, while in motion.  EZ button setup, 
symbol locator, and visible  performance 
indicators provide ease of use while  large 
area reading and small form factor allow for  
positioning flexibility.

Auto-focus:

 Position your symbol at the center 

of the field of view and push the EZ button for 
a true auto focus experience. Quadrus MINI 
automatically adjusts for distance to focus on 
the symbol and sets internal parameters to 
optimize reading of symbol.

Mega Pixel Processing:

 Mega Pixel 

processing allows for reading multiple small, 
high-density codes or long 1D codes. Quadrus 
MINI can read down to 3.3 mil high-density 
codes and can decode up to 100 symbols 
within the field of view in a single read capture. 
Three optical versions are available.

Dynamic, Omni-Directional Reading:

 The 

Quadrus MINI decodes linear bar codes 
or 2D codes omni-directionally in moving 
applications, at speeds up to 100 feet per 
minute (0.5 meters/second).

Push-Button Set-up:

 The EZ button 

is a powerful set-up feature. Three 

D725

Symbologies

Linear Bar Codes:

•  Code 39
•  Code 128
•  BC 412
•  I2 of 5
•  Pharmacode
•  UPC/EAN
•  Codabar
•  Code 93

2D Symbologies:

•  Data Matrix 

(ECC 0-200)

•  QR Code

Stacked Symbologies:

•  PDF417
•  Micro PDF417
•  RSS (Composite & 

Stacked)

programmable positions can be used to 
perform tasks including: Read Rate, Auto-
focus/Calibration, Save for Power-on, Load 
New Master, and Sleep Mode.

•  Decodes/second: up to 10
•  Read range: 1 to 10” 

(25 to 254 mm)

•  1.3 megapixel processing
•  Patented Quadrus technology
•  Auto-focus
•  Wide-scan angle
•  IP65 Enclosure

Ordering Information
MS-4

Description

Part Number

MS-4 2D Imagers

FIS-0004-000_G

MS-4X 2D Imagers

FIS-0004-200_G

MS-4 Xi, Standard Density, Ethernet

FIS-1004-1210G

MS-4 Xi, Low Density, Ethernet

FIS-1004-1110G

MS Hawk

Description

Part Number

Mini Hawk, 3Mp Imagers

FIS-6300-201_G

Mini Hawk High Resolution Imagers

FIS-6300-400_G

Mini Hawk High Speed Imagers

FIS-6300-500_G

Mini Hawk Xi HR and HS imagers

FIS-6310-1__0G

Accessories: See Data Sheet for Cables and configuration.

See Data sheet for specific model part numbers and cables configuration.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-5

HS/MobileHawk 

 

Handheld 1D/2D Code Readers

Hand-held Automatic 1D and  
2D Imagers

Hand-held imagers have fast and accurate 
performance and are built to withstand 
industrial environments.

•  HS-2D and MobileHawk read linear and 

2D codes; HS1 reads linear and stacked 
codes 

•  HS1 and HS21/41 are available in USB or  

RS-232 interface options

•  ESP® Easy Set-up Program provides  

single-point configuration

•  Easy-to-use Point and Click targeting,  

HS-2D and MobileHawk have audible/
vibrating indicators 

•  MobileHawk with X-Mode Technology 

decodes damaged, poorly printed, or 
misaligned codes 

Symbologies - Model specific   
Linear

Stacked

2D

MicroPDF 

PDF417 

GS1 Databar 

Data Matrix  QR 

Micro QR 

Aztec

All Standard   

Postal Codes 

D732

Ordering Information
Readers

Description

Part Number

2D Handheld Reader, USB

FIS-HS21-0001G

2D Handheld Reader, RS232C

FIS-HS21-0002G

2D DPM Handheld Reader, USB

FIS-HS41X-0001G

2D DPM Handheld Reader, RS232C

FIS-HS41X-0002G

Accessories

Description

Part Number

HS Handheld Power Supply 5VDC

20-000335-02

HS Handheld Presentation Stand

98-000270-03

Mobile Hawk  DPM Reader, USB

FIS-6170-0001G

Mobile Hawk - RS232 cable and Power Supply

96-000074-04

S

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-6

TCS1400 Series 

Linear Code Reader

Hand-held CCD Bar Code Readers

•  High-move tolerance provides accurate 

reading of bar codes on moving work pieces.

•  Ergonomic design and rugged construction 

for reliable operation without maintenance or 
adjustments.

•  Reads all standard bar codes: UPC/EAN, 

Codabar, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, and 
Interleaved 2 of 5. It can also read UPC/EAN 
with 2 or 5 digit addendum

Long-Range Bar Code Reader

•  Read range: 1” to 30” (25 to 762 mm)

•  Video/CCD Imager has no moving parts 

to wear out or need adjustment

•  Modular design allows for quick and 

easy cable changes this allows one 
bar code reader to be used in multiple 
environments

•  Rugged construction built to withstand 

industrial and commercial environments.

D726

Accessory

Description

Part Number

TCS-1440 and 1470  
Barcode Readers 
Stand

BCS-9029

For cables and accessories, see 
product literature for details

Ordering Information
Scanners

Description

Part Number

Handheld barcode scanner Omron PLC RS-232C direct connect interface

TCS-1492OP

Handheld barcode scanner PC interface

TCS-1492OR

Accessory

Description

Part Number

TCS1492 Barcode Reader Stand

BCS-1490

For cables and accessories, see product literature for details

TCS1490 Series 

Linear Code Reader

D727

Ordering Information
Scanners

Description

Part Number

Handheld barcode scanner 2.8" Near Contact- Omron PLC interface TCS-1440-OP
Handheld barcode scanner 2.8" Near Contact - PC interface

TCS-1440-OR

Handheld barcode scanner 3.2" Near Contact- Omron PLC interface TCS-1470-OP
Handheld barcode scanner 3.2" Near Contact - PC interface

TCS-1470-OR

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-7

V400-H 

Two-Dimensional Code Reader

Hand-Held 2-Dimensional Code 
Reader with Built-In Monitor

•  Read directly marked 2-dimensional 

codes on metal parts, printed circuit 
boards, and electronic components

•  Display reading results in four patterns to 

match your application

•  Easy-to-press trigger buttons and light 

weight 230 g (approx. 8 oz) reduce 
operator fatigue

•  Change settings without connecting to a 

PC

•  Equipped with both coaxial illumination 

and oblique illumination, reader 
automatically switches to match the 
object being read, accounting for different 
reflection factors

•  Built-in LCD monitor confirms the position 

of the 2D code then displays the reading 
results and image

Ordering Information
Hand-Held Reader

Cables

D322

Item

Description

Model

Hand-held 2D code reader 3 x 3 mm field of vision; RS-232C serial interface

V400-SH111-1 (See note 1)

5 x 5 to 10 x 10 mm field of vision; RS-232C serial interface

V400-H111

15 x 15 to 30 x 30 mm field of vision; RS-232C serial interface

V400-H211

Contactor for positioning

Detachable aiming guide simplifies accurate positioning for  
high-efficiency operation

V400-AC2

Power supply

Provides 5 VDC from AC line power

S8VS-01505

AC adapter

Provides 5 VDC directly from supply 115 VAC outlet

V600-AC22

Note: 1. V400-SH111-1 sold as an assembled kit, consisting of; Micro code reader V400-H111-1, contactor, and communication 
cable.
Power converter is required, but not included.

Item

Description

Length

Model

Communications cable

For Omron PLC connection, with power cord

2 m

V400-W20-2M

5 m

V400-W20-5M

For PC-compatible connection, with power cord

2 m

V400-W21-2M

5 m

V400-W21-5M

For PC-compatible connection when using AC adapter 2 m

V400-W22-2M

5 m

V400-W22-5M

•  Simplify positioning with optional 

detachable aiming guide

•  Read data can be time-stamped then 

stored on a commercially available SD 
memory card

•  Connect to a 5 VDC power supply or use 

optional AC adapter

S

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-8

FQ-CR 

 

Multi Code Reader and DPM Code Reader

Highly Advanced, Multi-functional 
Code Reader That Can Handle 
Low-contrast and Glossy Surfaces

•  Multi code reader (FQ-CR1 Series)
•  2D code reader for direct part marking 

codes (FQ-CR2 Series)

•  High-power LEDs
•  HDR function to cut out ambient light 

interference

•  Polarizing filter to cut specular reflections

G462

Ordering Information
Code Reader

Narrow View

Standard

Wide View (Long Distance)

Wide View (Short Distance)

2D Code

Multi Code

2D Code

Multi Code

2D Code

Multi Code

2D Code

Multi Code

NPN

FQ-
CR20010F-M

FQ-
CR10010F-M

FQ-
CR20050F-M

FQ-
CR10050F-M

FQ-
CR20100F-M

FQ-
CR10100F-M

FQ-
CR20100N-M

FQ-
CR10100N-M

PNP

FQ-
CR25010F-M

FQ-
CR15010F-M

FQ-
CR25050F-M

FQ-
CR15050F-M

FQ-
CR25100F-M

FQ-
CR15100F-M

FQ-
CR25100N-M

FQ-
CR15100N-M

Touch Finder

Type

Model

DC power supply

FQ2-D30

AC/DC/battery

FQ2-D31

Cables

Cable Length

Type

Model

Type

Model

2 m

FQ Ethernet 
cables (connect 
sensor to touch 
Finder, Sensors 
to PC)

FQ-WN002

I/O cables

FQ-WD002

5 m

FQ-WN005

FQ-WD005

10 m

FQ-WN010

FQ-WD010

20 m

FQ-WN020

FQ-WD020

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-9

V400-R2 

Multi Code Reader

Ultra-Small Linear and 2D Code Reader

•  Improves machine cycle time
•  Reads moving objects at up to 500 m/min
•  Stable reading of imperfect codes
•  Aiming feature (Green LED) to quickly position 

the scanning area for code recognition

•  Long and short distance types available for 

flexible installation

Type

Description

Model

Multi Code Reader

Working distance 65 mm

V400-R2CF65

Working distance 125 mm

V400-R2CF125

OMRON PLC connecting cable

D-sub 9-pin, 0.8 m

V509-W011

D-sub 9-pin, 5 m

V509-W016

PC/AT Connecting Cable

D-sub 9-pin, 0.8 m

V509-W011D

D-sub 9-pin, 5 m

V509-W016D

Ordering Information

D324

V500-R2 

Linear Code Reader

Small Size Bar Code Reader That 
Fits Essentially Everywhere

•  High-speed reading at 1,000 scans/second

•  Enables reading imperfect codes

•  Resists ambient light interference

•  Long range up to 270 mm

•  Reading test switch provided

Type

Description

Model

Laser-type Code Reader

V500-R2CF

OMRON PLC connecting cable

D-sub 9-pin, 0.8 m

V509-W011

D-sub 9-pin, 5 m

V509-W016

PC/AT Connecting Cable

D-sub 9-pin, 0.8 m

V509-W011D

D-sub 9-pin, 5 m

V509-W016D

Ordering Information

D326

S

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-10

V680S Series 

Industrial RFID Systems

D526

All-in-One RFID System: 
Antenna, Amplifier and Controller

•  ISO/IEC 18000-3 (15693) compliance
•  Built-in Ethernet (TCP/IP; Modbus TCP)  

for easy connection with one cable

•  Easy installation and 4-way visible status 

indication minimizes startup and downtime

•  Set, monitor and communicate with RF tags 

using a web browser

•  Wide line-up of long-life ID tags, with capacities 

from 1 to 8 Kbytes

•  For easy expansion, Ethernet switching  hubs 

(W4S1) connect multiple ID controllers to a PLC

Type

Operating Frequency

Size

Communications

Model

Reader/Writer and 
Controller in one 

HF-13.56 MHz

50 x 50 x 30 mm

Ethernet (TCP/IP)

V680S-HMD63-ETN

EtherNet/IP

V680S-HMD63-EIP

PROFINET

V680S-HMD63-PNT

75 x 75 x 40 mm

TCP/IP; Modbus TCP

V680S-HMD64-ETN

EtherNet/IP

V680S-HMD64-EIP

PROFINET

V680S-HMD64-PNT

120 x 120 x 40 mm

TCP/IP; Modbus TCP

V680S-HMD66-ETN

EtherNet/IP

V680S-HMD66-EIP

PROFINET

V680S-HMD66-PNT

Ordering Information
ID Controllers

Cables

Type

Cable Length

Model
Special connector - 
RJ45

Special connector - 
Loose wires

Connects ID controller to PLC or Ethernet 
switching hub 

2 m

V680S-A41 2M

V680S-A42 2M

5 m

V680S-A41 5M

V680S-A42 5M

10 m

V680S-A41 10M

V680S-A42 10M

RF Tags – Battery-less

Type

Memory Capacity

Size

Metallic compatibility

Model

Cylindrical

1 kbytes

20 dia. x 27 mm

Flush mounts on nonmetallic surface

V680-D1KP54T

Square

1 kbytes

34 x 34 x 3.5 mm

Flush mounts on metallic surface

V680-D1KP66MT

1 kbytes

Flush mounts on nonmetallic surface

V680-D1KP66T

PFA sleeve

1 kbytes

95 x 36.5  6.5 mm

Flush mounts on nonmetallic surface

V680-D1KP66T-SP

High-temperature

1 kbytes

80 dia. x 10 mm

Mounts with special attachment

V680-D1KP58HTN

Square

2 kbytes

40 x 40 x 4.5 mm

Flush mounts on metallic surface

V680-D1KF67MN

2 kbytes

Flush mounts on nonmetallic surface

V680-D1KF67N

Rectangular

2 kbytes

86 x 54 x 5 mm

Flush mounts on metallic surface

V680-D1KF68MN

2 kbytes

Flush mounts on nonmetallic surface

V680-D1KF68N

Square

8 kbytes

40 x 40 x 4.5 mm

Flush mounts on metallic surface

V680-D1KF67M

8 kbytes

Flush mounts on nonmetallic surface

V680-D1KF67

Rectangular

8 kbytes

86 x 54 x 5 mm

Flush mounts on nonmetallic surface

V680-D1KF68A

Type

Cable Length

Model

Extension cable with two special 
connectors

10 m

V680S-A40 10M

20 m

V680S-A40 20M

50 m

V680S-A40 50M

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-11

V680 Series 

Industrial RFID Systems

RFID Systems with ISO/ IEC 18000-3 
(ISO/IEC 15693) Compliance

•  High-speed, 27 kbps transmission  

(response-only speed of 53 kbps from the  

V680-D

9

KF68)

•  Read/write antennas and ID tags with 

excellent environmental resistance

•  Wide line-up of ultra-compact, long-life ID 

tags, with capacities from 1 to 32 Kbytes

•  Seven software modes make it possible to 

visualize data transmission

D425

Type

Appearance

Connected ID system

External power supply

PLC unit count

Model

Standalone ID 
controller RS-232 

1 head

DC

V680-CA5D01-V2

2 head

V680-CA5D02-V2

CJ-series PLC-
based controller 

 

1 head

1

CJ1W-V680C11

2 head

2

CJ1W-V680C12

CS-series PLC-
based controller

1 head

1

CS1W-V680C11

2 head

2

CS1W-V680C12

Type

Appearance

Transmission interface

Power supply

Cable length

Model

Hand-held Wand 
Interface to PC

 

USB

5 VDC ±5% 

 

0.8 m

V680-CHUD 0.8M

1.9 m

V680-CHUD 1.9M

 

RS-232C

5 VDC ±5% 0.8 m

2.5 m

V680-CH1D 2.5M

AC adapter 5 VDC 
from 115 VAC supply 
outlet 

2 m

V600-A22

Hand-held Wand 
Interface to 
Portable PC

RS-232C

5 VDC ±5%

0.8 m

V680-CH1D-PSI

Portable PC for 
Hand-held Wand

Serial Bluetooth

3.7 V battery pack

V680-A-7527S-
G3-EG-S

Ordering Information
ID Controllers

Hand-held Reader/Writer

Accessories

 

See product literature for antenna and tag listings.

•  ID Map Manager simplifies memory map 

designing for ID tags

•  Complies with FCC Standards and R&TTE 

Directive

S

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-12

V680-HAM42-DRT 

 

Industrial RFID Systems Sensors

V680-Series DeviceNet-Compatible 
Slaves for RFID Systems

•  V680-series DeviceNet-compatible slaves  

for RFID systems

•  Includes a built-in amplifier, yet has a compact 

size of 65 x 65 x 65 mm; compatible with V680-

series ID Tags and Antennas

•  Read and write 4, 26, or 58 bytes of data
•  Includes an Access Mode that is compatible 

with the V600-HAM42-DRT to enable the use of 

existing programs

•  Complies with international standards, including 

CE, UL/CSA, and radio wave regulations. (Radio 

wave regulation compliance is applicable to 

Japan, Europe, the U.S.A., and Canada. Radio  

wave regulation compliance for China  

and South Korea is pending)

•   Approval for UL/CSA is pending

RFID System can be Used Just 
Like a Sensor

Easy to set up V680-HAM91/81 ID Flag 
sensors read and write 16 bits of data with  
just one unit. Use them in applications from 
simple product identification to managing 
work-in-progress. 
•  Read or write 16 bits of data (for up to 

64,000 IDs) with one unit despite its 

compact size

•  Read or write up to 128 bits by using the 

address shift function

•  NPN and PNP output models 
•  Uses V680-series tags and antennas
•  Accesses existing V600-HAM/HAR 

programs

•  Complies with international standards  

CE, UL/CSA

D426

•  Radio wave regulation compliance  

applies to Japan, Europe, U.S.A., and 

Canada; compliance is pending for  

China and South Korea

V680-HAM91/-HAM81 

 Flag Sensors

D525

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-13

V640 

Semiconductor Industry RFID Systems

Reliable Antenna and Controller 
Reads TIRIS Tags

•  Read/write data embedded in TIRIS 

tags (Texas Instruments 32-mm Glass 

Multipage Transponder model 

RI-TRP-DR2B) at 134 kHz

•  V640 antenna and controller offer better 

repeatability, distance and reliability than 

OEM parts

•  Conforms to carrier reader/writer-related 

SEMI standards; SEMI E99, E4, and E5

•  Antenna dimensions conform to 

SEMI E15.1

•  Noise measurement function for detecting 

proper placement of antenna

•  Shielded antenna reduces influence of 

surrounding metal

•  Sustain productive uptime: Use an ID 

Link Unit (V700-L11) to keep the CIDRW 

system turned ON while the amplifier unit 

Ordering Information

D427

Product

Description

Dimensions (H x W x D)

Model

CIDRW head

2-meter cable 

30 x 50 x 12 mm
(including mounting plate)

V640-HS61

Amplifier unit

RS-232C interface, RS-485 interface 24 VDC

185 x 80 x 43 mm

V640-HAM11-V3

Ethernet interface 24 VDC 

185 x 80 x 43 mm 

V640-HAM11-ETN

CIDRW controller

24 VDC; RS-232C interface
(compatible with SECS I/II protocol)

167 x 150 x 28 mm

V700-L22 

ID link unit

24 VDC; RS-232C interface; RS-485 interface

65 x 110 x 64 mm

V700-L11 

Accessories set

Connector accessories for the V640 Amplifier Unit:
Power supply connector (1)
Power supply connector Pins (3)
RS-485 Port connector (1)

V640-A90

ID tag

PBT resin tag stick tag

3.9 mm dia. x 27 mm

V640-D23P

9

is removed/installed due to malfunction or 

during maintenance

•  Compatible with SECS communications 

protocol (CIDRW Controller V700-L22)

•  Track FOUPs (Front-Opening Unified Pods), 

reticles, and pods moving through fabrication

•  CE marking/FCC approvals

Build a CIDRW System Conforming to SEMI Standards

S

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S-14

V750 

RFID Systems

EPC Gen 2 Interrogator Platform 
Class 1 for Long-Distance 
Communication

•  Designed to have high read range, quick 

response and simple operation

•  ISO/IEC 18000-6C compliant

•  Rich maintenance functions and on-site 

verification functions

•  Self-operation function

•  Multiple LED operation displays

•  Complies with FCC Standards and R&TTE 

Directive, UHF 902.75 - 927.75 MHz

ID Controllers

Read/Write Head (Antenna)

Data Carriers (Tags)

Antenna Extension Cable

D524

No. of Connectable
Antennas

Transmission Interface Power Supply

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Model

Four 

Ethernet, 
RS-232C

DC power supply, 
includes exclusive AC 
adapter

246 x 215 x 43.5

V750-BA50C04-US

Read/Write
Head Type

Data Carrier 
Compatibility (See Note 1.)

Connection

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Model

Square type, mono-
static antenna (circular)

V750-D04P096-R1 or 
EPCglobal Class 1, Gen 2 
inlay

Standard cable,  0.3 

length, waterproof 
connector

256 x 256 x 57

V740-HS01CA

Tag Type

Description

Data Capacity

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Model

Battery-less, EPCglobal 
Class 1, Gen2 (See Note 1.)

Encapsulated PET tag

96 bytes

30 x 125 x 9

V750-D04P096-R2

Description

Cable Length

Model

Antenna extension 
cable (See Note 2.)

3 m

V740-A01-3.0M 

10 m

V740-A01-10M 

20 m

V740-A01-20M

Note:   1.  The transmission distance may vary based on packaging and application considerations.  
 

  Refer to the User’s Manual (V750: Cat. No. SRFM-012-A) for details.

 

2.  Use an Antenna Cable to connect the Read/Write Antenna to the Controller. The maximum cable length is 10 m.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

T-i

Temperature Controllers

Contents

Selection Guide

T-ii

Single-loop Controllers

E5CB

Basic digital temperature 
controller

T-1

E5CC

Temperature and process 
controllers, 1/16 DIN

T-2

E5EC

Temperature and process 
controllers, 1/8 DIN 

T-3

E5AC

Temperature and process 
controllers, 1/4 DIN

T-4

E5DC

Temperature controllers, 
socket mounted

T-5

E5CC-U

Temperature controllers, 
1/16 DIN, socket mounted

T-6

E5CC-T

Temperature and process 
controllers, 1/16 DIN, 
ramp/soak

T-7

E5EC-T

Temperature and process 
controllers, 1/8 DIN, 
Ramp/Soak

T-8

E5AC-T

Temperature and process 
controllers, 1/4 DIN, 
ramp/soak

T-9

E5GC

Ultra compact temperature
controller, 1/32 DIN

T-10

E5CN-H

High-performance digital
temperature and process
controllers, 1/16 DIN

T-11

E5CN-HT Ramp/soak temperature and 

process controllers, 1/16 DIN

T-12

E5AN-H/
E5EN-H

High-performance digital
temperature and process
controllers, 1/4 and 1/8 DIN

T-13

E5AN-HT/
E5EN-HT

Ramp/soak temperature and 
process controllers, 1/4 and 
1/8 DIN

T-14

E5CSV

Simple-to-use digital
temperature controller,  
1/16 DIN

T-15

E5C2

Analog set temperature
controllers, 1/16 DIN

T-16

K8AK-TH Temperature monitoring relays,

protection against over- 
temperature

T-17

Multi-loop Controllers

E5AR/
E5ER

Multi-zone process controller,
1/4 and 1/8 DIN size, panel 
mount

T-18

E5ZN

Modular multi-zone 
temperature controller, DIN 
track mount

T-19

EJ1

Multi-zone temperature & 
process controller, up to 256 
zones, DIN track mount

T-20

Multi-Channel Power Controller

G3ZA

Multi-Channel Power 
Controller for EJ1

T-21

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

E5CB

E5DC

E5CSV

Dual Digital

Display

Dual Digital

Display

Relay or Voltage (Pulse)

E5C2

K8AK-TH

One loop

On-panel

Single Digital

Display

Dial

Display

Triple Digital

Display

No

Display

Field

Configurable:

Relay/SSR/

Voltage

(Pulse)/Linear 

Current/Linear

Voltage

TC/Pt inputs

TC/Pt/V/mA inputs

TC/Pt/V/mA inputs

TC/Pt/V/mA inputs

TC/Pt inputs

What output types

are available?

What output types

are available?

What output types

are available?

Field

Configurable:

Relay/Voltage

(Pulse)/

Linear

Current

What input types

are available?

What input types

are available?

What output types

are available?

What input types

are available?

What output types

are available?

What input types

are available?

What input types

are available?

Process control,

Ramp/Soak

Advanced Temp/

Process Control

Temperature

control

What type of control is needed?

One Loop

How many control loops are required?

In-panel

How many control loops are required?

Where will you mount the controller?

Temperature

Control

Temperature

Monitor

Relay/Voltage

(pulse)/

Linear

Current

Relay

What type of control is needed?

What type of control is needed?

What type of control is needed?

Multi-loop

 

 

Voltage (Pulse)/

Relay/Linear Current

Dual/Triple

Digital Display

E5_C-T

E5_N-H/HT

E5_C

E5_R

E5ZN

EJ1

E5CC/E5EC/E5AC – Temperature Controller

Sets new global standards in the crucial areas of precision, user friendliness and control 
performance.  

•  High-contrast, white LCD display visible from large distances and from any angle

•  Easy to set up without power supply and operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software

•  50 ms sampling period

E5CC/EC/AC – HIGH PERFORMANCE WITH SIMPLICITY

Temperature Controllers

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

E5CB

E5DC

E5CSV

Dual Digital

Display

Dual Digital

Display

Relay or Voltage (Pulse)

E5C2

K8AK-TH

One loop

On-panel

Single Digital

Display

Dial

Display

Triple Digital

Display

No

Display

Field

Configurable:

Relay/SSR/

Voltage

(Pulse)/Linear 

Current/Linear

Voltage

TC/Pt inputs

TC/Pt/V/mA inputs

TC/Pt/V/mA inputs

TC/Pt/V/mA inputs

TC/Pt inputs

What output types

are available?

What output types

are available?

What output types

are available?

Field

Configurable:

Relay/Voltage

(Pulse)/

Linear

Current

What input types

are available?

What input types

are available?

What output types

are available?

What input types

are available?

What output types

are available?

What input types

are available?

What input types

are available?

Process control,

Ramp/Soak

Advanced Temp/

Process Control

Temperature

control

What type of control is needed?

One Loop

How many control loops are required?

In-panel

How many control loops are required?

Where will you mount the controller?

Temperature

Control

Temperature

Monitor

Relay/Voltage

(pulse)/

Linear

Current

Relay

What type of control is needed?

What type of control is needed?

What type of control is needed?

Multi-loop

 

 

Voltage (Pulse)/

Relay/Linear Current

Dual/Triple

Digital Display

E5_C-T

E5_N-H/HT

E5_C

E5_R

E5ZN

EJ1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-iii

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Temperature

Analog Temperature 

Controller

Compact Digital Tem-

perature Controller

Digital Temperature 

Controller

v

S

ele

ct

io

cri

te

ri

a

Model

K8AK-TH

E5C2

E5CSV

E5GN

Type Basic

Basic

Basic

General purpose

Panel DIN rail

In- & on-panel type

On-panel type

On-panel type

Loops Single loop

Single loop

Single loop

Single loop

Size 22.5 w x 90 h x 100 w

1/16 DIN

1/16 DIN

1/32 DIN

Con

tr

ol

  

m

ode

ON/OFF

PID –

*1

2-PID 

*2

Operation  Heating & Cooling

Heating

Heating & Cooling

Heating & Cooling

Valve control 

*3

Fea

tu

res

Accuracy

Type K, J, T, E, B, R, S 
Thermocouple

±2%

±.05%

±0.3%

Auto-tuning Pt100, Pt1000 RTD

Self-tuning –

Transfer output 100-240 VAC

Remote input 24 VAC/DC

Number of alarms –

Up to 2

2

Heater alarm –

IP rating front panel    IP20

IP20

IP66; NEMA 4X

IP66; NEMA 4X

Display    –

SV analog dial

Single 3.5 digit

Dual 4 digit (color change)

S

upp

ly

vo

lta

ge

110/240 VAC 

24  VAC/VDC  

Com

m

s

*5

RS-485 –

Event IP  –

Quick Link Port port

*6

DeviceNet –

Modbus    –

Con

tr

ol

ou

tpu

t

Relay –

SSR    –

Voltage (pulse) –

Linear voltage –

Linear current  –

Inpu

ty

p

e –

lin

ea

r

mA –

mV –

V –

In

p

ut t

yp

e – 

 

the

rm

oc

ou

p

le

K

J

T

E

L –

U –

N –

R

S

B –

W –

PLII

Inpu

ty

p

e –

R

TD

Pt100

JPt100 –

Themistor –

*1  P only

*2  2-PID is Omron’s easy to use high performance PID algorithm

*3  Valve control = relay up and down

*4 Heater alarm = heater burnout & SSR failure detection

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available    

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Digital Temperature Controller/Process Controller

v

S

ele

ct

io

cri

te

ri

a

Model

E5CC/E5EC/E5AC

E5_C-T

E5DC

E5CC-U

Type General purpose

Ramp soak

General purpose

General purpose

Panel On-panel type

On-panel type

In-panel or On-panel In-panel or On-panel

Loops Single loop

Single loop

Single loop

Single loop

Size 1/16 DIN

1/4, 1/8, 1/16 DIN

22.5 mm wide

1/16 DIN

Con

tr

ol

  

m

ode

ON/OFF

PID

2-PID 

*2

Operation  Heating/Cooling

Heating/Cooling

Heating/Cooling

Heating/Cooling

Valve control 

*3

Fea

tu

res

Accuracy ±0.3%

±0.3%

±0.3%

±0.3%

Auto-tuning

Self-tuning

Transfer output

Remote input

Number of alarms 3

3 or 4

2

0, 1 or 2

Heater alarm

IP rating front panel    IP66, NEMA 4X

IP66, NEMA 4X

IP20, NEMA 1

IP66, NEMA 4X

Display    Dual or Triple Display

Dual or Triple Display

Dual Display

Dual Display

S

upp

ly

vo

lta

ge

110/240 VAC 

24  VAC/VDC  

Com

m

s

*5

RS-485

Event IP 

Quick Link Port port

*6

DeviceNet –

Modbus   

Con

tr

ol

ou

tpu

t

Relay

Voltage (pulse)

Linear voltage

Linear current 

Inpu

ty

p

e –

lin

ea

r

mA

mV

In

p

ut t

yp

e – 

 

the

rm

oc

ou

p

le

K

J

T

E

L

U

N

R

S

B

W

PLII

Inpu

ty

p

e –

R

TD

Pt100

JPt100

Themistor –

*5 PROFIBUS-DP communication option via PRT1-SCU11 for E5_N(-H), E5_R, EJ1

*6 QLP: Quick Link Port to connected TC to PC using the smart USB cable E58-CIFQ1

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available    

Temperature Controllers

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-v

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

*1  P only

*2  2-PID is Omron’s easy to use high performance PID algorithm

*3  Valve control = relay up and down

*4 Heater alarm = heater burnout & SSR failure detection 

Category

S

ele

ct

io

cri

te

ri

a

Model

E5_N-H

EJ1

E5ZN

Type Universal

Modular

Modular

Panel On-panel type

In-panel type

In-panel type

Loops Single loop

Multi-loop

Multi-loop

Size 1/4, 1/8, 1/16 DIN

31 x 96 mm

22.5 mm wide

Con

tr

ol

  

m

ode

ON/OFF

PID –

2-PID 

*2

Operation  Heating & Cooling

Heating and cooling

Heating and cooling

Valve control 

*3

Fea

tu

res

Accuracy ±0.1%

±0.5%

±0.5%

Auto-tuning

Self-tuning

Transfer output

Remote input

Number of alarms 3

4

2

Heater alarm

*4

*4

IP rating front panel    IP66; NEMA 4X

Display    Dual or Triple Display

S

upp

ly

vo

lta

ge

110/240 VAC 

24  VAC/VDC  

Com

m

s

*5

RS-232

RS-485

Event IP 

Quick Link Port port

*6

DeviceNet –

Modbus   

Con

tr

ol

ou

tpu

t

Relay

SSR   

Voltage (pulse)

Linear voltage

Linear current 

Inpu

ty

p

e –

lin

ea

r

mA

mV

0-50

V

In

p

ut t

yp

e – 

 

the

rm

oc

ou

p

le

K

J

T

E

L

U

N

R

S

B

W

PLII

Inpu

ty

p

e –

R

TD

Pt100

JPt100

Themistor –

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available    

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-vi

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Advanced Temperature/Digital Process Controllers

v

S

ele

ct

io

cri

te

ri

a

Model

E5_N-HT

E5AR

E5ER

Type Universal, Ramp/Soak

Advanced

Advanced

Panel On-panel type

On-panel type

On-panel type

Loops Single loop

Multi-loop

Multi-loop

Size 1/4, 1/8, 1/16 DIN

1/4  DIN

1/8 DIN

Con

tr

ol

  

m

ode

ON/OFF

PID –

2-PID 

*2

Operation Heating & Cooling

Heating & Cooling

Heating & Cooling

Valve Control 

*3

Fea

tu

res

Accuracy ±0.1%

±0.1%

±0.1%

Auto-tuning

Self-tuning

Transfer output

Remote input

Number of alarms 2 or 3

4

4

Heater alarm

IP rating front panel    IP66; NEMA 4X

IP66; NEMA 4X

IP66; NEMA 4X

Display    Dual 4 digit

Triple 5 digit

Triple 5 digit

S

upp

ly

vo

lta

ge

110/240 VAC 

24  VAC/VDC  

Com

m

s

*5

RS-232

RS-485

Event IP 

Quick Link port

*6

DeviceNet –

Modbus   

Con

tr

ol

ou

tpu

t

Relay

SSR   

Voltage (pulse)

Linear voltage

Linear current 

Inpu

ty

p

e –

lin

ea

r

mA

mV –

V

In

p

ut t

yp

e – 

 

the

rm

oc

ou

p

le

K

J

T

E

L

U

N

R

S

B

W

PLII

Inpu

ty

p

e –

R

TD

Pt100

JPt100

Themistor –

*5 PROFIBUS-DP communication option via PRT1-SCU11 for E5_N(-H), E5_R, EJ1

*6 QLP: Quick Link port to connected TC to PC using the smart USB cable E58-CIFQ1

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available    

*2  2-PID is Omron´s easy to use high performance PID algorithm

*3  Valve control = relay up and down

Temperature Controllers

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-vii

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Temperature Controllers

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-viii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-1

M426

E5CB 

Temperature Controllers

1/16 DIN Size Basic Temperature 
Controller with Easy to Read Large 
Digital Display

•  Easy-to-read large character display

•  Improved visibility with character height of 

approx. 16 mm

•  Depth beyond front panel: only 60 mm

•  Fewer parameters for simple setup

•  Fast sampling at 250 ms

•  Easy to set up without power supply 

and operate intuitively with CX-Thermo 
software

Specifications

•  Universal Inputs: 

• Thermocouple input Type: K, J, T, R, or S

    • RTD Input Type: Pt100

•  Accuracy:
    • Thermocouple: +/-0.5% of indicated value 
       of +/- 1°C, which ever is greater
    • RTD: +/-0.5% of indicated value of +/- 1°C, 
       which ever is greater

Temperature Controllers

Size

Power supply 
voltage

Input type

Alarm 
output

Control output

Model

48 × 48 mm

100 to 240 VAC

Thermocouple

1

Relay output

E5CB-R1TC

Platinum resistance thermometer

E5CB-R1P

Thermocouple

Voltage output (for 
driving SSR) 

E5CB-Q1TC

24 VAC/VDC

Platinum resistance thermometer

E5CB-Q1P

Thermocouple

Relay output

E5CB-R1TCD

Platinum resistance thermometer

E5CB-R1PD

Thermocouple

Voltage output (for 
driving SSR) 

E5CB-Q1TCD

Platinum resistance thermometer

E5CB-Q1PD

•  Control Output:
    • Relay Output: SPST-NO 250 VAC 3 A 
    • Output Voltage: 12 VDC +25%/-15%. Max 
       load current 21 mA with short circuit 
       protection

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-2

E5CC 

Temperature and process controllers

1/16 DIN Size Temperature & 
Process Controllers with High 
Visibility Display

•  Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms 

sampling loop period time

•  Easy to set up without power supply and 

operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software

•  High-contrast, white LCD display visible 

from a far distance and from any angle 
(PV: 15.2 H mm)

•  Useful alarm and diagnostic functions for 

secure operation

•  Compact short body depth:   

48 H x 48 W x 60 D mm

Specifications

•  Universal Inputs: 

• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R,  
  S, B, W, or PL II 
• Platinum RTD:  Pt100 or JPt100 
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C, 
   60°-120°C, 115° -165°C, 160°-260°C 
• Current:  4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA 
• Voltage:  1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10

Ordering Information

M425

Input 

Output 

 Fixed option 

Alarms

 Model: AC110-240V  Model: AC/DC24V

Temp.
&
Analog

Out1: Relay

---

3 relays E5CC-RX3A5M-000

E5CC-RX3D5M-000

Event Input 2, Transfer output

E5CC-RX3A5M-006   E5CC-RX3D5M-006

Event Input 2, Remote SP

E5CC-RX3A5M-007 

E5CC-RX3D5M-007

Out1: Voltage (pulse)

---

E5CC-QX3A5M-000 

E5CC-QX3D5M-000

Event Input 2, Heater Burnout 
SSR defect detection

E5CC-QX3A5M-001 

E5CC-QX3D5M-001

Communication 3-phase heater 
alarm

E5CC-QX3A5M-003 

E5CC-QX3D5M-003

Event Input 2, Transfer output

E5CC-QX3A5M-006 

E5CC-QX3D5M-006

Event Input 2, Remote SP

E5CC-QX3A5M-007 

E5CC-QX3D5M-007

Temp.
&
Analog

Out1: Voltage (pulse)

---

E5CC-QQ3A5M-000  E5CC-QQ3D5M-000

Event Input 2, Heater Burnout 
SSR defect detection 

E5CC-QQ3A5M-001  E5CC-QQ3D5M-001

Out1: Linear current

---

E5CC-CX3A5M-000 

E5CC-CX3D5M-000

Event Input 2, Transfer output

E5CC-CX3A5M-006 

E5CC-CX3D5M-006

Event Input 2, Remote SP

E5CC-CX3A5M-007 

E5CC-CX3D5M-007

•  Accuracy: 

• Thermocouple:  (±0.3% of indicated    
  value or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1   
  digit max. 
• Platinum RTD:  (±0.2% of indicated value  
  or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit 
• Analog:   ±0.2% FS ±1 digit max.

•  Control output: 

• Relay Output: SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A    
  (resistive load) 
• Voltage (pulse) Output:  12 VDC ±20%   
  (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with    
  short-circuit protection circuit 
• Current Output:  4 to 20 mA DC/0 to    
  20 mA DC, load: 500 Ω max., resolution:  
  approx. 10,000

•  Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66 

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-3

M427

1/8 DIN Size Temperature and 
Process Controllers with High 
Visibility Display

•  Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms 

sampling loop period time

•  Easy to set up without power supply and 

operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software

•  High-contrast, white LCD display visible 

from a far distance and from any angle 
(PV: 18 H mm)

•  Useful alarm and diagnostic functions for 

secure operation

•  Compact short body depth:   

96 H x 48 W x 60 D mm

Specifications

•  Universal Inputs: 

• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R,  
  S, B, W, or PL II 
• Platinum RTD:  Pt100 or JPt100 
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C, 
   60°-120°C, 115° -165°C, 160°-260°C 
• Current:  4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA 
• Voltage:  1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10

Ordering Information

Input 

Output 

 Fixed option 

Alarms

 Order code (48 x 96 mm model)

AC110-240V

AC/DC24V

Temp.
&
Analog

Out1:
Relay
Out2:
none

---

4 relays E5EC-RX4A5M-000

E5EC-RX4D5M-000

Event Input 2, Communication
3-phase heater alarm

E5EC-RX4A5M-009 

E5EC-RX4D5M-009

Event Input 4 Heater Burnout 
SSR defect detection

E5EC-RX4A5M-010

E5EC-RX4D5M-010

Event Input 6, Remote SP
Heater Burnout SSR defect 
detection Transfer output

E5EC-RX4A5M-011

E5EC-RX4D5M-011

Out1:
Relay
Out2:
Relay

---

E5EC-RR4A5M-000 

E5EC-RR4D5M-000

Event Input 2, Communication
3-phase heater alarm

E5EC-RR4A5M-009 

E5EC-RR4D5M-009

Event Input 4 Heater Burnout 
SSR defect detection

E5EC-RR4A5M-010 

E5EC-RR4D5M-010

Event Input 6, Remote SP
Heater Burnout SSR defect 
detection Transfer output

E5EC-RR4A5M-011 

E5EC-RR4D5M-011

•  Accuracy: 

• Thermocouple:  (±0.3% of indicated    
  value or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1   
  digit max. 
• Platinum RTD:  (±0.2% of indicated value  
  or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit 
• Analog:   ±0.2% FS ±1 digit max.

•  Control output: 

• Relay Output: SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A    
  (resistive load) 
• Voltage (pulse) Output:  12 VDC ±20%   
  (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with    
  short-circuit protection circuit 
• Current Output:  4 to 20 mA DC/0 to    
  20 mA DC, load: 500 Ω max., resolution:  
  approx. 10,000

•  Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66 

E5EC 

  Temperature and Process Controllers

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-4

E5AC 

Temperature and Process Controllers

1/4 DIN Size Temperature and 
process controllers with High 
Visibility Display

•  Fast and precise regulation: 50 ms 

sampling loop period time

•  Easy to setup without power supply and 

operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software

•  High-contrast, white LCD display visible 

from a far distance and from any angle 
(PV:18 H mm)

•  Useful alarm and diagnostic functions for 

secure operation 

•  Compact short body depth: 

96 H x 96 W x 64 D mm

Specifications

•  Universal Inputs:

• Thermocouple: Types 

K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II

• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C, 

60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 160°-260°C

• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V

•  Accuracy:

• Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value 

or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit 
max.

• Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value 

or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit

• Analog: ±0.2% FS±1 digit max

•  Control Output:

• Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 5 A 

(resistive load)

• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20% 

(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with 
short-circuit protection circuit

• Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20 

mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution 
approx. 10,000

•  Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66

Ordering Information

Input 

Output 

 Fixed option 

Alarms

Order code (96 x 96 mm model)

AC110-240V

AC/DC24V

Temp.
&
Analog

Out1: 
Relay

---

4

E5AC-RX4A5M-000

E5AC-RX4D5M-000

Out2:
none

Event Input 2, Communication
3-phase heater alarm

E5AC-RX4A5M-009 

E5AC-RX4D5M-009

Event Input 4, Heater Burnout 
SSR defect detection

E5AC-RX4A5M-010

E5AC-RX4D5M-010

Remote SP Heater Burnout SSR 
defect detection, Transfer output

E5AC-RX4A5M-011

E5AC-RX4D5M-011

Out1:
Relay

---

E5AC-RR4A5M-000 

E5AC-RR4D5M-000

Out2:
Relay

Event Input 2, Communication
3-phase heater alarm

E5AC-RR4A5M-009 

E5AC-RR4D5M-009

Event Input 4, Heater Burnout 
SSR defect detection

E5AC-RR4A5M-010 

E5AC-RR4D5M-010

Remote SP Heater Burnout SSR 
defect detection, Transfer output

E5AC-RR4A5M-011 

E5AC-RR4D5M-011

M435

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-5

E5DC 

Temperature and Process Controllers

Socket Mounted Temperature 
Controllers with High Visibility 
Display

•  Fast and precise regulation: 

50 ms sampling loop period

•  Space saving size 85 x 22.5 mm (D x W) 

DIN rail mountable

•  Removable terminal block for easy 

replacement 

•  Easy to setup without power supply and 

operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software

•  High-contrast, white LCD display visible 

from far distances and from any angle 
(PV: 8.5 mm (H) )

•  Compact short body depth: 

85 H x 22.5 W x 60 D mm

M439

Specifications

•  Universal Inputs:

• Thermocouple: Types 

K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II

• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C, 

60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 160°-260°C

• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V

•  Accuracy:

• Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value 

or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit 
max.

• Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value 

or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit 
max.

• Analog: ±0.2% FS±/-1 digit max.

•  Control Output:

• Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A 

(resistive load)

• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20% 

(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with 
short-circuit protection circuit

• Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20 

mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution  
approx. 10,000

•  Front Panel Rating: NEMA 1 / IP20

Ordering Information

Input 

Output 

 Fixed option 

Alarms

Model: 100-240 VAC Model: 24 VAC/VDC

Temp.
&
Analog

Out 1: Relay

Communication only

0

E5DC-RX0ASM-015

E5DC-RX0DSM-015

---

2

E5DC-RX2ASM-000

E5DC-RX2DSM-000

Heater burnout and SSR defect 
detection, Communication

E5DC-RX2ASM-002

E5DC-RX2DSM-002

Heater burnout and SSR defect 
detection, Event input 1

E5DC-RX2ASM-017

E5DC-RX2DSM-017

Out 1: Voltage 
(pulse)

Communication only

0

E5DC-QX0ASM-015

E5DC-QX0DSM-015

---

2

E5DC-QX2ASM-000

E5DC-QX2DSM-000

Heater burnout and SSR defect 
detection, Communication

E5DC-QX2ASM-002

E5DC-QX2DSM-002

Heater burnout and SSR defect 
detection, Event input 1

E5DC-QX2ASM-017

E5DC-QX2DSM-017

Out 1: Current

Communication only

0

E5DC-CX0ASM-015

E5DC-CX0DSM-015

---

2

E5DC-CX2ASM-000

E5DC-CX2DSM-000

Communication only

E5DC-CX2ASM-015

E5DC-CX2DSM-015

Event input

E5DC-CX2ASM-016

E5DC-CX2DSM-016

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-6

E5CC-U 

 Temperature and Process Controllers

1/16 DIN Size Socket Mounted 
Temperature Controllers, 
Designed for Simple Installation 
and Fast Servicing

•  Plugs into standard 11-pin round socket

•  Fast and precise regulation: 

50 ms sampling loop period

•  ON/OFF control or 2-PID with auto-tuning 

for superior performance

•  Easy to setup without power supply and 

operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software

•  High-contrast, white LCD display visible 

(PV: 15.2 mm (H) )

•  Fits DIN rail socket P2CF-11 or back 

mounted socket P3GA-11

M334

Specifications

•  Universal Inputs:

• Thermocouple: Types 

K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II

• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C, 

60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 140°-260°C

• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V

•  Accuracy:

• Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value 

or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit 
max.

• Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value 

or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit 
max.

• Analog: ±0.2% FS+/-1 digit max.

•  Control Output:

• Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A 

(resistive load)

• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20% 

(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with 
short-circuit protection circuit

• Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20 

mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution  
approx. 10,000

•  Front Panel Rating: NEMA 12 / IP50

Ordering Information

Input

Output 

Alarms

Model: 100-240 VAC Model: 24 VAC/VDC

Temp.
&
Analog

Out 1: Relay

0

E5CC-RW0AUM-000 E5CC-RW0DUM-000

1

E5CC-RW1AUM-000 E5CC-RW1DUM-000

2

E5CC-RW2AUM-000 E5CC-RW2DUM-000

Out 1: Voltage (pulse)

0

E5CC-QW0AUM-000 E5CC-QW0DUM-000

1

E5CC-QW1AUM-000 E5CC-QW1DUM-000

2

E5CC-QW2AUM-000 E5CC-QW2DUM-000

Out 1: Current

0

E5CC-CW0AUM-000 E5CC-CW0DUM-000

1

E5CC-CW1AUM-000 E5CC-CW1DUM-000

2

E5CC-CW2AUM-000 E5CC-CW2DUM-000

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-7

E5CC-T 

 Temperature and Process Controllers

1/16 DIN Size Ramp/Soak 
Temperature & Process Controller 
with High Visibility Display

•  Set up to 8 program (patterns) with 32 

segments (steps)

•  Fast and precise regulation: 

50 ms sampling loop period

•  High-contrast, white LCD display visible 

from a far distance and from any angle 
(PV: 15.2 mm (H) )

•  Easy to setup without power supply and 

operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software

M438

Specifications

•  Universal Inputs:

• Thermocouple: Types 

K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II

• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C, 

60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 140°-260°C

• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V

•  Program Control:

• Number of programs: 8
• Number of segments: 32
• Segment times: 0 h 0 min to 99 h 59 min/ 

0 min 0 s to 99 min 59 s

•  Accuracy:

• Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value 

or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit 
max.

• Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value 

or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit 
max.

• Analog: ±0.2% FS+/-1 digit max.

•  Control Output:

• Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A 

(resistive load)

• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20% 

(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with 
short-circuit protection circuit

• Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20 

mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution  
approx. 10,000

•  Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66

Ordering Information

Input 

Output 

 Fixed option 

Alarms

Model: 100-240 VAC Model: 24 VAC/VDC

Temp.
&
Analog

Out 1: Relay, 
Out 2: None

---

3

E5CC-TRX3A5M-000 E5CC-TRX3D5M-000

Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 
Event Input 2

3

E5CC-TRX3A5M-001 E5CC-TRX3D5M-001

Heater burnout and SSR defect detection 
2 (3-phase heaters), Communications

3

E5CC-TRX3A5M-003 E5CC-TRX3D5M-003

Communications, Event input 2

3

E5CC-TRX3A5M-004 E5CC-TRX3D5M-004

Event Input 4, Transfer output

3

E5CC-TRX3A5M-006 E5CC-TRX3D5M-006

Out 1: Voltage 
(pulse), 
Out 2: None

---

3

E5CC-TQX3A5M-000 E5CC-TQX3D5M-000

Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 
Event Input 2

3

E5CC-TQX3A5M-001 E5CC-TQX3D5M-001

Heater burnout and SSR defect detection 
2 (3-phase heaters), Communications

3

E5CC-TQX3A5M-003 E5CC-TQX3D5M-003

Communications, Event input 2

3

E5CC-TQX3A5M-004 E5CC-TQX3D5M-004

Event Input 4, Transfer output

3

E5CC-TQX3A5M-006 E5CC-TQX3D5M-006

Out 1: Current, 
Out 2: None

---

3

E5CC-TCX3A5M-000 E5CC-TCX3D5M-000

Communications, Event input 2

3

E5CC-TCX3A5M-004 E5CC-TCX3D5M-004

Event Input 4, Transfer output

E5CC-TCX3A5M-006 E5CC-TCX3D5M-006

Note: Please reference E5CC-T datasheet for other models and options.

•  Compact short body depth: 

48 H x 48 W x 60 D mm

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-8

E5EC-T 

 Temperature and Process Controllers

1/8 DIN Size Ramp/Soak 
Temperature & Process Controller 
with High Visibility Display

•  Set up to 8 program (patterns) with 32 

segments (steps)

•  Fast and precise regulation: 

50 ms sampling loop period

•  High-contrast, white LCD display visible 

from a far distance and from any angle 
(PV: 18 mm (H) )

•  Models available with up to 4 auxiliary 

outputs and up to 6 event inputs and a 
transfer output

•  Easy to setup without power supply and 

operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software

M437

Specifications

•  Universal Inputs:

• Thermocouple: Types 

K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II

• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C, 

60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 140°-260°C

• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V

•  Program Control:

• Number of programs: 8
• Number of segments: 32
• Segment times: 0 h 0 min to 99 h 59 min/ 

0 min 0 s to 99 min 59 s

•  Accuracy:

• Thermocouple: (±0.3% of indicated value 

or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit 
max.

• Platinum RTD: (±0.2% of indicated value 

or ±0.8°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit 
max.

• Analog: ±0.2% FS+/-1 digit max.

•  Control Output:

• Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 5 A 

(resistive load)

• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20% 

(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with 
short-circuit protection circuit

• Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20 

mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution  
approx. 10,000

•  Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66

Ordering Information

Input 

Output 

 Fixed option 

Alarms

Model: 100-240 VAC Model: 24 VAC/VDC

Temp.
&
Analog

Out 1: Relay, 
Out 2: None

---

0

E5EC-TRX4ASM-000 E5EC-TRX4DSM-000

Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 
RS-485

2

E5EC-TRX4ASM-008 E5EC-TRX4DSM-008

Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 
Transfer output

6

E5EC-TRX4ASM-019 E5EC-TRX4DSM-019

Out 1: Voltage 
(pulse), 
Out 2: None

---

0

E5EC-TQX4ASM-000 E5EC-TQX4DSM-000

Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 
RS-485

2

E5EC-TQX4ASM-008 E5EC-TQX4DSM-008

Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 
Transfer output

6

E5EC-TQX4ASM-019 E5EC-TQX4DSM-019

Out 1: Current, 
Out 2: None

---

1

E5EC-TCX4ASM-000 E5EC-TCX4DSM-000

RS-485

2

E5EC-TCX4ASM-004 E5EC-TCX4DSM-004

Transfer output

6

E5EC-TCX4ASM-021 E5EC-TCX4DSM-021

Transfer output, RS-485

4

E5EC-TCX4ASM-022 E5EC-TCX4DSM-022

Note: Please reference E5EC-T datasheet for other models and options.

•  Compact short body depth: 

96 H x 48 W x 60 D mm

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-9

E5AC-T 

 Temperature and Process Controllers

1/4 DIN Size Ramp/Soak 
Temperature & Process Controller 
with High Visibility Display

•  Set up to 8 program (patterns) with 32 

segments (steps)

•  Fast and precise regulation: 

50 ms sampling loop period

•  High-contrast, white LCD display visible 

from a far distance and from any angle 
(PV: 25 mm (H) )

•  Models available with up to 4 auxiliary 

outputs and up to 6 event inputs and a 
transfer output

•  Easy to setup without power supply and 

operate intuitively via CX-Thermo software

M436

Specifications

•  Universal Inputs:

• Thermocouple: Types 

K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II

• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-70°C, 

60°-120°C, 115°-165°C, 140°-260°C

• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V

•  Program Control:

• Number of programs: 8
• Number of segments: 32
• Segment times: 0 h 0 min to 99 h 59 min/ 

0 min 0 s to 99 min 59 s

•  Accuracy:

• Thermocouple: (±0.1% of indicated value 

or ±10°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit 
max.

• Platinum RTD: (±0.1% of indicated value 

or ±0.2°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit 
max.

• Analog: ±0.1% FS+/-1 digit max.

•  Control Output:

• Relay Output, SPST-NO, 250 VAC, 3 A 

(resistive load)

• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC ±20% 

(PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with 
short-circuit protection circuit

• Current Output: 4 to 20 mA DC / 0 to 20 

mA DC, Load: 500Ω max., resolution  
approx. 10,000

•  Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X / IP66

Ordering Information

Input 

Output 

 Fixed option 

Alarms

Model: 100-240 VAC Model: 24 VAC/VDC

Temp.
&
Analog

Out 1: Relay, 
Out 2: None

---

0

E5AC-TRX4ASM-000 E5AC-TRX4DSM-000

Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 
RS-485

2

E5AC-TRX4ASM-008 E5AC-TRX4DSM-008

Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 
Transfer output

6

E5AC-TRX4ASM-019 E5AC-TRX4DSM-019

Out 1: Voltage 
(pulse), 
Out 2: None

---

0

E5AC-TQX4ASM-000 E5AC-TQX4DSM-000

Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 
RS-485

2

E5AC-TQX4ASM-008 E5AC-TQX4DSM-008

Heater burnout and SSR defect detection, 
Transfer output

6

E5AC-TQX4ASM-019 E5AC-TQX4DSM-019

Out 1: Current, 
Out 2: None

---

0

E5AC-TCX4ASM-000 E5AC-TCX4DSM-000

RS-495

2

E5AC-TCX4ASM-004 E5AC-TCX4DSM-004

Transfer output

6

E5AC-TCX4ASM-021 E5AC-TCX4DSM-021

Transfer output, Communications

4

E5AC-TCX4ASM-022 E5AC-TCX4DSM-022

Note: Please reference E5AC-T datasheet for other models and options.

•  Compact short body depth: 

96 H x 96 W x 60 D mm

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-10

Specifications

•  Temperature Input: 

• Thermocouple: K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B,  
  W, or PL II 
• Platinum resistance thermometer:  
  Pt100 or JPt100

•  Infrared temperature sensor (ES1B): 10 to 

70°C, 60 to 120°C, 115 to 165°C, or 140 to 
260°C

1/32 DIN Size Temperature and 
process controllers with Smart 
Functions

•  A compact body of 48 x 24 x 90 mm  

(W x H x D) that is ideal for small equipment, 
laboratory instruments,  
and others.

•  White PV display with a height of  

10.5 mm for high visibility even with  
the compact body.

•  Removable terminal block to simplify 

maintenance. Select from screw terminals 
or screwless clamp terminals for the wiring 
method.

•  High-speed sampling at 50 ms.

M442

•  Analog input: 

• Current input: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA 
• Voltage input: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V

•  Indication Accuracy: 

• Thermocouple: ± 1% of indication value  
  of PV 
• Pt input: ± 1 % of indication value of PV 
• Analog input: ± 1% FS ± 1 digit max. 
• CT input: ± 5% FS ±1 digit max.

•  Easy connections to a PLC with  

programless communications.

•  Set up the Controller without wiring the power 

supply by connecting to the computer with 
a Communications Conversion Cable (sold 
separately). 

•  Setup is easy with the CX-Thermo (sold separately).

Ordering Information

Input

Output

Fixed option

Alarms Model: 100-240 VAC

Model: 24 VAC/VDC

Temp & 
Analog

Out 1: 
Relay

---

1

E5GC-RX1A6M-000

E5GC-RX1D6M-000

---

2

E5GC-RX2A6M-000

E5GC-RX2D6M-000

Communication only

1

E5GC-RX1A6M-015

E5GC-RX1D6M-015

2

E5GC-RX2A6M-015

E5GC-RX2D6M-015

Event input 1

2

E5GC-RX2A6M-016

E5GC-RX2D6M-016

Heater burnout and SSR defect detection

2

E5GC-RX2A6M-023

E5GC-RX2D6M-023

Event Input 2

1

E5GC-RX1A6M-024

E5GC-RX1D6M-024

Out 1: 
Voltage

---

1

E5GC-QX1A6M-000

E5GC-QX1D6M-000

---

2

E5GC-QX2A6M-000

E5GC-QX2D6M-000

Communication only

1

E5GC-QX1A6M-015

E5GC-QX1D6M-015

2

E5GC-QX2A6M-015

E5GC-QX2D6M-015

Event Input 1

1

E5GC-QX1A6M-016

E5GC-QX1D6M-016

2

E5GC-QX2A6M-016

E5GC-QX2D6M-016

Heater burnout and SSR defect detection

1

E5GC-QX1A6M-023

E5GC-QX1D6M-023

2

E5GC-QX2A6M-023

E5GC-QX2D6M-023

Event Input 2

1

E5GC-QX1A6M-024

E5GC-QX1D6M-024

Out 1: 
Linear

---

1

E5GC-CX1A6M-000

E5GC-CX1D6M-000

---

2

E5GC-CX2A6M-000

E5GC-CX2D6M-000

Communication only

1

E5GC-CX1A6M-015

E5GC-CX1D6M-015

2

E5GC-CX2A6M-015

E5GC-CX2D6M-015

Event Input 1

1

E5GC-CX1A6M-016

E5GC-CX1D6M-016

2

E5GC-CX2A6M-016

E5GC-CX2D6M-016

Event Input 2

1

E5GC-CX1A6M-024

E5GC-CX1D6M-024

E5GC 

Temperature and Process Controllers

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-11

Advanced, High-Performance 1/16 
DIN Size Temperature and process 
controllers

•  Easy-to-read, high-resolution, 11-segment 

display with 5 digits/0.01°C or F

•  Achieve high-speed disturbance recovery 

from 60 ms sampling rate

•  Flexible logic operations (AND, OR, and 

delays) with contact outputs set from 
CX-Thermo software

•  Optional units include event inputs, 

communications, 1-phase and 3-phase 
heater burnout, transfer output, and a 
second control output

Specifications

•  Universal Inputs: 

• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N,     
   R, S, B, W, or PL II 
• Platinum RTD input: Pt100 and JPt100 
• Current input: 4-20 mA, 0 to 20 mA 
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V or 0 to 10 V

•  Thermocouple: (±0.1% of indicated value 

or ±1°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max.

•  Platinum RTD: (±0.1% of indicated value or 

±0.5°C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max.

•  Analog Input: ±0.1% FS ±1 digit max.

•  CT input: ±5% FS ±1 digit max.

Temperature and Process Controllers

M223

•  Relay Output: SPST-NO, 3 A at 250 VAC 

• 100,000 electrical operations (standard)

•  Voltage Output: 12 VDC ±15% for SSR, 21 

mA max. load with short-circuit protection

•  Current Output: 4-20 mA DC/0 to 20 mA 

DC, 600 Ω max., approx. 10,000 resolution

•  Linear Voltage Input: 0 to 10 VDC (load:

1 kΩ min.), approx. 10,000 resolution 

Supply voltage

Auxiliary outputs

Control outputs

Model (only black models listed)

100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

2

Relay (See note)

E5CN-HR2M-500 AC100-240

Voltage (See note)

E5CN-HQ2M -500 AC100-240

Current (See note)

E5CN-HC2M-500 AC100-240

Linear voltage

E5CN-HV2M-500 AC100-240

24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 VDC

Relay (See note)

E5CN-HR2MD-500 ACDC24

Voltage (See note)

E5CN-HQ2MD-500 ACDC24

Current (See note)

E5CN-HC2MD-500 ACDC24

Linear voltage

E5CN-HV2MD-500 ACDC24

Note: 

To order these specific models in silver add “W” to the part number (e.g. E5CN-HR2M-W-500 AC100-240); models with 

linear voltage output only available in black

E5CN-H 

 Temperature and Process Controllers

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-12

Advanced, High-Performance 
1/16 DIN Size Ramp/Soak 
Temperature and process 
Controller 

•  Set up to 8 program patterns with 32 

segments (steps) each 

•  Preventive maintenance for relays in the 

Temperature Controller using a Control 
Output On/Off Counter

•  Flexible logic operations (AND, OR, and 

delays) with contact outputs set from  
CX-Thermo Software

•  Achieve high-speed disturbance recovery 

from 60 ms sampling rate

Specifications

•  Universal Input:
•  Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N, R, 

S, B, W, or PL II

•  Platinum RTD input: Pt100 and JPT100
•  Current input: 4-20 mA, 0-20 mA
•  Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V or 0 to 10 V 
•  Thermocouple: (±0.1% of indicated value or 

±1 °C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max.

•  Platinum RTD: (±0.1% of indicated value 

or ±0.5 °C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit 

max. 

Ramp/Soak Temperature and Process Controllers

M326

•  Analog Input: ±0.1% FS ±1 digit max.
•  CT Input: ±5% FS ±1 digit max.
•  Relay Output: SPST-NO. 3 A at 250 VAC
•  100,000 electrical operations (standard)
•  Voltage Output: 12 VDC ±15%% for SSR, 21 

mA max. load with short-circuit protection

•  Current Output: 4-20 mA DC, 0 to 20 mA DC, 

600Ω max., approx. 10,000 resolution

Supply voltage

Auxiliary outputs

Control outputs

Model (only black models listed)

100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

2

Relay 

E5CN-HTR2M-500AC100-240

Current

E5CN-HTC2M-500AC100-240

Linear voltage 

E5CN-HTV2M-500AC100-240

24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 VDC

2

Relay 

E5CN-HTR2MD-500AC/DC24

Voltage 

E5CN-HTQ2MD-500AC/DC24

Current

E5CN-HTC2MD-500AC/DC24

Linear voltage

E5CN-HTV2MD-500AC/DC24

E5CN-HT 

 

Ramp/Soak Temperature and Process Controllers

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-13

Universal Compact Digital Process 

Controllers

 

The E5_N-H series of process controllers 
take the proven concept of the general 
purpose E5_N series to a process level. Main 
features of the E5_N-H series are universal 
inputs, process outputs and options such 
as transfer output, remote set point and set 
value programmer.

•  Control mode: ON/OFF or 2-PID,  

Valve control

•  Control output: Relay, voltage (pulse), 

SSR, linear current and voltage

•  Power supply: 100-240 VAC or 

24 VDC/VAC

•  Fast sampling period of 60 ms

M225

Specifications

•  Universal inputs: 

• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N,  
   R, S, B, W, or PLII 
• Platinum RTD: Pt100 and JPt100 
• Current input: 4-20 mA, 0 to 20 mA 
• Voltage input:1 to 5V, 0 to 5V, or 0 to 10V

Process Controllers

Output Option Boards

Control 
method

Auxiliary output

Control output 
1 & 2

Heater 
burnout

Transfer 
output

Model
1/4 DIN - E5AN-H models (96 x 96 mm)
1/8 DIN - E5EN-H models (48 x 96 mm)

Basic

2 alarm relays

None fitted, 2 slots*

1-phase

---

E5_N-HAA2HBM-500 AC100240

2 SSR outputs fitted 1-phase

---

E5_N-HSS2HBM-500 AC100240

None fitted, 2 slots*

3-phase

4 to 20 mA E5_N-HAA2HHBFMD-500 AC100240

2 SS outputs fitted

3-phase

4 to 20 mA E5_N-HSS2HHBFMD-500 AC100240

3 alarm relays

None fitted, 2 slots*

---

4 to 20 mA E5_N-HAA3HHBFMD-500 AC100240

2 SS outputs fitted

---

4 to 20 mA E5_N-HSS3HHBFMD-500 AC100240

Valve

2 alarm relays

2 relay outputs fitted ---

---

E5_N-HPRR2BM-500 AC100240

2 relay outputs fitted ---

4 to 20 mA E5_NHPRR2BFMD-500 AC100240

*Select 2 Control Output Units from chart below: Relay, SSR, Voltage pulse (NPN or PNP), Current or Linear voltage
 All E5EN-H/E5AN-H have 2 event inputs and Remote Set point 4 to 20 mA input.

•  Indication Accuracy: 

• Thermocouple: ± 0.1% of indicated value  
   or ±1°C, whichever is greater ±1 digit max. 
• Platinum RTD: ± 0.1% of indicated value   
   or ±0.5°C, whichever is greater ±1 digit max. 
• Analog input: ± 0.1% FS ± 1 digit max.

•  Easy PC connection for parameter cloning, 

setting and tuning

•  Clear and intuitive set-up and operation

Output option 

Model

Relay

E53-RN

Voltage (pulse) 12 VDC PNP

E53-QN

Voltage (pulse) 12 VDC NPN

E53-Q

Voltage (pulse) 24 VDC NPN

E53-Q4

Output option 

Model

Linear 4 to 20 mA

E53-C3N

Linear 0 to 20 mA

E53-C3DN

Linear 0 to 10 V

E53-V34N

Linear 0 to 5 V

E53-V35N

E5AN-H/E5EN-H 

  Process Controllers

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-14

Advanced, High-Performance 
1/4 and 1/8 DIN Size Ramp/Soak 
Temperature and Process Controllers

•  Set up to 8 program patterns with 32 

segments (steps) each 

•  Preventive maintenance for relays in the 

Temperature Controller using a Control Output 
ON/Off Counter

•  Flexible logic operations (AND, OR, and 

delays) with contact outputs set from CX-
Thermo Software

•  Achieve high-speed disturbance recovery 

from 60 ms sampling rate

Specifications

•  Universal Input: 

• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, L, E, U, N, R,  

  S, B, W, or PL II 

• Platinum RTD input: Pt100 and JPT100 

• Current input:4-20 mA, 0-20 mA 

• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V or 0 to 10 V

•  Indication Accuracy: 

• Thermocouple: (±0.1% of indicated value or  

  ±1 °C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max. 

• Platinum RTD: (±0.1% of indicated value or 

  ±0.5 °C, whichever is greater) ±1 digit max. 

Ramp/Soak Temperature and Process Controllers

Output Option Boards

M326

• Analog Input: ±0.1% FS ±1 digit max. 

• CT Input: ±5% FS ±1 digit max.

•  Output Types: 

• Relay Output: SPST-NO. 3 A,at 250 VAC 

  100,000 electrical operations (standard 

• Voltage Output: 12 VDC ±15% for SSR,  

  21 mA max. load with short-circuit  

 

 protection 

• Current Output: 4-20 mA DC, 0 to  

  20 mA DC, 600Ω max., approx. 10,000   

 resolution

Control 
type

Auxiliary 
outputs

Control output 
1/2

Heater 
burnout

 Output Functions

Model

Event 
inputs

Transfer 
output

RSP

1/4  DIN  -  E5AN-HT  (96  x  96  mm)                                              
1/8 DIN - E5EN-HT (48 x 96 mm)

Basic

3

Control Output 
Unit x 2

---

2

4 to 20 mA 
output

4 to 20 mA 
output

E5_N-HTAA3BFM-500AC100-240

2

1

2

----

E5_N-HTAA2HBM-500AC100-240

2

2

2

4 to 20 mA 
output

E5_N-HTAA2HHBFM-500AC100-240

Valve

2

Control Output 
Unit x 2

---

2

---

4 to 20 mA 
output

E5_N-HTPRR2BM-500AC100-240

2

---

2

4 to 20 mA 
output

E5_N-HTPRR2BFM-500AC100-240

Output option

Model

Relay

E53-RN

Voltage (pulse) 12 VDC, PNP

E53-QN

Voltage (pulse) 24 VDC, NPN

E53-Q3

Voltage (pulse) 24 VDC, PNP

E53-Q4

Output option

Model

Linear 4 to 20 mA

E53-C3N

Linear 0 to 20 mA

E53-C3DN

Linear 0 to 10 V

E53-V34N

Linear 0 to 5 V

E53-V35N

*Select 2 Control Output Units from chart below: Relay, SSR, Voltage pulse (NPN or PNP), Current or Linear voltage
 All E5EN-H/E5AN-H have 2 event inputs and Remote Set point 4 to 20 mA input.

E5AN-HT/E5EN-HT 

 

Ramp/Soak Temperature and Process Controllers

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-15

Simple to Set and Operate 1/16 
DIN Size Controllers

•  Easy setting using internal DIP and rotary 

switches

•  ON/OFF or PID control (with on-demand 

auto-tuning) selectable

•  Clearly visible digital display with 

character height of 13.5 mm

•  Deviation indicator makes monitoring 

more effective

•  Models with two alarms are ideal for 

temperature alarm applications

•  Setting change protection prohibits 

tampering

•  Sampling rate (500 ms) and selectable 

control period (2 and 20 s) improves 
response

•  8-mode alarm output and sensor error 

detection

Specifications

•  Multi-input (thermocouple/platinum 

resistance thermometer) type: K, J, L, T, U, 
N, R, Pt100, JPt100 

Ordering Information

M227

Power 
supply 
voltage

Number 
of alarm 
points

Control output

TC/Pt multi-input 
Case color: Black 
Scale marked in °C

TC input Case 
color: Light 
gray Scale 
marked in °C

Pt Input Case 
color: Light 
gray Scale 
marked in °C

TC/Pt multi-input 
Case color: Black 
Scale marked in °F

100 to 
240 VAC, 
50/60 Hz

0

Relay

E5CSV-RT AC100-240

---

---

E5CSV-RT-F AC100-240

Voltage 
(for driving SSR)

E5CSV-QT AC100-240

E5CSV-QT-F AC100-240

1

Relay

E5CSV-R1T AC100-240 E5CSV-R1KJ-W E5CSV-R1P-W E5CSV-R1T-F AC100-240

Voltage 
(for driving SSR)

E5CSV-Q1T AC100-240 E5CSV-Q1KJ-W E5CSV-Q1P-W E5CSV-Q1T-F AC100-240

2 (See 
note)

Relay

E5CSV-R2T AC100-240 ---

---

E5CSV-R2T-F AC100-240

Voltage 
(for driving SSR)

E5CSV-Q2T AC100-240

E5CSV-Q2T-F AC100-240

24 VAC/ 
VDC

0

Relay

E5CSV-RTD AC/DC24

---

Voltage 
(for driving SSR)

E5CSV-QTD AC/DC24

1

Relay

E5CSV-R1TD AC/DC24

E5CSV-R1T-DF AC/DC24

Voltage 
(for driving SSR)

E5CSV-Q1TD AC/DC24

E5CSV-Q1T-DF AC/DC24

2 (See 
note)

Relay

E5CSV-R2TD AC/DC24

---

Voltage 
(for driving SSR)

E5CSV-Q2TD AC/DC24

•  Input shift adjusts display to reflect known 

sensor offsets

•  Accuracy ±0.5% of value
•  °C or °F field selectable
•  RoHS compliant
•  Water-resistant front panel rated NEMA 4X/

IP66

•  Compact: Measures 48 H x 48 W x 78 D mm 

•   Relay Output: SPST-NO, 3 A at 250 VAC;  
    100,000 electrical operations 
•   Voltage Output: 12 VDC for SSR, 21 mA  
  max. load with short-circuit protection

Note:

 Models with two alarm outputs always use the upper limit alarm mode for the alarm 2 output.

E5CSV 

 Digital Temperature Controllers

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-16

M229

1/16 DIN Sized, Analog-Set 
Temperature Controller

•  Fits standard 8-pin round sockets

•  ON/OFF control models and proportional 

control models available

•  Front panel offset adjustment on  

proportional control models

•  Dual scale models available

•  Contact or voltage output models

•  Type J or K thermocouples, platinum RTD 

and thermistor input models

•  Panel mount hardware included

•  Sockets, protective cover, and other 

accessories available separately

Specifications

•  Thermocouple Input: Type K or J models

•  Platinum RTD Input: Pt100 

•  Relay Output: SPDT, 3 A at 250 VAC 

resistive load 

•  Voltage (pulse) Output: 5 VDC, 10 mA max. 

with short-circuit protection circuit 

•  Voltage Types Available: 

 • 100 to 120 VAC 50/60 Hz 
 • 200 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz

Ordering Information

Input type

Temperature range Setting 

accuracy

Voltage

Control 
type

Control 
output

Model

Thermocouple (K) 32°F - 1112°F

±2% max. 
of full 
scale

100/120 
VAC, 
50/60 Hz

ON/OFF

Relay

E5C2-R20K-W AC100-240 32-1112

Thermocouple (J)

0°C - 200°C and 
32°F - 392°F

E5C2-R20J-W AC100-240 32-392

0°C - 400°C and 
32°F - 752°F

E5C2-R20J-W AC100-240 32-752

0°C - 200°C and 
32°F - 392°F

Propor-
tional

E5C2-R40J-W AC100-240 32-392

0°C - 400°C and 
32°F - 752°F

E5C2-R40J-W AC100-240 32-752

E5C2 

 Temperature Controllers

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-17

K8AK-TH 

Temperature Monitoring Relays

Space Saving, Ultra Slim 22.5 mm 
Temperature Monitoring Relays

Prevent equipment against damage from 
excessive temperature increases.

•  Universal-input support for thermocouple 

and RTD sensors

•  Set Value Protection -  prohibits changes 

to set values of  the temperature 
monitoring relay

•  Wide range of functions: alarm mode 

(upper and lower limit), enable/disable 
latch, selectable temperature setting: 
Fahrenheit or degrees Celsius

•  Simple rotary and DIP switch settings

•  Alarm status identification with LED 

indicator

Ordering Information 

Description

Features

Relay Output

Model

Temperature range 0 to 999° 
C/F

Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 1° 
C/F setting unit

 SPDT 3 A @ 250 VAC (resistive 
load)

K8AK-TH11S 100-240VAC

K8AK-TH11S 24VAC/DC

Temperature Range 0 to 1800° 
C, 0 to 3200° F

Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 10° 
C/F setting unit

K8AK-TH12S 100-240VAC

K8AK-TH12S 24VAC/DC

Specifications

•  Temperature sensor inputs:

•  K8AK-TH11S - Thermocouple Types K, 

J, T, E; Platinum RTD Pt100

•  K8AK-TH12S - Thermocouple Types K, 

J, T, E, B, R, S, PLII

•  Relay capacity: 3 A @ 250 VAC or 30 VDC 

(resistive load)

•  DIN track mounting

•  Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm

R639

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-18

E5AR/E5ER 

Temperature Controllers

1/4 and 1/8 DIN Digital Controllers 
Offer 5-Digit, 3-Row Display

•  A short 50 ms sampling period provides 

high-speed response

•  Single-loop PID control or Single-loop 

heating and cooling control; multi-loop 
control models available

•  Displays PV, SP, and MV data 

simultaneously in a 3-row, reverse LCD 
display with backlight 

•  Multi-loop (2 or 4 Loop types) control 

models offer cascade and proportional 
control all in one unit

•  Position-proportional relay output models 

available for motor/valve control

Specifications

•  Input Types: 

• Thermocouple: Types K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R,  
  S, B, W 
• Platinum RTD inputs: Pt100 
• Current Input: 4 to 20 mA DC, 0 to 20 mA  
  DC (including remote SP input) 
• Voltage Input: 1 to 5 VDC, 0 to 5 VDC, 0  
  to 10 VDC (including remote SP input    
  (Input impedance: 150 Ω for current input,  
  approx. 1 MΩ for voltage input)

•  Accuracy: 

• Temperature: ±0.1% of PV, ±1 digit 
• Analog Input: ±0.1% FS ±1 digit max.

Ordering Information

M424

•  Output Types: 

• Voltage (pulse) Output: 12 VDC, 40 mA   
  max. with short-circuit protection circuit 
• Current output: 0 to 20 mA DC, 4 to  
  20 mA DC; load: 500 Ω max. (including   
  transfer output) (Resolution: Approx.    
  54,000 for 0 to 20 mA DC; Approx. 43,000  
  for 4 to 20 mA DC)

•  Control Method: PID or ON/OFF control

Size Voltage

Control 
type

Control outputs

Additional features

Model

Auxiliary 
outputs

Event 
inputs

Serial 
communications

1/4 
DIN

100-240 
VAC,
50/60 
Hz

1 Loop

2 points: Pulse 
voltage and Pulse 
voltage/current

4

2

No

E5AR-Q4B AC100-240

1 Loop

4 points: Pulse 
voltage and Pulse 
voltage/current and 
Current (2 points)

6

RS-485

E5AR-QC43DB-FLK AC100-240

1/8 
DIN

100-240 
VAC, 
50/60 
Hz

1 Loop

2 points: Pulse 
voltage and Pulse 
voltage/current

4

2

No

E5ER-Q4B AC100-240

1 Loop

4 points: Pulse 
voltage and Pulse 
voltage/current and 
Current (2 points)

6

RS-485

E5ER-QC43DB-FLK AC100-240

Note:

 For 2 or 4 loop controllers visit www.omron247.com

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-19

Specifications

 

•  Thermocouple Input: Types K, J, T, E, L, U,  

     N, R, S, B  

•  Platinum RTD Input: Pt100, JPt100 

•  Voltage Output for SSR: 12 VDC ±15%      

  (PNP); 21 mA max.; short-circuit protection 

DIN Track Mounting Modular 
Temperature Controller 

 

 

Two temperature control loops per unit    

  occupy just 30 mm rack space 

•  Easily expands to 32 control loops with up  

  to 16 E5ZN units 

•  Plug-in temperature controllers can be    

  replaced without changing terminal wiring 

•  No power supply and communications  

  wiring required between units when  

 

  multiple units are mounted side-by-side

•  CX-Thermo support software simplifies    

  setup and monitoring via PC 

•  Optional 1/16 DIN Setting Display Unit for  

  in-panel setting/monitoring 

•  Field selectable heating or heat/cool  

 

 control 

 

•  One event input per unit 

M423

Input type

Accuracy

Supply voltage Control output

Auxiliary output

Additional 
functions

Model

Thermocouple

±0.5% 
or ±1°C, 
(whichever 
is greater) 
±1 digit 
max.

24 VDC

Voltage for SSR Transistor output: 

2 pts (sinking)

Heater burnout 
alarm (Use 
E54-CT1 or 
E54-CT3 cur-
rent transformer 
as detector)

E5ZN-2QNH03TC-FLK

Platinum RTD

E5ZN-2QNH03P-FLK

Thermocouple

Transistor output: 
2 pts (sourcing)

E5ZN-2QPH03TC-FLK

Platinum RTD

E5ZN-2QPH03P-FLK

Thermocouple

Transistor

Transistor output: 
2 pts (sinking)

E5ZN-2TNH03TC-FLK

Platinum RTD

E5ZN-2TNH03P-FLK

Thermocouple

Transistor output: 
2 pts (sourcing)

E5ZN-2TPH03TC-FLK

Platinum RTD

E5ZN-2TPH03P-FLK

Thermocouple

Analog current 
output

Transistor output: 
2 pts (sinking)

Transfer output 
(linear voltage 
output)

E5ZN-2CNF03TC-FLK

Platinum RTD

E5ZN-2CNF03P-FLK

Thermocouple

Transistor output: 
2 pts (sourcing)

E5ZN-2CPF03TC-FLK

Platinum RTD

E5ZN-2CPF03P-FLK

•  Serial RS-485 communications built in 

•  Optional DeviceNet communications 

  unit available 

•  Dimensions: 134.7 H x 30 W x 112 D mm  

  (socket mounted first unit); 22.5 W for    

  additional units

•  Transistor Output: 100 mA at 30 VDC 

•  Analog Current Output: 4 to 20/0 to 20 mA  

  DC; 350 Ω max. 

•  Transfer Output Accuracy: ±0.5% FS +0.7 mA  

  or ±0.5% FS +0.175 V

Modular Temperature Controllers

Terminal Units

Description

Application

Dimensions

Model

Terminal units (include 
bus system without 
backplane)

For first E5ZN unit or DeviceNet unit. 
Equipped with terminals for power supply, 
communications and setting devices.

134.7 H x 30 W x 46 D mm

E5ZN-SCT24S-500

For second and additional E5ZN units.

134.7 H x 22.5 W x 46 D mm

E5ZN-SCT18S-500

E5ZN 

  Multi-Loop Temperature Controllers

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-20

EJ1 

 Multi-Loop Temperature and Process 

Controllers

M422

Temperature/Process Controller Basic Units

Communications Units

Modular In-Panel Temperature/ 
Process Controller Easily 
Integrates with Host Devices

•  Improves setup through high-speed 

program-less communications with PLCs, 

HMIs and Power Controller

•  System expandable up to 256  loops for 

large area control

•  Sampling period of 250 ms
•  Multi-input units (2 or 4 loops): RTD, 

thermocouple, current and voltage inputs

•  RS-232C/RS-4485 with Modbus RTU 

and CompoWay/F communications, and 

dedicated port for G3ZA power controller

•  One operation loads all parameters for up 

to 16 controllers connected to DeviceNet 

unit

Power 

supply

Control 

loops

Control 

outputs 

1 and 2

Control 

outputs 

3 and 4

Functions

Communication 

functions

Terminal

Model

24 VDC 
from the 
End Unit

2

2 voltage 
outputs for 
SSR 

2 transistor 
outputs (NPN)

2 heater 
burnout 
alarms; 2 
event inputs

G3ZA Power 
Controller port: 
RS-485

From End Unit:
Port A or B:
RS-485

M3 terminal

EJ1N-TC2A-QNHB

Cage clamp

EJ1N-TC2B-QNHB

4

2 voltage 
outputs for 
SSR

None

M3 terminal

EJ1N-TC4A-QQ

Cage clamp

EJ1N-TC4B-QQ

2

2 current 
outputs

2 transistor 
outputs (NPN)

2 event 
inputs

M3 terminal

EJ1N-TC2A-CNB

Cage clamp

EJ1N-TC2B-CNB

Name

Power 

supply

Auxiliary output

Event 

inputs

Communication 

functions

Terminal

Model

High 
function 
unit (HFU) 
(See Note)

24 VDC 
supplied 
from 
End Unit

Transistor output: 
4 points (sinking)

4

Port C: RS-485 or 
RS-232C selectable
End Unit Port A: RS-485

M3 terminal

EJ1N-HFUA-NFLK

4 points (sinking)

EJ1N-HFUB-NFLK

Port C: RS-422
End Unit Port A: RS-485

M3 terminal

EJ1N-HFUA-NFL2

Cage clamp

EJ1N-HFUB-NFL2

None

None

DeviceNet 

Cage clamp

EJ1N-HFUB-DRT

End unit

24 VDC

Transistor output: 
2 points (sinking)

None

Port A or B: RS-485
Connector: Port A

M3 terminal

EJ1C-EDUA-NFLK

Detachable connector

EJ1C-EDUC-NFLK

Note:

 The End Unit is always required for connection to a Basic Controller Unit or HFU. An HFU cannot operate without a Basic 

Unit. External communications cannot be performed using a Basic Unit alone.

Specifications

•  Universal Inputs:

• Thermocouple: Types 

K,J,T,E,L,U,N,R,S,B,W, or PL II

• Platinum RTD: Pt100 or JPt100
• Infrared temperature sensor: 10°-260°C
• Current: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA
• Voltage: 1 to 5 V, 0 to 5 V, or 0 to 10 V

•  Accuracy:

• Temperature Input: (±0.5% of indicated 

value or ±1°C) ±1 digit max.

• Analog Input: ±0.5% FS+/-1 digit

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-21

G3ZA 

Multi-Channel Power Controller for EJ1

R426

Ordering Information

Specifications - Ratings

Optimize Cycle Control for SSRs
for High-Precision Heat Regulation

•  Control up to 8 SSRs with one unit; lower 

peak current when using offset control 

•  Low noise, harmonics-free control reduces 

heater stress

•  Accurate power control (within half cycle)

with zero-switching control

•  Dedicated communications port built into 

EJ1 Temperature Controllers acts as a 

“Smart Interface” with the G3ZA

•  RS-485 communications to set 

manipulated variables and heater burnout 

detection

•  Soft-start function for lamp heaters (G3ZA 

must be used in combination with an SSR 

without the zero cross function)

•  Three-phase optimum cycle control 

provided for three-phase heaters

•  Combine with a special current 

transformer for 150-A current detection

•  Compact size (84 H x 45 W x 111 D mm) 

is smaller than a standard power controller

Name

Number of control channels Heater burnout detection Load power supply voltage Model

Multi-
channel 
power 
controller

4

Supported

100 to 240 VAC

G3ZA-4H203-FLK-UTU

400 to 480 VAC

G3ZA-4H403-FLK-UTU

8

Not supported

100 to 240 VAC

G3ZA-8A203-FLK-UTU

400 to 480 VAC

G3ZA-8A403-FLK-UTU

Item

Load power supply voltage range 100 to 240 VAC

400 to 480 VAC

Power supply voltage

100 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)

Operating voltage range

85 to 264 VAC

Power consumption

16 VA max.

Load power supply voltage

100 to 240 VAC

400 to 480 VAC

Load power supply voltage range

75 to 264 VAC

340 to 528 VAC

Manipulated variable input

0.0% to 100.0% (via RS-485 communications)

Current transformer input 

Single-phase AC, 0 to 50 A (primary current of CT)
Single-phase AC, 0 to 150 A (primary current of CT) 

Trigger output

One voltage output for each channel, 12 VDC ±15%, Max. load current: 21 
mA (with built-in short-circuit protection circuit)

Alarm output

NPN open collector, one output
Max. applicable voltage: 30 VDC, Max. load current: 50 mA
Residual voltage: 1.5 V max., Leakage current: 0.4 mA max.

Indications

LED indicators

Control method

Optimum cycle control
Soft-start optimum cycle control (Use SSR without zero cross function)
Three-phase optimum cycle control 

T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Temperature Controllers

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

T-22

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

U-i

Power Supplies

Contents

Selection Guide

U-ii

Single-Phase

S8VK-G

DIN Rail Mount

U-2

S8VK-R

Redundancy PS Module

U-3

S8VS

DIN Rail Mount with 
Smart Display

U-4

S8VM

DC Source with Unique
Undervoltage Alarm

U-5

S8JX-G

Cost-Effective with Multiple 
Mounting Options

U-6

S8JX-P

Power Factor Correction

U-7

Three-Phase

S8VK-T

3-Phase Switch Mode

U-8

U

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Yes

No

Preventative Maintenance support?

Din Rail Mount?

Which type of power supply you are looking for?

15-150 W

S8VM-A/-P

60-480 W

S8VS-A/-B

15-1500 W

S8VM

15-600 W

S8JX-G

60-600 W

S8JX-P

120-960 W

S8VK-T

Cost Effective

S8VK-G

Redundancy

S8VK-R

Three-phase

Single-phase

Keep critical equipment operational  
with Omron Smart Display Power Supplies

Omron is a world leader in the development and manufacturing of industrial switching power 
supplies. More than 25 years ago we launched our first compact line, the S82K, and since 
2002, our S8VS compact series has been an automatic choice with customers. We expand 
on this legacy with the introduction of the S8VK series. To provide the perfect solution to 
match every customer's need, we have launched 3 different families within the S8VK series:

•  The standard S8VK-G models

•  The redundancy units S8VK-R models

•  The three-phase S8VK-T models

RELIABLE DC POWER FOR YOUR PANEL

Power Supplies

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

U-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Compact Power Supplies

S

ele

ct

io

C

ri

te

ri

a

Model

S8VK-G

S8VK-R

S8VS

Phases Single-phase

DC Input 
Voltage

Single-phase

Rated voltage 100 to 240 VAC

5 to 30 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

Voltage 5 V

12 V

24 V

48 V

24 V

P

owe

r

15 W

4

4

4

25 W

30 W

4

4

4

35 W

50 W

60 W

4

4

1.3 A

90 W

7.5 A

100 W

120 W

4

5 A

150 W

180 W

7.5 A

240 W

4

4

10 A

300 W

480 W

4

4

20 A

Fun

ct

ions

SEMI F47-0200  

(200 VAC input)

F47-0706 (200 to 240 VAC)

4

Capacitor back-up

8

Undervoltage alarm

4

4

4

4

4

Overvoltage protection

4

4

4

4

4

Overload protection

4

4

4

4

4

DIN-rail mounting

4

4

4

4

4

Screw mounting  

(with bracket)

4

4

4

4

EMI Class B

4

4

4

4

UL Class 2

4

4

4

60 W only

Parallel operation

4

4

4

4

Series operation

4

4

4

4

4

Service life  

display/output

8

 

60-480 W

Load run-time  

display/output

8

 

60-480 W

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

U-iii

U

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Slim Power Supplies

Slim Power Supplies

S

ele

ct

io

C

ri

te

ri

a

Model

S8VM

S8JX-G

Phases Single-phase

Single-phase

Rated voltage 100 to 240 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

Voltage 5 V

12 V

24 V

5 V

12 V

 15 V

24 V

P

owe

r

15 W 3.0 A

1.3 A

0.65 A

3 A

1.3 A

1 A

0.65 A

25 W

30 W 6.0 A

2.5 A

1.3 A

35 W

7 A

3 A

2.4 A

1.5 A

50 W

4.3 A

2.2 A

10 A

4.2 A

2.1 A

60 W

90 W

100 W 20.0 A

8.5 A

4.5 A

20 A

8.5 A

4.5 A

120 W

150 W 27.0 A

12.5 A

6.5 A

30 A

13 A

6.5 A

180 W

240 W

300 W

27 A

14 A

14 A

480 W

600 W

53 A

27 A

27 A

960 W

1500 W

70 A

Fun

ct

ions

SEMI F47-0200  

(200 VAC input)

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

Undervoltage alarm

4

Overvoltage protection

4

4

4

4

4

4

Overload protection

4

4

4

4

4

4

DIN-rail mounting

4

4

4

4

4

4

Screw mounting  

(with bracket)

4

4

4

4

4

4

EMI Class B

4

4

UL Class 2

Parallel operation

Series operation

4

4

4

4

4

4

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

U-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Power Factory Correction Power Supplies

Slim Power Supplies

S

ele

ct

io

C

ri

te

ri

a

Model

S8JX-P

S8VK-T

Phases Single-phase

Three-phase

Rated voltage

340 to 576 VAC

Voltage 5 V

12 V

24 V

48 V

24 V

P

owe

r

50 W

4

4

4

4

60 W

90 W

100 W

4

4

4

4

120 W

5 A

150 W

4

4

4

4

180 W

240 W

10 A

300 W

4

4

4

4

480 W

20 A

600 W

4

4

4

4

960 W

40 A

Fun

ct

ions

SEMI F47-0200  

(200 VAC input)

F47-0706 (200 to 240 VAC)

Undervoltage alarm

4

4

4

4

Overvoltage protection

4

4

4

4

4

Overload protection

4

4

4

4

4

DIN-rail mounting

4

4

4

4

4

Screw mounting  

(with bracket)

4

4

4

4

8

EMI Class B

4

UL Class 2

Parallel operation

4

Series operation

4

4

4

4

4

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Power Supplies

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

U-v

U

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

U-2

S8VK-G 

Switch Mode Power Supply

P234

Reliable and Easy Operation – 
Worldwide

•  Wide operating temperature range: 

-40°C to 70°C

•  15 W, 30 W, 60 W sizes conform to UL Class 

2 Output

•  Universal input for worldwide applications: 

100 to 240 VAC

•  Power boost function at 120%
•  Can withstand up to 5G of shock & vibration
•  5-year warranty

Ordering Information

Power rating

Input voltage

Output voltage

Output current

Boost Current

Model

15 W

Single Phase 
100 to 240 VAC 
90 to 350 VDC

5 V

3 A

3.6 A

S8VK-G01505

12 V

1.2 A

1.44 A

S8VK-G01512

24 V

0.65 A

0.78 A

S8VK-G01524

30 W

5 V

5 A

6 A

S8VK-G03005

12 V

2.5 A

3 A

S8VK-G03012

24 V

1.3 A

1.56 A

S8VK-G03024

60 W

12 V

4.5 A

5.4 A

S8VK-G06012

24 V

2.5 A

3 A

S8VK-G06024

120 W

24 V

5 A

6 A

S8VK-G12024

240 W

24 V

10 A

12 A

S8VK-G24024

48 V

5 A

6 A

S8VK-G24048

480 W

24 V

20 A

24 A

S8VK-G48024

48 V

10 A

12 A

S8VK-G48048

Specifications

•  Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC
•  Output voltage: 5 VDC, 12 VDC, 24 VDC, 

48 VDC   

•  Overload protection
•  Overvoltage protection

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

U-3

S8VK-R 

 

Redundancy Unit for Power Supplies

P237

Compact Din Rail Mount 
Redundancy Units

•  Wide input voltage: 5–30 VDC
•  Status confirmation with operating LED
•  Output signal for detection of failed power 

supply

•  Wide operating temperature: 

-40°C to 70°C

•  5-year warranty

Ordering Information

Input voltage

Output voltage

Output current

Model

5 to 30 VDC

5 to 30 VDC

10 A

S8VK-R10

10 to 60 VDC

10 to 60 VDC

20 A

S8VK-R20

Specifications

•  Supply voltage: 5 to 30 VDC

U

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

U-4

S8VS 

 Single-Phase Power Supplies

DIN Rail Mount Power Supplies 
with Smart Display

Models with Smart Display for diagnostics and 
output monitoring show output voltage, output 
current, and peak hold current.
•  Ultra-compact size with wide power range of  

60-480 W saves panel space 

•  Unique LED displays and alarm output (60-

480 W models) shorten troubleshooting and 

support preventive maintenance 

• Power supply service life monitor (“A” type) 

• Run-time for connected load monitor 

   (“B” type) 

•  RoHS compliant
•  Power Factor Correction function standard
•  Meets international safety standards: UL, cUL, 

UL508 Listed, SEMI F47 and CE

Ordering Information

P222

Input voltage

Power rating

Output voltage

Output current

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Model

100 to 240 
VAC, 50/60 
Hz

60 W

24 VDC

2.5 A

95 x 40 x 108.3

S8VS-06024A
S8VS-06024B

90 W

3.75 A

115 x 50 x 121.3

S8VS-09024AS
S8VS-09024A
S8VS-09024B

120 W

5 A

S8VS-12024A
S8VS-12024B

180 W

7.5 A

115 x 75 x 125.3

S8VS-18024A

S8VS-18024B

240 W

10 A

115 x 100 x 125.3

S8VS-24024A

S8VS-24024B

480 W

20 A

115 x 150 x 127.2

S8VS-48024A
S8VS-48024B

•  5-year warranty
•  Alarm outputs (90 - 480 W LED models) 

available:  1 undervoltage outputs, 1 for  

lifetime or run-time

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

U-5

S8VM 

Single-Phase Power Supplies

Reliable DC Source with Unique
Undervoltage Alarm

•  Slim DIN-rail mounting units help  

downsize machine panels

•  Overvoltage protection (standard) of  

105% to 160% rated load current

•  Undervoltage alarm option signals an error 

and helps identify the source

•  Terminal block protects fingers against  

electric shock

•  Enclosed and open frame models available
•  RoHS compliant

P224

Ordering Information

Input 
voltage

Power 
rating

Output 
voltage

Output current

Undervoltage 
alarm

Efficiency

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Model

100 to
240 VAC,
50/60 Hz

15 W

24 VDC 0.65 A

Yes

80% min.

84.5 x 33.5 x 84.5

S8VM-01524AD

30 W

1.3 A

Yes

81% min.

84.5 x 33.5 x 99.5

S8VM-03024AD

50 W

2.2 A

Yes

80% min.

84.5 x 33.5 x 124.5 S8VM-05024AD

100 W

4.5 A

Yes

82% min.

84.5 x 35 x 164.5

S8VM-10024AD

150 W

6.5 A

Yes

83% min.

84.5 x 44 x 164.5

S8VM-15024AD

15 W

5 VDC

3.0 A

N/A

75% min.

84.5 x 33.5 x 84.5

S8VM-01505CD

12 VDC 1.3 A

N/A

78% min.

S8VM-01512CD

24 VDC 0.65 A

N/A

80% min.

S8VM-01524CD

30 W

5 VDC

6.0 A

N/A

75% min.

84.5 x 33.5 x 99.5

S8VM-03005CD

12 VDC 2.5 A

N/A

79% min.

S8VM-03012CD

24 VDC 1.3 A

N/A

81% min.

S8VM-03024CD

50 W

5 VDC

10.0 A

N/A

80% min.

84.5 x 33.5 x 124.5 S8VM-05005CD

12 VDC 4.3 A

N/A

79% min.

S8VM-05012CD

24 VDC 2.2 A

N/A

80% min.

S8VM-05024CD

100 W

5 VDC

20.0 A

N/A

81% min.

84.5 x 35 x 164.5

S8VM-10005CD

12 VDC 8.5 A

N/A

81% min.

S8VM-10012CD

24 VDC 4.5 A

N/A

82% min.

S8VM-10024CD

150 W

5 VDC

27.0 A

N/A

81% min.

84.5 x 44 x 164.5

S8VM-15005CD

12 VDC 12.5 A

N/A

81% min.

S8VM-15012CD

24 VDC 6.5 A

N/A

83% min.

S8VM-15024CD

300 W

14 A; Peak current: 16.5 A
(200 VAC)

N/A

81% min.

83.5 x 62.5 x 188

S8VM-30024C

600 W

27 A; Peak current: 31 A 
(200 VAC)

N/A

81% min.

83.8 x 101.8 x 192

S8VM-60024C

1500 W

65 A (100 VAC), 70 A (200 
VAC); Peak current: 105 A
(200 VAC)

N/A

82% min.

82 x 126.5 x 327

S8VM-15224C

Note: Optional mounting brackets available.

•  Power Factor Correction function standard
•  5-year warranty

U

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

U-6

S8JX-G 

Single-Phase Power Supplies

Cost-Effective Power Supplies with 
Multiple Mounting Options

•  Wide power range of 15 - 600 W and voltages  

(5, 12, 15, 24, 48 VDC)

•  Universal input voltage
•  Multiple mounting options
•  Series operation: connect up to 2
•  Parallel operation on 300 and 600 W
•  Built-in overload and overvoltage protection
•  Approvals: UL, cUL, UL508 Listed, CE,  

SEMI F47, VDE

•  Adjustable voltage output (-10% to 15%)

P228

•  5-year warranty
•  48 V output available

Ordering Information

Optional Mounting Brackets

Power 
rating

Output 
voltage

Output 
current

Dimensions
H x W x D mm

Part numbers
Open frame

Covered frame

Front* mount

DIN-rail mount

Front* mount

DIN-rail mount

15 W

5 V

3 A

96 x 39.5 x 114.5

S8JX-G01505

S8JX-G01505D

S8JX-G01505C

S8JX-G01505CD

12 V

1.3 A

S8JX-G01512

S8JX-G01512D

S8JX-G01512C

S8JX-G01512CD

15 V

1 A

S8JX-G01515

S8JX-G01515D

S8JX-G01515C

S8JX-G01515CD

25 V

0.65 A

S8JX-G01524

S8JX-G01524D

S8JX-G01524C

S8JX-G01524CD

35 W

5 V

7 A

96 x 39.5 x 114.5

S8JX-G03505

S8JX-G03505D

S8JX-G03505C

S8JX-G03505CD

12 V

3 A

S8JX-G03512

S8JX-G03512D

S8JX-G03512C

S8JX-G03512CD

15 V

2.4 A

S8JX-G03515

S8JX-G03515D

S8JX-G03515C

S8JX-G03515CD

24 V

1.5 A

S8JX-G03524

S8JX-G03524D

S8JX-G03524C

S8JX-G03524CD

50 W

5 V

10 A

97 x 40 x 124.5

S8JX-G05005

S8JX-G05005D

S8JX-G05005C

S8JX-G05005CD

12 V

4.2 A

S8JX-G05012

S8JX-G05012D

S8JX-G05012C

S8JX-G05012CD

24 V

2.1 A

S8JX-G05024

S8JX-G05024D

S8JX-G05024C

S8JX-G05024CD

100 W

5 V

10 A

97 x 50 x 174.5

S8JX-G10005

S8JX-G10005D

S8JX-G10005C

S8JX-G10005CD

12 V

8.5 A

S8JX-G10012

S8JX-G10012D

S8JX-G10012C

S8JX-G10012CD

24 V

4.5 A

S8JX-G10024

S8JX-G10024D

S8JX-G10024C

S8JX-G10024CD

150 W

24 V

6.5 A

97 x 50 x 174.5

S8JX-G15024

S8JX-G15024D

S8JX-G15024C

S8JX-G15024CD

300 W

24 V

14 A

96 x 110 x 204.8

-

-

S8JX-G30024C

S8JX-G30024CD

600 W

24 V

27 A

92 x 150 x 184.2

-

-

S8JX-G60024C

-

* Front mount models can also be side- or bottom-mounted. Front mounting bracket included. See datasheet for other optional mounting 
bracket details.

Description 

Part number

Mounting Bracket A (bottom mounting for 50 W models)

S82Y-JX05B

Mounting Bracket B (bottom mounting for 100 W: 24 V models)

S82Y-JX10B

Mounting Bracket C (bottom mounting for 100 W: 5 V and 12 V models and 150 W models)

S82Y-JX15B

Mounting Bracket D (front mounting for 100 W: 5 V and 12 V models and 150 W models)

S82Y-JX15F

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

U-7

S8JX-P 

Single-Phase Power Supplies

Dependable Power Supplies 
with EMI Class B and 
Power Factor Correction

•  Wide selection of power ranges (50 to 600 

W) of and voltages (5, 12, 24, 48)

•  Conforms to EMI EN55011 Class B
•  Universal input voltage
•  Series operation: connect up to 2 units
•  Parallel operation on 300 and 600 W
•  Approvals: UL, CUL, UL508 Listed, CE, 

SEMI 476, VDE

•  Adjustable voltage output (-10% to 15%)
•  5-year warranty

Ordering Information

Power 
rating

Output 
Voltage

Output Current

Dimensions 
H x W x D

Model
Open Frame

Closed Frame

Front Mount

DIN-rail Mount

Front Mount

DIN-rail Mount

50 W

5 V

10 A

92 x 42 x 
118

S8JX-P05005

S8JX-P05005D

S8JX-P05005C

S8JX-P05005CD

12 V

4.2 A

S8JXT-P05012

S8JX-P05012D

S8JX-P05012C

S8JX-P05012CD

24 V

2.1 A

S8JX-P05024

S8JX-P05024D

S8JX-P05024C

S8JX-P05024CD

48 V

1.1 A

S8JX-P05048

S8JX-P05048D

S8JX-P05048C

S8JX-P05048CD

100 W

5 V

20 A

92 x 42 x 
148

S8JX-P10005

S8JX-P10005D

S8JX-P10005C

S8JX-P10005CD

12 V

8.5 A

S8JX-P10012

S8JX-P10012D

S8JX-P10012C

S8JX-P10012CD

24 V

4.5 A

S8JX-P10024

S8JX-P10024D

S8JX-P10024C

S8JX-P10024CD

48 V

2.1 A

S8JX-P10048

S8JX-P10048D

S8JX-P10048C

S8JX-P10048CD

150 W

5 V

30 A

92 x 42 x 
148

S8JX-P15005

S8JX-P15005D

S8JX-P15005C

S8JX-P15005CD

12 V

13 A

S8JX-P15012

S8JX-P15012D

S8JX-P15012C

S8JX-P15012CD

24 V

6.5 A

S8JX-P15024

S8JX-P15024D

S8JX-P15024C

S8JX-P15024CD

48 V

3.3 A

S8JX-P15048

S8JX-P15048D

S8JX-P15048C

S8JX-P15048CD

300 W

24 V

14 A peak current 
16.5 A (200 VAC)

110 x 77.6 x 
239.8

S8JX-P300224

S8JX-
P300224CD

600 W

24 V

27 A peak current 
31 A (200 VAC)

92 x 110 x 
239.8

S8JX-P60024C

S8JX-P60024CD

P233

U

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

U-8

S8VK-T 

Three-Phase Power Supplies

3-Phase Switch Mode Power 
Supply

•  Wide operation range: -40 to 70°C

•  Power boost function at 120%

•  Double pole on output terminal with one 

extra negative terminal

•  Wide input range: 

3 x 380 to 480 VAC (3 x 320 to 576 VAC)

•  Possible for 2 phases input usage with 

derating: 
2 x 380 to 480 VAC (2 x 340 to 576 VAC)

•  DC input availability: 

450 to 600 VDC (450 to 810 VAC) 

•  Protection: NEMA 1/IP20

P238

Input voltage

Power rating

Output voltage

Output current

Boost Current

Model

3x 380 to 480 VAC 
2x 380 to 480 VAC 
450 to 600 VDC

120 W

24 V

5 A

6 A

S8VK-T12024

240 W

10 A

12 A

S8VK-T24024

480 W

20 A

24 A

S8VK-T48024

960 W

40 A

48 A

S8VK-T96024

Ordering Information

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

V-i

Timers & Counters

Contents

Selection Guide

V-ii

Digital Timers

H5CX-N Digital multi-function timers,

1/16 DIN

V-1

H3CA

Digital-set timer with LCD bar 
graph display, 1/16 DIN

V-2

Analog Timers

H3CR

Analog-set multi-function timers, 
1/16 DIN

V-3

H3YN

Compact, socket mount,
analog-set relay timers with 
multiple operating modes

V-4

H3JA

Economical, compact, plug-in 
timer, 36 x 36 mm

V-4

H3DK

Slim 22.5 mm track-mount
analog-set timers

V-5

H3DS

Slim 17.5 mm track-mount
analog-set timers

V-6

Time Switches

H5S

Weekly and yearly timers with
AM/PM display

V-7

H5L

Digital weekly time switch with 
large display

V-8

H5F

Digital daily time control with 
simple operations

V-8

Digital Counters

H7CX-N Advanced 1/16 DIN size  

preset counters

V-9

H7EC/
H7ET/
H7ER

Subminiature totalizer, time
counter, LCD tachometer

V-10

H7BX

72 x 72 mm multi-function 
counter with a bright, easy-to-
view, negative transmissive LCD

V-11

H7CN

1/16 DIN, single preset counter
with four-digit LED Display

V-11

H7GP

Total count/total time  48x24 mm V-12

H7HP

Total count/total time  72x36 mm V-13

V

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

H3YN

H3JA

H3CR

H3DK

H3DS

0.1 s

Minimum time setting

0.1 s

Minimum time setting

0.1 s

Minimum time setting

0.05 s

Minimum time setting

0.1 s

Minimum time setting

Analog

1/16 DIN

36 x 36 mm

22.5 mm

28 x 21.5 mm

17.5 mm

Which type of timer is needed?

Plug-in/Panel

DIN rail

H5L

H5S

H5F

H5CX-N

H3CA

0.001 s

Minimum time setting

1 min

Minimum time setting

1 min

Minimum time setting

1 min

Minimum time setting

0.1 s

Minimum time setting

Weekly/Yearly

Which mounting method is required?

Which mounting method is required?

Which mounting method is required?

Digital

1/16 DIN

72 x 72 mm

1/16 DIN

1/4 DIN

1/16 DIN

DIN rail/Panel

Panel

DIN rail/Panel

H5CX-N – The most complete digital timer

The H5CX-N series offers multiple functions and timing ranges for precise timing control, as well 
as real twin-timing and memory function. These and other added-value features ensure that the 
H5CX-N covers almost every possible user requirement in timers.

•  15 different time functions

•  Three color display value: red, orange or green

•  Models with instantaneous contact outputs

•  10 different timing ranges to choose from: 0.001 s to 9999 h

  

WHEN TIMING ACCURACY MATTERS!

Timers

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

H3YN

H3JA

H3CR

H3DK

H3DS

0.1 s

Minimum time setting

0.1 s

Minimum time setting

0.1 s

Minimum time setting

0.05 s

Minimum time setting

0.1 s

Minimum time setting

Analog

1/16 DIN

36 x 36 mm

22.5 mm

28 x 21.5 mm

17.5 mm

Which type of timer is needed?

Plug-in/Panel

DIN rail

H5L

H5S

H5F

H5CX-N

H3CA

0.001 s

Minimum time setting

1 min

Minimum time setting

1 min

Minimum time setting

1 min

Minimum time setting

0.1 s

Minimum time setting

Weekly/Yearly

Which mounting method is required?

Which mounting method is required?

Which mounting method is required?

Digital

1/16 DIN

72 x 72 mm

1/16 DIN

1/4 DIN

1/16 DIN

DIN rail/Panel

Panel

DIN rail/Panel

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-iii

V

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Analog Solid State Timer

S

ele

ct

io

cri

te

ri

a

Model

H3DS-M

H3DS-S

H3DS-A

H3DS-F

Mounting DIN-rail

Width 17.5 mm

Type Multi-functional

ON-delay (fixed)

Twin timer

Con

ta

ct

 con

fig

ur

at

ion

Time limit

4

4

4

4

Instantaneous –

Programmable contacts –

14 pins –

11 pins –

8 pins –

Screw terminals

4

4

4

4

Screw-less clamp

terminals

8

8

8

8

Screw-less clamp

sockets

Inpu

ts

Voltage input

8

8

8

O

ut

p

uts

Transistor –

Relay

4

4

4

4

SCR –

Relay

output

type

SPDT

4

4

4

4

SPST-NO –

DPDT –

4PDT –

Fea

tu

res

Time

range

Total time range 0.1 s to 120 h

1 s to 120 h

2 s to 120 h

0.1 s to 12 h

Number of sub 

ranges

7

7

7

6

Supply voltage 24 to 230 VAC,  

or 24 to 48 VDC

24 to 230 VAC,  
or 24 to 48 VDC

24 to 230 VAC,  
or 24 to 48 VDC

24 to 230 VAC,  
or 24 to 48 VDC

Number of operating 

modes

8

4

1

2

Fun

ct

ions

ON-delay

4

4

Flicker OFF start

4

4

Flicker ON start

4

4

4

Signal ON-/OFF-delay

4

Signal OFF-delay

4

Interval (signal or

power start)

4

4

One-shot output  

(ON-delay)

4

4

ON-delay (fixed) –

4

Independent

ON/OFF time setting

Star-delta –

Re

-

m

ar

ks

Transistor –

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Analog Solid State Timer

S

ele

ct

io

cri

te

ri

a

Model

H3DK-M

H3DK-S

H3DK-F

H3DK-H

Mounting DIN-rail

Width 22.5 mm

Type Multi-functional

Twin timer

Power OFF-delay

Con

ta

ct

 con

fig

ur

at

ion

Time limit

4

4

4

4

Instantaneous

4

4

4

Programmable contacts

4

4

14 pins –

11 pins –

8 pins –

Screw terminals

4

4

4

4

Screw-less clamp

terminals

Screw-less clamp

sockets

Inpu

ts

Voltage input

4

O

ut

p

uts

Transistor –

Relay

4

4

4

4

SCR –

Relay

output

type

SPDT

4

4

4

4

SPST-NO –

DPDT

8

4

4PDT –

Fea

tu

res

Time

range

Total time range

0.1 s to 1200 h

0.1 s to 1200 h

0.1 s to 1200 h

0.1 to 12 s
1.0 to 120 s

Number of sub 

ranges

8

8

8

2 (model
dependent)

Supply voltage 24 to 240 VAC/DC, 

or 12 VDC

24 to 240 VAC/DC, 
or 12 VDC

24 to 240 VAC/DC, 
or 12 VDC

100 to 120 VAC,
200 to 240 VAC, or  
24 to 48 VAC/DC

Number of operating 

modes

8

4

2

1

Fun

ct

ions

ON-delay

4

4

Flicker OFF start

4

4

Flicker ON start

4

4

4

Signal ON-/OFF-delay

4

Signal OFF-delay

4

4

Interval (signal or

power start)

4

4

One-shot output  

(ON-delay)

4

4

ON-delay (fixed) –

Independent

ON/OFF time setting

Star-delta –

Re

-

m

ar

ks

Transistor –

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Timers

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-v

V

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Analog Solid State Timer

S

ele

ct

io

cri

te

ri

a

Model

H3CR-A

H3CR-F

H3CR-H

H3YN

H3JA

Mounting Socket/on panel

Width 1/16 DIN

1/16 DIN

1/16 DIN

21.5 x 28 mm

36 x 36 mm

Type Multi-functional

Twin timer

Power OFF-delay  Miniature

Miniature

Con

ta

ct

 con

fig

ur

at

ion

Time limit

4

4

4

4

4

Instantaneous

4

4

Programmable contacts –

14 pins –

4

11 pins

8

4

4

8 pins

8

4

4

4

4

Screw terminals –

Screw-less clamp

terminals

Screw-less clamp sockets –

8

In

-

p

uts

Voltage input

8

O

ut

p

uts

Transistor

8

Relay

8

4

4

4

4

SCR –

Relay

output

type

SPDT

8

 

8

4

SPST-NO –

DPDT

8

4

8

4

4

4PDT –

4

Fea

tu

res

Time

range

Total time range

0.05 s to 300 h,
0.1 s to 600 h
(model dependent)

0.05 s to 30 h or
1.2 s to 300 h
(model dependent)

0.05 s to 12 s,
0.05 to 12 min

0.1 s to 10 h
(model dependent)

0.1 s to 3 h

Number of sub 

ranges

9

14

4

2

1 range per model, 
12 models

Supply voltage

•  

100 to 240 VAC / 
100 to 125 VDC

•  

24 to 48 VAC /  
12 to 48 VDC

•  

100 to 240 VAC / 
100 to 125 VDC

•  

24 to 48 VAC /  
12 to 48 VDC

•  

100 to 240 VAC / 
100 to 125 VDC

•  

24 to 48 VAC /  
12 to 48 VDC

•  

24, 100 to 120, 
200 to 230 VAC

•  

12, 24, 48, 100 to 
110, 125 VDC

•  

100-120 VAC

•  

200-240 VAC

•  

24 VAC

•  

12 VDC

•  

24 VDC

No. of operating modes

6  (model 
dependent)

1

1

4

1

Fun

ct

ions

ON-delay

8

4

4

Flicker OFF start

4

4

Flicker ON start

8

8

4

Signal ON-/OFF-delay

8

Signal OFF-delay

8

4

Interval (signal or

power start)

8

4

One-shot output  

(ON-delay)

8

ON-delay (fixed) –

Independent

ON/OFF time setting

Star-delta –

Re

-

m

ar

ks

Transistor

8

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-vi

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Digital Timer

Weekly Timer

S

ele

ct

io

cri

te

ri

a

Model

H5CX-N

H3CA

H5S

H5L

H5F

Mounting Socket/on panel

DIN rail/panel

Width 1/16 DIN

1/16 DIN; 75 x 45 mm 72 x 72 mm

1/4 DIN

1/16 DIN

Type Multi-functional Multi-functional with  

LCD bar graph display

Digital weekly 
and yearly timer

Digital weekly timer 
with large display

Digital daily 
timer

Con

ta

ct

 con

fig

ur

at

ion

Time limit

4

4

Instantaneous

4

4

Programmable contacts

4

4

4

4

14 pins –

11 pins

4

4

8 pins

4

4

Screw terminals

8

 

H3CA-FA

4

4

4

Screw-less clamp

terminals

Screw-less clamp sockets –

In

-

p

uts

Voltage input –

O

ut

p

uts

Transistor

8

Relay

8

4

4

4

4

SCR –

Relay

output

type

SPDT

8

4

SPST-NO –

2 @ 15 A weekly 
or yearly, 4 @ 3 A 
yearly

2 @ 15 A

1 @ 15 A

DPDT –

4

4PDT –

Fea

tu

res

Time

range

Total time range

0.001 s to 9999 h 
configurable

0.1 s to 9990 h

0.00 to 23.59 h

0.00 to 23.59 h

0.00 to 23.59 h

Number of sub 

ranges

10

7

3

1

1

Supply voltage

•  

100 to 240 VAC

•  

24 VAC

•  

12 to 24 VDC

•  

24 to 240 VAC

•  

12 to 240 VDC

•  

see datasheet  
for H3CA-8

•  

100 to 240 VAC 

•  

24 VDC

•  

100 to 240 VAC

•  

100 to 240 VAC

No. of operating modes 15

8

Fun

ct

ions

ON-delay

4

4

Flicker OFF start

4

4

Flicker ON start

4

4

Signal ON-/OFF-delay

4

4

Signal OFF-delay

4

4

Interval (signal or

power start)

4

4

One-shot output  

(ON-delay)

4

4

ON-delay (fixed)

4

Independent

ON/OFF time setting

4

4

4

4

Star-delta –

Re

-

m

ar

ks

Transistor

4

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Timers

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-vii

V

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

H7CX-N – Designed with value-added features

The H7CX-N series offers the ultimate in versatility and intuitive programming.

•  7 basic functions in one

•  Choose green, orange, or red color for present value

•  Twin counter mode

•  Character height: 12 mm (4 digit models) and 10 mm (6 digit models)

•  Display 6 digits from -99999 up to 999999

  

MULTI-FUNCTIONAL PRESET COUNTER

Time

H7ET

Totalizer

H7EC

Speed

H7ER

Totalizer Time

H7GP

Totalizer Time

H7HP

48 x 24 mm

(1/32 DIN)

72 x 36 mm

Which type of application?

Which size is required?

Totalizer

48x48 mm

(1/16 DIN)

H7CN

48x48 mm

(1/16 DIN)

H7CX-N

72x72 mm

H7BX

No

Yes

Single and dual presets?

Pre-set counter

Counters

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-viii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Compact

Model

1111

sadsaf

Category  Self-powered Count 

Totalizer 

Self-powered Time 

Totalizer 

Self-powered 

Tachometer

Pre-set Counter

S

ele

ct

io

n

cri

te

ri

a

Model

H7EC 

H7ET 

H7ER

H7CN

Display LCD

LCD

LCD

LED

Size 1/32 DIN

1/32 DIN

1/32 DIN

1/16 DIN

O

ut

p

uts

Control outputs –

Relay (SPST-NO or 
SPDT) or solid state 
open-collector

5 stage –

Total

4

4

Time –

4

Preset –

4

Batch –

Dual –

Tachometer –

4

Inpu

ts

Control inputs

•  

No-voltage

•  

PNP/NPN

•  

DC-voltage

•  

AC/DC multi-voltage

•  

No-voltage

•  

PNP/NPN

•  

DC-voltage

•  

AC/DC multi-voltage

•  

No-voltage

•  

PNP/NPN

•  

DC-voltage

See datasheet 
regarding inputs

Fea

tu

res

Dual operation –

Number of digits 8

7

4 or 5

PV: 4, SV: 4

NPN/PNP switch –

Back-lit

8

8

8

External reset

4

4

4

Manual reset

4

4

4

Number of banks –

Memory backup –

EEPROM

Built-in sensor power supply –

IP rating (front face) IP66/NEMA 4

IP66/NEMA 4

IP66/NEMA 4

Te

rm

in

al

s

Screw Terminals

4

4

4

8-pin socket –

4

11-pin socket –

4

S

upp

ly

vo

lta

ge

100 to 240 VAC –

4

24 VAC, 12-24 VDC –

24 VDC

8

8

8

12 to 48 VDC –

4

Fun

ct

ions

Up

4

4

4

4

Down –

4

Up/down –

Reversible –

4

Speed 20 Hz or switchable

30 Hz / 1 kHz

1 or 10 kHz

0.01 to 30 Hz or
0.01 to 5 kHz

Counting range 0 to 99999999 

0.0 h to 999999.9 h 
<-->
0.0 h to 3999 d 23.9 
h or
0 s to 999 h 59 min 59 
s <-->
0.0 min to 9999 h 59.9 
min

1000 s

-1

 or 1000 min

-1

1000 s

-1

 or

1000 min

-1

 <--> 10000 

min

-1

0 to 9999

Co

lor

Beige

8

8

8

4

Black

4

4

4

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-ix

V

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

*1  Lorem

Counter Type

Multi-function

Multi-function

Total Count/ 

Total Time

Total Count/ 

Total Time

S

ele

ct

io

n

cri

te

ri

a

Model

H7CX-N

H7BX

H7GP

H7HP

Display

LCD negative 
transmissive

LCD negative 
transmissive

LCD negative 
transmissive

LCD negative 
transmissive

Size 1/16 DIN

72 x 72 mm

48 x 24 mm

72 x 36 mm

O

ut

p

uts

Control outputs 1 relay (SPDT), 

transistor

Contact and NPN 
transistor

5 stage

4

4

Total

4

4

4

4

Time –

4

4

4

Preset

4

4

Batch

4

4

Dual

4

4

Tachometer

4

4

Inpu

ts

Control inputs

•  

No-voltage

•  

PNP/NPN

•  

No-voltage

•  

PNP/NPN

•  

PNP/NPN

•  

PNP/NPN

Fea

tu

res

Dual operation

4

4

Number of digits

PV: 4, SV: 4 or PV: 6, 
SV: 6

PV: 6, SV: 6

6 or 8 digits

6 digits

NPN/PNP switch

4

4

Back-lit

4

4

4

4

External reset

4

4

4

4

Manual reset

4

8 (16- and 32-output 
models only)

Memory backup 10 year data storage

10 year data storage

20 year data storage

20 year data storage

Built-in sensor power supply –

IP rating (front face) IP66/NEMA 4

IP54

IP66/NEMA 4

IP66/NEMA 4

Te

rm

in

al

s

Screw Terminals

4

4

4

4

8-pin socket –

11-pin socket

4

S

upp

ly

vo

lta

ge

100 to 240 VAC

4

4

4

4

24 VAC, 12-24 VDC

4

4

4

4

24 VDC –

12 to 48 VDC –

Fun

ct

ions

Up

4

4

4

4

Down

4

4

Up/down

4

4

Reversible

4

Speed 0.01 to 30 Hz or

0.01 to 5 kHz

0.01 to 30 Hz or
0.01 to 5 kHz

Counting range –99999 to 999999

–99999 to 999999

–99999 to 999999

0 to 999999

Co

lor

Beige –

4

4

Black

4

4

4

4

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Counters

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-x

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-1

H5CX-N 

 Multi-Mode Digital Timers

T322

Space-Saving 1/16 DIN Timer with 
All-in-one Functionality

Easy-to-set timing and security functions 
satisfy multiple design needs with a single 
part, reducing your stock. High accuracy 
setting and operation in all modes assures 
reliable performance.

•  Short body: Only 59 mm depth for 24 VAC/

VDC models, 78 mm depth for 100-240 
VAC models

•  Waterproof/dust proof front (UL 508 Type  

4X and IP66)

•  Isolated inputs and power eliminates 

unwanted circuit paths

•  Built-in output cycle counter supports 

predictive maintenance 

•  Green and orange display shows change 

in output status

Type

Time 
specifications

Operating modes

Connection
type

Inputs

Output type

Supply 
voltage

Model

H5CX-A 
series 
4-digit 
models

0.001 to 9.999 s 
0.01 to 99.99 s 
0.1 to 999.9 s
1 to 9999 s
1 s to 99 min 59 s
0.1 to 999.9 min
1 to 9999 min
1 min to 99 h 59 
min
0.1 to 999.9 h
1 to 9999 h

Timer Mode 
A: Signal ON Delay I 
A-1: Signal ON Delay II 
A-2: Power ON Delay I 
A-3: Power ON Delay II 
b: Repeat cycle 1
b-1: Repeat cycle 2
d: Signal OFF Delay 
E: Interval 
F: Cumulative 
Z: ON/OFF-duty-
adjustable flicker 
S: Stopwatch 

Twin Timer Mode
t-off: Flicker OFF Start 1
t-on: Flicker ON Start 1
t-off-1: Flicker OFF Start 2 
t-on-1: Flicker ON Start 2

Screw 
terminals

Signal, 
Reset, 
Gate 
(NPN/
PNP 
input)

Contact 
output (time-
limit SPDT)

100 to 
240 VAC

H5CX-A-N

12 to 
24 VDC/
24 VAC

H5CX-AD-N

11-pin 
socket

100 to 
240 VAC

H5CX-
A11-N

11-pin 
socket

Signal, 
Reset 
(NPN 
input)

12 to 
24 VDC/
24 VAC

H5CX-
A11D-N

H5CX-L 
series 
4-digit 
models

8-pin 
socket

100 to 
240 VAC

H5CX-L8-N

12 to 
24 VDC/
24 VAC

H5CX-
L8D-N

Timer Mode 
A-2: Power ON Delay  I
b: Repeat cycle 1 
E: Interval 
Z: ON/OFF-duty-
adjustable flicker

Twin Timer Mode 
t-off: Flicker OFF Start 1
t-on: Flicker ON Start 1

None

Contact 
output  (time-
limit SPDT + 
instantaneous 
SPDT) 
Models with 
instantaneous 
contact 
outputs

100 to 
240 VAC

H5CX-L8E-N

12 to 
24 VDC/
24 VAC

H5CX-
L8ED-N

H5CX-B 
series 
6-digit 
model

0.01 to 9999.99 s
1 s to 99 h 59 min 
59 s
0.1 to 99999.9 min
0.1 to 99999.9 h

A: Signal ON Delay I
F-1: Cumulative

Screw 
terminals

Signal, 
Reset, 
Gate 
(NPN/ 
PNP 
input)

Transistor 
output (DPST)

12 to 
24 VDC

H5CX-
BWSD-N

V

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-2

H3CA 

Solid-State Digital Timers

1/16 DIN, Digital-Set Timer with 
LCD Bar Graph Display

•  8 field selectable operation modes or  

ON-delay only model

•  Time remaining LCD bar graph and LCD 

output indicator

•  Two available mounting options: DIN rail 

or socket (8 or 11 pin)

•  Universal AC/DC Supply voltage timer 

available

•  Selectable no-voltage start, reset, gate 

and check inputs expand capabilities

•  Time limit or instantaneous output, select 

SPDT or DPDT models (3 A @ 250 VAC)

•  Panel mounting adapters, sockets and 

accessories available

Solid-State Timers with 8 Selectable Functions

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Supply voltage

Output 

type

Output rating

Inputs

Input 

rating

Connection 

type

Model

48 x 48 x 89

24 to 240 VAC,
50/60 Hz,
12 to 240 VDC

Relay

SPDT, 3 A at 
250 VAC

Start, 
Reset, 
Gate

No-voltage 11-pin socket

H3CA-A

75 x 45 x 101

Front mounted 
screw terminals

H3CA-FA

Solid-State Timers - ON-delay Only

Dimensions 

H x W x D mm

Supply voltage

Output type

Output 

rating

Inputs

Input rating

Connection 

type

Model

48 x 48 x 89

Specify 24 VAC, 
100/110/120 VAC,
or 200/220/240 VAC, 
50/60 Hz

Relay (time 
limit or 
instantaneous)

SPDT, 3 A 
at 250 VAC

Start, 
Reset, 
Gate

No-voltage

8-pin socket

H3CA-8H

H3CA-8

Relay

Specify 12, 24, 48 or 
110 VDC

Specifications

•  Timing functions: Multi-mode: ON-delay, 

Repeat cycle, Signal Interval/OFF-delay, 
Signal-OFF delay (I & II), Interval, Cycle 
and Signal ON-delay/OFF-delay,  
ON-delay only

LR

•  Timing ranges: 7 ranges: 0.1 seconds to 

9990 hours

•  Repeat accuracy: ±0.3% of range, ±0.05 

second

•  Control output: 10 mA to 3 A at 250 VAC

T325

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-3

H3CR 

Multi-Mode Timers

1/16 DIN Analog-Set Timer

•  Use for delay timing, repeatable cycles or 

duration (interval) timing

•  Select 4 (8-pin) or 6 (11-pin) function 

models to handle most applications

•  Repeat cycle models with independent 

ON and OFF periods available

•  Power-OFF delay models available

•  5 A DPDT relay switches when timing 

cycle completes

•  Short, 80 mm (3.15 inch) panel mounting 

depth with socket allows space-efficient 
control panel design

Ordering Information 
Multi-Mode Timers H3CR-A

Output

Number 
of pins

Supply voltage

Time 
range

Operating mode

Model

Relay DPDT

11

100 to 240 VAC/ 
100 to 125 VDC

0.05 s 
to 
300 h

On-delay
Flicker OFF start
Flicker ON start
Signal ON/OFF-delay
Signal OFF-delay
Interval Signal ON/OFF-delay II
One-shot

H3CR-A AC100-240/DC100-125

24 to 48 VAC/ 
12 to 48 VDC

H3CR-A AC24-48/DC12-48

8

100 to 240 VAC/ 
100 to 125 VDC

ON-delay
Flicker ON-start
Interval
One-shot

H3CR-A8 AC100-240/DC100-125

24 to 48 VAC/ 
12 to 48 VDC

H3CR-A8 AC24-48/DC12-48

100 to 240 VAC/ 
100 to 125 VDC

H3CR-A8E AC100-240/DC100-125

24 to 48 VAC/VDC

H3CR-A8E AC24-48/DC12-48

Twin Timers (Repeat Cycle) H3CR-F

Output

Number 
of pins

Supply voltage

Time 
range

Operating mode

Model

Relay DPDT

11

100 to 240 VAC

0.05 s 
to 
30 h

Flicker OFF start 
(When timing starts the off 
output indicator will illuminate. 
On time and off time can be 
independently set)

H3CR-F 100-240AC/100-125DC

24 VAC/VDC

H3CR-F 24-48AC/12-48DC

8

100 to 240 VAC

H3CR-F8 100-240AC/100-125DC

24 VAC/VDC

H3CR-F8 24-48AC/12-48DC

Power Off Delay Timers H3CR-H

See datasheet.

T323

T323

T336

T337

V

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-4

H3YN 

Solid State Timers

Economical, Compact, Plug-in Timer

•  ON-delay time limit operation with  

automatic resetting

•  DIN size (36 x 36 mm), fits standard  

8-pin socket

•  Wide choice of time ranges: 1, 3, 5, 10, 30,  

60 seconds/3, 5,10, 30, 60 minutes/3 hours

•  Time-limit 5 A DPDT contact models  

stocked; 7 A SPDT models available

•  Dual LEDs indicate power and output status

•  Large transparent setting knob

•  Surface, flush and DIN track mountable

Specifications

•  Supply voltage: 100-120 VAC, 200-240 

VAC, or 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 12 VDC or 
24 VDC 

•  Timing functions: ON-delay, time limit; 

automatic resetting

Analog-Set Relay Timers with 
Multiple Operating Modes

•  Space-saving and easy to operate
•  Miniature timer offers selectable timing modes
•  Seconds/minutes timing range models in 

stock; minutes/hours models available

•  Monitor relay status using independent  

Power-ON and Time-Up indicators

•  Socket-mount timers simplify installation  

and maintenance

•  Sockets, hold-down clips and mounting 

accessories available separately

Specifications

•  Supply voltage: 100-120 VAC, 200-230 VAC, 

or 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz; 24 VDC

•  Timing functions: ON-delay, Interval and  

Repeat cycle with OFF-start or ON-start  
(DIP switch selectable)

LR

•  Timing ranges: 4 ranges: 0.1 second to 10 

minutes; 0.1 minute to 10 hours

•  Repeat accuracy: ±1% FS max.
•  Control output: DPDT, 5 A at 250 VAC  

(H3YN-2), 4PDT, 5 A at 250 VAC (H3YN-4)

•  Timing ranges: 0.1 to 1 second, 0.3 

to 3 seconds, 0.5 to 5 seconds, 1 to 
10 seconds, 3 to 30 seconds, 6 to 60 
seconds, 0.3 to 3 minutes, 0.5 to 5 
minutes

•  Repeat accuracy: ±2% max.

•  Control output: DPDT, 100 mA to 5 A at 

125/250 VAC (resistive load)

H3JA 

  Solid State Timers

T324

T327

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-5

H3DK 

Multi-Function Timers

DIN 22.5 mm Width Timers,  
Track-Mount, Analog Set 

Space-saving slim track-mount timers 
easily fit into panel designs. Multi-function 
models with switch selectable dual time limit 
and instantaneous outputs satisfy multiple 
design needs with a single part, reducing 
your stock.

Features

•  4- and 8-function models

•  All sub-series include models with  

12 VDC power supply

•  Finger-safe terminal block and captive 

screws according to EN 50274

•  EMC (EN 61812-1) compliance for 

application in heavy or light industrial, 
commercial and residential environments

Type

Time 
specifications

Operating modes

Connection 
type

Inputs

Output type

Supply 
voltage

Model

H3DK-M 
series 
8-mode 
timer

0.1 to 1.2 s
1 to 12 s
10 to 120 s
1 to 12 min
10 to 120 min
1 to 12 hr
10 to 120 hr
100 to 1,200 hr

Timer Mode 
A ON Delay
B: Repeat cycle OFF 
start
B2: Repeat cycle ON 
start
C: Signal ON/OFF 
Delay
D: Signal OFF Delay 
E: Interval 
G: Signal ON/OFF delay
J: One-shot output 

9 screw 
terminals

Voltage 
input

Contact 
output (DPDT 
time-limit 
or SPDT 
time-limit + 
instantaneous 
SPDT), switch 
selected

24 to 240 
VAC/VDC

H3DK-M2

12 VDC

H3DK-M2A

Contact 
output (SPDT 
time-limit)

24 to 240 
VAC/VDC

H3DK-M1

12 VDC

H3DK-M1A

H3DK-S
Series 
4-mode 
timer

A: ON Delay
B2: Repeat cycle ON 
start
E: Interval
J: One-shot output

6 screw 
terminals

Contact 
output (DPDT 
time-limit 
or SPDT 
time-limit + 
instantaneous 
SPDT), switch 
selected

24 to 240 
VAC/VDC

H3DK-S2

12 VDC

H3DK-S2A

Contact 
output (SPDT 
time-limit)

24 to 240 
VAC/VDC

H3DK-S1

12 VDC

H3DK-S1A

H3DK-F  
Repeat 
cycle timer

Repeat cycle, ON start,
Independent ON and 
OFF time settings

6 screw 
terminals

Contact 
output (SPDT 
time-limit)

24 to 240 
VAC/VDC

H3DK-F

12 VDC

H3DK-FA

LR

Ordering Information

T335

V

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-6

H3DS 

Solid State Timers

Ultra-slim 17.5 mm Timers,  
Track-Mount Analog Set

•  Eight operating modes (H3DS-M) and four 

operating modes (H3DS-S) to cover a wide 
range of applications

•  Offers wide time setting range of 0.10 s  

to 120 h

•  Smart Dial/Selector-Locking Mechanism 

prevents the dials and selectors on the 
timer’s front panel from being operated 
without authorization (can only be 
unlocked and locked with an optional 
pen-type Lock Key)

•  Additional single function models 

available:  Repeat cycle independent ON/
OFF, ON-delay, ON-delay timer 2 wire

•  Finger protection terminal block prevents 

shock, meets VDE0106/P100

•  High immunity to inverter noise

Specifications

•  Supply voltage: 24 to 230 VAC/24 to 48 VDC 

•  Timing functions: ON-delay (Signal or Power); Repeat-cycle OFF-start (Signal or Power);  

Repeat-cycle ON-start (Signal or Power); Signal ON/OFF-delay; Signal OFF-delay;  
Interval (Signal or Power); Signal ON/OFF-delay; One-shot (Signal or Power) 

•  Timing ranges: 0.1 to 1.2 s, 1 to 12 s, 0.1 to 1.2 min., 1 to 12 min., 0.1 to 1.2 h, 1 to 12 h,  

10 to 120 h 

•  Repeat accuracy: ±1% max. of full scale 

•  Control output: 5 A at 250 VAC/30 VDC (resistive load)

LR

T328

H3DS

H3DS-M/S/A

H3DS-F

H3DS-G

H3DS-X

Standard Timer

Twin Timer

Star-delta Timer

Two-wired Timer

H3DS-M (eight multi-modes)

H3DS-S (Four multi-modes)

H3DS-A (single mode)

H3DS-F

H3DS-G

H3DS-X

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-7

H5S 

  Weekly and Yearly Time Switches

Weekly and Yearly Timers with 
AM/PM Display

•  Control lighting, HVAC systems and 

production equipment for energy saving 
operation

•  Independent Day Keys provide easier 

operation

•  Temporary holiday setting function makes  

it easy to turn OFF output for holidays and 
non-operating days

•  Easy-to-use, prompted programming with 

test mode for easy program checking

•  Automatic or manual operation following 

power failure

•  Field-adjustable ON/OFF, cycle and pulse 

output

•  Battery back-up for memory protection

•  2-circuit models include time counter 

and total counter functions with alarm 
indicator

•  Compact DIN size 72 x 72 mm

•  Protective cover and other accessories 

available separately

Control 

cycle

Number of 

outputs

Temperature 

compensation

Mounting method

Supply voltage

Model

Weekly

2 circuits

N

Flush Mounting

100 to 240 VAC

H5S-WB2

N

24 VDC

H5S-WB2D

N

Surface Mounting/Track Mounting 100 to 240 VAC

H5S-WFB2

N

24 VDC

H5S-WFB2D

Yearly

Y

Flush Mounting

100 to 240 VAC

H5S-YB2-X

Y

24 VDC

H5S-YB2D-X

Y

Surface Mounting/Track Mounting 100 to 240 VAC

H5S-YFB2-X

Y

24 VDC

H5S-YFB2D-X

4 circuits

Y

Flush Mounting

100 to 240 VAC

H5S-YB4-X

Y

24 VDC

H5S-YB4D-X

Y

Surface Mounting/Track Mounting 100 to 240 VAC

H5S-YFB4-X

Y

24 VDC

H5S-YFB4D-X

Ordering Information

T332

V

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-8

H5L 

 Digital Weekly Time Switch

1/4 DIN Size Weekly Timer, Easy 
Programming and Large Display

•  Set programs with just five switches
•  24 program steps available
•  Two independent 15 A control circuits
•  Manual override switch for each output
•  10-year battery backup for memory
•  Large, easy-to-read LCD display
•  Multiple-day operation
•  Designed for track mounting; panel and 

surface mounting hardware included

Specifications

•  Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC
•  Timing functions: Weekly timer, 24 hrs x 7 days, ON or OFF programming
•  Timing ranges: 00:00 to 23:59 (hours: minutes), one minute cycle minimum
•  Repeat accuracy: ±0.01%, ±0.05 s max.
•  Control output: 15 A at 250 VAC (resistive load)

1/16 DIN Size Timer with Simple 
Programming

•  Control up to 12 ON/OFF operations per 

day (24 for pulse output operation) for one 
independent circuit

•  Special holidays can be handled easily 

with the holiday setting function

•  Adjustments for sudden schedule changes 

can be made easily using output override 
and automatic return operation

•  Operation program can be easily checked 

with the program check function

Specifications

•  Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC
•  Timing functions: Daily timer, ON or OFF programming
•  Timing ranges: 24 h × 7 days (Operation days can be specified) 1 to 59 s, or 1 to 60 min.  

Pulse-output operation (Pulse width can be set in units of 1 s from 1 to 59 s and in units of  
1 min from 1 to 60 min)

•  Repeat accuracy: ±0.01%, ±0.05 s max.
•  Control output: SPST-NO contact, 15 A at 250 VAC, resistive load. 10 A at 24 VDC, resistive 

load. Minimum applied load: 100 mA at 5 VDC (failure level: P, reference value).

•  Enables pulse output operation and summer 

time setting

•  Incorporates finger-safe terminals

•  Flush, surface, and DIN track mounting options

H5F 

 Digital Daily Time Switch

T334

T333

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-9

H7CX-N 

 Multi-Function Digital Counters

Ordering Information

Classification

Counting action

Settings

Display 
digits

Output

Supply voltage

Model

Preset 
counter

1-stage preset counter 
Total and preset 
counter

1-stage

4 digits

Contact output 
(SPDT)

100 to 240 VAC 

H7CX-A114-N

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-A114D1-N

6 digits

100 to 240 VAC 

H7CX-A11-N

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-A11D1-N

4 digits

100 to 240 VAC

H7CX-A4-N

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-A4D-N

6 digits

100 to 240 VAC 

H7CX-A-N 

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-AD-N

Preset 
counter/
Tachometer

1-stage preset counter
2-stage preset counter
Total and preset 
counter
Batch counter
Dual counter
Twin counter

2-stage

4 digits

Contact output 
(SPST + SPDT)

100 to 240 VAC 

H7CX-A4W-N

1-stage preset counter
2-stage preset counter
Total and preset 
counter
Batch counter
Dual counter
Twin counter

6 digits

100 to 240 VAC

H7CX-AW-N

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-AWD1-N

Contact (SPDT)
Transistor 
(SPST)

100 to 240 VAC 

H7CX-AU-N

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-AUD1-N

Tachometer

Tachometer

1-stage (1 
input and 
output)

Contact output 
(SPDT)

100 to 240 VAC

H7CX-R11-N

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-R11D1-N

1-stage 
(2 inputs 
and 
outputs)

Contact output 
(SPDT + SPST)

100 to 240 VAC

H7CX-R11W-N

12 to 24 VDC/24 VAC

H7CX-R11WD1-N

•  Space-saving counter solves most 

counting and positioning applications

•  Small and flexible: Only 59 mm depth (24 

VAC/VDC) or 78 mm depth (100-240 VAC)

•  Waterproof, dust-proof front panel (UL508 

Type 4X and IP66)

•  High visibility character height: 4 digit 

models (12 mm) and 6 digit models 
(10 mm)

•  Protect settings with 5 levels of key 

access

•  Built-in Tachometer functions:

•  One-input measurement
•  Independent measurement for 2 inputs
•  Differential input for 2 inputs
•  Absolute ratio for 2 inputs
•  Error ratio between 2 inputs

Advanced 1/16 DIN Size Preset Counters

•  Isolated power supply and input  

circuits prevent unwanted circuit paths

•  Built-in output counter supports 

preventive maintenance

•  Switchable display colors show output   

status changes at a glance

T422

V

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-10

H7EC/H7ET/H7ER 

Counters

Subminiature Totalizer, Time

Counter, LCD Tachometer

The self-powered H7E series features a 
large display with 8.6 mm character height. 
It includes models with backlight for 
improved visibility in dimly lit places. The 
1/32 DIN size family includes total counters, 
time counters and tachometers.

•  1/32 DIN size: 24 H x 48 W x 55.5 D mm
•  Black or light-grey housing
•  Make all basic settings with a DIP switch
•  8 digits (H7EC), 7 digits (H7ET), 5 digits 

(H7ER), 8.6 mm character height

•  Dual input speed: 30 Hz <-> 1 kHz (H7EC)

•  Dual time ranges in each model (H7ET)
•  Dual revolution display (H7ER)

Ordering Information
H7EC Count Totalizer

H7ET Time Totalizer

H7ER Tachometer 

Count input

Display

Model

Max. revolutions displayed (applicable encoder resolution)

1,000 s-1 (1 pulse/rev.) 
1,000 min-1 (60 pulse/rev.)

1,000.0 s-1 (10 pulse/rev) 
1,000.0 min-1 (600 pulse/rev) <-> 
10,000 min-1 (60 pulse/rev) 
(switchable)

Light grey 
body

Black body

Light grey 
body

Black body

No-voltage input

7-segment LCD

H7ER-N 

H7ER-N-B

-

-

PNP/NPN universal DC 
voltage input

7-segment LCD

H7ER-NV

H7ER-NV-B

H7ER-NV1

H7ER-NV1-B

7-segment LCD with blacklight

H7ER-NV-H

H7ER-NV-BH

H7ER-NV1-H

H7ER-NV1-BH

Count input 

Max. counting speed 

Display

Model

Light grey body  Black body

No-voltage

30 Hz <-> 1 kHz (switchable)

7-segment LCD

H7EC-N

H7EC-N-B

PNP/NPN universal DC 
voltage input

30 Hz <-> 1 kHz (switchable)

7-segment LCD

H7EC-NV

H7EC-NV-B

7-segment LCD with backlight

H7EC-NV-H

H7EC-NV-BH

AC/DC multi-voltage 
input

20 Hz

7-segment LCD

H7EC-NFV

H7EC-NFV-B

Timer input

Display

Model

Time range 999999.9h <-> 
3999d23.9h (switchable)

Time range 999h59m59s <-> 
9999h59.9m (switchable)

Light grey body

Black body

Light grey body

Black body

No-voltage input

7-segment LCD

H7ET-N

H7ET-N-B

H7ET-N1

H7ET-N1-B

PNP/NPN universal DC 
voltage input

7-segment LCD

H7ET-NV

H7ET-NV-B

H7ET-NV1

H7ET-NV1-B

7-segment LCD with blacklight

H7ET-NV-H

H7ET-NV-BH

H7ET-NV1-H

H7ET-NV1-BH

AC/DC multi-voltage 
input

7-segment LCD

H7ET-NFV

H7ET-NFV-B

H7ET-NFV1

H7ET-NFV1-B

T423

T423

T424

T425

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-11

H7BX 

Digital Counters

H7CN 

Digital Counters

72 x 72 mm Multi-Function Counter 
with a Bright, Easy-to-view, 
Negative Transmissive LCD

•  Provides a total and preset counter, batch 

counter, dual counter, and tachometer

•  Large highly visible display with backlit 

transmissive LCD

•  Selectable display color (red/green) enables 

checking output status at a distance

•  Easy operation with a key for each digit

•  Perform all basic settings with a DIP switch

1/16 DIN, Single Preset Counter

with Four-Digit LED Display

•  Simple to set and operate
•  Easy-to-read 10 mm-high LED display
•  Contact (SPST-NO or SPDT) or solid-state 

(open-collector) outputs

•  Single counting speed per model: 30 cps 

models stocked; 5 kcps available

•  Separate UP, DOWN and REVERSIBLE 

counting models

•  Memory protection circuit available on  

AC models

•  8-pin or 11-pin round socket models 

available

•  Panel-mount adapter, sockets and 

accessories available separately

Specifications

•   Supply voltage: 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
•   Counting functions: 1-stage (single preset)  
  UP counter
•   Counting ranges: 0 to 9,999 (4-digit)
•   Output functions: Sustained output until reset

Specifications

•  Wide range of inputs accepted for NPN/

PNP inputs (multi-inputs) and 2-wire DC 
sensors

•  Degree of protection: IP54 equivalent  

(front section only)

•  Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC, 24 

VAC/12 to 24 VDC 

•  Inputs: Voltage or no-voltage inputs; 12 

VDC external power supply 

•  Ranges: Counting -99,999 to 999,999 

(6-digit); tachometer 0 to 999,999 (6 digits)

•  Control output: Contact output: 3 A at 250 

VDC/30 VDC (resistive load); transistor 
output: 100 mA max. at 30 VDC max.

•  Output functions: One-shot and sustained 

outputs with up to 12 user selections

•  Reset time: 1 ms or 20 ms selectable

T428

T427

V

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-12

H7GP 

Digital Counters

Compact Count and Time Totalizers

•  Large easy to ready  8.5 mm transmissive 

LCD displays

•  NEMA protection when used with Y92S-33 

rubber gasket

•  High-visibility, negative transmissive LCD 

display with built-in LED backlight

•  Short  (80 mm) body

•  Switch between NPN and PNP operation

•  Units can be externally or manual reset

•  Dimensions: 24 H x 44 W x 80 D mm

Ordering Information
H7GP-C Totalizing Counter

Count input 

Max. counting 
speed 

Counting 
Range

Display

Supply Voltage

Model

Light grey body  Black body

NPN or PNP

30 cps or 5 cps 
(selectable)

99999.6

8 mm, 6-digit

100 to 240 VAC

H7GP-C

H7GP-CB

12 to 24 VDC

H7GP-CD

H7GP-CDB

H7GP-T Time Totalizer

Count input 

Max. counting 
speed 

Time Range

Display

Supply Voltage

Model

Light grey body  Black body

NPN or PNP

30 cps or 5 cps 
(selectable)

99999.9 h or 
99 h 59 m 59 s

8 mm, 6-digit

100 to 240 VAC

H7GP-T

H7GP-TB

12 to 24 VDC

H7GP-TD

H7GP-TDB

T432

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-13

H7HP 

Digital Counters

Compact Count and Time Totalizers

•  Large easy to ready displays: 6-digit 

(15 mm); 8-digit (12 mm) models

•  NEMA protection when used with Y92S-33 

rubber gasket

•  High-visibility, negative transmissive LCD 

display with built-in LED backlight

•  Short  (66 mm) body

•  Switch between NPN and PNP operation

•  Units can be externally or manual reset

•  Dimensions: 32 H x 67.7 W x 65.8 D mm

Ordering Information
H7HP-A Counter/Timer

Count input 

Max. counting 
speed 

Time Range

Display

Supply Voltage

Model

Light grey body  Black body

NPN or PNP

30 cps or 5 cps 
(selectable)

99999.9 h or 
99 h 59 m 59 s

15 mm, 6-digit

100 to 240 VAC

H7HP-A

H7HP-AB

12 to 24 VDC

H7HP-AD

H7HP-ADB

H7HP-C Totalizer

Count input 

Max. counting 
speed 

Counting 
Range

Display

Supply Voltage

Model

Light grey body  Black body

NPN or PNP

30 cps or 5 cps 
(selectable)

99999999

12 mm, 8-digit

100 to 240 VAC

H7HP-C8

H7HP-C8B

12 to 24 VDC

H7HP-C8D

H7HP-D8D8

T433

V

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Timers and Counters

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

V-14

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

W-i

Contents

Selection Guide

W-ii

K3HB 
-X, -H, 
-V, -S

Process, Temperature, Weighing
and Linear Sensor Indicators

W-1

K3HB 
-C, -P, 
-R

Rotary Pulse, Timer Interval and
Up-/Down-Counting Pulse 
Indicators

W-2

K3MA 
-J, -L, 
-F

Process, Temperature, 
Frequency/Rate Meters with 
Built-in Outputs

W-3

K3GN

1/32 DIN Process Meter with
Relay or Transistor Output

W-3

Digital Panel Meters

W

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

K3HB-V – For perfect weighing

With our K3HB series, we cover a wide range of applications. One of them is the weighing 
indicator which performs perfect measurement in any weighing application. The instrument 
can be equipped with a load-cell power supply of 10 V/100 mA. Several option boards for 
communication, contact output boards or event inputs are also available. On top of these, 
you can get direct DeviceNet communication.

•  High-speed sampling 20 ms

•  Equipped with position meter

•  Two-color display for easy recognition

  

LOOKING FOR PERFECT MEASURING & READ-OUT?

Which application is required?

Process

K3HB-X

Temperature

K3HB-H

Weighing

K3HB-V

Linear sensor

K3HB-S

Rotary pulse

K3HB-R

Time interval

K3HB-P

Up/down

counting pulse

K3HB-C

Which size is required?

Advanced

Process

K3MA-J

K3GN

Temperature

K3MA-L

Frequency/

Rate

K3MA-F

Which application is required?

General purpose

Process/Frequency/Rate

48 x 24 mm (1/32 DIN)

96 x 48 mm (1/8 DIN)

Digital Panel Meters

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

W-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Which application is required?

Process

K3HB-X

Temperature

K3HB-H

Weighing

K3HB-V

Linear sensor

K3HB-S

Rotary pulse

K3HB-R

Time interval

K3HB-P

Up/down

counting pulse

K3HB-C

Which size is required?

Advanced

Process

K3MA-J

K3GN

Temperature

K3MA-L

Frequency/

Rate

K3MA-F

Which application is required?

General purpose

Process/Frequency/Rate

48 x 24 mm (1/32 DIN)

96 x 48 mm (1/8 DIN)

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

W-iii

W

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Multifunctional Digital

Panel Indicator

Process Indicator

Temperature 

Indicator

Frequency/Rate 

Indicator

S

ele

ct

io

n C

ri

te

ri

a

Model

K3GN

K3MA-J

K3MA-L

K3MA-F

Size 1/32 DIN

1/8 DIN

1/8 DIN

1/8 DIN

Fea

tu

res

Color change display

4

4

4

4

Number of digits 5

5

4

5

Leading zero suppression

4

4

4

4

Forced zero function

4

4

4

4

Min./max. hold function

4

4

4

4

Average processing

4

4

4

4

User selectable inputs

4

4

4

4

Start-up compensating time

4

4

Key protection

4

4

4

4

Decimal pt. position setting

4

4

4

4

Accuracy ±0.1% of full scale 

 
 
 

Input range 0 to 20 mA, 

4 to 20 mA 
or 0 to 5 V, 
1 to 5 V, 
-5 to 5 V, 
-10 to 10 V 
or 0 to 30 Hz 
or 0 to 5 kHz

0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 
mA or 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 
V, -5 to 5 V, -10 to 10 V

Pt100, JPt100 or 
thermocouple K, J, T, 
E, L, U, N, R, S, B

0 to 30 Hz or 0 to 5 
kHz

Sample rate 250 ms

250 ms

500 ms

Features Remote/local 

processing, parameter 
initialization, 
programmable output 
configuration, process 
value hold

Teaching, comparative 
output pattern 
selection, parameter 
initialization, 
programmable 
output configuration, 
process value hold

Programmable output
configuration, 
process value hold

Teaching, 
comparative output 
pattern selection, 
programmable 
output configuration, 
process value hold

Sensor power supply

4

Front protection – IP rating IP66/NEMA 4

IP66/NEMA 4

IP66/NEMA 4

IP66/NEMA 4

Supply voltage 24 VDC

24 VAC/VDC or
100 to 240 VAC

24 VAC/VDC or
100 to 240 VAC

24 VAC/VDC or
100 to 240 VAC

Inpu

ts

NPN

4

4

PNP

4

4

Temperature

Contact

4

Voltage pulse

4

Load cell

DC voltage

4

4

DC current

4

4

AC voltage

AC current

O

ut

p

uts

Relay

4

4

4

4

NPN

4

PNP

4

Linear

BCD

Comms

4

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

W-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Process Indicator

Temperature 

Indicator

Weighing Indicator

Linear Sensor 

Indicator

S

ele

ct

io

n C

ri

te

ri

a

Model

K3HB-X

K3HB-H

K3HB-V

K3HB-S

Size 1/8 DIN

1/8 DIN

1/8 DIN

1/8 DIN

Fea

tu

res

Color change display

4

4

4

4

Number of digits 5

5

5

5

Leading zero suppression

4

4

4

4

Forced zero function

4

4

4

4

Min./max. hold function

4

4

4

4

Average processing

4

4

4

4

User selectable inputs

4

4

4

4

Start-up compensating time

Key protection

4

4

4

4

Decimal pt. position setting

4

4

4

4

Accuracy ±0.1% of full scale (DC 

voltage & DC current), 
±0.5% of full scale (AC 
voltage &  AC current)

Thermocouple: 
±0.3%of full scale, 
Pt-100: ±0.2% of full 
scale

±0.1% of full scale

One input: ±0.1% of 
full scale, 
two inputs: ±0.2% of 
full scale

Input range 0.000 to 10.000 A  

0.0000 to 19.999 mA 
-199.99 to 199.99 mA 
4.000 to 20.000 mA 
0.0 to 400.0 V 
0.0000 to 1.999 V 
-199.99 to 199.99 V 
1.0000 to 5.0000 V

Pt100, thermocouple 
K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, 
S, B, W

0.00 to 199.99 mV, 
0.000 to 19.999 mV, 
100.00 mV, 199.99 mV

0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 
mA, 0 to 5 V, -5 to 5 V, 
-10 to 10 V

Sample rate 20 ms

20 ms

20 ms

0.5 ms

Features Scaling, teaching, 

averaging, output 
hysteresis, output 
OFF-delay, output 
test, bank selection, 
reset, comparative 
output

Scaling, teaching, 
averaging, output 
hysteresis, output 
OFF-delay, output 
test, bank selection, 
reset, comparative 
output

Scaling, teaching, 
averaging, output 
hysteresis, output 
OFF-delay, output 
test, bank selection, 
reset, comparative 
output

Scaling, 2-input 
calculation, teaching, 
averaging, output 
hysteresis, output 
OFF-delay, output test, 
bank selection, reset, 
comparative output

Sensor power supply

8

8

8

8

Front protection – IP rating IP66/NEMA 4

IP66/NEMA 4

IP66/NEMA 4

IP66/NEMA 4

Supply voltage 100 to 240 VAC or 

24 VAC/VDC

100 to 240 VAC or 
24 VAC/VDC

100 to 240 VAC or 
24 VAC/VDC

100 to 240 VAC or 
24 VAC/VDC

Inpu

ts

NPN

8

8

8

PNP

8

8

8

8

Temperature

4

Contact

Voltage pulse

Load cell

4

DC voltage

8

4

DC current

8

4

AC voltage

8

AC current

8

O

ut

p

uts

Relay

8

8

8

8

NPN

8

8

8

8

PNP

8

8

8

8

Linear

8

8

8

8

BCD

Comms

8

8

8

8

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Digital Panel Meters

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

W-v

W

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Up/Down Counting Pulse

Indicator

Time Interval Indicator

Rotary Pulse Indicator

S

ele

ct

io

n C

ri

te

ri

a

Model

K3HB-C

 K3HB-P 

K3HB-R

Size 1/8 DIN

1/8 DIN

1/8 DIN

Fea

tu

res

Color change display

4

4

4

Number of digits 5

5

5

Leading zero suppression

4

4

4

Forced zero function

4

4

4

Min./max. hold function

4

4

4

Average processing

4

4

4

User selectable inputs

4

4

4

Start-up compensating time

4

Key protection

4

4

4

Decimal pt. position setting

4

4

4

Accuracy

±0.08% rgd ±1 digit

±0.006% rgd ±1 digit
±0.02% rgd ±1 digit

Input range No voltage contact: 30 Hz, 

voltage pulse: 50 kHz, 
open collector: 50 kHz

No voltage contact: 30 Hz, 
voltage pulse: 50 kHz, 
open collector: 50 kHz

No voltage contact: 30 Hz, 
voltage pulse: 50 kHz, 
open collector: 50 kHz

Sample rate

Features Scaling, measurement 

operation selection, output 
hysteresis, output OFF-delay,
output test, display value 
selection, display color 
selection, key protection, 
bank selection, display refresh 
period, maximum/minimum 
hold, reset

Scaling, measurement 
operation selection, output 
hysteresis, output OFF-delay,
output test, teaching, display 
value selection, display color 
selection, key protection, 
bank selection, display refresh 
period, maximum/minimum 
hold, reset

Scaling, measurement
operation selection, 
averaging, previous average
value comparison, output
hysteresis, output OFF-delay, 
output test, teaching, display 
value selection, display color
selection, key protection, 
bank selection, display 
refresh period, maximum/
minimum hold, reset

Sensor power supply

8

8

8

Front protection – IP rating IP66/NEMA 4

IP66/NEMA 4

IP66/NEMA 4

Supply voltage 100 to 240 VAC or

24 VAC/VDC

100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC

100 to 240 VAC or
24 VAC/VDC

Inpu

ts

NPN

4

4

4

PNP

4

4

4

Temperature

Contact

Voltage pulse

4

4

4

Load cell

DC voltage

DC current

AC voltage

AC current

O

ut

p

uts

Relay

8

8

8

NPN

8

8

8

PNP

8

8

Linear

8

8

8

BCD

8

8

8

Comms

8

8

8

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

W-vi

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

W-1

K3HB-X, -H, -V, -S 

Digital Panel Indicators

Process, Temperature, Weighing  
and Linear Sensor Indicators

These indicators with analog input, feature a 
color change display for easy monitoring. K3HB 
series is high-speed, with a sample rate of 50 Hz, 
and even 2,000 Hz for K3HB-S.

•  Communications: DeviceNet, RS-232C, RS-485 
•  1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing

Ordering Information

Sensor Power Supply/Output Boards

Event Input Boards

Relay/Transistor Output Boards

Slot Output

Sensor power 

supply

Communications Applicable indicator 

types

Model

B

Relay

PASS: SPDT

12 VDC ±10%,  
80 mA

-

K3HB-X, -H, -S

K33-CPA

Linear current

DC0(4) - 20 mA

-

K3HB-X, -H, -S

K33-L1A 

Linear voltage DC0(1) - 5 V, 0 to 10 V

-

K3HB-X, -H, -S

K33-L2A 

Sensor power supply only

-

K3HB-X, -H, -S

K33-A 

RS-232C

K3HB-X, -H, -S

K33-FLK1A 

RS-485

K3HB-X, -H, -S

K33-FLK3A 

Relay

PASS: SPDT

10 VDC ±5%,  
100 mA

-

K3HB-V

K33-CPB 

Linear current

DC0(4) - 20 mA

-

K3HB-V

K33-L1B 

Linear voltage DC0(1) - 5 V, 0 to 10 V

-

K3HB-V

K33-L2B 

Sensor power supply only

-

K3HB-V

K33-B 

RS-232C

K3HB-V

K33-FLK1B 

RS-485

K3HB-V

K33-FLK3B 

Slot

Output

Communications

Model

C

Relay

H/L: SPDT each

-

K34-C1

HH/H/LL/L: SPST-NO each

-

K34-C2

Transistor

NPN open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL

-

K34-T1

PNP open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL

-

K34-T2

-

-

DeviceNet

K34-DRT 

Slot

Output

Number of points

Communications

Model

DT

NPN open collector

5

M3 terminal blocks

K35-1

PNP open collector

5

M3 terminal blocks

K35-3

Type of indicator

Input sensor type and range

Model

Process indicator 
K3HB-X

DC current input, from ±199.99 mA, to 4.000 to 20.000 mA

K3HB-XAD 100-240VAC
K3HB-XAD 24VAC/VDC

DC voltage input from ±199.99 V to 1.0000 to 5.0000 V

K3HB-XVD 100-240VAC
K3HB-XVD 24VAC/VDC

Temperature indicator 
K3HB-H

Temperature input Pt100, thermocouple K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B, W

K3HB-HTA 100-240VAC

K3HB-HTA 24VAC/VDC

Weighing indicator 
K3HB-V

Load cell input (DC low voltage input), 0.00 to 199.99 mV, 0.000 to 
19.999 mV, 100.00 mV, 199.99 mV

K3HB-VLC 100-240VAC

K3HB-VLC 24VAC/VDC

X322

W

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

W-2

K3HB-C, -P, -R 

Digital Panel Indicators

Ordering Information

Rotary Pulse, Timer Interval and  
Up/Down Counting Pulse Indicators

These indicators with analog input feature a clear 
and easy-to-use color change display. All models are 
equipped with NEMA 4 IP66 housing. K3HB-R and 
-C are high-speed, with a color rate up to 50 kHz.
•  Position meter indication for easy monitoring
•  Communications: DeviceNet, RS-232C, RS-485
•  Double display with 5 digits in two colors
•  1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing

Sensor Power Supply/Output Boards

Event Input Boards

Relay/Transistor Output Boards

Slot

Output

Sensor power supply

Communications

Model

B

Relay

PASS: SPDT

12 VDC ±10%, 80 mA

-

K33-CPA 

Linear current

DC0(4) - 20 mA

-

K33-L1A 

Linear voltage

DC0(1) - 5 V, 0 to 10 V

-

K33-L2A 

-

-

-

K33-A 

-

-

RS-232C

K33-FLK1A 

-

-

RS-485

K33-FLK3A 

Slot

Output

Communications

Model

C

Relay

H/L: SPDT each

-

K34-C1

HH/H/LL/L: SPST-NO each

-

K34-C2

Transistor

NPN open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL

-

K34-T1

PNP open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL

-

K34-T2

-

-

DeviceNet

K34-DRT 

BCD + transistor

NPN open collector: HH/H/PASS/L/LL

-

K34-BCD

Slot

Output

Number of points

Communications

Model

D

NPN open collector

5

M3 terminal blocks

K35-1

NPN open collector

5

M3 terminal blocks

K35-3

Type of indicator

Input ranges

Input sensor

Model

Rotary pulse indicator K3HB-R

No voltage contact: 

30 Hz max. 

Voltage pulse: 

50 kHz max.

Open collector:

50 kHz max.

NPN input/ 

voltage pulse

K3HB-RNB 100-240VAC

K3HB-RNB 24VAC/VDC

PNP input

K3HB-RPB 100-240VAC

K3HB-RPB 24VAC/VDC

Timer interval indicator K3HB-P

NPN

K3HB-PNB 100-240VAC

PNP

K3HB-PPB 100-240VAC

Up/down counting pulse indicator K3HB-C

PNP

K3HB-CNB 24VAC/VDC

NPN

K3HB-CNB 100-240VAC

NPN

K3HB-CPB 24VAC/VDC

PNP

K3HB-CPB 24VAC/VDC

PNP

K3HB-CPB 100-240VAC

X327

X328

X326

K3HB-P

K3HB-R

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

W-3

K3MA-J, -L, -F 

Digital Panel Meters

Digital Panel Meters Offer Built-in 
Outputs

The K3MA series is available as a process 
meter, a frequency/rate meter or a temperature 
meter. All are equipped with the same quality 
display and have the same short mounting 
depth of 80 mm.

•  1/8 DIN size housing: 97 L x 96 W x 48 H mm
•  Highly visible, 2-color negative transmissive 

backlit LCD display

•  14.2 mm high characters

Intelligent Digital Panel Meter, 
1/32 DIN Size

The K3GN has three main functions are process 
meter, RPM processor/tachometer and digital 
data display for PC/PLC. 

•  5-digit display with programmable display 

color, in red or green

•  Very compact 1/32 DIN housing:  

24 H x 48 W x 83 D mm

•  1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing

Ordering Information

Ordering Information

Indicator

Supply voltage

Input type and ranges

Output

Model

Process 
meter

100 to 240 VAC

DC voltage: 0 to 5 V, 1 to 5 V, 
-5 to 5 V, -10 to 10 V

2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-J-A2 100-240VAC

24 VAC/VDC

2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-J-A2 24VAC/VDC

Temperature 
meter

100 to 240 VAC

Platinum-resistance 
thermometer: Pt100, JPt100

1 relay contact output (SPDT)

K3MA-L-C 100-240VAC

24 VAC/VDC

1 relay contact output (SPDT)

K3MA-L-C 24VAC/VDC

Frequency/
rate meter

100 to 240 VAC

Rotary pulse - No voltage: 
0.05 to 30.00 Hz

2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-F-A2 100-240VAC

24 VAC/VDC

2 relay contact outputs (SPST-NO) K3MA-F-A2 24VAC/VDC

Input type

Supply voltage

Output

Model
No communications

RS-485

DC voltage/current, NPN

24 VDC

Dual relays (SPST-NO)

K3GN-NDC 24 DC

K3GN-NDC-FLK 24 DC

DC voltage/current, PNP

Dual relays (SPST-NO)

K3GN-PDC 24 DC

K3GN-PDC-FLK 24 DC

•  5 digits (-19,999 to 99,999), K3MA-L: 4 digits
•  1/8 DIN size, IP66 rated NEMA 4 housing

K3GN 

Digital Panel Meters

X325

X329

X323

K3MA-L

K3MA-F

X324

W

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Digital Panel Meters

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

W-4

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

X-i

X

Monitoring Products

Contents

Selection Guide

X-ii

Monitoring Relays

K8AK-VS/
K8AK-VW

Single phase voltage 
monitoring relays

X-1

K8AK-AS

Single phase current 
monitoring relays

X-2

K8AK-AW Single phase overcurrent/

undercurrent monitoring relays

X-3

K8AK-PA/
PM/PW

3-phase voltage monitoring 
relays

X-4

K8AK-PH/
K8DS-PH

Phase-sequence/Phase-loss 
monitoring relays

X-5

K8AK-TH

Temperature monitoring relays

X-6

Liquid Level Controls and Detectors

K8AK-LS

Liquid level controller

X-7

K7L-AT50 Protect your process 

equipment from liquid spills 
and leaks

X-8

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

MONITORING RELAYS

The K8AK/K8DS series power monitoring relays can detect problems such as:

•  Over- and under-currents, and over- and under-voltages

•  Phase losses (where voltage is not supplied to one or more phases because of 

disconnected power lines, loose terminals, or contact failures)

•  Phase-sequence problems  (which can result, for example, in motors rotating 

backwards)

•  Voltage asymmetries where the voltages of different phases  are different because of 

phase losses or other causes).

The relays are available in various single- and three-phase versions for currents up to 
200 A and voltages up to 600 V. The 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm wide DIN-rail mounting devices 
save space in control panels.

Which application is required?

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-PA

3-Phase Asymmetry,

Sequence, Loss Relay

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

Phase-sequence,

Loss

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-PW

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-PH

3-Phase Sequence, 

Loss Relay

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8DS-PH

3-Phase Sequence, 

Loss Relay

3-Phase

Voltage Relay

(Window comparator)

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

Over & Under Voltage

Phase-sequence,

Loss

Phase-sequence,

Loss

Phase Asymmetry

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

Over & Under Voltage

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-VW

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-VS

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-AW

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-AS

1-Phase

Voltage Relay

1-Phase

Current Relay

1-Phase

Current Relay

(Window comparator)

1-Phase

Voltage Relay

(Window comparator)

Over & Under Voltage

Over or Under Voltage

Over & Under Current

Over or Under Current

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-TH

Temperature

Monitoring Relay

Temperature Alarms

Three Phase Circuit Monitoring

Single Phase Circuit Monitoring

3-phase 3-wires voltage

Voltage Input

Current Input

3-phase 3-wires voltage

or

3-phase 4-wire voltage

Temperature Monitoring

Thermocouple

Pt100/Pt1000

Monitoring Products

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

X-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Which application is required?

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-PA

3-Phase Asymmetry,

Sequence, Loss Relay

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

Phase-sequence,

Loss

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-PW

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-PH

3-Phase Sequence, 

Loss Relay

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8DS-PH

3-Phase Sequence, 

Loss Relay

3-Phase

Voltage Relay

(Window comparator)

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

Over & Under Voltage

Phase-sequence,

Loss

Phase-sequence,

Loss

Phase Asymmetry

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

Over & Under Voltage

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-VW

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-VS

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-AW

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-AS

1-Phase

Voltage Relay

1-Phase

Current Relay

1-Phase

Current Relay

(Window comparator)

1-Phase

Voltage Relay

(Window comparator)

Over & Under Voltage

Over or Under Voltage

Over & Under Current

Over or Under Current

K8AK-PM

3-Phase Voltage,

Sequence, Loss Relay

(Window comparator)

K8AK-TH

Temperature

Monitoring Relay

Temperature Alarms

Three Phase Circuit Monitoring

Single Phase Circuit Monitoring

3-phase 3-wires voltage

Voltage Input

Current Input

3-phase 3-wires voltage

or

3-phase 4-wire voltage

Temperature Monitoring

Thermocouple

Pt100/Pt1000

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

X-iii

X

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Type

Temperature

1-Phase

S

ele

ct

io

n c

ri

te

ri

a

Model

K8AK-TH

K8AK-AS

K8AK-AW

K8AK-VS

K8AK-VW

Mounting DIN Rail

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

Size 22.5W x 90H x 

100D

22.5W x 90H x 
100D

22.5W x 90H x 
100D

22.5W x 90H x 
100D

22.5W x 90H x 
100D

Type Temperature 

Monitoring

Current 
Monitoring

Overcurrent/
Undercurrent 
Monitoring

Voltage 
Monitoring

Overvoltage/
undervoltage 
monitoring

Inpu

t

Range

•  

Type K, J, 
T, E, B, R, S 
Thermocouple

•  

2-500 mA

•  

0.1-8 A

•  

10-200 A

•  

2-500 mA

•  

0-5 A

•  

0-200 A

•  

1-150 V

•  

20-600 V

•  

1-10 V

•  

60-300 V

Power Supply 100-240 VAC

100-240 VAC

100-240 VAC

100-240 VAC

100-240 VAC

Power Supply 24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

Relay SPDT

4

4

4

4

O

ut

p

ut

Relay 2x SPDT

4

Relay DPDT

Reset mode: manual

4

4

4

4

Fea

tu

res

Reset Mode: 

Automatic

4

4

4

Operation Time (With 

Timer)

0.1-30 Sec.

0.1-30 Sec.

0.1-30 Sec.

0.1-30 Sec.

Startup Lock

4

4

4

4

Power (Green)

4

4

4

4

4

In

di

-

ca

to

rs

Relay Output (Yellow)

4

4

4

4

Alarm Output (Red)

4

4

4

4

4

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available    

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

X-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Type

3-Phase

S

ele

ct

io

n c

ri

te

ri

a

Model

K8AK-PH

K8AK-PW

K8AK-PA

K8AK-PM

K8DS-PH

Mounting DIN Rail

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

DIN Rail

Size 22.5W x 90H x 

100D

22.5W x 90H x 
100D

22.5W x 90H x 
100D

22.5W x 90H x 
100D

17.5W x 73H x 
80D

Type Phase-Sequence 

Phase-Loss 
Monitoring

Voltage 
Monitoring

Asymmetry and 
Phase-Sequence 
Phase-Loss 
Monitoring

Phase-Sequence 
Phase-Loss 
Monitoring

Phase-Sequence 
Phase-Loss 
Monitoring

Inpu

t

Range

•  

200-480 VAC 
3-Phase

•  

200-240 or 
380-480 VAC 
3-Phase, 3-Wire

•  

115-138 or 
220-277 VAC 3 
Phase, 4-Wire

•  

200-240 or 
380-480 VAC 
3-Phase, 3-Wire

•  

115-138 or 
220-277 VAC 3 
Phase, 4-Wire

•  

200-240 or 
380-480 VAC 
3-Phase, 3-Wire

•  

115-138 or 
220-277 VAC 3 
Phase, 4-Wire

•  

200-480 VAC 
3-Phase, 3-Wire

Power Supply 200-480 VAC 

3-Phase

200-240 or 380-
480 VAC 3-Phase, 
3-Wire

200-240 or 380-
480 VAC 3-Phase, 
3-Wire

200-240 or 380-
480 VAC 3-Phase, 
3-Wire

200-480 VAC 
3-Phase, 3-Wire

Power Supply –

115-138 or 220-
227 VAC 3-Phase, 
4-Wire

115-138 or 220-
227 VAC 3-Phase, 
4-Wire

115-138 or 220-
227 VAC 3-Phase, 
4-Wire

Relay SPDT

4

4

4

4

O

ut

p

ut

Relay 2x SPDT

Relay DPDT

4

Reset mode: manual

Fea

tu

res

Reset Mode: 

Automatic

4

4

4

4

4

Operation Time (With 

Timer)

Startup Lock

Power (Green)

4

4

4

4

4

In

di

-

ca

to

rs

Relay Output (Yellow)

4

4

4

4

4

Alarm Output (Red)

4

4

4

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available    

Monitoring Relays

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

X-v

X

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

K8AK-LS

•  Ideal for liquid level control for industrial facilities and equipment

•  Floatless level control for liquid supply and drainage operations

•  Self holding (ON or OFF) outputs can be easily selected to match 

application

LIQUID LEVEL CONTROLS AND DETECTORS

Category

Liquid Level Controller

Leakage Detection

Model

K8AK-LS

K7L-AT50

Function Floatless level 

control for liquid 
supply and drainage 
operations

Detects liquid spills 
using a conductive 
sensing band and 
socket-mount 
controller

Compatible 

liquids

Distilled water, city 
water, well water, 
industrial water, 
sea water, and 
sewage with specific 
impedance

Water, ammonia, and 
Hydrogen Peroxide

Operating 

resistance

10 to 100 kΩ

0 to 50 MΩ (variable)

Inputs Conductive 

electrodes: SUS304 
or SUS316, 
1 m long segments

Sensing band: 
Polyethylene 
standard; PTFE 
fluororesin for high 
temperature and 
organic solvents, 10 
m max. length

Supply 

voltage

100-120 VAC, 
21 VAC/VDC

12 to 24 VDC

Dimensions  90 H x 22.5 W x 100 

D mm

85.5 H x 19.5 W x 84 
D mm max. in socket

What function do you need?

22.5 mm wide

K8AK-LS

12.8 mm wide

K7L-AT50

Control liquid level

Detect liquid leaks

Monitoring Products

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

X-vi

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

X-1

K8AK-VS and K8AK-VW 

 

Voltage Monitoring Relays

Description

Features

Setting Range*

Input Voltage

Output

Model

Single phase 
Overvoltage or 
Undervoltage 
Relay

2  independent 
current adjustment 
knobs,  Operating 
time adjustment 
knob, Startup lock 
adjustment knob

0 to 10 V AC/DC
0 to 30 V AC/DC
15 to 150 V AC/DC

24 VAC/VDC

"SPDT, 5 A @ 250 
VAC (resistive 
load)"

K8AK-VS2 24 VAC/DC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-VS2 100-240 VAC

20 to 200 V AC/DC
30 to 300 V AC/DC
60 to 600 V AC/DC

24 VAC/VDC

K8AK-VS3 24 VAC/DC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-VS3 100-240 VAC

Overvoltage or Undervoltage 
Monitoring Relays 
featuring single or dual contacts

Designed to protect single-phase 
applications from overvoltage and 
undervoltage conditions.

•  K8AK-VW features two independent SPDT 

(5 A @ 240 VAC) contacts

•  K8AK-VS features one SPDT (5 A @ 250 

VAC) contact

•  Input frequency of 40 to 500 Hz supported

•  Can be configured for manual or 

automatic reset

•  Monitor output status via LED indicators

•  Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm

Ordering Information 
K8AK-VS Voltage Monitoring

*The range is selected using connected terminals. 

Description

Features

Setting Range*

Input Voltage

Output

Model

Single-phase 
Overvoltage and 
Undervoltage 
Relay

2  independent 
current adjustment 
knobs,  Operating 
time adjustment 
knob, Startup lock 
adjustment knob, 2 
independent SPDT 
relays

0 to 10 V AC/DC
0 to 30 V AC/DC
15 to 150 V AC/DC

24 VAC/VDC

"2 - SPDT, 5 A @ 
250 VAC (resistive 
load)"

K8AK-VW2 24 VAC/DC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-VW2 100-240 VAC

20 to 200 V AC/DC
30 to 300 V AC/DC
60 to 600 V AC/DC

24 VAC/VDC

K8AK-VW3 24 VAC/DC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-VW3 100-240 VAC

K8AK-VW Overvoltage and Undervoltage

R642

X

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

X-2

K8AK-AS 

 Current Monitoring Relays

Ultra-Slim 22.5 mm Single Phase 
Current Monitoring Relays

•  Monitor for overcurrent or undercurrent in 

industrial equipment

•  Automatic and Manual resetting is 

supported by one relay 

•  Startup lock time and operating time can 

be set independently 

•  Output relay can be switched between 

normally open and normally closed 
contacts

•  Monitor output status from LED indicator

Ordering Information 

Setting Range

Supply Voltage

Model

2 to 20 mA AC/DC

24 VAC/VDC

K8AK-AS1 24VAC/DC

10 to 100 mA AC/DC
50 to 500 mA AC/DC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-AS1 100-240VAC

0.1 to 1 A AC/DC

24 VAC/VDC

K8AK-AS2 24VAC/DC

0.5 to 5 A AC/DC
0.8 to 8 A AC/DC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-AS2 100-240VAC

10 to 100 mA AC*

24 VAC/VDC

K8AK-AS3 24VAC/DC

20 to 200 mA AC*

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-AS3 100-240VAC

*K8AK-AS3 is designed to be used in combination with OMRON K8AC-CT200L Current Transformer (CT). (Direct input is not 
possible)

Specifications

•  Operating time range: 0.1 to 30 s
•  Startup lock time range: 0 to 30 s
•  Output relay One SPDT (NO/NC switched 

using DIP switch)

•  Maximum switching current: 5 A
•  Ambient Operating Temperature: 

-4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C)

R634

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

X-3

K8AK-AW 

Current Monitoring Relays

Ultra-Slim 22.5 mm Single Phase 
Overcurrent and Undercurrent 
Monitoring Relays

K8AK-AW designed to protect single-
phase applications from overcurrent and 
undercurrent conditions.

•  Startup lock time and operating time can 

be independently set

•  Monitor output status via LED indicators

•  Two independent SPDT (5 A @ 240 VAC) 

contacts

•  Can be configured for manual or 

automatic reset

•  Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm

Ordering Information 

*K8AK-AW3 is designed to be used in combination with OMRON K8AC-CT200L Current Transformer (CT). (Direct input is not 
possible)

Setting Range

Supply Voltage

Output

Model

2 to 20 mA

24 VAC/VDC

2 – SPDT relay, 5 A @ 250 VAC

K8AK-AW1 24VAC/DC

10 to 100 mA
50 to 500 mA

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-AW1 100-240VAC

0.1 to 1 A AC/DC

24 VAC/VDC

K8AK-AW2 24VAC/DC

0.5 to 5 A AC/DC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-AW2 100-240VAC

10 to 100 mA AC*

24 VAC/VDC

K8AK-AW3 24VAC/DC

20 to 200 mA AC*

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-AW3 100-240VAC

R635

X

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

X-4

K8AK-PA/PM/PW 

Phase Monitoring Relays

Ultra-Slim 3-Phase Voltage 
Monitoring Relays

K8AK-P series can monitor a 3-phase (3-wire 
or 4-wire) system on a global basis.

•  Monitor 3-phase voltage asymmetry 

(K8AK-PA) 

•  Monitor overvoltage, undervoltage, phase 

sequences and phase loss (K8AK-PM)

•  Monitor overvoltages and undervoltages 

(K8AK-PW)

•  K8AK-PA features  one SPDT (5 A @ 250 

VAC, resistive loads) 

•  K8AK-PM and –PW feature two 

independent SPDT (5 A @ 250 VAC, 
resistive loads) relays which allows for 
separate outputs for overvoltage and 
undervoltage detection

•  Easy to configure global power 

specifications which can be configured by 
adjusting external DIP switches

•  Output relay can be configured  between 

normally open and normally closed 
contacts

•  Monitor output status from LED indicators 

mounted on front of K8AK-P units

Ordering Information 

Description

Features

3-Phase, 
3-Wire

3-Phase, 4-Wire Output

Model

3-Phase asymmetry, 
phase sequence, phase 
loss

Asymmetry Rate and 
Operation time settings, 
Power Indicator, Relays 
status indicator, Alarm 
Indicator

200, 220, 230, 
240 VAC

115, 0127, 133, 
138 VAC

SPDT  Relay (5 
A @ 250 VAC)

K8AK-PA1

380, 400, 415, 
480 VAC

220, 230, 240, 
277 VAC

K8AK-PA2

3-Phase undervoltage, 
overvoltage, phase 
sequence, phase loss

Overvoltage , Undervoltage 
and Operation Time 
settings, Relay Indicator, 
Alarm Indicator, Power 
Indicator

200, 220, 230, 
240 VAC

115, 0127, 133, 
138 VAC

2 independent 
SPDT Relays (5 
A @ 250 VAC)

K8AK-PM1

380, 400, 415, 
480 VAC

220, 230, 240, 
277 VAC

K8AK-PM2

3-Phase undervoltage, 
overvoltage

Overvoltage , Undervoltage 
and Operation Time 
settings, Relay Indicator, 
Alarm Indicator, Power 
Indicator

200, 220, 230, 
240 VAC

115, 0127, 133, 
138 VAC

2 independent 
SPDT Relays (5 
A @ 250 VAC)

K8AK-PW1

380, 400, 415, 
480 VAC

220, 230, 240, 
277 VAC

K8AK-PW2

R637

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

X-5

K8AK-PH and K8DS-PH 

 

Phase Monitoring Relays

Ultra-Slim 3-Phase 
Phase-sequence and Phase-loss 
Relays

K8AK-PH and K8DS-PH are designed to 
protect three-phase applications from 
transient phase-sequence and phase-loss.

•  Capable to distinguish between positive 

phases, reversed phases, and phase loss 
when unit is energized (K8DS-PH)

•  Capable of detecting phase loss when 

motor is in operating condition 

•  SPDT relay (5 A @ 240 VAC, resistive 

loads) 

•  Output and relay status can be monitored 

using LED indicators

•  K8AK-PH slim 22.5 mm width

•  K8DS-PH slim 17.5 mm width

Ordering Information 

Description

Features

Rated Input Voltages

Relay Output

Mounting Dimensions

Model

3-Phase  phase 
sequence, phase loss

Power Indicator, 
Relay Indicator

200 to 480 VAC

5 A @ 250 VAC 
(resistive load)

100 x 22.5 x 90 mm

K8AK-PH1

3-Phase  phase 
sequence, phase loss

Power Indicator, 
Relay Indicator

200 to 480 VAC

5 A @ 250 VAC 
(resistive load)

100 x 17.5 x 90 mm

K8DS-PH1

R638

X

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

X-6

K8AK-TH 

Temperature Monitoring Relays

Space Saving, Ultra Slim 22.5 mm 
Temperature Monitoring Relays

Prevent equipment against damage from 
excessive temperature increases.

•  Universal-input support for thermocouple 

and RTD sensors

•  Set Value Protection -  prohibits changes 

to set values of  the temperature 
monitoring relay

•  Wide range of functions: alarm mode 

(upper and lower limit), enable/disable 
latch, selectable temperature setting: 
degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius

•  Simple rotary and DIP switch settings

•  Alarm status identification with LED 

indicator

Ordering Information 

Description

Features

Relay Output

Model

Temperature range 0 to 999° 
C/F

Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 1° 
C/F setting unit

 SPDT 3 A @ 250 VAC (resistive 
load)

K8AK-TH11S 100-240VAC

K8AK-TH11S 24VAC/DC

Temperature Range 0 to 1800° 
C, 0 to 3200° F

Thermocouple/RTD inputs, 10° 
C/F setting unit

K8AK-TH12S 100-240VAC

K8AK-TH12S 24VAC/DC

Specifications

•  Temperature sensor inputs:

•  K8AK-TH11S - Thermocouple Types K, 

J, T, E; Platinum RTD Pt100

•  K8AK-TH12S - Thermocouple Types K, 

J, T, E, B, R, S, PLII

•  Relay capacity: 3 A @ 250 VAC or 30 VDC 

(resistive load)

•  DIN track mounting

•  Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm

R639

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

X-7

K8AK-LS 

Liquid Level Controller

Ultra-Slim 22.5 mm Liquid Level 
Controller

Protect equipment against damage from 
unforeseen spills and leaks.

•  Reliable, floatless level control for 

automatic water supply and drainage in 
industrial facilities and equipment

•  Adjustable sensitivity for conductive 

liquids ranging from distilled water, 
city water, well water, industrial water, 
sea water and sewage with specific  
resistance from 10 to 100 kΩ impedance

•  Delay timer to prevent relay contact 

chatter from waves

•  Relay status identification with LED 

indicator

Features

Input Voltage

Output

Model

3-electrode system for water supply 
or drainage control; order electrodes, 
holders and sockets separately. Adjustable 
operating resistance sensitivity.

24 VAC/VDC

SPDT 5 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

K8AK-LS 24VAC/DC

100 to 240 VAC

K8AK-LS 100-240VAC

Ordering Information-Floatless, Conductive Level Controller

Accessories-Electrode Rods

Application

Model

Purified water service, industrial water, and sewage

F03-60-SUS304

Purified water service, industrial water, sewage, and weak alkaline solutions

F03-60-SUS316

Accessories-Electrode Holders, Covers, Separator

Application

Model

For 3 pole electrode (For general-purpose use such as water supply lines and purified water)

PS-3S

For 4 pole electrode (For general-purpose use such as water supply lines and purified water)

PS-4S

For 35 pole electrode (For general-purpose use such as water supply lines and purified water)

PS-5S

Areas with limited space

PS-31 SUS304 300 mm

Liquids with low resistance

BF-1

When mounting accuracy is required

BF-3/5

Resistance to high-temperature or high-pressure liquids

BS-1

Resistance against corrosion

BS-1T

Long distance installations from liquid

PH-1/2

Protective Cover (Electrode Holders for PS  series)

F03-11

Mounting Piece (Electrode Holder for PS series)

F03-12

One Pole Separator

F03-14 1P

Three Pole Separator

F03-14 3P

Five Pole Separator

F03-14 5P

•  Relay capacity: 5 A @ 250 VAC or 30 VDC 

(resistive load)

•  Timer setting: 0.1 to 10 s

•  DIN track mounting

•  Dimensions: 90 H x 22.5 W x 100 D mm

R636

X

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

X-8

K7L-AT50 

Liquid Leak Detector

Protect your Process Equipment 
from Liquid Spills and Leaks

•  Detects liquid leaks by monitoring the 

resistance between conductive sensing 
bands

•  Four selectable sensing ranges for liquids  

with impedance high as 50 MΩ

•  Ideal for all grades of water, ammonia (NH3), 

hydrogen peroxide (H202), hydrochloric acid 
(HCl), phosphoric acid (H3PO4), fluorine (F) 
and isopropyl alcohol (IPA)

•  Track-mount sockets and plug-in 

sensor amplifier simplify installation and 
maintenance

Liquid Leakage Sensor

Sensing Bands

Description

Specification and appearance

Model

Sensing band, 1 m length

Sheath: polyethylene; Core: 316 stainless 
steel; 8 W x 1.7 H mm

F03-16PE-1M

Sensing band, 2 m length

F03-16PE-2M

Sensing band, 5 m length

F03-16PE-5M

Sensing band, 10 m length

F03-16PE-10M

Sensing band, 25 m length

F03-16PE-25M

Sensing band, 50 m length

F03-16PE-50M

Adhesive backed sensing band mounting bracket; 
30 per pack

Material: Polyethylene; 13 L x 32 W x 3 H mm

F03-26PES

Screw mount sensing band bracket with two M3.5 
dia. hole; 30 per pack

Material: Polyethylene; 13 L x 32 W x 3 H mm

F03-26PEN

Terminal block; 10 per pack

17 H x 29.1 W x 25 D mm Connects Sensing 
Band to Wiring Cable for sensor amplifier

F03-20

Socket with finger-protection

85.5 H x 16 W x 61 D mm Mounts sensor 
amplifier to DIN rail

P2RF-08-E

Socket

71.5 H x 19.5 W x 54 D mm Mounts sensor 
amplifier to DIN rail

P2RF-08

Description

Input signal

Output signal

Dimensions (mm)

Supply voltage Model

Liquid Leakage Sensor 
Amplifier

0 to 50 MΩ 
impedance

NPN open collector, 
100 mA at 30 VDC

28.8 H x 12.8 W x 
46 D

24 VDC

K7L-AT50

X423

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Y-i

Y

Electromechanical & 
Solid State Relays

Contents

ELECTROMECHANICAL RELAYS

Selection Guide

Y-ii

Industrial Plug-in Relays

G2RV

Ultra-slim industrial 6 A relay for 
PLC expansion

Y-1

G2R

9

-S Slim general purpose 10 A plug-

in relays

Y-2

MY

Multi-pole, long life general 
purpose relay

Y-3

LY

Plug-in general purpose relay 
with variable HP rating

Y-4

MKS

10 A octal base general purpose 
relay

Y-5

MJN

Flange mount plug-in general 
purpose relay

Y-6

DC Plug-in Relay

MKS-X

Maximum switching 10 A @ 
220 VDC LED, two position test 
button

Y-7

Industrial High Power Relay

G7J

Heavy duty 25 A relay for 
switching for inductive load

Y-8

G7Z

Multi-pole 40 A relay with mirror 
contact for safety purposes

Y-9

MGN

Heavy-duty power relay 
switches 30 A loads

Y-10

SOLID STATE RELAYS

Selection Guide

Y-viii

Panel Mounted

G3NE

Low profile, switching 20 A solid 
state relay

Y-11

G3NA

Hockey puck style solid state 
relay for up to 90 A load, 
660 VAC available

Y-12

Built-in Heat Sink

G3PH

High power 150 A solid state 
relay, replaceable output 
cartridge

Y-13

G3PA

High power 60 A solid state 
relay for 1-3 phase load with 
easy connection

Y-14

G3PE

1-3 phase solid state relay, 
without heat sink type available 
(*3 phase type)

Y-15

G3PF

SSR with built-in CT and enable 
to detect heater burnout, SSR 
short-circuit

Y-16

Socket Mounted

G3RV

Ultra-slim industrial 3 A solid 
state relay for PLC expansion

Y-17

G3R-I/O High-isolation solid state relay, 

Terminal comparable with 
G2R

9

-S

Y-18

PCB Mounted

G3MC

Ultra-slim compact 1-2 A PCB 
solid state relay

Y-19

G3TB

Color-coded PCB solid state 
relay with LED indicator

Y-20

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

G2RV

Slim outline 

6mm width

G2R-1-S

Two position 

test button

G2R-2-S

LY1

LY2

MKS

MY2

MKS

Two position 

test button

10 A

5 A

15 A

10 A

6 A

10 A

5 A

10 A

10 A

LED

indicator

LED

indicator

Mech. flag

LED indicator

LY3

LY4

MY4

Two position 

test button

MKS(X)

LED

indicator

Slim outline 

6mm width

Operation

indicators

2-pole

DPDT

1-pole

SPDT

3-pole

3PDT

2-pole

DPDT

3-pole

3PDT

1-pole

SPDT

4-pole

4PDT

SPST-NO,

SPST-NO/

SPST-NC

DC-switching

Interface/Power

25 A

30 A

G7J

MJN

G7Z

General purpose/Power

Plug-in industrial relay  –  switching capacity up to 15 A

High power relays  –  up to 40 A

40 A

Mirror

contact

4-pole, 4PST-NO

3PST-NO/SPST-NC

DPST-NO/DPST-NC

10 A

Mech. flag

LED indicator

MGN

G2RV-SL500 – Reduce wiring time by using push-in technology  
and cross bars

With the G2RV-SL500 series, only two steps are required to achieve a reliable connection 
between wire and terminal. Just remove the isolation and push in the wire. Cross bars 
make your life even easier, as they can be tailored by breaking pins away to meet your 
configuration requirements.

•  No tools required

•  Fits stranded wires (with ferrules) 0.5 - 2.5 mm²

•  Fits solid wires 0.5 - 4.0 mm²

NONBENDABLE!

Electromechanical Relays

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

G2RV

Slim outline 

6mm width

G2R-1-S

Two position 

test button

G2R-2-S

LY1

LY2

MKS

MY2

MKS

Two position 

test button

10 A

5 A

15 A

10 A

6 A

10 A

5 A

10 A

10 A

LED

indicator

LED

indicator

Mech. flag

LED indicator

LY3

LY4

MY4

Two position 

test button

MKS(X)

LED

indicator

Slim outline 

6mm width

Operation

indicators

2-pole

DPDT

1-pole

SPDT

3-pole

3PDT

2-pole

DPDT

3-pole

3PDT

1-pole

SPDT

4-pole

4PDT

SPST-NO,

SPST-NO/

SPST-NC

DC-switching

Interface/Power

25 A

30 A

G7J

MJN

G7Z

General purpose/Power

Plug-in industrial relay  –  switching capacity up to 15 A

High power relays  –  up to 40 A

40 A

Mirror

contact

4-pole, 4PST-NO

3PST-NO/SPST-NC

DPST-NO/DPST-NC

10 A

Mech. flag

LED indicator

MGN

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-iii

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Category

Interface/Power

General purpose/Power

S

ele

ct

io

n c

ri

te

ri

a

Family

G2RV

G2R

9

-S

MY

1-pole

4

4

2-pole –

4

4

3-pole –

4-pole –

4

4

Contact 

configuration

SPDT

SPDT

DPDT

DPDT

4PDT

4PDT 
bifurcated

Max. switching 

current

6 A

10 A

5 A

10 A

5 A

5 A

Min. switching 

current

1 mA at 
100 VDC

100 mA at 5 
VDC

10 mA at 5 
VDC

1 mA at 5 VDC

1 mA at 1 VDC

0.1 mA at 
1 VDC

Gold clad/plate

8

8

4

4

Width max.  

(Relay only)

6.2 mm

13.0 mm

13.0 mm

21.5 mm

21.5 mm

21.5 mm

Fea

tu

res

LED indication

4

8

8

8

8

8

Mechanical flag

4

4

4

4

4

4

Push-to-test 

button

Two position test 

button

8

8

8

8

8

Label

8

8

8

8

8

Diode (DC coil)

4

8

8

8

8

8

Varistor (AC coil) –

RC circuit  

(AC coil)

4

8

8

8

Socket mounting

8

8

8

8

8

8

Flange mounting –

8

8

8

8

8

PCB mounting –

8

8

8

8

8

W

ir

in

g t

o

so

ck

et

Screw

8

8

8

8

8

8

Rise-up clamp

8

8

8

8

8

8

Screw-less clamp

8

8

8

8

8

8

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

General purpose/Power

S

ele

ct

io

n c

ri

te

ri

a

Family

LY

MKS

MKS(X)

1-pole

4

4

2-pole –

4

4

4

4

3-pole –

4

4

4-pole –

4

Contact 

configuration

SPDT

DPDT

DPDT
bifurcated

3PDT

4PDT

DPDT

3PDT

SPST-NO

SPST-NO/
SPST-NC

Max. switching 

current

15 A

10 A

7 A

10 A

10 A

10 A

10 A

10 A, 220 
VDC; 15 A, 
250 VAC

5 A, 220 
VDC; 15 A, 
250 VAC

Min. switching 

current

100 mA 
at 5 VDC

100 mA 
at 5 VDC

10 mA at
5 VDC

100 mA 
at 5 VDC

100 mA 
at 5 VDC

10 mA at
1 VDC

10 mA at
1 VDC

10 mA at
24 VDC

10 mA at
24 VDC

Gold clad/plate –

4

Width max.  

(Relay only)

21.5 mm

21.5 mm

21.5 mm

31.5 mm

41.5 mm

34.5 mm

34.5 mm

34.5 mm

34.5 mm

Fea

tu

res

LED indication

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

Mechanical flag –

4

4

Push-to-test 

button

8

8

8

8

8

Two position test 

button

8

8

8

8

Label –

8

8

Diode (DC coil)

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

Varistor (AC coil) –

8

8

RC circuit  

(AC coil)

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

Optional 
for socket

Optional 
for socket

Socket mounting

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

Flange mounting

8

8

8

8

8

PCB mounting

8

8

8

8

8

W

ir

in

g t

o

so

ck

et

Screw

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

Rise-up clamp –

8

8

Screw-less clamp –

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Electromechanical Relays

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-v

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Category

High power

General purpose/Power

High power

S

ele

ct

io

n c

ri

te

ri

a

Family

G7J

G7Z

MJN

MGN

1-pole –

4

4

2-pole –

4

4

4

3-pole –

4

4-pole

4

4

4

4

4

4

SPDT

DPST 
DPDT

3PDT

SPST

DPST

DPDT

Contact 

configuration

4PST-
NO

3PST-
NO/
SPST-
NC

DPST-
NO/
DPST-
NC

4PST-
NO

3PST-
NO/
SPST-
NC

DPST-
NO/
DPST-
NC

10 A

30 A

10 A

30 A

30 A

30 A

Max. switching 

current

25 A

25 A

25 A

40 A

40 A

40 A

38.7 
mm

38.7 
mm

38.7 
mm

63.5 
mm

63.5 
mm

84.3 
mm

Min. permissible 

load

100 
mA 
at 24 
VDC

100 
mA 
at 24 
VDC

100 
mA 
at 24 
VDC

2 A 
at 24 
VDC

2 A 
at 24 
VDC

2 A 
at 24 
VDC

8

8

8

Auxiliary contact 

block

Mirror contact

4

4

4

Momentary test 

button

8

8

8

R

el

ay

te

rm

in

al

Screw

8

8

8

4

4

4

8

8

8

4

4

4

Quick-connect

8

8

8

8

8

8

PCB terminals

8

8

8

M

ou

nt

ing

Screw –

4

4

4

4

4

4

DIN rail –

4

4

4

8

8

8

Bracket (screw)

8

8

8

Flange (screw) –

8

8

8

Electromechanical Relays

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-vi

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Relay Type

DIN rail mount socket

Back connecting socket

Quick Connect/Solder Terminal

PCB Terminal

Socket

Hold down clip

Socket

Hold down clip

Socket

Hold down clip

G2R-1-S

P2RF-05
P2RF-05-E
P2RF-05-S


P2CM-S

P2R-05A

P2R-057P
P2R-05P


G2R-2-S

P2RF-08
P2RF-08-E
P2RF-08-S


P2CM-S

P2R-08A

P2R-057P
P2R-08P


LY1, LY2

PTF08A
PTF08A-E

PYC-A1 *3
PYC-A1 *3

PT08

PYC-P *4

PT08-0

PYC-P *4

LY3

PTF11A

PYC-A1 *3

PT11

PYC-P *4

PT11-0

PYC-P *4

LY4

PTF14A
PTF14A-E

PYC-A1 *3
PYC-A1 *3

PT14

PYC-P *4

PT14-0

PYC-P *4

MJN without mounting flange

PTF11PC

PYMJN-S

PTF11QDC

PYMJN-PCB

PTFPCB

PYMJN-PCB

MKK

PF113A

PFC-A1

PL11

PLC

PLE11-0

PLC-10

MKS2P

PF083A
PF083A-E
PF083A-D

PFC-A1
PFC-A1

MKS3P

PF113A
PF113A-E
PF113A-D

PFC-A1
PFC-A1

MKS(X)

P7MF-06
P7MF-06-D

PYC-A2
PYC-A2

P7M-06P

PYC-A2

MY2(S) without Latching lever

PYF08A-E
PYF08A-N
PYF08S

PYC-A1
PYC-A1
PYCM-08S

PY08
PY08-Y1

PY08-02

PYC-P or 
PYC-P2

MY2(S) with Latching lever

PYF08A-E
PYF08A-N
PYF08S

PYC-E1
PYC-E1
PYCM-08S

PY08

PYC-P2

PY08-02

PYC-P2

MY4(S)

PYF14A-E
PYF14A-N
PYF14S

PYC-A1
PYC-A1
PYCM-14S

PY14
PY14-Y1

PYC-P or 
PYC-P2
-

PY14-02

PYC-P or 
PYC-P2

MY2K

PYF14A-E

PYC-A1

PY14

PYC-P

PY14-02

PYC-P

MY4(Z)H

PYF14A-E

PYC-A1

MJN

PTF11PC 
PTF21PC

PYMJN-S

PTF11QDC

PYMNB-PCB

PTFPCB

PYMNB-PCB

1. -E and -N models are finger-protect construction. Round terminals cannot be used. Use Y-shaped terminals.

2. -S or S types are screwless terminal styles.

3. RC circuit type need to use Y92H-3 hold down clips.

4. Push button type need to use PYC-P2, RC circuit need to use PYC-1 hold down clips.

Note:

Relay Type

Mounting

Adaptor

Front connecting socket

Bracket

Track Mount/Panel Mount

Track Mount/Panel Mount

G7J-(All)

R99-04-FOR-G5F

Sockets & Accessories

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-vii

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

G3

9

 series – Reliable interfacing and power switching

Omron offers Solid State Relays (SSRs) in a wide variety of output currents and voltages to 
handle frequently cycling loads. Control-panel mount types with built-in heat-sink (G3PE) 
and without (G3NA) are ideal for power switching. Compact SSRs for I/O Interfacing 
include ultra-slim G3RV and G3R. 

•  Industrial 6 mm ‘slim’ SSR which is G2RV compatible (G3RV)

•  G2RS compatible high-speed interface solutions (G3R-I/O)

•  G3NA with 5-90 A output current, G3PE up to 45 A

•  Output voltages up to 660 VAC / 200 VDC available on G3NA

•  Effectively absorbing of external surge thanks to the built-in varistor/surge pass circuit

VARIOUS KINDS OF SOLID STATE RELAYS

Socket

mounted I/O

6 mm slim

Hockey

puck style

Integrated heat sink/

replaceable output

Integrated

heat sink

Integrated

heat sink

Socket

mounted I/O

Type of application

Power switching (up to 150 A)

Interfacing

PCB

Up to 3 A

Up to 20 A

Hockey

puck style

Up to 45 A

Up to 45 A

Up to 30 A

Up to 150 A

Up to 60 A

Up to 45 A

0.4” width

0.2” width

Up to 2 A

100 mA In/ 

2 A Out

25 mA In/ 

3 A Out

G3PH

Up to 90 A

G3PA

G3NA

G3NE

G3R-I/O

G3RV

G3TB

G3MC

G3PE

G3PE-H

G3PF

G3PE

Integrated heat sink/

Failure detection

Three-phase

Single-phase

Solid State Relays

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-viii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Socket

mounted I/O

6 mm slim

Hockey

puck style

Integrated heat sink/

replaceable output

Integrated

heat sink

Integrated

heat sink

Socket

mounted I/O

Type of application

Power switching (up to 150 A)

Interfacing

PCB

Up to 3 A

Up to 20 A

Hockey

puck style

Up to 45 A

Up to 45 A

Up to 30 A

Up to 150 A

Up to 60 A

Up to 45 A

0.4” width

0.2” width

Up to 2 A

100 mA In/ 

2 A Out

25 mA In/ 

3 A Out

G3PH

Up to 90 A

G3PA

G3NA

G3NE

G3R-I/O

G3RV

G3TB

G3MC

G3PE

G3PE-H

G3PF

G3PE

Integrated heat sink/

Failure detection

Three-phase

Single-phase

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-ix

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Socket mounted

Panel mounted

Model

G3RV

G3R-I/O

G3NE

Input Module

Output Module

 

A

pp

lic

at

ion

Signal Switching

4

4

8

Heater Control

8

8

4

Motor Control

8

8

4

Load

 V

olt

ag

e/

 

cu

rr

ent

 R

at

ing

A

Max. current rating

2 A (AC)
3 A (DC)

100 mA (DC)

2 A (AC, DC)

20 A (AC)

VA

C

200 V Range 75 to 264 V

75 to 264 V

75 to 264 V

400 V Range –

600 V Range –

V

D

C

DC Output Range 3 to 26.4

4 to 32 V

4 to 60 V 
40 to 200 V

Inpu

Vo

lta

ge

DC

4

4

4

4

AC

4

4

Fea

tu

res

Built-in Heat Sink –

Zero-cross Circuit

8

8

8

Built-in Varistor –

4

LED Indicator

4

4

4

Protective Cover –

M

ou

nt

ing

DIN-Rail

4

8

Panel –

4

Socket (DIN, Panel)

4

4

4

4

PCB N/A

N/A

N/A

4

S

af

et

y Stan

d

ar

d

s

UL Recognized

4

4

4

4

UL Listed

4

CSA

4

4

4

4

CE

4

4

4

4

TÜV

4

4

4

4

VDE –

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-x

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Panel mounted

Model

G3NA

G3PA

G3PH

G3PE

1-phase

3-phase

 

A

pp

lic

at

ion

Signal Switching –

Heater Control

4

4

4

4

4

Motor Control

4

8

Load

 V

olt

ag

e/

 

cu

rr

ent

 R

at

ing

A

Max. current rating

90 A (AC)
10 A (DC)

60 A (AC)

150 A (AC)

45 A (AC)

45 A (AC)

VA

C

200 V Range 19 to 264 V

19 to 264 V

75 to 264 V

75 to 264 V

75 to 264 V

400 V Range 180 to 528 V

150 to 440 V 
180 to 528 V

180 to 528 V

180 to 528 V

180 to 528 V

600 V Range 360 to 660 V

V

D

C

DC Output Range 4 to 220 V

Inpu

Vo

lta

ge

DC –

4

4

4

4

AC

4

by using G32A-B

by using G32A-B

by using G32A-B

by using G32A-B

Fea

tu

res

Built-in Heat Sink –

4

4

4

4

Zero-cross Circuit

4

8

8

8

4

Built-in Varistor

4

4

4

4

4

LED Indicator

4

4

4

4

4

Protective Cover

4

4

4

4

4

Replaceable Power 

Cartridge

4

4

M

ou

nt

ing

DIN-Rail

8

4

4

8

Panel

4

4

4

4

4

Socket (DIN, Panel) –

PCB –

S

af

et

y Stan

d

ar

d

s

UL Recognized

4

4

cULus

4

4

UL Listed –

CSA

4

4

cULus

4

4

CE

4

4

4

4

4

TÜV

4

4

4

4

VDE –

4

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Solid State Relays

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-xi

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Panel mounted

PCB mounted

Model

G3PF

G3MC

G3TB

Input Module

Output Module

A

pp

lic

at

ion

Signal Switching –

8

4

8

Heater Control

4

8

8

Motor Control –

8

8

Load

 V

olt

ag

e/

 

cu

rr

ent

 R

at

ing

A

Max. current rating 35 A (AC)

2 A (AC)

25 mA

3 A (AC)

VA

C

200 V Range 75 to 264 V

75 to 132 V 
75 to 264 V

75 to 264 V

400 V Range 180 to 528 V

600 V Range –

V

D

C

DC Output Range –

4 to 32 V

4 to 60 V 
40 to 200 V

Inpu

Vo

lta

ge

DC

4

4

4

4

AC

by using G32A-B

4

Fea

tu

res

Built-in Heat Sink

4

Zero-cross Circuit

4

4

8

8

Non-Zero-cross Circuit –

4

8

8

Built-in Varistor

4

LED Indicator

4

4

8

Protective Cover

4

Alarm Output

4

Built-in Failure Detection

4

SSR Open Circuits 

Detection

4

SSR Short Circuit 

Detections

4

M

ou

nt

ing

DIN-Rail

4

Panel

4

Socket (DIN, Panel) –

PCB –

4

4

4

S

af

et

y Stan

d

ar

d

s

UL Recognized

8

4

4

4

UL Listed –

CSA

4

4

4

4

CE

4

TÜV

4

VDE –

4

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-xii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-1

G2RV 

Industrial Plug-in Relay

General Purpose Plug-in Ultra Slim 
Relay Switching 6 A @ 250 VAC

The G2RV is an ultra-slim 6 mm wide DIN mount 
relay-socket unit with maintenance friendly features.
•  Mechanical indicator and socket LED provide 

quick verification relay is functioning

•  Large terminal-receptacle area: 20 to 14 AWG
•  Electrical Life of 100K Cycles lasting performance
•  Interface and cable accessories allow PLC control 

of G2RV Relays

•  Cross (Buss) bars provide a quick and easy way 

to connect multiple G2RV Relays together

•  RoHS Compliant; Relay-Socket models cULus 

Listed; VDE, CE, and cULus approved

R226

Rated resistive load

Contact form

Socket terminals

LED indicator on socket

Coil voltage

Model

6 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Push-in

Yes

110 VAC

G2RV-SL500 AC110

24 VDC

G2RV-SL500 DC24(DC21)

6 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Screw

Yes

24 VAC/24 VDC

G2RV-SL700 AC/DC24

110 VAC

G2RV-SL700 AC110

230 VAC

G2RV-SL700 AC230

12 VDC

G2RV-SL700 DC12(DC11)

24 VDC

G2RV-SL700 DC24(DC21)

Note: Model number contains relay and socket.

Rated resistive load

Contact form

Socket terminals

LED indicator on socket

Coil voltage

Model

6 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Push-in

Yes

12 VDC

G2RV-SL500-AP DC12

24 VDC

G2RV-SL500-AP DC24

24 VAC/VDC

G2RV-SL500-APAC/DC24

48 VAC/VDC

G2RV-SL500-AP AC/DC48

110 VAC

G2RV-SL500-AP AC110

230  VAC

G2RV-SL500-AP AC230

6 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Screw

Yes

12 VDC

G2RV-SL700-AP DC12

24 VDC

G2RV-SL700-AP DC24

24 VAC/VDC

G2RV-SL700-APAC/DC24

48 VAC/VDC

G2RV-SL700-AP AC/DC48

110 VAC

G2RV-SL700-AP AC110

230  VAC

G2RV-SL700-AP AC230

Standard Type with test switch

Rated resistive load

Contact form

Socket terminals

LED indicator on socket

Coil voltage

Model

6 A

SPDT

Screw

Yes

24 VDC

G2RV-SL701 24 VDC

24 VAC/VDC

G2RV-SL701 24 VAC/VDC

Push-in

24 VDC

G2RV-SL501 24 VDC

24 VAC/VDC

G2RV-SL501 24 VAC/VDC

Standard Type with gold plating contacts

50mA

SPDT

Screw

Yes

12 VDC

G2RV-SL700-AP DC12

24 VDC

G2RV-SL700-AP DC24

24 VAC/VDC

G2RV-SL700-AP AC/DC24

48 VAC/VDC

G2RV-SL700-AP AC/DC48

110 VAC

G2RV-SL700-AP AC110

230 VAC

G2RV-SL700-AP AC230

Push-in

12 VDC

G2RV-SL500-AP DC12

24 VDC

G2RV-SL500-AP DC24

24 VAC/VDC

G2RV-SL500-AP AC/DC24

48 VAC/VDC

G2RV-SL500-AP AC/DC48

110 VAC

G2RV-SL500-AP AC110

230 VAC

G2RV-SL500-AP AC230

Ordering Information 

G2RV Input Modules with Slide Switch 

G2RV with Mechanical Flag

•  For PLC input control use gold plated contact 

versions with suffix "-AP"

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-2

G2R

9

-S 

Industrial Plug-in Relay

Slim and Space-saving 
Plug-in Relay

The G2R

9

-S is a maintenance-friendly 5 A - 

10 A 1/2 inch wide general purpose relay.

•  Mechanical indicator comes standard 

allowing user to verify contact operation

•  Space saving 16 mm wide DIN mount 

socket

•  Finger safe G2R

9

-S socket 

•  Energy efficient DC coil (530 mW 

consumption)

•  RoHS Compliant; UL, CSA, CE, and VDE 

Approved

Rated  resistive             
load

Contact form Terminal type LED indicator Diode

Two position 
test button

Coil voltage

Model

10 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Plug-in

No

No

No

120 VAC

G2R-1-S 
AC120 (S)

10 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Plug-in

No

No

No

24 VDC

G2R-1-S 
DC24 (S)

10 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Plug-in

Yes

No

No

120 VAC

G2R-1-SN 
AC120 (S)

10 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Plug-in

Yes

Yes

No

24 VDC

G2R-1-SND 
DC24 (S)

10 A @ 250 VAC

SPDT

Plug-in

Yes

Yes

Yes

24 VDC

G2R-1-SNDI 
DC24 (S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Plug-in

No

No

No

24 VDC

G2R-2-S 
DC24 (S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Plug-in

Yes

No

No

120 VAC

G2R-2-SN 
AC120 (S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Plug-in

Yes

Yes

No

24 VDC

G2R-2-SND 
DC24 (S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Plug-in

Yes

Yes

Yes

24 VDC

G2R-2-SNDI 
DC24 (S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Plug-in

Yes

No

Yes

120 VAC

G2R-2-SNI 
AC120 (S)

Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page Y-vii.

R225

Ordering Information 

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-3

MY 

Industrial Plug-in Relay

Miniature General Purpose Relay

The MY is a multi-pole long life general 
purpose relay ideal for various applications.

•  DPDT models: 500K electrical life cycles; 

4PDT models: 200K (100K bifurcated) at 
Rated Load

•  MY2K Latching relays: Great option for 

reduced energy consumption

•  MY4Z bifurcated models can switch 

loads under 1 mA at 1 VDC; great for PLC 
Control

•  RoHS Compliant; UL, CSA, CE, VDE, SEV, 

IMQ and Lloyd Approved

Ordering Information

R223

R223

Factory rated 
resistive load

Contact 
form

Terminal 
type

Bifurcated 
model

Two position 
test button

LED 
indicator

Diode

Coil voltage

Model

3 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Plug-in

No

No

No

No

120 VAC

MY2K-US AC120*

*This model is a latching relay.

R238

MYK

MY

Factory rated 
resistive load

Contact 
Form

Mount-
ing Style

Bifurcat-
ed model

LED 
indicator

LED indica-
tor/Lockable 

test button

Diode

Coil voltage 

Model

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

No

24 VDC

MY2N DC24(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

No

24 VAC

MY2N AC24(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

No

110/120 VAC

MY2N AC110/120(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

No

220/240 VAC

MY2N AC220/240(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

Yes

24 VDC

MY2N-D2 DC24(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

12 VDC

MY2IN DC12(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

24 VDC

MY2IN DC24(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

24 VAC

MY2IN AC24(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

110/120 VAC

MY2IN AC110/120(S)

5 A @ 250 VAC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

110/120 VAC

MY2IN AC220/240(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

No

24 VAC

MY4N AC24(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

No

110/120 VAC

MY4N AC110/120(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

12 VDC

MY4N DC12(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

24 VAC

MY4IN AC24(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

24 VDC

MY4IN DC24(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

110/120 VAC

MY4IN AC110/120(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

No

110/120 VAC

MY4IN AC220/240(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

No

24 VDC

MY4N-D2 DC24(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

24 VDC

MY4ZIN DC24(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

Socket

Yes

Yes

No

No

110/120 VAC

MY4ZN AC110/120(S)

3 A @ 250 VAC

4PDT

PCB

No

No

No

No

12 VDC

MY4-02 DC12

Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page Y-vii.

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-4

LY 

 Industrial Plug-in Relay

Long Life General Purpose Relay 
with HP Rating Ideal for HVAC and 
Appliance Market

The LY is a reliable multi-pole general 
purpose relay with Plug-in, Quick Connect 
and PCB Terminals.

•  500K electrical life DPDT models; 200K 

for SPDT, 3PDT, and 4PDT models at 
rated load

•  HP rating ideal for Appliances and 

HVAC Systems

•  RoHS Compliant; CE, UL, CSA, SEV, VDE 

and TÜV Approved

R224

Ordering Information 

Rated resistive

Contact 
form

Mount-
ing Style

UL horsepower

LED indicator

Diode

Coil voltage

Model

15 A @ 110 VAC

SPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

12 VDC

LY1 DC12

15 A @ 110 VAC

SPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

24 VDC

LY1 DC24

15 A @ 110 VAC

SPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

24 VAC

LY1 AC24

15 A @ 110 VAC

SPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

110/120 VAC

LY1 AC110/120

15 A @ 110 VAC

SPDT

Flange

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

24 VDC

LY1F DC24

10 A @ 110 VAC

DPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

12 VDC

LY2 DC12

10 A @ 110 VAC

DPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

24 VDC

LY2 DC24

10 A @ 110 VAC

DPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

24 VAC

LY2 AC24

10 A @ 110 VAC

DPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

110/120 VAC

LY2 AC110/120

10 A @ 110 VAC

DPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

Yes

Yes

110/120 VAC

LY2N AC110/120

10 A @ 110 VAC

DPDT

PCB

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

12 VDC

LY2-0 DC12

10 A @ 110 VAC

DPDT

Socket

0.5 HP @120 VAC

No

No

110/120 VAC

LY2-0 AC110/120

10 A @ 110 VAC

3PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

12 VDC

LY3 DC12

10 A @ 110 VAC

3PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

24 VDC

LY3 DC24

10 A @ 110 VAC

3PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

24 VAC

LY3 AC24

10 A @ 110 VAC

3PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

110/120 VAC

LY3 AC110/120

10 A @ 110 VAC

4PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

12 VDC

LY4 DC12

10 A @ 110 VAC

4PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

24 VDC

LY4 DC24

10 A @ 110 VAC

4PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

24 VAC

LY4 AC24

10 A @ 110 VAC

4PDT

Socket

0.5 HP @ 240 VAC

No

No

110/120 VAC

LY4 AC110/120

Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page Y-vii.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-5

•  Various internal connection for MRO 

purpose: Standard type (-5), non-Standard 
type (-2 or blank)

MKS 

Industrial Plug-in Relay

General Purpose Relay with Octal 
Base, Latching Test Button

Two- and three-pole socket mount relays with 
UL Rated 10 A resistive Load @ 250 VAC/  
30 VDC, and 100K cycles.

•  Mechanical indicator comes standard, 

allowing user to verify contact operation

•  Manual and latched position testing 

possible when using MKS Test 
Button Models

•  LED indicator models come with white 

name plate ideal for marking key notes

•  RoHS Compliant; cULus Recognized; CE, 

and TÜV Approved

R235

Ordering Information 

Rated resistive Load 
(NO Contact)

Contact 
Form

Mounting 
Style

Mechani-
cal indi-
cator

Mechani-
cal indica-
tor/LED 
indicator

Mechanical 
indicator/LED 
indicator/Push-
to-test button

Coil 
voltage

Model

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

12 VDC

MKS2P DC12

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

24 VDC

MKS2P DC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

24 VAC

MKS2P AC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

120 VAC MKS2P AC120

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

12 VDC

MKS2PN DC12

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

24 VDC

MKS2PN DC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

24 VAC

MKS2PN AC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

120 VAC MKS2PN AC120

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

12 VDC

MKS2PIN DC12

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

24 VDC

MKS2PIN DC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

24 VAC

MKS2PIN AC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

120 VAC MKS2PIN AC120

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

12 VDC

MKS3P-5 DC12

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

24 VDC

MKS3P-5 DC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

24 VAC

MKS3P-5 AC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

Yes

No

No

120 VAC MKS3P-5 AC120

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

12 VDC

MKS3PI-5 DC12

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

24 VDC

MKS3PI-5 DC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

24 VAC

MKS3PI-5 AC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

120 VAC MKS3PI-5 AC120

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

12 VDC

MKS3PIN-5 DC12

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

24 VDC

MKS3PIN-5 DC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

24 VAC

MKS3PIN-5 AC24

10 A @ 250 VAC/30 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

Yes

120 VAC MKS3PIN-5 AC120

Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page Y-vii.

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-6

Multi-Pole 10-30 A General Purpose 
Relay with 600 VAC Maximum 
Switching Voltage

The MJN is an SPDT, DPDT, and 3PDT general 
purpose relay ideal for motor applications.

•  UL and CSA Recognized as motor 

controllers up to 600 VAC

•  10 A models have UL 1/3 HP @ 120 VAC

•  Rugged power divider offers 3/16” clearance 

and 3/8” creepage

•  MJN models have max. 15 A @ 600 VAC load 

rating

•  MJN capable of switching 277 VAC loads

•  10 A DPDT latching models available; 

a good option for reducing power 
consumption.

R232

Ordering Information 

MJN 

Industrial Plug-in Relay

Rated resistive Load (NO 
Contact)

Contact 
Form

Mounting 
Style

Latching 
Model

LED indi-
cator

Test Button Coil Voltage

Model

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

SPDT

Socket

No

No

No

12 VDC

MJN1C DC12

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

SPDT

Socket

No

No

No

24 VDC

MJN1C DC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

SPDT

Socket

No

No

No

24 VAC

MJN1C AC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

SPDT

Socket

No

No

No

120 VAC

MJN1C AC120

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

SPDT

Flange

No

No

No

12 VDC

MJN1CF DC12

30 A @ 28 VDC

SPDT

Flange

No

No

No

120 VAC

MJN1Z-E-RP AC120

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

No

12 VDC

MJN2C DC12

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

No

24 VDC

MJN2C DC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

No

24 VAC

MJN2C AC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

No

120 VAC

MJN2C AC120

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Socket

No

No

No

110 VDC

MJN2C DC110

20 A @ 277 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Flange

No

No

No

120 VAC

MJN2C-E AC120

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Flange

No

No

No

24 VAC

MJN2CF AC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

DPDT

Flange

Yes

No

No

120 VAC

MJN2CK AC120

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

No

12 VDC

MJN3C DC12

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

No

24 VDC

MJN3C DC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

No

24 VAC

MJN3C AC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

No

No

120 VAC

MJN3C AC120

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

Yes

Yes

120 VAC

MJN3C-IN AC120

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

24 VDC

MJN3C-N DC24

10 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC

3PDT

Socket

No

Yes

No

110 VDC

MJN3C-N DC110

Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page Y-vii.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-7

Plug-in Relay with High Switching 
Capacity (10 A@ 220 VDC)

•  MKS-X Socket Mount Relays are at least  

4 mm shorter versus main competitors

•  Manual and latched position testing 

possible when using MKS-X Test Button 
Models

•  Wide range of coil voltages available

•  RoHS Compliant; cULus Recognized; CE, 

and TÜV Approved

R234

Rated resistive load
(NO Contact)

Contact form

Terminal 
type

Two position 
test button

LED 
indicator

Coil voltage

Model

15 A @ 250 VAC

SPST-NO

Plug-In

Yes

Yes

120 VAC

MKS1TIN-10 AC120

10 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO

Plug-In

No

No

240 VAC

MKS1XT-10 AC240

10 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO

Plug-In

No

No

24 VDC

MKS1XT-10 DC24

10 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO

Plug-In

Yes

No

120 VAC

MKS1XTI-10 AC120

10 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO

Plug-In

Yes

No

24 VDC

MKS1XTI-10 DC24

10 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO

Plug-In

Yes

Yes

24 VDC

MKS1XTIN-10 DC24

10 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO

Plug-In

No

Yes

24 VDC

MKS1XTN-10 AC24

5 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO + SPST-
NC

Plug-In

No

No

24 VDC

MKS2XT-11 DC24

5 A @ 220 VDC

SPST-NO + SPST-
NC

Plug-In

Yes

Yes

120 VAC

MKS2XTIN-11 AC120

Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page Y-vii.

Ordering Information

MKS-X 

DC Plug-in Relay

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-8

G7J 

 Industrial High Power Relay

Multi-Pole Relay for 
Heavy Duty Load

The G7J is a multi-pole relay ideal for 
switching motors, compressors, and pump 
controls.

•  UL 3 HP @ 277 VAC (NO contact)

•  UL 3-phase rating of 5 HP @ 277 VAC

•  UL general use rating of 25 A @ 240 VAC

•  UL 1.5 kW @ 120 VAC Tungsten Rating 

(NO contact)

•  RoHS Compliant; UL, CSA, CE and VDE 

Approved

R233

Rated resistive load
(NO Contact)

Contact form

Terminal type

Coil voltage

Model

25 A @ 220 VAC

DPST-NO, DPST-NC

Screw

200/240 VAC

G7J-2A2B-B-W1 AC200/240

25 A @ 220 VAC

DPST-NO, DPST-NC

Screw

24 VDC

G7J-2A2B-B-W1 DC24

25 A @ 220 VAC

DPST-NO, DPST-NC

Quick-Connect

100/120 VAC

G7J-2A2B-T-W1 AC100/120

25 A @ 220 VAC

3PST-NO, SPST-NC

Screw

24 VDC

G7J-3A1B-BZ DC24

25 A @ 220 VAC

3PST-NO, SPST-NC

Screw

100/120 VAC

G7J-3A1B-W1 AC100/120

25 A @ 220 VAC

4PST-NO

Screw

100/120 VAC

G7J-4A-B-W1 AC100/120

25 A @ 220 VAC

4PST-NO

Screw

200/240 VAC

G7J-4A-B-W1 AC200/240

25 A @ 220 VAC

4PST-NO

Screw

24 VDC

G7J-4A-B-W1 DC24

Ordering Information 

Note: For Metal mounting Bracket, add "-W1" to the Part Number before the Coil voltage suffix.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-9

G7Z 

  Industrial High Power Relay

Multi-Pole High Power Relay

The G7Z can switch Contactor Range (40 A 
@ 440 VAC) and contribute to space saving.

•  40% less volume versus typical IEC 50 A 

contactor–great for limited space panels

•  3.7 W approximate power consumption 

about 50% lower than typical IEC 50 A 
contactor

•  4PST-NO models can carry up to 160 A by 

wiring all 4 NO Contacts in parallel

•  Ideal applications are: solar energy 

systems, robotic equipment, and grinding 
machines

•  Auxiliary contacts can switch loads under 

10 mA @ 5 VDC = controllable by PLC

•  RoHS Compliant; CE, cULus, TÜV and 

CCC Approved

R228

Rated resistive load
(NO Contact)

AC inductive load 
rating (NO Contact)

Contact form

Auxiliary 
Contact

Coil voltage Model

40 A @ 440 VAC

22 A @ 440 VAC

DPST-NO, DPST-NC

-

24 VDC

G7Z-2A2B DC24

40 A @ 440 VAC

22 A @ 440 VAC

DPST-NO, DPST-NC

DPST-NC

24 VDC

G7Z-2A2B-02Z DC24

40 A @ 440 VAC

22 A @ 440 VAC

DPST-NO, DPST-NC

SPST-NO/
SPST-NC

24 VDC

G7Z-2A2B-11Z DC24

40 A @ 440 VAC

22 A @ 440 VAC

3PST-NO, SPST-NC

SPST-NO/
SPST-NC

24 VDC

G7Z-3A1B-11Z DC24

40 A @ 440 VAC

22 A @ 440 VAC

4PST-NO

DPST-NC

24 VDC

G7Z-4A-02Z DC24

40 A @ 440 VAC

22 A @ 440 VAC

4PST-NO

SPST-NO/
SPST-NC

24 VDC

G7Z-4A-11Z DC24

40 A @ 440 VAC

22 A @ 440 VAC

4PST-NO

DPST-NO

24 VDC

G7Z-4A-20Z DC24

Ordering Information 

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-10

MGN 

 Industrial High Power Relay

Heavy-Duty General Purpose 
Relay with Class F Coil Insulation

The MGN is a rugged general purpose relay 
with high maximum operating temperature – 
great for heavy duty HVAC and Motor Loads.

•  UL rating of 30 A @ 240 VAC/28 VDC and 

20 A @ 600 VAC

•  UL Ballast rating of 3.6 kW @ 120 VAC

•  -45°C to +115°C DC coil operating 

temperature

•  Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) of 

5 kA @ 600 VAC

•  Magnetic blow-out models switch up to 

20 A @ 125 VDC (resistive)

•  cULus Listed

R229

Rated resistive load

Contact 
form

Terminal 
type

Size in inches
(L x W x H)

UL horsepower
rating

Coil voltage

Model

30 A @ 240 VAC

SPDT

Screw

2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

24 VAC

MGN1C-AC24

30 A @ 240 VAC

SPDT

Screw

2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

120 VAC

MGN1C-AC120

30 A @ 240 VAC

DPST-NO

Screw

2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

120 VAC

MGN2A-AC120

30 A @ 240 VAC

DPST-NO

Screw

2.5 x 2.5 x 2.2

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

24 VDC

MGN2A-DC24

30 A @ 240 VAC

DPDT

Screw

3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

120 VAC

MGN2C-AC120

30 A @ 240 VAC

DPDT

Screw

3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

12 VDC

MGN2C-DC12

30 A @ 240 VAC

DPDT

Screw

3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

24 VDC

MGN2C-DC24

20 A @ 125 VAC

DPDT

Screw

3.4 x 2.5 x 2.4

1.5 HP @ 120 VAC

24 VDC

MGN2CM-DC24

Ordering Information 

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-11

G3NE 

Solid State Relays

Compact 5-20 A Panel Mount Solid 
State Relay

The G3NE is a space-saving solid state relay 
which can switch 5 A, 10 A, or 20 A load @ 
100-240 VAC.

•  G3NE Relays have 65% less volume 

versus standard "hockey puck" SSRs

•  Fast wiring possible using quick-connect 

input and output terminals 

•  Different size quick connect terminals 

prevent miss wiring: Input terminals 
require #110/Output terminals  
require #250

•  Built in varistor prevents surges to protect 

output loads

•  RoHS Compliant; “-US” Models have UL, 

CSA, and TÜV Approval

R429

Input voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Size in mm
L x W x H

Zero cross Mounting

Model

5 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 5 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-205T-US DC5

12 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 5 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-205T-US DC12

24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 5 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-205T-US DC24

5 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-210T-US DC5

12 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-210T-US DC12

24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-210T-US DC24

5 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-210T-2-US DC5

5 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 20 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-220T-US DC5

12 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 20 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-220T-US DC12

24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 20 A

48 x 38 x 12

Yes

Panel

G3NE-220T-US DC24

Ordering Information

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-12

G3NA 

Solid State Relays

The Reliable Choice for "Hockey 
Puck Style" Solid State Relay. 
Available in a wide range of Load 
Current (5 A to 90 A) and Load 
Voltage (max. 660 VAC)

All G3NAs feature industry standard 
mounting holes for usability and versatility 
(optional heat sink is available). LED 
provides quick verification of G3NA 
operational status.

•  Minimize surge and input noise by utilizing 

AC load models with zero cross

•  Included plastic cover provides finger 

protection for workers' safety

•  Built in varistor prevents surges to protect 

output loads

•  All models have UL and CSA Approval: 

"UTU" models also have TÜV Approval. 
RoHS compliant.

R422

Ordering Information

Input voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Size in mm
L x W x H

Zero 
cross

Mounting

Model

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 5 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-205B DC5-24

100 to 120 VAC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-210B AC100-120

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-210B DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-210B-UTU DC5-24

100 to 120 VAC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 20 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-220B AC100-120

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 20 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-220B DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 40 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-240B DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.2 to 40 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-440B-2 DC5-24

100 to 240 VAC

24 to 240 VAC

1.0 to 75 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-275B-UTU-2 AC100-240

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

1.0 to 90 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-290B-UTU-2 DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

5 to 200 VDC

0.1 to 10 A

58 x 43 x 27

No

Panel

G3NA-D210B DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

400 to 600 VAC

0.5 to 50 A

58 x 43 x 30

Yes

Panel

G3NA-650B DC5-24

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-13

G3PH 

Solid State Relay with Built-in Heat Sink

High Power Solid State Relay with 
Heat Sink, Features Replaceable 
Output Power Cartridge

Applicable Load: 75 or 150 A @ 240 or 480 VAC

•  Models available with zero crossing and non-

zero crossing

•  Conforms to cULus standards and EN 

standards (TÜV certification) 

R438

Insulation method  Operation 

indicator 

Zero cross 
function 

Applicable output load 

Rated input 
voltage 

Model 

Photocoupler

 Yes (yellow) 

Yes 

75 A, 100 to 240 VAC 

5 to 24 VDC 

G3PH-2075B DC5-24 

100 to 240 VAC 

G3PH-2075B AC100-240 

150 A, 100 to 240 VAC 

5 to 24 VDC 

G3PH-2150B DC5-24 

100 to 240 VAC 

G3PH-2150B AC100-240 

No 

75 A, 100 to 240 VAC 

5 to 24 VDC 

G3PH-2075BL DC5-24 

150 A, 100 to 240 VAC 

5 to 24 VDC 

G3PH-2150BL DC5-24 

Yes 

75 A, 180 to 480 VAC 

5 to 24 VDC 

G3PH-5075B DC5-24 

100 to 240 VAC 

G3PH-5075B AC100-240 

150 A, 180 to 480 VAC 

5 to 24 VDC 

G3PH-5150B DC5-24 

100 to 240 VAC 

G3PH-5150B AC100-240 

No 

75 A, 180 to 480 VAC 

5 to 24 VDC 

G3PH-5075BL DC5-24 

150 A, 180 to 480 VAC 

5 to 24 VDC 

G3PH-5150BL DC5-24 

Ordering Information 

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-14

G3PA 

  Solid State Relay with Built-in Heat Sink

Solid State Relay with Built-in 
Heat Sink and Replaceable Power 
Cartridge

The G3PA is a DIN rail mounted Solid State 
Relay which can switch 10 - 60 A Loads.

•  Quick and easy DIN rail mounting

•  High Insulation voltage between input  

and output with 4,000 VAC

•  Side-by-side mounting of 3 relays 

possible with G3PA linking terminals

•  Reduce replacement cost and wiring time 

by using G3PA power cartridges

•  3 phase switching with G3PAs possible 

with G32A-D accessory cartridge

•  RoHS Compliant; All G3PA models are 

certified by UL and CSA. "-VD" models are 
certified by UL, CSA and VDE

R423

Input voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Size in mm
L x W x H 

Zero 
cross

Mounting

Model

24 VAC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

100 x 27 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-210B-VD AC24

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

100 x 27 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-210B-VD DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

100 x 27 x 100

No

DIN/panel

G3PA-210BL-VD DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 10 A

100 x 37 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-220B-VD DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.5 to 40 A

100 x 47 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-240B-VD DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

24 to 240 VAC

0.5 to 60 A

110 x 100 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-260B-VD DC5-24

12 to 24 VDC

180 to 400 VAC 0.5 to 20 A

100 x 37 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-420B-VD DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

180 to 400 VAC 0.5 to 30 A

100 x 47 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-430B-VD DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 30 A

100 x 47 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-430B-VD-2 DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC 0.5 to 50 A

110 x 100 x 100

Yes

DIN/panel

G3PA-450B-VD-2 DC12-24

Ordering Information 

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-15

G3PE 

Solid State Relay with Built-in Heat Sink

Compact, Slim-profile SSRs with 
Built-in Heat Sink

The G3PE is capable of suppressing 
transient voltages (min. 30 kV).

•  Quick and easy DIN rail mounting.

•  3-phase types are also available  

(G3PE-

999

B-3H type)

•  Single-phase 15 A and 25 A models 

occupy less than 1” of DIN track width

•  Side-by-side mounting of eight relays 

possible for single phase models

•  Minimize surge and input noise by utilizing 

zero cross models

•  All models are RoHS Compliant and have 

UL, CSA, CE, and TÜV Approvals

Input voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Size in mm
L x W x H

Zero cross Number 

of poles

Model

12 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 15 A

100 x 22.5 x 100

Yes

1

G3PE-215B DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 15 A

100 x 22.5 x 100

Yes

1

G3PE-225B DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.5 to 35 A

100 x 44.5 x 100

Yes

1

G3PE-235B DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.5 to 45 A

100 x 44.5 x 100

Yes

1

G3PE-245B DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.5 to 15 A

100 x 80 x 155

Yes

3

G3PE-515B-3N DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.5 to 25 A

100 x 80 x 155

Yes

2

G3PE-525B-2N DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.5 to 25 A

120 x 80 x 155

Yes

3

G3PE-525B-3N DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.5 to 35 A

120 x 80 x 155

Yes

2

G3PE-535B-2N DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.5 to 35 A

140 x 80 x 155

Yes

3

G3PE-535B-3N DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

200 to 480 VAC

0.5 to 45 A

140 x 110 x 155

Yes

3

G3PE-545B-3N DC12-24

12 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.5 to 45 A

80 x 80 x 35

Yes

3

G3PE-245B-3H DC12-24

Ordering Information 

R425

* G3PE-

999

B-3H type is not built-in heat sink type.

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-16

G3PF 

  Solid State Relay

Built-in Current Transformer with 
Heater Burnout and Relay Failure 
Detection

Can handle up to 35 A @ 240 VAC with up to 2 
alarm outputs when failure occurs.

•  Current transformer is built into the SSR, 

therefore eliminating unnecessary CT wiring

•  Heater burnout detection for single-phase or 

three-phase heaters

•  Built-in CT can detect SSR short circuit 

failures

•  Alarm indicator shows if a heater burnout or 

SSR short-circuit failure has occurred

•  Rotary switches can be used to easily set the 

heater burnout detection level 

Input terminal 
model

Zero cross 
function

Alarm output

Applicable load

Model

M3 terminals

Yes

1 output (Heater Burnout 
Detection, SSR short-circuit 
Failure Detection, Common

2 to 25 A @ 100 to 240 VAC G3PF-225B DC24

2 to 35 A @ 100 to 240 VAC G3PF-235B DC24

Screwless clamp 
terminals

2 outputs (Heater Burnout 
Detection, SSR Short-
circuit Failure Detection

2 to 35 A @ 100 to 240 VAC G3PF-235B-CTB DC24

Compact slotted 
screw terminals

2 to 35 A @ 100 to 240 VAC G9PF-235B-STB DC24

Ordering Information 

R447

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-17

G3RV 

6 mm Solid State Relays

Solid State Plug-in Ultra-Slim Relay

The G3RV is an ultra-slim 6 mm wide solid  
state relay in a DIN mount relay-socket unit  
with maintenance-friendly features.
•  LED indicator allows verification of current 

flow of input

•  Large plug-in terminal ensures reliable 

connection

•  PLC interface and cable accessories are 

available

•  Easily connect multiple G3RV Relays together 

with cross bars

•  RoHS Compliant; cULus Listed, CE and  

TÜV Approval

•  G3RV Class I Division 2 meets requirements: 

Non-incendive Electrical Equipment for Use in 
Class I, Division 2 Hazardous Locations

R427

Terminal wiring connection

Input voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Zero cross

Model

Push-in

230 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL500-A AC230

24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL500-A DC24

230 VAC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µA to 3 A

G3RV-SL500-D AC230

24 VDC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µA to 3 A

G3RV-SL500-D DC24

Screw

110 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL700-A AC110

230 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL700-A AC230 

24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL700-A DC24 

110 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

No

G3RV-SL700-AL AC110 

110 VAC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µA to 3 A

G3RV-SL700-D AC110

24 VDC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µA to 3 A

G3RV-SL700-D DC24

Note: Model number contains relay and socket.

Terminal wiring connection

Input voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Zero cross

Model

Push-in

12 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL500-A-C1D2 DC12

24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL500-A-C1D2 DC24

110 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL500-A-C1D2 AC110

230 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL500-A-C1D2 AC230

12 VDC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µ to 3A

G3RV-SL500-D-C1D2 DC12

24 VDC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µ to 3A

G3RV-SL500-D-C1D2 DC24

110 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL500-D-C1D2 AC110

230 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL500-D-C1D2 AC230

12 VDC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µ to 3A

G3RV-SL500-AL-C1D2 DC12

24 VDC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µ to 3A

G3RV-SL500-AL-C1D2 DC24

110 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL500-AL-C1D2 AC110

230 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL500-AL-C1D2 AC230

Screw

12 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL700-A-C1D2 DC12

24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL700-A-C1D2 DC24

110 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL700-A-C1D2 AC110

230 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL700-A-C1D2 AC230

12 VDC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µ to 3A

G3RV-SL700-D-C1D2 DC12

24 VDC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µ to 3A

G3RV-SL700-D-C1D2 DC24

110 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL700-D-C1D2 AC110

230 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL700-D-C1D2 AC230

12 VDC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µ to 3A

G3RV-SL700-AL-C1D2 DC12

24 VDC

5 to 24 VDC

100 µ to 3A

G3RV-SL700-AL-C1D2 DC24

110 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL700-AL-C1D2 AC110

230 VAC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

Yes

G3RV-SL700-AL-C1D2 AC230

Ordering Information

G3RV Class 1 Divison 2 meets requirements: Groups A,B,C and D

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-18

G3R-I/O 

 Solid State Relays

Space Saving Input/Output Socket 
Mounted Solid State Relay

The G3R-I/O is a high isolation solid state 
relay ideal for PLC applications.

•  High Insulation voltage between input and 

output with 4,000 VAC

•  Process high-speed inputs using G3R-

IDZR models: 0.1 ms max. On/Off time

•  Applicable load up to 2 A @ 240 VAC with 

AC output models

•  LED indicator allows verification of current 

flow of input

•  Terminal arrangement equivalent with 

G2RS relay (socket: P2R series)

•  RoHS Compliant; All G3R-I/O have UL and 

CSA approval, "-UTU" models have UL, 
CSA and TÜV approval

R428

Input voltage Load voltage

Load current

Size in mm
L x W x H

Zero 
cross

Mounting

Model

5 VDC

4 to 32 VDC

0.1 to 100 mA

29 x 13 x 28

No

Socket

G3R-IDZR1SN DC5 

12 to 24 VDC

4 to 32 VDC

0.1 to 100 mA

29 x 13 x 28

No

Socket

G3R-IDZR1SN DC12-24

5 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.05 to 2 A

29 x 13 x 28

Yes

Socket

G3R-OA202SZN DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.05 to 2 A

29 x 13 x 28

Yes

Socket

G3R-OA202SZN-UTU DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

48 to 200 VDC

0.01 to 1.5 A

29 x 13 x 28

No

Socket

G3R-OD201SN DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

5 to 48 VDC

0.01 to 2 A

29 x 13 x 28

No

Socket

G3R-ODX02SN DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

5 to 48 VDC

0.01 to 2 A

29 x 13 x 28

No

Socket

G3R-ODX02SN-UTU DC5-24

Note: Corresponding sockets can be found on page Y-vii.

Ordering Information 

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-19

G3MC 

PCB Solid State Relays

Ultra-Slim PCB Solid State Relays 
with Reinforced Insulation

PCB mount DC input and AC output SSR.

•  4.5 mm thin design for high-density PCB 

applications

•  DC input and AC output for applicable load 

of 1 A (at 40°C) and 2 A (at 25°C)

•  High Insulation voltage between input and 

output with 3,000 VAC for "-1" model

•  RoHS Compliant; All G3MC models have 

UL, CSA approval and "-VD" models have 
additional VDE approval

R432

Input 
voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Size in mm
L x W x H

Zero 
cross

Insulation
(input/output)

Model

5 VDC

100 to 120 VAC

0.1 to 1 A

24.5 x 4.5 x 13.5

Yes

2500 VAC

G3MC-101P DC5

5 VDC

100 to 120 VAC

0.1 to 1 A

24.5 x 4.5 x 13.5

Yes

2500 VAC

G3MC-101P-VD DC5

5 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5

Yes

2500 VAC

G3MC-202P-VD DC5

24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5

Yes

3000 VAC

G3MC-202P-VD-1 DC24

5 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5

No

2500 VAC

G3MC-202PL-VD DC5

12 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.1 to 2 A

24.5 x 4.5 x 20.5

No

2500 VAC

G3MC-202PL-VD DC12

Ordering Information

Y

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Y-20

R435

Input/Output Color–Coded PCB 
Solid-State Relays with LED 
Indicator Models

The G3TB is a PCB mount Input/Output solid 
state relay with width (10 mm width).

•  High Insulation voltage between input and 

output with 4,000 VAC

•  Easy to identify (black: AC output, Yellow: 

AC Input, Red: DC output, White: DC 
input)

•  RoHS Compliant; "-US" Models have UL 

and CSA Approval

Input voltage

Load voltage

Load current

Size in mm
L x W x H

Zero 
cross

Relay color

Model

100 to 240 VAC

4 to 32 VDC

25 mA max.

44 x 10 x 21

No

Yellow

G3TB-IAZR02P-US AC100-240

4 to 24 VDC

4 to 32 VDC

25 mA max.

44 x 10 x 21

White

G3TB-IDZR02P-US DC5-24

5 to 24 VDC

100 to 240 VAC

0.05 to 3 A

44 x 10 x 31

Yes

Black

G3TB-OA203PZ-US DC5-24

4 to 24 VDC

5 to 48 VDC

0.01 to 3 A

44 x 10 x 31

Red

G3TB-ODX03PM-US DC4-24

Ordering Information

G3TB 

PCB Solid State Relays

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Z-i

Pushbuttons & Indicators

Contents

Selection Guide

Z-iv

Pilot Lights

M22R

Pilot lights

Z-2

22 mm dia. metal bezel,   
pushbutton switches

A22R/
A22RL

Pushbutton switches
Lighted pushbutton switches

Z-3

A22RS/
A22RW

Selector switches
Lighted selector switches

Z-4

A22RK

Keyed selector switches

Z-4

22 mm dia. plastic bezel,  
pushbutton switches

A3U

Flat type, pushbutton switches

Z-5

16 mm dia. plastic bezel,  
pushbutton and selector switches

A16/
A16L/
A165/
A165L

Pushbutton switches
Lighted pushbutton switches
IP65 Pushbutton switches
IP65 Lighted pushbutton 
switches

Z-6

A165S/
A165W

Selector switches
Lighted selector switches

Z-7

A165K

Keyed selector switches

Z-8

M16/
M165

Pilot lights
IP65 Pilot lights

Z-9

M2BJ

Panel-mounted buzzer

Z-10

30 mm dia. non-lighted,  
pushbutton switches

ZAP

Pushbutton switches

Z-10

Z

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

ADVANTAGES FOR PANEL BUILDERS 

Omron’s pushbutton and selector  
switches, and pilot lights support  
control panel designs with  
shallow mounting depths. They deliver  
time-saving, easy installation that  
reduces project labor cost. Panel  
builders can reduce component  
ordering expenses by specifying  
multiple Omron industrial controls. 
•  16, 22 and 30 mm diameters
•  Wide range of shapes and colors
•  Contact configurations for  

most applications

OMRON OFFERS A BROAD RANGE OF PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

•  Packaging equipment
•  Food & beverage production
•  Semiconductor manufacturing machines 

•  Continuous illumination on pilot lights 

and lighted pushbutton switches

•  Momentary and alternate switch action
•  Keyed and knob selector switches
•  Metal or plastic bezels available

Pushbutton Switches

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z-ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Z

OMRON OFFERS A BROAD RANGE OF PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z-iii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Category

Pushbutton switch

Indicator

Buzzer

S

ele

ct

io

 

cri

te

ri

a

Model

A16/A165

A22R

A3U

ZAP

M16/M165

M22R

M2JB-B

Mounting Nut-mounting

Size 16 mm

22 mm

22 mm

30 mm

16 mm

22 mm

16 mm

Shape

P

us

hb

ut

ton

 co

lor

LE

D

-l

ig

ht

ed

Red

4

4

4

4

4

Yellow

4

4

4

4

4

Pure yellow

4

4

Green

4

4

4

4

4

White

4

4

4

4

4

Blue

4

4

4

4

4

N

on

-l

ig

ht

ed

Red

4

4

4

4

Yellow

4

4

4

4

Green

4

4

4

4

White

4

4

4

4

Blue

4

4

4

4

Black

4

4

4

4

4

Fea

tu

res

Momentary 

operation

4

4

4

4

Self-holding

4

4

2-position selector

3-position selector

Number of contacts 1 or 2

1 or 2

1 or 2

1 or 2

IP rating IP40/IP65

IP65

IP40

IP40/IP65

IP65

IP40

Legend plate

4

4

4

4

4

Switch ratings 

(Resistive load)

•  

5 A,  
125 VAC

•  

3 A,  
250 VAC

•  

3 A,  
30 VDC

•  

3 A,  
240 VAC

•  

0.1 A,  
30 VDC

•  

15 A,  
250 VAC

•  

0.5 A,  
125 VDC

Te

rm

in

al

s

Solder

4

4

4

PCB

4

4

Screw-less clamp

4

4

Screw  –

4

4

4

Connector

4

LE

D

 O

p

er

ati

ng

vo

lta

ge

5 VDC

4

4

4

6 VDC

4

4

12 VDC

4

4

4

4

4

24 VDC

4

4

4

4

4

110 VAC

4

4

220 VAC

4

4

4

4

Fo

rm

SPDT

4

4

4

DPDT

4

4

4

SPST-NO

4

SPST-NC

4

SPST-NO + SPST-NC

4

DPST-NO

4

DPST-NC

4

Selection Table

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z-iv

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Category

Selector switch

S

ele

ct

io

 

cri

te

ri

a

Model

A165W

A165S

A165K

A22RW

A22RS

A3US

A22RK

Mounting

Nut-mounting

Size 16 mm

16 mm

16 mm

22 mm

22 mm

22 mm

22 mm

Shape

P

us

hb

ut

ton

 co

lor

LE

D

-l

ig

ht

ed

Red

4

4

Yellow

4

4

Pure yellow

Green

4

4

White

Blue

4

N

on

-l

ig

ht

ed

Red

Yellow

Green

White

Blue

Black

4

4

4

4

4

Fea

tu

res

Momentary 

operation

Self-holding

2-position selector

4

4

4

4

4

4

3-position selector

4

4

4

4

4

Number of contacts 1 or 2

1 or 2

1 or 2

1 or 2

1

1 or 2

IP rating IP65

IP65

IP65

IP65

IP65

IP40

IP65

Legend plate

4

Switch ratings 

(Resistive load)

•  

5 A,  
125 VAC

•  

3 A,  
250 VAC

•  

3 A,  
30 VDC

•  

5 A,  
125 VAC

•  

3 A,  
250 VAC

•  

3 A,  
30 VDC

•  

5 A,  
125 VAC

•  

3 A,  
250 VAC

•  

3 A,  
30 VDC

•  

3 A,  
240 VAC

•  

3 A,  
240 VAC

•  

0.1 A,  
30 VDC

•  

3 A,  
240 VAC

Te

rm

in

al

s

Solder

4

4

4

PCB

4

4

4

Screw-less clamp

4

4

4

Screw  –

4

4

4

Connector

4

LE

D

 O

p

er

ati

ng

vo

lta

ge

5 VDC

4

6 VDC

4

12 VDC

4

4

24 VDC

4

4

110 VAC

4

220 VAC

4

4

Fo

rm

SPDT

4

4

4

4

DPDT

4

4

4

SPST-NO

4

4

4

SPST-NC

4

4

4

SPST-NO + SPST-NC

4

4

4

DPST-NO

4

4

4

DPST-NC

4

4

4

Standard 

8

 

Available 

– 

No/not available

Pushbutton Switches

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z-v

Z

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z-2

M22R Series 

Pilot Lights

Pilot lights

Model

Round flat pilot light

M22R

P645

22 mm Dia. Pilot Lights

•  Pilot lights indicate status of machinery and 

processes on control panels

•  Bright LED light source is easy to read under 

most lighting conditions

•  Easy mounting and removal of socket unit

•  Short mounting depth, less than 40.5 mm  

below panel

Specifications

•  Current consumption:  

20 mA @ 12 V AC/DC ±5%  
20 mA@ 24 V AC/DC ±5%

•  Enclosure rating: IP65

• LED Lamp Ratings

Model 

Operating Voltage

Current Consumption

M22R-E*-12A

AC/DC 12 V ± 5%

20 mA

M22R-E*-24A

AC/DC 24 V ± 5%

20 mA

M22R-E*-T1

AC120 V (110 to 130 V)

20 mA

M22R-E*-T2

AC200 V (190 to 230 V)

20 mA

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z-3

A22R/A22RL Series 

 

Pushbutton Switches

Non-Lighted

Model

Round flat

A22R-F

Round projection

A22R-T

P642

22 mm Dia. Lighted and Non-Lighted 
Pushbutton Switches

•  Robust and aesthetic design

•  Shiny metal bezel

•  Smooth rounded edges

•  Short mounting depth,  

less than 46.8 mm below panel 

Lighted

Model

Lighted round flat

A22RL-F

Lighted round projection

A22RL-T

Specifications

•  Rated load: 3 A at 240 VAC

•  Enclosure rating: IP65

•  Rated durability service life:

•  Mechanical:  

3,000,000 operations - Momentary switch 
300,000 operations – Alternate switch

•  Electrical: 500,000 operations

• LED Lamp Ratings

Model 

Operating Voltage

Current Consumption

A22R-6A

AC/DC 6 V ± 5%

20 mA

A22R-12A

AC/DC 12 V ± 5%

20 mA

A22R-24A

AC/DC 24 V ± 5%

20 mA

• Voltage reduction unit (for LED lamp)

Model 

Operating Voltage

Current Consumption

A22R**-T1

AC120 V (110 to 130 V)

20 mA

A22R**-T2

AC200 V (190 to 230 V)

20 mA

Z

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z-4

A22RK Series 

  Keyed Selector Switches

A22RS/A22RW Series 

 

Selector Switches

Non-Lighted

Model

Non-lighted selector switch

A22RS

P643

22 mm Dia. Lighted and Non-Lighted 
Selector Switches

•  2- and 3-position switches with manual or 

automatic reset to meet panel building needs 

•  New “super-bright” LED used in all lighted 

models

•  Short mounting depth, less than  

46.8 mm below panel

•  “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and  

easy tool-free assembly

•   Shiny metal bezel

Lighted

Model

Lighted selector switch

A22RW

Specifications

•  Rated load: 3 A at 240 VAC

•  Enclosure rating: IP65

•  Rated durability service life:

•  Mechanical: 300,000 operations
•  Electrical: 500,000 operations

Keyed

Model

Keyed selector switch

A22RK

22 mm Dia. Keyed Non-Lighted 
Selector Switches

•  Design in extra security with keyed selector 

switches; only authorized operators are 
allowed to change settings using the key 

•  2- and 3-position switches with manual or 

automatic reset to meet panel building needs 

•  Short mounting depth, less than  

46.8 mm below panel

•  “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and  

easy tool-free assembly

•  Shiny metal bezel

Specifications

•  Rated load: 3 A at 240 VAC

•  Enclosure rating: IP65

•  Rated durability service life:

•  Mechanical: 300,000 operations
•  Electrical: 500,000 operations

P644

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z-5

A3U Series 

 Pushbutton and Selector Switches

22 mm Dia. Flat-type Lighted and  
Non-Lighted Pushbutton Switches 
and Selector Switch

Easy connector enables less assembly and 
less wiring.

•  50 mm body length

•  Easy one push to connect the Operation 

and Switch units

Pushbutton switches

Model

Lighted

A3U

Non-lighted

A3UL

Selector switch

Model

Non-lighted

A3US

Specifications

•  Rated load: 0.1 A @ 30 VDC
•  Rated durability service life:

•  Mechanical:  

1,000,000 operations - Pushbutton switches 
250,000 operations - Selector switch

•  Electrical: 

200,000 operations - Pushbutton switches 
1000,000 operations - Selector switch

•  Enclosure: IP40

P646

Z

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z-6

Square

Model

Unlit, 2-way guard

A16-A, 
A165-A

Lit, 2-way guard

A16L-A,
A165L-A

Lighted square
2-way guard,
110 VAC transformer

A16L-A-T1,
A165L-A-T1

Lighted square
2-way guard,
220 VAC transformer

A16L-A-T2,
A165L-A-T2

Round Projection

Model

Lighted

A16L-T,
A165L-T

Non-Lighted

A16-T, 
A165-T

Lighted, 110 VAC 
transformer

A16L-T-T1,
A165L-T-T1

Lighted, 220 VAC 
transformer

A16L-T-T2,
A165L-T-T2

A16/A165 Series 

 Pushbutton Switches

Specifications

•  Rated load (SPDT, DPDT):

•  5 A at 125 VAC, 3 A at 250 VAC  

(NO & NC)

•  3 A at 30 VDC

•  Operating force:

•  SPDT 2.45N/DPDT:4.41N(IP40); 

SPDT:2.94N/DPDT4.91 N (IP65)

•  Rated durability service life:

•  Mechanical: Momentary  

operation: 2,000,000 operations min.; 
Alternating operation: 200,000  
operations min.

•  Electrical: 100,000 operations min.

•  Approvals:

•  UL: UL508, File No. E41515
•  cUL: CSA C22 No. 14
•  TÜV: EN60947-5-1:2004
•  CCC: GB14048.5

P632

16 mm Dia. Lighted and Non-Lighted 

Pushbutton Switches

•  Wide range of options to match most panel  

building needs

•  Protection: IP65 oil-resistant models (A165) 

and standard IP40 models (A16)

•  Lighting: Non-lighted (A16 and A165) and 

lighted (A16L and A165L)

•  New “ultra-bright” LED used in all lighted 

models

•  Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm 

below panel

Rectangular

Model

Unlit, 2-way guard

A16-J,
A165-J

Lit, 2-way guard

A16L-J, 
A165L-J

Lighted rectangular 
2-way guard 110 VAC 
transformer

A16L-J-T1,
A165L-J-T1

Lighted rectangular 
2-way guard, 220 VAC
transformer

A16L-J-T2,
A165L-J-T2

•  “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and easy  

tool-free assembly

•  RoHS compliant

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z-7

A165S/W Series 

Selector Switches

P634

16 mm Dia. Lighted and  

Non-Lighted Selector Switches

•  Knob-style selector switches provide users 

a reliable way to start or choose between 
machine operations

•  2- and 3-position switches with manual 

or automatic reset to meet panel building 
needs

•  IP65-rated for oil resistance

•  Lighting: Non-lighted (A165S) and lighted 

(A165W)

•  New “ultra-bright” LED used in all lighted 

models

•  Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm 

below panel

•  “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and easy 

tool-free assembly

Specifications

•  Rated load (SPDT, DPDT):

•  5 A at 125 VAC, 3 A at 250 VAC  

(NO & NC)

•  3 A at 30 VDC

•  Operating force:

•  SPDT/DPDT: 0.1 Nm

•  Rated durability service life:

•  Mechanical: 250.000 operations min.
•  Electrical: 100,000 operations min.

•  Approvals:

•  UL: UL508, File No. E41515
•  cUL: CSA C22 No. 14
•  TÜV: EN60947-5-1:2004
•  CCC: GB14048.5

Non-lighted

Model

Square base selector
switch

A165S-A

Rectangular base 
selector switch

A165S-J

Round base selector
switch

A165S-T

Lighted

Model

Lighted square base
selector switch

A165W-A

Lighted rectangular 
base
selector switch

A165W-J

Lighted round base
selector switch

A165W-T

•  RoHS compliant

•  Use optional legend plates to identify the 

selections

Z

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z-8

A165K Series 

 Keyed Selector Switches

P635

16 mm Dia. Keyed Selector 

Switches

•  Design in extra security with keyed 

selector switches; only authorized 
operators are allowed to change settings 
using the key

•  2- and 3-position switches with manual 

or automatic reset to meet panel 
building needs

•  IP65-rated for oil resistance

•  Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm 

below panel

•  “Snap-in” switch unit for quick and easy  

tool-free assembly

•  RoHS compliant

•  Use optional legend plates to identify 

the selections

Specifications

•  Rated load (SPDT, DPDT):

•  5 A at 125 VAC, 3 A at 250 VAC  

(NO & NC)

•  3 A at 30 VDC

•  Operating force:

•  SPDT/DPDT: 0.1 Nm

•  Rated durability service life:

•  Mechanical: 250,000 operations 

min.

•  Electrical: 100,000 operations min.

•  Approvals:

•  UL: UL508, File No. E41515
•  cUL: CSA C22 No. 14
•  TÜV: EN60947-5-1:2004
•  CCC: GB14048.5 

Keyed switches

Model

Square base keyed 
selector switch

A165K-A

Rectangular base 
keyed 
selector switch

A165K-J

Round base keyed 
selector switch

A165K-T

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z-9

M16/M165 Series 

Pilot Lights

P636

16 mm Dia. Pilot Lights

•  Pilot lights indicate status of machinery 

and processes on control panels

•  Bright LED light source is easy to read 

under most lighting conditions

•  Easy mounting and removal of socket unit

•  Standard IP40 and oil-resistant IP65 

models

•  Short mounting depth, less than 28.5 mm 

below panel

•  RoHS compliant

•  Use optional legend plates to identify 

indicators

Specifications

•  Current consumption:

•  8 mA @ 5 VDC ±5%
•  8 mA @12 VAC/VDC ±5%
•  8 mA @ 24 VAC/VDC ±5%
•  8 mA @ 110 VAC/VDC
•  8 mA @ 220 VAC/VDC

•  Approvals:

•  UL: UL508, File No. E76675
•  cUL: CSA C22 No. 14

Keyed switches

Model

Square pilot light

M16-A,
M165-A

Rectangular pilot light

M16-J,
M165-J

Round pilot light

M16-T,
M165-T

Z

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Z-10

M2BJ Series 

Buzzers

P637

16 mm Dia. Panel-Mounted Buzzers

•  Intermittent or continuous sound selected by 

jumper setting

•  Complements the A16 range of Pushbuttons, 

Selector Switches and Key Switches

•  RoHS compliant

•  LEDs incorporated on high-sound model indicators

Specifications:

Current consumption:
• Standard sound types:

• DC: 7 mA max.
• AC: 20 mA max.

• High-sound (includes LED) types:

• DC: 50 mA max.
• AC: 100 mA max.

Buzzers

Model

Standard sound buzzer

M2BJ-B

High volume sound
buzzer

M2BJ-BH

ZAP Series 

  Non-lighted Pushbutton Switches

Shape of Operation Unit

Output

Operation Unit Color

Blue (-A)

Black (-B) Green (-G)

Red (-R)

White (-W)

Yellow (-Y)

36 dia chrome bezel, 25 dia button

1

ZAP-A

ZAP-B

ZAP-G

ZAP-R

ZAP-W

ZAP-Y

2

2ZAP-A

2ZAP-B

2ZAP-G

2ZAP-R

2ZAP-W

2ZAP-Y

36 dia chrome bezel, 25 dia button

1

ZAP-1A

ZAP-1B

ZAP-1G

ZAP-1R

ZAP-1W

ZAP-1Y

2

2ZAP-1A

2ZAP-1B

2ZAP-1G

2ZAP-1R

2ZAP-1W

2ZAP-1Y

36 dia chrome bezel, 40 dia button

1

ZAP-2A

ZAP-2B

ZAP-2G

ZAP-2R

ZAP-2W

ZAP-2Y

2

2ZAP-2A

2ZAP-2B

2ZAP-2G

2ZAP-2R

2ZAP-2W

2ZAP-2Y

30 mm Dia. Non-lighted Pushbutton 
Switches

•  Using a Basic Switch enables direct switching of 

large-capacity loads

•  Shock-absorbing structure of Operation unit 

protects the Switch

•  IP65 rated pushbutton structure enables use in 

dusty locations and resists oil and water splashes

•  Pushbuttons are available in three shapes and six 

colors

Specifications

•  Rated load: 15 A at 250 VAC, 0.5 A at 125 VDC

•  Electrical durability: 500,000 operations minimum

P654

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

MAKING SAFETY SIMPLE — 
OMRON’S CONCEPT FOR THE FUTURE

Today, forward-thinking manufacturers clearly realize the new 
role of increased safety on the factory floor.

•  Recently adopted international safety standards have 

shifted the way systems are evaluated.

•  Safety is a corporate responsibility, not an obstruction 

to productivity.

•  Safety is essential to increased productivity and 

profitability.

“The modern user of safety 

products demands a new vision.”

Poised at the leading-edge of safety solutions worldwide, 
Omron’s STI safety products focus on making safety work. 

We are aware of the many demands of automation safeguard-
ing. Consequently, our automation safety products meet or 
exceed local and international safety standards.

Omron is committed to providing safeguarding solutions that 
meet your needs for safety and productivity. We design and 
engineer our products by listening to and working closely 
with our customers and authorized distributors. We also 
provide you with:

• Experienced assistance

• Expert guidance in application, integration and 

maintenance

• World-class support through Omron’s global network of 

250 sales locations in 65 countries

Machine & Process Safeguarding

i

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

ENHANCED WORKER SAFETY

6

2

 

1

1

7

4

2

 

1

 

Safety Light Curtains

The MS4800 and F3SJ models are simple to install, 
and available in a wide selection of protected heights 
and resolutions.

 See page AA-i. 

8

 Enabling Switches

Provides the additional protection needed 
during set-up, programming and servicing of 
robotic and automatic equipment.

•  Has distinct clicks for three easily 

discernible positions

 See page GG-i. 

F3SJ-A

MS4800

A4EG

2

 Safety Laser 

 Scanners

Our OS32C is a very 
compact safety laser 
scanner. It has 70 zone 
configurations for complex 
guarding parameters. 
Safety coverage up to 4 m 
at 270 degrees.

 See page BB-i. 

OS32C

F3SJ-E

F3SJ-B

New Industry First! 
EtherNet/IP capable of status 
and measurement data reporting.

F3SG-RA

 

 

NEW

3

 

Safety Interlock Switches

Tamper resistant switches enhance  
mechanical guarding methods.

•  Guardlocking switches
•  Hinge pin switches
•  Non-contact switches
•  Limit switches
•  Tongue switches
•  Explosion-proof versions

 See page EE-i. 

Machine and Process Safeguarding

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

ii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

NE1A

G9SX

7

 Safety Programmable Controllers

7

 Safety Monitoring Relays

The G9SP stand-alone programmable safety 
controller for mid-sized applications supports direct 
connection to safety mats and non-contact switches. 
The NE1A DeviceNet safety network controller is 
well-suited for large complex applications, while 
safety monitoring relays are ideal for ensuring control 
reliability in smaller applications.

•  Multiple input versions
•  Delayed outputs
•  Two-hand control
•  Stop motion sensing

 See page DD-i and page FF-i. 

4

 Emergency Stop Devices

•  Enclosed and panel-mounted models available with 

key-operated reset. 

•  Combination rope and push button actuated 

emergency stop switches. 

•  Heavy duty housing offering rope spans to 200 

meters

 See page FF-i. 

5

 Safety Edges & Bumpers

5

 Safety Mats & Area Guarding

Built tough for tough environments. Combine a mat 
with a controller to provide proven reliability.

 See page CC-i. 

6

 Perimeter Guarding

PA4600 models are available with single and 
multiple-beam models with an operating range 
to 70 meters. They’re perfect when installing 
fences is not practical.

 See page AA-i. 

PA4600

G9SP

6

3

4

6

8

5

4

4

3

NX-S

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

iii

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Machine & Process Safeguarding

NO

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

YES

NO

INPUT

LOGIC

OUTPUT

YES

NO

Is DeviceNET 

or Stand-alone

operation 

required? (up 

to 1024 I/O)

Safety 

Programmable

Controllers

NE1A

Can the equipment or pro-

cess be stopped immediately 

by an electrical signal?

Safety Interlock Switches:

Guardlocking Switches

Safety Interlock Switches:

Guardlocking Switches

Is the highest level of 

safety required >PLd?

Is protection of an 

operator’s arm, hand or 

finger required?

Safety Light Curtains

Safety Interlock Switches

Safety Mats & 
Area Guarding

Safety Laser
Scanners

Is additional operator pro-

tection required during 
setup, programming or 

servicing?

Enabling Switches

Safety Interlock Switches

A22TK Safety Selector Switch

Is monitoring of 3 devices 

or less required?

Safety Monitoring Relays

Is monitoring 

of 10 devices 

or less 

required?

Safety 

Programmable

Controllers

G9SP

Is Omron 
EtherCAT 

network being 

used? (up to 

1024 I/O)

Safety 

Programmable

Controllers

NX-S

Is Stand-alone 

operation 

required? 

(up to 256 I/O)

Safety 

Programmable 

Controllers

NX-S

 

(with EIP monitoring

*2

)

Power Contactor with Mirror Contacts

J7KNA-AR 

and

 G7Z

Force-Guided Relay 

G7SA

Force-Guided Relay 

G7S-E

Is direct STO shutdown of a servo 

amplifier or drive required?

Direct connect to devices

G5 Servo

*1

MX2 Drive

*1

Perimeter Guarding

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES

SAFETY DEVICE MONITORING AND CONTROL

OPERATOR 

PROTECTION

Are there airborne 

particulates in the 

environment?

Is there a need to 

prevent an operator from 
accessing the equipment 

until it has stopped?

Is switching of voltage 

or current outside the 

range of the logic device 

required?

Is current greater than 6A?

Is current greater than 10A?

OUTPUT DEVICES

Is there frequent access 

into the hazardous area?

Emergency 
Stop 
Devices:
E-Stops

Emergency Stop Devices:

Trip Cords

EMERGENCY STOP DEVICES

Are there multiple Emer-

gency Stops required 

along the equipment?

*1 Please refer to www.omron247.com for more information about servos and drives with integrated safety
*2 Available Early 2015
* Please refer to www.omron247.com or to the Machine & Process Safeguarding Solution Selection Guide for additional information and product 
selections.

iv

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

AA-i

Safety Light Curtains & 
Perimeter Access Guarding

Contents

Type 4 Light Curtains

F3SG-RA

Global Light Curtain

AA-2

MS4800 
MSF4800

MiniSafe

®

 Light Curtain

AA-3

F3SJ-A

“Advanced” Light Curtain

AA-4

F3SJ-B

“Basic” Light Curtain

AA-5

F3SJ-E

“Easy” Light Curtain

AA-6

Light Curtain Resource Modules

RM-1

Resource Module Converts 
Solid-State Outputs to Force-
Guided Relay Outputs

AA-7

RM-2, 
-2AC, 
-2-AC-IP

Resource Module – Converts 
Solid-State Outputs to Force-
Guided Relay Outputs

AA-7

RM-3

Resource Module – Mute 
Module

AA-8

RM-X

Resource Module – Converts 
Solid-State Outputs to Force-
Guided Relay Outputs

AA-8

Perimeter Access Guarding

PA4600

Perimeter Access Guarding 
Device

AA-9


A

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

AA-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S642

F3SG-RA 

Advanced Safety Light Curtains

Global Multilingual Light Curtain 
offers safety in 8 languages

Advanced Safety Light Curtain in rugged,  

IP67 rates housing

•  Built-in muting; requires no external 

muting controller

•  Resolution: 14 mm (finger protection) and 

30 mm (Hand protection) models

•  Scan QR code with smart phone for local 

language support and troubleshooting 
guide

•  All models designed for global use; PNP/

NPN output selection DIP switch

Ordering Information

Model

Description

F3SG-4RA0240-14 F3SG-4RA, 14MM RESOLUTION, 240 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SG-4RA0400-14 F3SG-4RA, 14MM RESOLUTION, 400 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SG-4RA0560-14 F3SG-4RA, 14MM RESOLUTION, 560 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SG-4RA0720-14 F3SG-4RA, 14MM RESOLUTION, 720 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SG-4RA0880-14 F3SG-4RA, 14MM RESOLUTION, 880 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SG-4RA1200-14 F3SG-4RA, 14MM RESOLUTION, 1200 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SG-4RA1680-14 F3SG-4RA, 14MM RESOLUTION, 1680 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SG-4RA0270-30 F3SG-4RA, 30MM RESOLUTION, 270 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SG-4RA0430-30 F3SG-4RA, 30MM RESOLUTION, 430 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SG-4RA0590-30 F3SG-4RA, 30MM RESOLUTION, 590 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SG-4RA0750-30 F3SG-4RA, 30MM RESOLUTION, 750 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SG-4RA0910-30 F3SG-4RA, 30MM RESOLUTION, 910 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SG-4RA1230-30 F3SG-4RA, 30MM RESOLUTION, 1230 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SG-4RA1550-30 F3SG-4RA, 30MM RESOLUTION, 1550 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F3SG-4RA1790-30 F3SG-4RA, 30MM RESOLUTION, 1790 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT
F39-LGA

F3SG-4RA STANDARD ADJUSTABLE BRACKET

F39-LP

F3SG-4RA MUTING LAMP

F39-JG10A-L

F3SG-4RA, SINGLE ENDED CABLE FOR TX,10M

F39-JG3B-L

F3SG-4RA, DOUBLE ENDED CABLE FOR TX,3M

F39-JG7B-L

F3SG-4RA, DOUBLE ENDED CABLE FOR TX,7M

F39-JG10B-L

F3SG-4RA, DOUBLE ENDED CABLE FOR TX,10M

F39-JG10A-D

F3SG-4RA, SINGLE ENDED CABLE FOR RX,10M

F39-JG3B-D

F3SG-4RA, DOUBLE ENDED CABLE FOR RX,3M

F39-JG5B-D

F3SG-4RA, DOUBLE ENDED CABLE FOR RX,5M

F39-JG10B-D

F3SG-4RA, DOUBLE ENDED CABLE FOR RX,10M

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

AA-3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S633

MS4800 

Safety Light Curtain

MiniSafe

®

 Light Curtains 

•  Resolutions: 14 mm (0.55 in.), 20 mm (0.79 

in.), 30 mm (1.18 in.), and 40 mm (1.57 in.)

•  Ranges: 7 m (23 ft.) for 14 mm resolution 

systems; and 20 m (65 ft.) for 20, 30 and 
40 mm resolution systems

•  Protected Heights: 280 to 2120 mm (11 to 

83.5 in.)

•  Compact size: 50 x 38 mm (2 x 1.5 in.)

•  “Two-box” design — no separate control 

box; no cable between transmitter and 
receiver

•  Individual Beam Indicators

•  Quick and easy fixed blanking 

programming option “SB1”

•  Simple cascading models

R

C           US

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

MS4800S-20-0320

70230-1180

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20MM RESOLUTION, 320 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-20-0440

70230-1183

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20MM RESOLUTION, 440 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-20-0600

70230-1187

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20MM RESOLUTION, 600 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-20-0760

70230-1191

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20MM RESOLUTION, 760 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-20-0920

70230-1195

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20MM RESOLUTION, 920 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-20-1080

70230-1199

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20MM RESOLUTION, 1080 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-20-1200

70230-1202

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 20MM RESOLUTION, 1200 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-0440

70230-1222

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30MM RESOLUTION, 440 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-0600

70230-1226

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30MM RESOLUTION, 600 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-0720

70230-1229

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30MM RESOLUTION, 720 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-0760

70230-1230

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30MM RESOLUTION, 760 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-0840

70230-1232

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30MM RESOLUTION, 840 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-0920

70230-1234

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30MM RESOLUTION, 920 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-1040

70230-1237

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30MM RESOLUTION, 1040 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-1200

70230-1241

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30MM RESOLUTION, 1200 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-1400

70230-1246

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30MM RESOLUTION, 1400 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800S-30-1520

70230-1249

MS4800 SYSTEM, STANDARD, 30MM RESOLUTION, 1520 PROTECTED HEIGHT

MS4800-CBLRX-10M

40451-0100

MS4800 SPARE RECEIVER CABLE, 10M

MS4800-CBLRX-15M

40451-0150

MS4800 SPARE RECEIVER CABLE, 15M

MS4800-CBLRX-30M

40451-0300

MS4800 SPARE RECEIVER CABLE, 30M

MS4800-CBLTX-10M

40452-0100

MS4800 SPARE TRANSMITTER CABLE, 10M

MS4800-CBLTX-15M

40452-0150

MS4800 SPARE TRANSMITTER CABLE, 15M

MS4800-CBLTX-30M

40452-0300

MS4800 SPARE TRANSMITTER CABLE, 30M


A

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

AA-4

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S634

F3SJ-A 

Safety Light Curtains

“Advanced” Safety Light Curtains

•  Resolution: 14 mm (0.55 in.), 20 mm (0.79 in.), 25 mm 

(1.01 in.) 30 mm (1.18 in.), or 55 mm (2.17 in.)

•  Range: 7 m (23 ft.) or 9 m (29.5 ft.) dependent on  

minimum object resolution and protected height

•  Protected heights: 14 mm protected heights from 245 

to 1631 mm (9.6 to 64 in.), 20 mm, 25 mm and 30 mm 
protected heights from 245 to 2495 mm (9.6 to 98 in.), 
55 mm from 270 to 2470 mm (10.6 to 97 in.)

•  Very compact size – 30 x 24 mm (1.18 x 0.94 in.)

•  Cascaded designs possible – 4 segments, up to 

400 beams

•  Partial muting and position detection muting

•  Cross-talk prevention

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

F3SJ-A0245P20

40560-2001

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20MM RESOLUTION, 245 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A0245P30

40560-3001

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30MM RESOLUTION, 245 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A0305P20

40560-2003

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20MM RESOLUTION, 305 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A0320P30

40560-3004

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30MM RESOLUTION, 320 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A0395P30

40560-3007

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30MM RESOLUTION, 395 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A0455P20

40560-2008

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20MM RESOLUTION, 455 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A0470P30

40560-3010

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30MM RESOLUTION, 470 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A0605P20

40560-2013

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20MM RESOLUTION, 605 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A0620P30

40560-3016

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30MM RESOLUTION, 620 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A0695P30

40560-3019

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30MM RESOLUTION, 695 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A0755P20

40560-2018

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20MM RESOLUTION, 755 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A0770P30

40560-3022

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30MM RESOLUTION, 770 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A0870P30

40560-3026

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30MM RESOLUTION, 870 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A0905P20

40560-2023

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20MM RESOLUTION, 905 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A0920P30

40560-3028

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30MM RESOLUTION, 920 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A1025P20

40560-2027

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 20MM RESOLUTION, 1025 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A1045P30

40560-3033

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30MM RESOLUTION, 1045 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A1220P30

40560-3040

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30MM RESOLUTION, 1220 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F3SJ-A1495P30

40560-3045

F3SJ-A SYSTEM, 30MM RESOLUTION, 1495 PROTECTIVE HEIGHT

F39-CN6

11033-0007

F3SJ-A KEY CAP FOR MUTING

F39-LJ1

11033-0008

F3SJ-A MOUNTING BRACKETS, STANDARD MOUNTING

F39-LJ2

11033-0009

F3SJ-A MOUNTING BRACKETS, FLAT SIDE MOUNTING

F39-LJ3

11033-0010

F3SJ-A MOUNTING BRACKETS, FREE-LOCATION MOUNTING

F39-GWUM

11033-0155

F3SJ-A SD-MANAGER SETTING SUPPORT SOFTWARE

F39-TC5P01

11033-0180

F3SJ-A CONNECTOR TERMINAL BOX WITH MUTING SENSOR OUTPUT MODE (PNP)

F39-TC5P02

11033-0181

F3SJ-A CONNECTOR TERMINAL BOX WITH OVERRIDE MODE (PNP)

F39-CN8

11033-0184

F3SJ-A SHORT-CIRCUIT CONNECTOR

F39-JC3A

11034-1001

F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 3M, PAIR

F39-JC7A

11034-1002

F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 7M, PAIR

F39-JC10A

11034-1003

F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 10M, PAIR

F39-JC15A

11034-1004

F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 15M, PAIR

F39-JC20A

11034-1071

F3SJ-A CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 20M, PAIR

F3SP-B1P

11042-6001

F3SJ-A/B CONTROL UNIT

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

AA-5

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S645

F3SJ-B 

Safety Light Curtains

“Basic” Safety Light Curtains

•  Fast and easy installation 

•  Resolution: 25 mm (1.01 in.)

•  Range: 7 m (23 ft.) 

•  Protected heights: 185 to 2065 mm (7.28 

to 81.26 in.)

•  Very compact size: 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x 

1.18 in.)

•  Cascaded designs possible – 3 segments

•  Simple muting 

•  Cross-talk prevention

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

F3SJ-B0185P25

11037-7001

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 185 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SJ-B0305P25

11037-7003

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 305 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SJ-B0465P25

11037-7005

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 465 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SJ-B0625P25

11037-7007

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 625 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SJ-B0785P25

11037-7009

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 785 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SJ-B0945P25

11037-7011

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 945 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SJ-B1105P25

11037-7013

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 1105 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SJ-B1265P25

11037-0015

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 1265 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SJ-B1505P25

11037-0018

F3SJ-B SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 1505 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SP-B1P

11042-6001

F3SJ-A/B CONTROL UNIT

F39-JD3A

11077-1003

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 3M, PAIR

F39-JD7A

11077-1004

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 7M, PAIR

F39-JD10A

11077-1005

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 10M, PAIR

F39-JD15A

11077-1006

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 15M, PAIR

F39-JD20A

11077-1007

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, SINGLE-ENDED, 20M, PAIR

F39-JDR5B

11077-1008

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 0.5M, PAIR

F39-JD1B

11077-1009

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 1M, PAIR

F39-JD3B

11077-1010

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 3M, PAIR

F39-JD5B

11077-1011

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 5M, PAIR

F39-JD7B

11077-1012

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 7M, PAIR

F39-JD10B

11077-1013

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 10M, PAIR

F39-JD15B

11077-1014

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 15M, PAIR

F39-JD20B

11077-1015

F3SJ-B CONNECTOR CABLE, DOUBLE-ENDED, 20M, PAIR

F39-LJB1

11083-0001

F3SJ-E/B TOP/BOTTOM BRACKET, INCLUDES 4 PCS

F39-LJB4

11083-0007

F3SJ-E/B COMPATIBLE MOUNTING BRACKET, USE WHEN REPLACING F3SJ-A OR 
F3SN, INCLUDES 4 PCS

F39-CN10

11083-1001

F3SJ-B MUTING KEY CAP

F39-JBR2W

11083-1002

F3SJ-B CONNECTION CABLE FOR EXTENSION, 0.2M


A

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

AA-6

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S646

F3SJ-E 

Safety Light Curtains

“Easy” Safety Light Curtains

•  Fast and easy installation 

•  Resolution: 25 mm (1.01 in.)

•  Range: 7 m (23 ft.) 

•  Protected heights: 185 to 1105 mm (7.28 

to 43.50 in.)

•  Very compact size: 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x 

1.18 in.)

•  Cross-talk prevention

•  3 m integrated cables

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

F3SJ-E0185P25

11082-7001

F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 185 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SJ-E0305P25

11082-7003

F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 305 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SJ-E0465P25

11082-7005

F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 465 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SJ-E0625P25

11082-7007

F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 625 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SJ-E0785P25

11082-7009

F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 785 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SJ-E0945P25

11082-7011

F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 945 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F3SJ-E1105P25

11082-7013

F3SJ-E SYSTEM, 25MM RESOLUTION, 1105 MM PROTECTED HEIGHT 

F39-LJB1

11083-0001

F3SJ-E/B TOP/BOTTOM BRACKET, INCLUDES 4 PCS

F39-LJB4

11083-0007

F3SJ-E/B COMPATIBLE MOUNTING BRACKET, USE WHEN REPLACING F3SJ-A OR 
F3SN, INCLUDES 4 PCS

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

AA-7

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

RM-1 

 Resource Module

Resource Module — 
Converts Solid-State Outputs to 
Force-Guided Relay Outputs

•  Converts the solid-state safety outputs of 

one STI safety device to electromechani-
cal force-guided safety relay outputs

•  Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600 

and OS32C

•  55 mm DIN enclosure with removable 

terminal blocks

•  CE approved

File No. LR90200-34

R

C           US

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

RM-1

43763-0010

RM-1, 24VDC, DIN-RAIL MOUNT

RM-2, -2AC & 2-AC-IP 

 

Resource Module

Resource Module — 
Converts Solid-State Outputs to 
Force-Guided Relay Outputs

•  Converts the solid-state safety and aux-

iliary outputs of one STI safety device to 
electromechanical force-guided safety 
relay outputs

•  Available for DC or AC input power

•  Provides connection points for all safety 

device functions including MPCE monitor-
ing and 24 VDC power

•  Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600 

and OS32C

•  Enclosures — 

RM-2: 100 mm DIN, IP20 
RM-2AC: 150 mm DIN, IP20 
RM-2AC-IP: metal chassis, IP65

File No. LR90200-34

R

C           US

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

RM-2

43776-0010

RM-2, 24VDC, DIN-RAIL MOUNT

RM-2AC

40344-0010

RM-2AC, 100-240VAC, DIN-RAIL MOUNT

RM-2AC-IP

40525-0010

RM-2AC-IP, 100-240VAC, METAL CHASSIS

•  CE approved

•  Removable terminal blocks

S923

S922


A

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

AA-8

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S924

RM-X 

Resource Module

Resource Module — 
Converts Solid-State Outputs to 
Force-Guided Relay Outputs

•  Converts the solid-state safety outputs of 

one STI safety device to electromechanical 
force-guided safety relay outputs

•  Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600 and 

OS32C

•  CE approved
•  22.5 mm DIN enclosure

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

RM-X

40152-0010

RM-X, RELAY EXPANSION MODULE

RM-3 

  Resource Module

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

RM-3

43983-0010

RM-3, MUTE MODULE, 24VDC, 
DIN-RAIL MOUNT

Resource Module — Mute Module 

• Type 4 safety product, when used in 
combination with a Type 4 safety light curtain 
•  Provides muting controls for up to two 

light curtains

•  Diagnostic display
•  Solid-state safety outputs
•  100 mm DIN box enclosure
•  Removable terminal blocks
•  DeviceNet option
•  Compatible with MS4800, F3SJ, PA4600 

and OS32C

Input Signals

•  Input Power +24 VDC
•  Two independent channels, each channel 

is comprised of one light curtain and up to 
four mute sensors

• Start
•  EDM (MPCE monitoring)
•  Mute enable

Output Signals

•  Two independent PNP safety outputs
•  NPN & PNP auxiliary outputs
•  Mute lamp drivers (2)
•  Mute auxiliary (NPN)
•  Mute armed (NPN)

R

C           US

C           US

Indicators

•  Diagnostic display
•  Machine Run
•  Machine Stop
• Interlock
•  OSSD input active (light curtains)
•  Sensor input active (sensors)
•  Mute Enable active

File No. LR90200-34

C           US

S927

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

AA-9

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

PA4600 

Perimeter Access Guarding Device

R

C           US

C           US

Perimeter Access Guarding Device

•  1 to 6 beams available

•  Operating range of 70 m

•  Compact size — 46 x 55 mm (1.81 x 2.17 in.)

•  Simple “two-box” design — no separate 

control box required

•  Individual Beam Indicators

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

PA46-1-000-Q2-NO1-PN

70170-1045

PA4600 SYSTEM, 1 BEAM, M-12 QD, NO1, PNP

PA46-2-600-Q2-NO1-PN

70170-1042

PA4600 SYSTEM, 2 BEAMS, 600MM SPACING, QD, NO1, PNP

PA46-3-400-Q2-NO1-PN

70170-1039

PA4600 SYSTEM, 3 BEAMS, 400MM SPACING, QD, NO1, PNP

CBL-LCRX-10M

40552-0100

PA4600 RECEIVER CABLE, 10M

CBL-LCRX-15M

40552-0150

PA4600 RECEIVER CABLE, 15M

CBL-LCRX-30M

40552-0300

PA4600 RECEIVER CABLE, 30M

CBL-LCTX-10M

40553-0100

PA4600 TRANSMITTER CABLE, 10M

CBL-LCTX-15M

40553-0150

PA4600 TRANSMITTER CABLE, 15M

CBL-LCTX-30M

40553-0300

PA4600 TRANSMITTER CABLE, 30M

S647


A

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Safety Light Curtains & Perimeter Access Guarding

AA-10

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

BB-i

Safety Laser Scanner

Contents

Safety Laser Scanner

OS32C

Compact Area Safety  
Laser Scanner

BB-2


B

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

BB-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S224

OS32C 

  Safety Laser Scanner

Compact Safety Area  
Laser Scanner

EtherNet/IP Capable for Status and 
Measurement Data Reporting

•  Compact size (104.5 mm height), power 

efficient (5 W) and light weight (1.3 kg) for 
longer AGV battery life

•  Versions with 3M and 4M safety zones 

available

•  Configuration memory block, no need 

to reprogram after sensor replacement, 
minimal down time

•  Configurable minimum object resolution 

of 30, 40, 50 or 70 mm, for hand and arm 
detection applications

•  8 individual sector indicators and LED 

indicators, determine scanner status at a 
glance

TUV 

Rheinland

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number

Description

OS32C-BP

40589-0011

SYSTEM WITH BACK CABLE ENTRY, ETHERNET, 3M

OS32C-BP-DM

40589-0013

SYSTEM WITH BACK CABLE ENTRY, ETHERNET/IP, 3M, MEASUREMENT

OS32C-SP1

40589-0021

SYSTEM WITH SIDE CABLE ENTRY, ETHERNET, 3M

OS32C-SP1-DM

40589-0023

SYSTEM WITH SIDE CABLE ENTRY, ETHERNET/IP, 3M, MEASUREMENT

OS32C-BP-4M

40588-0011

SYSTEM WITH BACK CABLE ENTRY, ETHERNET, 4M

OS32C-SP1-4M

40588-0021

SYSTEM WITH BACK CABLE ENTRY, ETHERNET, 4M

OS32C-BP-DM-4M

40588-0013

SYSTEM WITH BACK CABLE ENTRY, ETHERNET/IP, 4M, MEASUREMENT

OS32C-SP1-DM-4M

40588-0023

SYSTEM WITH BACK CABLE ENTRY, ETHERNET/IP, 4M, MEASUREMENT

WIN-CLN-KT

40387-0020

WINDOW CLEANING KIT

OS32C-BKT1

40634-0010

MOUNTING BRACKET, BOTTOM/SIDE

OS32C-BKT2

40635-0010

MOUNTING BRACKET, XY AXIS ROTATION

OS32C-BKT4

40636-0010

MOUNTING BRACKET, PROTECTIVE COVER FOR WINDOW

OS32C-MT

40637-0010

MOUNTING STAND

OS32C-HDT

40638-0010

MOUNTING STAND HARDWARE KIT

OS32C-BKT3

40648-0010

MOUNTING BRACKET,SIMPLE

OS32C-CBL-03M

40649-0030

POWER CABLE, 3M

OS32C-CBL-10M

40649-0100

POWER CABLE, 10M

OS32C-CBL-20M

40649-0200

POWER CABLE, 20M

OS32C-CBL-30M

40649-0300

POWER CABLE, 30M

OS32C-ECBL-02M

40650-0020

ETHERNET CABLE, 2M

OS32C-ECBL-05M

40650-0050

ETHERNET CABLE, 5M

OS32C-ECBL-15M

40650-0150

ETHERNET CABLE, 15M

OS32C-SN

40651-0011

SPARE I/O SENSOR BLOCK WITHOUT I/O BLOCK

OS32C-SN-DM

40651-0013

SPARE I/O SENSOR BLOCK WITHOUT I/O BLOCK FOR DM VERSION

OS32C-CBBP

40652-0010

SPARE I/O BLOCK WITH BACK CABLE ACCESS

OS32C-CBSP1

40652-0020

SPARE I/O BLOCK WITH LEFT SIDE CABLE ACCESS

OS32C-WIN-KT

40653-0010

SPARE REPLACEMENT SCAN WINDOW

OS32C-ADAPT-OS31 40668-0010

TO OS3101 ADAPTOR CABLE

•  Type 3 Safety Laser Scanner complies 

with IEC61496-1/-3

•  Performance Level d and category 3 

(ISO13849-1)

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

CC-i

Programmable Safety Controllers

Contents

Modular Safety System

NX-S

Safety Control and I/O

CC-1

Stand-Alone Safety Controller

G9SP

Programmable Safety Controller

CC-2

DeviceNet Safety

NE1A

Compact Safety Network 
Controllers

CC-3

DST1

Safety I/O Terminals

CC-4


C

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Programmable Safety Controllers

CC-ii

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

CC-1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

NX-S 

 Programmable Safety Controllers and I/O

H253

Ordering Information

Model

Description

NX-SIH400 VER 1.1

NX SAFETY I/O, 4 IN, SPECIALTY

NX-SOD400

NX SAFETY I/O, 4 OUT, 0.5A

NX-SID800

NX SAFETY I/O, 8 IN, STANDARD

NX-SOH200

NX SAFETY I/O, 2 OUT, 2A

NX-SL3300 VER 1.1

CPU-512K, 32 SAFETY CONNECTIONS, 256 I/O MAX.

NX-SL3500

CPU-2048K, 128 SAFETY CONNECTIONS, 1024 I/O MAX.

Safety over EtherCAT Integration 
of Safety into Machine Automation 
Enables Simple, Flexible System 
Configuration

•  EN ISO13849-1 (PLe/Safety Category 4), 

IEC 61508 (SIL3) certified.

•  One connection using Safety over  

EtherCAT (FSoE)* protocol enables flexible 
configuration by mixing the Safety Units 
with standard NX I/O. 

•  Hardware and safety circuits can be 

configured using the Sysmac Studio 

Features

•  Integrated safety into machine automation 

possible by connecting with the NX-series 
EtherCAT coupler.

•  The Safety CPU Unit controls up to 128 

Safety I/O Units.

•  4 or 8 points per Safety Input Unit. The 

2-point Safety Input Unit can be directly 
connected with OMRON Non-contact 
Switches and Single beam Sensors.

•  2 or 4 points per Safety Output Unit. The 

2-point Safety Output Unit is characterized 
by large output breaking current of 2.0 A.

•  The Safety Units can be freely allocated in 

any combination with standard NX I/O.

•  Compliant with IEC61131-3.

•  NEW! Now available for use with the NX 

EtherNet/IP coupler for stand-alone op-
eration with monitoring by any EtherNet/IP 
master device.

*Safety over EtherCAT (FsoE): The open protocol Safety over EtherCAT (abbreviated with FSoE “FailSafe over EtherCAT” defines 
a safety related communication layer for EtherCAT. Safety over EtherCAT meets the requirements of IEC 61508 SIL 3 and enables 
the transfer of safe and standard information on the same communication system without limitations with regard to transfer 
speed and cycle time.

Sysmac is a trademark or registered trademark of OMRON Corporation in Japan and other countries for OMRON factory 
automation products. EtherCAT

®

 is a registered trademark of Beckhoff Automation GmBH for their patented technology. 


C

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

CC-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S356

G9SP 

Programmable Safety Controllers

Compact Standalone 
Programmable Safety Controllers 
for small and mid-sized machinery

•  Easy programming for complex safety 

control

•  Three types of CPU with different I/O size 

to suit the application

•  Four types of Expansion I/O Units for 

hard-wired diagnosis or standard non-
safety signals

•  Clear diagnosis and monitoring via Ether-

net (Omron FINS protocol), EtherNet/IP, or 
serial (RS-232) connection

•  Supports direct connection with non-

contact switches and safety mats

•  Easy design, verification, standardization 

and reusage of safety control by unique 
programming software

•  ISO 13849-1(PLe), IEC61508(SIL3) certified

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

CM-EIP-1

82611-0010

G9SP ETHERNET/IP OPTION BOARD

G9SP-N10D

11080-0002

G9SP BASE MODEL, CONTROLLER, 10 SAFETY INPUTS, 6 TEST OUTPUTS, 16 SAFETY 
OUTPUTS

G9SP-N10S

11080-0001

G9SP BASE MODEL, CONTROLLER, 10 SAFETY INPUTS, 4 TEST OUTPUTS, 4 SAFETY 
OUTPUTS

G9SP-N20S

11080-0003

G9SP BASE MODEL, CONTROLLER, 20 SAFETY INPUTS, 6 TEST OUTPUTS, 8 SAFETY 
OUTPUTS

WS02-G9SP01-V1 11080-1001

G9SP SOFTWARE CONFIGURATOR

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

CC-3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S322

NE1A 

Programmable Safety Controllers

DeviceNet Safety Network 
Controllers

•  NE1A Series helps to reduce wiring 

within a safety network and delivers a high 
degree of flexibility.

•  NE1A-SCPU01-V1 provides 16 built-in 

safety inputs and 8 built-in safety outputs. 

•  NE1A-SCPU02 provides 40 built-in safety 

inputs and 8 built-in safety outputs.

•  For lines with various levels of distributed 

safety devices up to 64 controllers can be 
connected to the network.

•  Complicated safety systems are greatly 

simplified with 23 safety-certified function 
blocks and easy Drag and drop hardware 
configuration.

•  Monitor the safety system from standard 

controllers across the network.

•  EN 954-1/ISO13849-1 CAT4 and IEC 61508 

SIL3 certification.

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

NE1A-SCPU01-V1 VER 2.0

11061-0004

NE1A BASE MODEL, 16 INPUTS, 8 OUTPUTS

NE1A-SCPU02 VER 2.0

11061-0005

NE1A BASE MODEL, 40 INPUTS, 8 OUTPUTS


C

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

CC-4

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S328

DST1 

 Safety I/O Terminals

Distributed Safety I/O Terminals 
that reduce wiring

•  Distributed safety terminals that reduce 

wiring

•  Lineup includes four models to  

accommodate various I/O types and 
number of I/O points

•  Monitor the safety system from  

standard controllers across the network

•  EN 954-1/ISO13849-1 CAT4 and IEC 

61508 SIL3 certification

•  The DST1-XD0808SL-1 supports logic 

operation functions for high-speed 
processing in applications requiring partial 
stopping of the safety system.

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number

Description

DST1-ID12SL-1

11062-6001

DST1 BASE MODEL, 12 SAFETY INPUTS, 4 TEST OUTPUTS

DST1-MD16SL-1

11062-6002

DST1 BASE MODEL, 8 SAFETY INPUTS, 8 SAFETY OUTPUTS, 4 TEST OUTPUTS

DST1-MRD08SL-1 11062-6003

DST1 BASE MODEL, 4 SAFETY INPUTS, 4 SAFETY OUTPUTS, 4 TEST OUTPUTS

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

DD-i

Safety Mats, Edges & Bumpers

Contents

Safety Mats

UMQ

Quick-disconnect Universal 
Safety Mat

DD-1

MC

Safety Mat Controllers

DD-2

Safety Edges & Bumpers

SGE & 
SCS

Safety Edges

DD-3

SCSF

Safety Bumpers

DD-3

SCC

Safety Edge Controllers

DD-4


D

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Safety Mats, Edges & Bumpers

DD-ii

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

DD-1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S822

UMQ Series 

Safety Mats & Area Guarding

Quick-Disconnect 
Universal Safety Mat System

Heavy-Duty Four-Wire Presence Sensing 
Mats with Removable Cable, Category 3 
Controllers and Perimeter Trim

System

When UMQ series mats are combined with 
an MC3, MC4 or MC6 controller (with com-
plete diagnostics), the result is a system that 
meets the standard EN 1760-1:1998 and is 
entitled to display the CE mark. See below 
for an overview of the various components.

Patented Connector

C           US

Ordering Information

Other custom sizes and configurations available. 
Please use the Quick Link code above for ordering information.

Model

Part Number Description

UMQ-1260-A

70220-1002

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 12 X 60 IN

UMQ-1872-A

70220-1010

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 18 X 72 IN

UMQ-2412-A

70220-1011

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 24 X 12 IN

UMQ-2418-A

70220-1012

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 24 X 18 IN

UMQ-2424-A

70220-1013

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 24 X 24 IN

UMQ-2460-A

70220-1015

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 24 X 60 IN

UMQ-2472-A

70220-1017

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 24 X 72 IN

UMQ-3030-A

70220-1021

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 30 X 30 IN

UMQ-3060-A

70220-1023

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 30 X 60 IN

UMQ-3072-A

70220-1025

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 30 X 72 IN

UMQ-3612-A

70220-1026

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 36 X 12 IN

UMQ-3624-A

70220-1028

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 36 X 24 IN

UMQ-3636-A

70220-1030

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 36 X 36 IN

UMQ-3654-A

70220-1031

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 36 X 54 IN

UMQ-3660-A

70220-1032

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 36 X 60 IN

UMQ-3672-A

70220-1034

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 36 X 72 IN

UMQ-4224-A

70220-1037

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 42 X 24 IN

UMQ-4236-A

70220-1039

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 42 X 36 IN

UMQ-4254-A

70220-1041

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 42 X 54 IN

UMQ-4260-A

70220-1042

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 42 X 60 IN

UMQ-4824-A

70220-1047

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 48 X 24 IN

UMQ-4836-A

70220-1049

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 48 X 36 IN

UMQ-4848-A

70220-1051

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 48 X 48 IN

UMQ-4866-A

70220-1054

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 48 X 66 IN

UMQ-4872-A

70220-1055

UMQ UNIVERSAL BLACK MAT - 48 X 72 IN

UMQ5 CABLE

19251-0050

5M QUICK-DISCONNECT CABLE

UMQ10 CABLE

19251-0100

10M QUICK-DISCONNECT CABLE


D

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

DD-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

MC Controllers 

  

Safety Mats & Area Guarding

MC3, MC4 and MC6 Series 
Safety Mat Controllers

The MC Series safety mat controllers are 
used in conjunction with a four-wire, nor-
mally open, safety mat where perimeter 
guarding is required. These control reliable 
controllers send a stop signal to the guarded 
machine when an object of sufficient weight 
is detected on the active mat area.

The MC Series controllers, when combined 
with a four-wire UM or UMQ series mat, 
provide access guarding and improved 
productivity. The work area is fully visible 
and accessible.

The controller meets the requirement of EN 
1760-1:1998, EN 13849-1, ANSI/RIA 15.06-
1999 (R2009), ANSI B11.19-2010, OSHA 
1910-217C. CSA and UL508.

MC6

•  Universal power input

•  Up to 6 mat zone inputs

•  Six mat zone status indicator LEDs

•  Select from Automatic Start, Start/Restart 

Interlock or Start Interlock operating 
modes

•  MPCE monitoring

•  Remote access to reset functions

•  2-digit numeric display for fault 

diagnostics

•  Surface mount, lockable metal enclosure

Options

•  Lid-mounted reset key switch

•  Quick disconnect for incoming power and 

relay outputs

•  Quick disconnects up to 6 mat zone 

inputs 

•  Solid-state safety output module

•  Safety relay output module

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

MC3

43767-0010

MC3 MAT CONTROLLER

MC4-0004

43815-0004

MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 24VDC, 4 CONNECTORS

MC4-0010

43815-0010

MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240VAC, 0 CONNECTORS

MC4-0011

43815-0011

MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240VAC, 1 CONNECTOR

MC4-0012

43815-0012

MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240VAC, 2 CONNECTORS

MC4-0013

43815-0013

MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240VAC, 3 CONNECTORS

MC4-0014

43815-0014

MC4 MAT CONTROLLER, 100-240VAC, 4 CONNECTORS

MC6AC-0016

43938-0016

MC6 MAT CONTROLLER, AC 6 CONNECTORS

MC6DC-0012

43939-0012

MC6 MAT CONTROLLER, DC, 2 CONNECTORS

MC6DC-0016

43939-0016

MC6 MAT CONTROLLER, DC, 6 CONNECTORS

S823

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

DD-3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

SGE & SCS Series 

Safety Edges

Safety Edges 
(SGE & SCS Series Profiles)

•  Profile materials NBR (SCS series only), EPDM 

or TPE

•  Available in six sizes for SGE Series and two 

sizes for SCS Series

Applicable Controllers

•  SCC-1224 Single-Channel Controller

•  SCC-1224ND Single-Channel Controller

•  SCC-2124 Dual-Channel Controller

•  SCC-2224 Dual-Channel Controller

SCSF 

Safety Bumpers

Safety Bumpers

•  Foam rubber covered in polyurethane, 

mounted on an aluminum base

•  Available in lengths up to 3000 mm; 

Standard sizes: 
53 mm x 100 mm 
100 mm x 200 mm 
150 mm x 300 mm 
200 mm x 400 mm

Ordering Information

All edges are custom. Please use the 
Quick Link code above for ordering 
information.

Ordering Information

All edges are custom. Please use the 
Quick Link code above for ordering 
information.

S824

S826


D

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

DD-4

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S827

SCC 

Safety Edge Controllers

Single and Dual-Channel 
Safety Edge Controllers

for use with All Safety Edges and Safety 
Bumpers

•  Power requirements

–  120 VAC or 24 VDC is acceptable for the 

SCC-1224 single channel units

–  24 VDC is acceptable for SCC-2124/2224 

dual channel units

• Inputs

–  Single channel units accept a single two-

wire edge or bumper system

–  Dual channel units accept 1 or 2 two-wire 

edge or bumper systems

• Outputs

–  Single channel units have two safety 

outputs and one auxiliary output 
for signaling

–  Dual channel units have either 1 or 2 

safety outputs, and either 1 or 2 auxiliary 
outputs with DIP switch selection for 
input channel relationship

•  External Device Monitoring –EDM is 

provided on all units with a N/C loop 
between Z1 and Z2

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

SCC-1224

43872-0020

SCS EDGE CONTROLLER, AUX CONTACT MOMENTARILY CLOSES WHEN ACTIVATED

SCC-1224ND

43872-0021

SCS EDGE CONTROLLER, AUX CONTACT REMAINS CLOSED WHEN ACTIVATED

•  Monitored Reset Modes

–  Monitored manual reset mode that 

requires closure of the reset circuit 
followed by opening of the circuit is 
available on all units

–  Automatic reset mode that occurs upon 

closure of the reset circuit is available on 
all units

•  Delayed Auxiliary Output – Delayed 

opening of the auxiliary output for reversal 
of a door or gate may be selected on all 
units except SCC1224ND

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-i

Safety Switches

Contents

Tongue Interlock Switches

D4NS

Safety-Door Switch

EE-2

T5009 & 
T5009-6

Universal Tongue-Operated 
Safety Interlock Switch

EE-3

T4012

Universal Tongue-Operated 
Safety Interlock Switch

EE-4

T4016

Heavy-Duty Metal-Body Safety 
Interlock Switch

EE-5

T2008

Small Tongue-Operated Safety 
Interlock Switch

EE-6

D4GS-N

Slim Safety Door Switches with 
IP67 Rating

EE-7

Guardlocking Interlock Switches

D4SL-N

Super Small Class 6-Contact 
Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch

EE-8

D4NL

Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch EE-9

TL4019

Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch EE-10

TL4024

Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch EE-11

D4JL

Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch EE-12

Non-Contact Interlock Switches

CM

Most Diverse and Flexible 
Line of Coded Magnetic 
Safety Interlock Switches and 
Controllers

EE-13

MA

Magnetically Actuated Safety 
Interlock Switches

EE-14

D40Z/
D40A/
G9SX-NS

Compact Non-contact Door 
Switch/Flexible Safety Unit

EE-15

MA-S

Stainless Steel Magnetically 
Actuated Safety Interlock 
Switches and Actuators

EE-16

MFS

Stainless Steel Magnetically 
Actuated Safety Interlock 
Switches and Actuators

EE-17

Hinge Pin Interlock Switches

D4NH

Safety-door Hinge Switch

EE-18


E

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S244

D4NS 

Safety Interlock Switches

Safety-Door Switch

•  Multi-contact, labor-saving, environ-

ment-friendly, next-generation safety-door 
switch

•  Lineup includes three contact models with 

2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms and 
MBB models in addition to the previous 
contact forms 1NC/1NO, and 2NC

•  M12-connector models are available, sav-

ing on labor and simplifying replacement. 

•  Standardized gold-clad contacts provide 

high contact  reliability. Applicable to both 
standard loads and microloads.

•  Variety of metallic heads available

S

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

D4NS-4CF-NPT

11027-0098

D4NS BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO, M20+NPT

D4NS-4DF-NPT

11027-0099

D4NS BASE MODEL, 3NC, M20+NPT

D4NS-4BF-NPT

11027-0101

D4NS BASE MODEL, 2NC, M20+NPT

D4NS-4AF-NPT

11027-0104

D4NS BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, M20+NPT

D4DS-K1

11018-0011

D4NS, D4NL OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL MOUNTING

D4DS-K2

11018-0012

D4NS, D4NL OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL MOUNTING

D4DS-K3

11018-0013

D4NS, D4NL OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING (HORIZONTAL)

D4DS-K5

11018-1005

D4NS, D4NL OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING (HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL)

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S249

T5009 & T5009-6 

  Safety Interlock Switches

Conforms to EN1088, EN292, 
EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1  
UL and C-UL listed

Universal Tongue-Operated 
Safety Interlock Switch

•  Strong and versatile—the compact 

size of the strong, glass-filled polyester 
housing and metal reinforced cam allows 
this popular switch to be used in most 
applications

•  NEMA 6 enclosure enables these switches 

to withstand water washdown cleaning

•  Rotatable head gives four possible actuator 

entry points for versatile installation.  
A blanking plug is supplied for the unused 
entry

•  Small swing radius allows use on doors 

with a swing radius as small as 2.5 in. 
when using the optional flexible actuators

•  Hi-Hold models reduce nuisance rips and 

allow the switch to also serve as the gate 
catch without the need to mount any  
additional hardware

•  4 contact poles provide 2 poles for dual 

channel safety monitoring and 2 additional 
poles for status monitoring

HI-HOLD 

MODELS 

AVAILABLE

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number

Description

T5009-021F1M

44501-0120

T5009 BASE MODEL, FLX1 2N/C+1NO BBM, 3 X M20/NPT

T5009-021SM

44501-0110

T5009 BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO BBM, STD ACTUATOR, 3 X M20/NPT

T5009-6040N

44501-1045

T5009-6 BASE MODEL, 4NC BBM, 3 X 1/2 NPT

SM01-MCK40

44501-0740

T5009 CATCH KIT

SA01-S

44501-0750

T5009 REPLACEMENT STANDARD ACTUATOR 

SA01-STD

44501-0755

T5009 STANDARD SPARE ACTUATOR, PLASTIC HEADED SWITCHES

SA01-FLX1

44501-0760

T5009 FLEX 1 SPARE ACTUATOR, PLASTIC OR STAINLESS STEEL HEADED SWITCHES

SA01-FLX2

44501-0765

T5009 FLEX 2 SPARE ACTUATOR, PLASTIC OR STAINLESS STEEL HEADED SWITCHES

SA01-F2

44501-0780

T5009, T5007 REPLACEMENT FLEXIBLE 2 ACTUATOR WITH GUIDE

SA19-F1

44519-0710

T5009, TL8012, TL5012, T5007, T4011 REPLACEMENT FLEXIBLE ACTUATOR WITH 
GUIDE

SLD26-01

44526-0801

T5009, T4011, T5007, TL8012-S SWITCH LOCKING DEVICE

•  Optional connector makes installation 

easy

•  Optional stainless steel head is available


E

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-4

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S252

T4012 

Safety Interlock Switches

Universal Tongue-Operated Safety 
Interlock Switch

•  Strong and versatile—the compact size 

of the strong, glass-filled thermoplastic 
housing allows this switch to be used in 
most applications

•  NEMA 6 enclosure enables these switches 

to withstand water washdown cleaning

•  Rotatable head gives eight possible actu-

ator entry points for versatile installation. 
A blanking plug is supplied for the unused 
entry.

•  Long life—these switches, with their 

stainless steel actuators, are designed for 
a minimum of two million actuations

•  Available in 2 or 4 contact pole versions. 

The 4 contact pole version provides 2 
poles for dual channel safety monitor-
ing and 2 additional poles for status 
monitoring.

•  An optional stainless steel guide is avail-

able for demanding applications

Conforms to EN1088, EN292, 
EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1  
UL and C-UL listed, BG 
approved

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

T4012-011

44538-2010

T4012 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1N/O, M20

T4012-020

44538-2020

T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, M20

T4012-020TM

44538-0120

T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C, M20/NPT ADAPTER

T4012-022

44538-2040

T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, M20

T4012-022TM

44538-0140

T4012 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, M20/NPT ADAPTER

T4012-031

44538-2030

T4012 BASE MODEL, 3N/C+1N/O, M20

T4012-031TM

44538-0130

T4012 BASE MODEL, 3N/C+1 N/O, M20/NPT ADAPTER

SRH34-90

44534-0790

T4012 REPLACEMENT HEAD

SBRL34-P70

44534-8070

T4012 PLASTIC SLIDE BOLT FOR RIGHT OR LEFT HAND DOOR

SBR34-MR30

44534-8130

T4012 BOLT FOR RIGHT-HUNG DOOR (YELLOW METAL)

SBL34-MR40

44534-8140

T4012 BOLT FOR LEFT-HUNG DOOR (YELLOW METAL)

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-5

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S253

T4016 

Safety Interlock Switches

Heavy-Duty Metal-Body Safety 
Interlock Switch

•  Rugged enclosure—the all metal housing 

and stainless steel actuator of the T4016 
makes it suitable for harsh environments

•  NEMA 6/IP67 enclosure enables these 

switches to withstand water washdown 
cleaning.

•  Rotatable head gives eight possible actu-

ator entry points for versatile installation. 
A blanking plug is supplied for the unused 
entry.

•  Long life—these switches, with their 

stainless steel actuators, are designed for 
a minimum of two million actuations

•  A variety of 4 contact pole versions 

provides 2 poles for dual channel safety 
monitoring and 2 additional poles for 
status monitoring

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

T4016-031SM

44539-0010

T4016 BASE MODEL,3NC+1NO, 90 ACTUATOR, 3 X 0.5 INCH NPT CONDUIT OPENINGS

T4016-031TM

44539-0110

T4016 BASE MODEL,3NC+1NO, FLAT ACTUATOR, 3 X 0.5 INCH NPT CONDUIT OPENINGS

T4016-031F1M

44539-0210

T4016 BASE MODEL, 3NC+1NO, FLEX 1 ACTUATOR, 3 X 0.5 INCH NPT CONDUIT 
OPENINGS

T4016-031

44539-2010

T4016 BASE MODEL, 3N/C+1N/O, 3 X 0.5 INCH NPT CONDUIT OPENINGS

SAG-SS80

44534-0780

T4016 STAINLESS STEEL ALIGNMENT GUIDE 

SA35-TRB

44535-0700

T4016 REPLACEMENT FLAT ACTUATOR RB

SA35-SRB

44535-0710

T4016 REPLACEMENT 90-DEGREE ACTUATOR RB

SBR-M00

44535-8000

T4016 BRACKET WITH HANDLE FOR RIGHT-HUNG DOOR (YELLOW)

SBL-M00

44535-8010

T4016 BRACKET WITH HANDLE FOR LEFT-HUNG DOOR (YELLOW)


E

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-6

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S254

T2008 

Safety Interlock Switches

Conforms to EN1088, EN292, 
EN60947-5-1, EN60204-1  
UL and C-UL listed

R

C           US

Small Tongue-Operated Safety 
Interlock Switch

•  Small size—these switches are ideal for 

guarding applications with space restric-
tions. Fits on 1 inch square tubing.

•  NEMA 6 (IP67) enclosure enables these 

switches to withstand water washdown 
cleaning

•  Rotatable head gives eight possible actu-

ator entry points for versatile installation. 
A blanking plug is supplied for the unused 
entry.

•  Long life—these switches, with their 

stainless steel actuators, are designed for 
a minimum of one million actuations

•  Available with two contact poles. Contact 

configurations of 1 N/O and 1 N/C or 2 
N/C are available to meet requirements of 
dual channel safety monitoring

•  An optional stainless steel guide is avail-

able for demanding applications

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

T2008-11SM

44540-0010

T2008 BASE MODEL, 1 N/C+1 N/O, M16, 90 ACT’R+ADAPTER

T2008-02SM

44540-0020

T2008 BASE MODEL, 2 N/C, M16, 90 ACT’R+ADAPTER

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-7

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S237

D4GS-N 

 Safety Interlock Switches

Slim Safety Door Switches 
with IP67 Rating

•  Slim design with a width of only 17 mm 

(three-contact models)

•  Reversible design allowing either front or 

rear mounting

•  Built-in Switches with two- or three-termi-

nal contact construction are available

•  Operation Key with rubber mounting hole 

to absorb vibration and shock

•  IP67 degree of protection

S

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

D4GS-N1R-5

11021-0023

D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, HORIZONTAL, 5M CABLE

D4GS-N2R

11021-0025

D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC, HORIZONTAL, 1M CABLE

D4GS-N2T

11021-0026

D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC, VERTICAL, 1M CABLE

D4GS-N2R-5

11021-0031

D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC, HORIZONTAL, 5M CABLE

D4GS-N3R-3

11021-0035

D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO, HORIZONTAL, 3M CABLE

D4GS-N3R-5

11021-0037

D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 2NC+1NO, HORIZONTAL, 5M CABLE

D4GS-N4R

11021-0039

D4GS-N BASE MODEL, 3NC, HORIZONTAL, 1M CABLE

D4GS-NK1

11021-0045

D4GS-N OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL MOUNTING

D4GS-NK2

11021-0046

D4GS-N OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL MOUNTING

D4GS-NK4

11021-0047

D4GS-N OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING (VERTICAL)


E

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-8

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S245

D4SL-N 

Safety Interlock Switches

Super Small Class 6-Contact 
Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch

•  Wiring time is reduced with two types 

of wiring methods capable of one-touch 
attachment and removal

•  A wide variety of built-in switches can be 

used for various devices.  
(4-, 5-, and 6-contact models are 
available) 

•  Key holding force of 1,300 N 

•  It is possible to change the key insertion 

point without detaching the head 

•  Drive solenoids directly from the controller

•  Lockout slide key prevents workers from 

becoming trapped inside the  
hazardous area.

CONNECTOR 

TYPE

TERMINAL 

BLOCK 

TYPE

SLIDE KEY

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

D4SL-N3HFG-DN

11079-2158

D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID LOCK, 3NC+2NC, M20 CONDUIT WITH M20-TO-NPT 
ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD

D4SL-N2NFG-D4N 11079-2200

D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID LOCK, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, G 1/2 CONDUIT, PLASTIC 
HEAD

D4SL-N3NFA-D

11079-2225

D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID RELEASE, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 CONDUIT WITH 
M20-TO-NPT ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD

D4SL-N3NFA-DN

11079-2226

D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID RELEASE, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 CONDUIT WITH 
M20-TO-NPT ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD

D4SL-N3NFA-D4

11079-2227

D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID RELEASE, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 CONDUIT WITH 
M20-TO-NPT ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD

D4SL-N3NFG-D

11079-2229

D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID LOCK, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 CONDUIT WITH M20-
TO-NPT ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD

D4SL-N3NFG-DN

11079-2230

D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID LOCK, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 CONDUIT WITH M20-
TO-NPT ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD

D4SL-N3NFG-D4

11079-2231

D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID LOCK, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO, M20 CONDUIT WITH M20-
TO-NPT ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD

D4SL-N3QFA-D

11079-2241

D4SL-N BASE MODEL, SOLENOID RELEASE, 3NC+2NC/1NO, M20 CONDUIT WITH M20-
TO-NPT ADAPTER, PLASTIC HEAD

D4SL-NK1

11079-3001

D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL 

D4SL-NK2

11079-3002

D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL 

D4SL-NK3

11079-3003

D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE (HORIZONTAL)

D4SL-NK1S

11079-3004

D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL MOUNTING (SHORT)

D4SL-NK1G

11079-3005

D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL (RUBBER BUSHING)

D4SL-NK2G

11079-3006

D4SL-N OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL (RUBBER BUSHING)

D4SL-NSK10-LK

11079-4001

D4SL-N SLIDE KEY

D4SL-CN3

11079-0106

D4SL CONNECTOR CABLE, 3M

D4SL-CN5

11079-0107

D4SL CONNECTOR CABLE, 5M

•  The vertical door switch can be easily 

mounted on 40 x 40 mm aluminum frames.

•  Plastic material makes the key suitable for 

lightweight doors.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-9

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S243

D4NL 

Safety Interlock Switches

S

Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch

•  Best-selling guard lock safety-door switch 

available in several compact, multi-con-
tact models

•  Selectable Operation Key insertion di-

rection and adjustable mounting ensure 
installation flexibility

•  Built-in switches with multiple-contact 

construction are available

•  Key holding force of 1,300 N minimum

•  Can be used for either standard loads or 

microloads

•  Lineup includes models with a conduit 

size of M20

•  IP67 degree of protection

•  Variety of metallic heads available

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

D4NL-4EFA-B-NPT

11025-0174

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, PLASTIC, MECHANICAL LOCK, NPT

D4NL-4EFG-B-NPT

11025-0176

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, PLASTIC, 24VDC SOLENOID LOCK, 
NPT

D4NL-4FFA-B-NPT

11025-0178

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+2NC, PLASTIC, MECHANICAL LOCK, NPT

D4NL-4FFG-B-NPT

11025-0180

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+2NC, PLASTIC, 24VDC SOLENOID LOCK, NPT

D4NL-4EDA-B4-NPT

11025-0189

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, METAL, MECHANICAL LOCK, 
SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, NPT

D4NL-4GDA-B4-NPT

11025-0190

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 3NC+1NC/1NO, METAL, MECHANICAL LOCK, SPECIAL 
RELEASE KEY, NPT

D4NL-4EDG-B4-NPT

11025-0191

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 2NC/1NO+1NC/1NO, METAL, 24VDC SOLENOID LOCK, 
SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, NPT

D4NL-4GDG-B4-NPT

11025-0192

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 3NC+1NC/1NO, METAL, 24VDC SOLENOID LOCK, 
SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, NPT

D4NL-4GDA-B4S-NPT 11025-0336

D4NL BASE MODEL, M20, 3NC+1NC/1NO, METAL, MECHANICAL LOCK, SPECIAL 
RELEASE KEY, FRONT KEY, NPT

D4DS-K1

11018-0011

D4NL, D4NS OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL MOUNTING

D4DS-K2

11018-0012

D4NL, D4NS OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL MOUNTING

D4DS-K3

11018-0013

D4NL, D4NS OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING (HORIZONTAL)

D4DS-K5

11018-1005

D4NL, D4NS OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING (HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL)

D4NL-RK

11025-9001

D4NL SPECIAL RELEASE KEY


E

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-10

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S256

TL4019 

Safety Interlock Switches

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

TL4019-10241TM

44534-0010

TL4019 (FLAT ACTUATOR), 24VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER

TL4019-20241TM

44534-0030

TL4019 (FLAT ACTUATOR), 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+2 N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER

TL4019-30241TM

44534-0050

TL4019 (FLAT ACTUATOR), 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER

TL4019-30242TM

44534-0070

TL4019 (FLAT ACTUATOR), 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER

TL4019-10241F1M 44534-0310

TL4019 (FLEX1 ACTUATOR), 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+2 N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER

TL4019-30242F1M 44534-0370

TL4019 (FLEX1 ACTUATOR), 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER

TL4019-40241TM

44534-0410

TL4019 (FLAT ACTUATOR), 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER

TL4019-40242TM

44534-0430

TL4019 (FLAT ACTUATOR), 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER

TL4019-40241SM

44534-0510

TL4019 (90-DEGREE ACTUATOR), 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER

TL4019-50241SM

44534-0570

TL4019 (90-DEGREE ACTUATOR), 24VAC/DC, 1 N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER

TL4019-40241F1M 44534-1710

TL4019 (FLEX1 ACTUATOR), 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER

TL4019-40242F1M 44534-1730

TL4019 (FLEX1 ACTUATOR), 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3XM20 W/NPT ADAPTER

TL4019-10241

44534-2010

TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2N/C+2 N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)

TL4019-20241

44534-2030

TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+2 N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)

TL4019-30241

44534-2050

TL4019 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)

TL4019-31101

44534-2060

TL4019 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)

TL4019-30242

44534-2070

TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)

TL4019-30243

44534-2090

TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)

TL4019-40241

44534-2110

TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)

TL4019-41101

44534-2120

TL4019 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)

TL4019-40242

44534-2130

TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)

TL4019-40243

44534-2150

TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)

TL4019-50241

44534-2170

TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 1 N/C+1N/C+1N/O, 3XM20 (SWITCH ONLY)

TL4019-30241RR

44534-3050

TL4019 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2 N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3XM20 

SA34-T

44534-0700

TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLAT ACTUATOR 

SA34-TOT

44534-0701

TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLAT ACTUATOR OT 

SA34-5

44534-0710

TL4019 REPLACEMENT 90-DEGREE ACTUATOR 

SA34-F2

44534-0720

TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLEX 2 ACTUATOR 

SA34-F2OT

44534-0721

TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLEX 2 ACTUATOR OT 

SA34-F1

44534-0730

TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLEX 1 ACTUATOR 

SA34-F1OT

44534-0731

TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLEX 1 ACTUATOR OT 

SA34-TRB

44534-0740

TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLAT ACTUATOR RB 

SA34-TRBOT

44534-0741

TL4019 REPLACEMENT FLAT ACTUATOR OTRB 

SA34-SRB

44534-0750

TL4019 REPLACEMENT 90-DEGREE ACTUATOR RB 

SM34-LED61

44534-0761

TL4019 LED LID KIT

SM34-KLR02

44534-0802

TL4019 KEY LOCK RELEASE (2 KEYS INCLUDED)

SBLK34-R50

44534-8050

TL4019 SLIDE BOLT INTERIOR LEVER KIT (USE WITH REAR RELEASE SLIDE BOLTS ONLY)

SBRH-R60

44534-8060

TL4019 REAR RELEASE T-HANDLE

Conforms to EN1088, EN60947-5-1, 
EN292, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed, BG approved

R

C           US

Safety Interlock Switch with Guard 
Door Locking

•  High locking force of 1,200 N (270 lb.) 

locks guard door shut until machine is 
safe to enter

•  IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the 

TL4019 to withstand water washdown

•  Door and lock monitoring—the TL4019 

has a total of 4 contacts: 2 N/C safety + 
1 contact for door position monitoring + 
1 contact for lock monitoring

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-11

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S257

TL4024 

Safety Interlock Switches

Safety Interlock Switch 
with Guard Door Locking

•  High locking force of 1,500 N (337 lb.) 

locks guard door shut until machine is 
safe to enter

•  IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure withstands water 

washdown

•  Door and lock monitoring—the TL4024 

has a total of 4 contacts: 2 N/C safety + 
1 contact for door position monitoring + 
1 contact for lock monitoring

•  Unlocking is possible with a back load on 

the door to satisfy the demands of high 
cycle time applications

•  Narrow profile enables mounting to 2 

in. square tubing or in applications with 
space restrictions

•  Rotatable head—the rotatable head pro-

vides 8 actuator entry positions to satisfy 
most installation requirements

•  Optional key release—this option on 

power-to-unlock models allows manual 
unlocking of the guard door

Conforms to EN1088, EN60947-5-1, 
EN292, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed, BG approved

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

TL4024-10242TM

44535-0010

TL4024 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2N/C+ 1N/O+1N/C, FLAT ACTUATOR

TL4024-10242SM

44535-0110

TL4024 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2N/C+ 1N/O+1N/C, 90-DEGREE ACTUATOR

TL4024-10242

44535-2010

TL4024 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/C, 3 X .05 IN. NPT CONDUIT

TL4024-10243

44535-2030

TL4024 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2N/C+1N/O+1N/O, 3 X .05 IN. NPT CONDUIT

SA35-F1

44535-0750

TL4024 REPLACEMENT FLEX 1 ACTUATOR

•  Optional slide bolt with integral door 

handle aids installation on sliding and 
swinging guard doors

•  Two LED (red/green) status indicators on 

the lid may be wired to suit the application


E

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-12

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S247

D4JL 

Safety Interlock Switches

Guard Lock Safety-Door Switch

•  Holding force of 3,000 N

•  Two safety circuits and two monitor 

contacts provide an array of monitoring 
patterns.

•  Standard gold-clad contacts enable use 

with ordinary loads and microloads.

•  Models with trapped keys prevent workers 

from being locked in hazardous work 
areas.

•  Models with rear release buttons allow 

people to unlock the Switch and escape if 
they are locked into hazardous areas.

•  IP67 degree of protection

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

D4JL-2NFA-C5

11022-0004

D4JL BASE MODEL, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, GREEN, MECHANICAL LOCK, 
2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO

D4JL-2NFA-D5

11022-0036

D4JL BASE MODEL, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY, ORANGE, MECHANICAL LOCK, 
2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO

D4JL-2NFA-C6

11022-0068

D4JL BASE MODEL, SPECIAL RELEASE KEY+REAR RELEASE, GREEN, MECHANICAL 
LOCK, 2NC/1NO+2NC/1NO

D4JL-K1

11022-0001

D4JL OPERATION KEY, HORIZONTAL MOUNT

D4JL-K2

11022-0002

D4JL OPERATION KEY, VERTICAL MOUNT

D4JL-K3

11022-0254

D4JL OPERATION KEY, ADJUSTABLE MOUNT (HORIZONTAL)

D4JL-SK40

11022-0194

D4JL MOUNTING SLIDE KEY

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-13

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S282

CM Series 

Safety Interlock Switches

Conforms to EN292, EN60204-1, 
EN954-1, EN1088, EN60947-5-3, 
EN947-5-3, EN50081, EN50082, 
EN61000-6-2, ISO 13849-1
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified

Most Diverse and Flexible Line of 
Coded Magnetic Safety Interlock 
Switches and Controllers

•  Combine door switch monitoring and 

E-stop monitoring by using the CM-S41 
controller

•  Monitor is single switch to CAT4 with the 

CM-S30 controller

•  Monitor multiple switches to CAT3 using 

CM-S4 or CM-S30 controllers

•  Monitoring multiple switches on individual 

channels can be achieved by using the 
CM-S21 or CM-S41 controllers. Easily 
expand your system by using the CM-SE 
expansion module.

•  All CM switches are rated IP67

•  Stainless steel switches are available for 

harsh environments

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

CM-S4 

44536-0040

CM-S4 BASE MODEL, CONTROL (24VAC/DC) 1N/O+1N/O AUX.

CM-S1PC3

44536-0100

CM-S1 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 1N/O+1N/C, 3 M CABLE

CM-S1PC5

44536-0105

CM-S1 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 1N/O+1N/C, 5 M CABLE

CM-S21-24

44536-0120

CM-S21 BASE MODEL, CONTROL (24 VAC/DC) 2N/O+1N/C AUX.

CM-S2PC3

44536-0200

CM-S2 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 1N/O+1N/C, 3 M CABLE

CM-S221PC5

44536-0221

CM-S221PC5 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 2NO+1NC, 5M CABLE

CM-S521PC5

44536-0521

CM-S521 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 2N/C+1N/O, 5 M CABLE

CM-S621PC5

44536-0621

CM-S5621 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 2N/C+1N/O, 5 M CABLE

CM-S621PC10

44536-1621

CM-S621 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACT WITH 2N/C+1N/O, 10 M CABLE

CM-S31SC3

44536-3100

CM-S31 BASE MODEL, SWITCH+ACT, 3M CABLE

CM-S31SC5

44536-3105

CM-S31 BASE MODEL, SWITCH+ACT, 5M CABLE


E

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-14

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S283

MA Series 

Safety Interlock Switches

Magnetically Actuated 
Safety Interlock Switches

•  Large selection—choose from a large 

selection of contact configurations housed 
in plastic to satisfy most application 
requirements

•  NEMA 6 enclosure enables the MA Series 

switches to satisfy most application 
requirements (MA 3, 4, 5 are NEMA 4)

•  Misalignment tolerant—the non-contact 

actuation of the switches makes them 
very tolerant to misalignment of up to 10 
mm (0.39 in.)

•  Variety of terminations—select various 

cable lengths or terminal strip termination 
for easy installation. Cable connector on 
selected models

Conforms to EN1088, EN292, EN60204-1
UL and C-UL listed

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

MA-1APC4

44507-0020

MA-1 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C, 4M CABLE SWITCH+ACTUATOR

MA-1APC8

44507-0180

MA-1 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C, 8M CABLE SWITCH+ACTUATOR

MA-10APC2

44507-0110

MA-10 BASE MODEL (110 VAC ONLY), 1N/C, 2M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR

MA-10APC4

44507-0330

MA-10 BASE MODEL (110 VAC ONLY), 1N/C, 4M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR

MA-15DP21C3 44507-1540

MA-15 BASE MODEL (24VDC ONLY), 2N/C+1N/O 3M CABLE, SWITCH+ACT’R (300MA MAX.)

MA-15DP21C5 44507-1541

MA-15 BASE MODEL (24VDC ONLY), 2N/C+1N/O 5M CABLE, SWITCH+ACT’R (300MA MAX.)

MA-15DP21CC 44507-1549

MA-15 BASE MODEL (24VDC ONLY), 2N/C+1N/O CONNECTOR, MALE M12, SW+ACT’R 
(300MA MAX.)

MA16DP11C3 

44507-1620

MA-16 BASE MODEL (24VDC ONLY), 1N/C, 1N/O, 3M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR

MA16DP11C6

44507-1621

MA-16 BASE MODEL (24VDC ONLY), 1N/C, 1N/O, 6M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR

MA16DP10C3 

44507-1610

MA-16 BASE MODEL (24VDC ONLY), 1N/C, 3M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR

MA16DP10C6

44507-1611

MA-16 BASE MODEL (24VDC ONLY), 1N/C, 6M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR

MA16DP21C3 

44507-1640

MA-16 BASE MODEL (24VDC ONLY), 2 N/C, 1N/O, 3M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR

MA-16AP11C6 44507-1661

MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C, 1N/O 6M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR 

MA-16AP11C3  44507-1660

MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C, 1N/O, 3M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR 

MA-16AP10C3  44507-1650

MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C, 3M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR 

MA-16AP10C6 44507-1651

MA-16 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C, 6M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR 

MA-2DPC15

44507-0370

MA-2 BASE MODEL (24VDC ONLY), 1N/C+1N/O, 15M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR

MA-2DPCC

44507-0650

MA-2 BASE MODEL (24VDC ONLY), 1N/C+1N/O, CONNECTOR 4-PIN MICRO DC, 
SWITCH+ACTUATOR

MA-2APC4

44507-0040

MA-2 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C+1N/O, 4M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR

MA-20DPCC

44507-0630

MA-20 BASE MODEL (24VDC ONLY), 2N/C, CONNECTOR 4-PIN MICRO DC M12, 
SWITCH+ACTUATOR

MA-21DPCC

44507-0670

MA-21 BASE MODEL (24VDC ONLY), 2N/C+1N/O, CONNECTOR, SWITCH+ACTUATOR

MA-34DS11C3 44507-3420

MA-34 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1N/O, 3M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR

MA-35DS21C3 44507-3540

MA-35 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 3M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR (300MA MAX.)

MA-35DS21C5 44507-3541

MA-35 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 5M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR (300MA MAX.)

MA-35DS21CC 44507-3549

MA-35 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M12 MALE CONNECTOR, SWITCH+ACTUATOR (300MA MAX.)

MA-36DS11C3 44507-3620

MA-36 BASE MODEL, 1N/C+1N/O, 3M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR

MA-36AS10C3 44507-3650

MA-36 BASE MODEL, 1N/C, 3M CABLE, SWITCH & ACTUATOR

MA-4APTC

44507-0060

MA-4 BASE MODEL (AC ONLY), 1N/C+1N/O, TERMINAL CONNECTION, SWITCH+ACTUATOR

SA07-MA00

44507-0700

MA 1-5, 20 & 21 REPLACEMENT ACTUATOR RED ABS PLASTIC

SA07-MA10

44507-0710

MA 6, 9 & 10 REPLACEMENT ACTUATOR RED ABS PLASTIC

SA07-MA16

44507-0716

MA-10-16 REPLACEMENT ACTUATOR RED ABS PLASTIC

•  Long life—the MA Series is designed for a 

minimum of one million actuations

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-15

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S362

D40Z/D40A/G9SX-NS 

 

Safety Interlock Switches

D40Z

D40A

Compact Non-contact Door  
Switch/ Flexible Safety Unit

•  Up to 30 units can be connected to  

a single G9SX (15 units with G9SP)  
Controller

•  Troubleshooting is made easy with the  

switch’s two-color diagnostic LED display 
patterns

•  Photocoupler monitor output allows  

connection to a general-purpose PLC  
(NPN type)

D40Z

•  Supports ISO 13849-1 (Safety Category 4/PLe)

•  Non-magnetic actuator will not attract 

metal fillings

D40A

•  Magnetic actuator

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

D40A-1C5

11008-6002

D40A BASE MODEL, SWITCH AND ACTUATOR, 5M CABLE

D40Z-1C2

11081-0001

D40Z BASE MODEL, SWITCH AND ACTUATOR, 2M CABLE

D40Z-1C5

11081-0002

D40Z BASE MODEL, SWITCH AND ACTUATOR, 5M CABLE

D40Z-1C-A

11081-0003

D40Z BASE MODEL, ACTUATOR ONLY


E

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-16

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S285

MA-S Series 

  Safety Interlock Switches

Stainless Steel Magnetically 
Actuated Safety Interlock 
Switches and Actuators

•  Stainless steel cases—both switch and 

actuator are housed in stainless steel for 
applications that require the use of this 
robust and corrosion resistant material

•  Large selection—choose from a variety of 

contact configurations housed in stain-
less steel to satisfy the most demanding 
applications

•  NEMA 6 enclosure enables the MA-S 

Series switches to satisfy most application 
requirements

•  Misalignment tolerant—the non-contact 

actuation of the MA-S Series switches 
makes them very tolerant to misalignment 
of up to 10 mm (0.39 in.)

•  High temperature—the MA-S switches 

and cables are designed to operate in 
temperatures up to 125°C (257°F)

•  Long life—the MA-S Series safety inter-

lock switches are designed for a minimum 
of one million actuations

Conforms to EN1088, EN292, 
EN60204-1 
UL and C-UL listed

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

MA-S21DSC3

44507-0450

MA-S21 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 3M CABLE, SWITCH+ACTUATOR

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-17

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S286

MFS 

Safety Interlock Switches

Conforms to EN1088, EN292, 
EN60204-1, EN954-1, EN947-
5-3, EN60947-5-1, EN50081, 
EN50082, EN61000-6-2
UL and C-UL listed

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number

Description

MFS-11P11C3

44508-1120

MFS BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACTUATOR, 1N/C+1N/O, 3M CABLE

MFS-11P11C6

44508-1121

MFS BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACTUATOR, 1N/C+1N/O, 6M CABLE

MFS-11P11CC5

44508-1128

MFS BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACTUATOR, 1N/C+1N/O, M12 MALE CONNECTOR+5M 
CABLE

MFS-11P20C10

44508-1132

MFS BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACTUATOR, 2N/C, 10M CABLE

MFS-12P21C6

44508-1133

MFS BASE MODEL,-12 SWITCH & ACTUATOR, 2N/C+1N/O, 6M CABLE

MFS-12P21CC5

44508-1134

MFS-12 BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACTUATOR, 2N/C+1N/O, M12 MALE CONNECTOR+5M 
CABLE

MFS-11P20CC

44508-1139

MFS BASE MODEL, SWITCH & ACTUATOR, 2N/C, M12 MALE CONNECTOR

Magnetic Ferroresonant Stand-
alone

 Safety Interlock Switch

•  Tamper resistant—the combination of 

magnetic and ferroresonant signals 
required to close the safety contacts 
makes the MFS very tamper resistant

•  Standalone—use for lower risk appli-

cations as a stand-alone safety switch 
allowing direct switching of relays and 
contactors up to 2 A at 230 VAC

•  MFS-11 provides a visible LED which 

illuminates green when the actuator is in 
range and contacts are closed

•  MFS-12 provides a dual color LED  

indicator. LED illuminates green when 
the actuator is in range and the con-
tacts are closed. LED illuminates Red 
when the actuator is out of range and 
contacts are open.

•  Compact size—mounts easily on 1-in. 

square tubing

•  Use with safety monitoring relays in  

applications requiring a higher level of 
safety reliability

•  NEMA 4 enclosure enables water wash-

down cleaning


E

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

EE-18

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S242

D4NH 

Safety Interlock Switches

Safety-door Hinge Switch

•  Compact, plastic-body safety-door hinge 

switch designed for saving space in 
machines 

•  Lineup includes three contact models 

with 2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms in 
addition to the previous contact forms 
1NC/1NO, and 2NC. Models with MBB 
contacts are also available

•  M12-connector models are available, sav-

ing on labor and simplifying replacement

•  Standardized gold-clad contacts provide 

high contact reliability. Can be used with 
both standard loads and microloads.

S

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

D4NH-4CAS-NPT

11024-0105

D4NH BASE MODEL, SHAFT ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 2NC/1NO

D4NH-4CBC-NPT 11024-0107

D4NH BASE MODEL, ARM LEVER ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 2NC/1NO

D4NH-4BBC-NPT

11024-0108

D4NH BASE MODEL, ARM LEVER ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 2NC

D4NH-4ABC-NPT

11024-0109

D4NH BASE MODEL, ARM LEVER ACTUATOR, 1-CONDUIT, NPT, 1NC/1NO

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

FF-i

Contents

Rope Pulls

ER5018

Compact Rope Pull 
Emergency Stop Switch

FF-2

ER6022

Rope Pull Emergency Stop 
Switch

FF-3

ER6022-SS Stainless Steel Rope Pull 

Emergency Stop Switch

FF-4

ER1022/
ER1032

Rope Pull Emergency Stop 
Switches

FF-5

E-Stops

A22E

22 or 25 mm Diameter 
Emergency Stop Switch

FF-6

A165E

16 mm Diameter Emergency 
Stop Switch

FF-7

Emergency Stop Devices


F

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

FF-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S424

ER5018 

Emergency Stop Devices

Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC947-
5-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified

R

C           US

Compact Rope Pull Emergency 
Stop Switch

•  Compact size allows this switch to be 

used on smaller machines with a mount-
ing width of 40 mm (1.57 in.) and covering 
rope spans up to 40 m (131 ft.)

•  Tension indicator makes system setup and 

rope tension maintenance easy

•  Contact arrangements of 2 N/C + 1 N/O or 

3 N/C

•  IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the 

ER5018 switch to withstand water wash-
down cleaning

•  Heavy-duty housing—the die-cast hous-

ing and stainless steel eye nut makes the 
ER5018 suitable for demanding industrial 
applications

•  Integral E-Stop—the optional E -stop pro-

vides emergency stopping at the extreme 
end of the installation

•  Reset button—the blue reset button must 

be pushed in order to return to “machine 
run” condition following switch actuation 
by a pulled or slacked rope

•  Vibration tolerant—the snap-acting switch 

contacts protect against nuisance tripping 
due to vibration

•  Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor 

making the switches suitable for outdoor 
applications

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number

Description

ER5018-021M

44506-4010

ER5018 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20

ER5018-021N

44506-4020

ER5018 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT

ER5018-021NE

44506-4120

ER5018 BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT, E STOP

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

FF-3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S425

ER6022 

Emergency Stop Devices

Rope Pull Emergency Stop Switch

•  Rope spans up to 80 m (262 ft.) means 

fewer number of switches required per 
application

•  Tension indicator makes system setup and 

rope tension maintenance easy

•  Contact arrangements of 2 N/C + 1 N/O, 3 

N/C + 1 N/O or 2 N/C + 2 N/O

•  IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the 

ER6022 switch to withstand water wash-
down cleaning

•  Reset button—the blue reset button must 

be pushed in order to return to “machine 
run” condition following switch actuation 
by a pulled or slacked rope

•  Indicator beacon—the optional dual indi-

cator beacon, available in 24 VDC or 120 
VAC, can be wired to flash red to indicate 
a tripped switch or glow a constant green 
to indicate a properly reset switch

•  E-stop button—the ER6022 has two 

mounting positions where the optional 
E-stop button may be installed; the E-stop 
button may be added or replaced in the 
field

•  Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor 

making the switches suitable for outdoor 
applications

Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC947-
5-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

ER6022-021M

44506-5010

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20

ER6022-021ME

44506-5210

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20, E STOP

ER6022-021MEL

44506-5410

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, M20, E STOP, LED

ER6022-021NE

44506-5220

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT, E STOP

ER6022-021NEL

44506-5420

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT, E STOP, LED

ER6022-021NELAC

44506-5423

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+1N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT, E STOP, 120VAC LED

ER6022-022MLSS

44506-5910

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO,3 X M20, LED

ER6022-022N

44506-5080

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT

ER6022-022NE

44506-5280

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT, E-STOP

ER6022-022NEL

44506-5480

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2N/C+2N/O, 1/2 IN. NPT, E-STOP, LED

ER6022-022NELSS

44506-5960

ER6022-BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO,3 X 1/2 IN. NPT, E-STOP, LED


F

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

FF-4

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S426

ER6022-SS 

Emergency Stop Devices

Stainless Steel Rope Pull 
Emergency Stop Switch

•  Rope spans up to 100 m (328 ft.) means 

fewer number of switches required per 
application

•  Tension indicator maintains the proper 

rope tension

•  Contact arrangements of 3 N/C + 1 N/O or 

2 N/C + 2 N/O 

•  IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure withstands water 

washdown cleaning

•  316 stainless steel cast housing and stain-

less steel hardware

•  Reset button—the blue reset button must 

be pushed in order to return to “machine 
run” condition following switch actuation 
by a pulled or slacked rope

•  Vibration tolerant—the snap-acting switch 

contacts protect against nuisance tripping 
due to vibration

•  Indicator beacon—the dual indicator 

beacon is optional on the ER6022-SS; the 
indicator beacon can be wired to flash 
red to indicate a tripped switch or glow a 
constant green to indicate a properly reset 
switch

•  Optional E-stop button—may be added or 

replaced in the field

•  Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor 

making the switches suitable for outdoor 
applications

•  Extreme Cold Version—for applications 

down to -40°C

Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC947-
5-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified

R

C           US

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

FF-5

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

ER1022/ER1032 

Rope Pull Emergency Stop Devices

S423

S422

Common Features

•  IP67 (NEMA 6) enclosure enables the switch 

to withstand water washdown cleaning

•  Integral E-stop—the E-stop button provides 

emergency stopping capability at the 
extreme end of the installation and is field 
serviceable

•  Tension indicator makes system setup and 

rope tension maintenance easy

•  4 N/C safety contacts and 2 N/O auxiliary 

contacts satisfy the most demanding 
applications

Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC947-
5-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified

R

C           US

Model

Part Number

Description

ER1022-042MELL 44506-6410

ER1022 BASE MODEL, 
4N/C+2N/O, M20, E 
STOP, LED 24VDC, L

ER1022-042MELR 44506-6510

ER1022 BASE MODEL, 
4N/C+2N/O, M20, E 
STOP, LED 24VDC, R

ER1022-042NELL

44506-6420

ER1022 BASE MODEL, 
4N/C+2N/O, 1/2 IN. 
NPT, E STOP, LED 
24VDC, L

ER1022-042NELR 44506-6520

ER1022 BASE MODEL, 
4N/C+2N/O, 1/2 IN. 
NPT, E STOP, LED 
24VDC, R

Rope spans up to 200 m (656 ft.)

Conforms to IEC947-5-1, IEC947-
5-5, EN418, UL508, BS5304
UL and C-UL listed, TUV certified

R

C           US

Model

Part Number Description

ER1032-042MEL

44506-7410

ER1032 BASE 
MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O, 
M20, E STOP, LED 
24VDC, D

ER1032-042NEL

44506-7420

ER1032 BASE 
MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O, 
1/2 IN. NPT, E STOP, 
LED 24VDC, D

ER1032-042NELAC

44506-7421

ER1032 BASE 
MODEL, 4N/C+2N/O, 
1/2 IN. NPT, E STOP, 
LED 120 VAC, D

•  Vibration tolerant—the snap-acting switch 

contacts protect against nuisance tripping 
due to vibration

•  Indicator beacon—the indicator beacon, 

available in 24 VDC or 120 VAC, can be wired 
to flash red to indicate a tripped switch or glow 
a constant green to indicate a properly reset 
switch

•  Rubber bellows contain UV inhibitor making 

the switches suitable for outdoor applications

Rope spans up to 125 m (410 ft.)

ER1022

ER1032

Ordering Information

Ordering Information


F

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

FF-6

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P623

A22E 

 Emergency Stop Devices

Emergency Stop Switch 
(22 mm or 25 mm diameter)

•  Install in 22-dia. or 25-dia. panel cutout

•  Direct opening mechanism to open the 

circuit when the contact welds  

•  Safety lock mechanism prevents operating 

errors

•  Easy mounting and removal of Switch 

Blocks using a lever

•  Mount three Switch Units in series to 

improve wiring efficiency (with non-lighted 
Switch Units, three Units can be mounted 
for multiple contacts)

•  Finger protection mechanism on Switch 

Unit provided as a standard feature

•  Install using either round, or forked crimp 

terminals

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

A22E-L-02

11004-7013

A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 2NC, 60 DIA.

A22EL-M-24A-02

11004-7010

A22E BASE MODEL, LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 2NC, 24V, NO REDUCTION, 40 
DIA.

A22E-M

11004-2002

A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 40 DIA.

A22E-M-01

11004-7001

A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 1NC, 40 DIA.

A22E-M-02

11004-7002

A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 2NC, 40 DIA.

A22E-M-11

11004-7004

A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 1NC+1NO, 40 DIA.

A22E-M-12

11004-7051

A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 2NC+1NO, 40 DIA.

A22E-MP-02

11004-7034

A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-PULL, 2NC, 40 DIA.

A22E-MP-11

11004-7036

A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-PULL, 1NC+1NO, 40 DIA.

A22E-S-01

11004-7024

A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 1NC, 30 DIA.

A22E-S-02

11004-7025

A22E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, PUSH-LOCK, TURN RESET, 2NC, 30 DIA.

•  Non-lighted versions are IP65 (oil  

resistant). Lighted versions are IP65

•  A lock plate is provided as a standard 

feature to ensure that the control box and 
switch are not easily separated

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

FF-7

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P633

A165E 

 Emergency Stop Devices

Emergency Stop Switch 
(16 mm diameter)

•  Separate construction with one of the 

smallest class of depths in the world

•  Direct opening mechanism to open  

contacts in emergencies, such as when 
they are welded 

•  Conforms to EN418

•  Includes a safety lock to prevent misuse

•  Features separate construction that allows 

the switch to be separated for easier  
wiring and one-piece-like construction 
that allows easier handling

•  Models available with 3 contacts built into 

a single block (A165E-U)

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

A165E-S-01

11002-7007

A165E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, 30 DIA., SPST-NC

A165E-S-02

11002-7008

A165E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, 30 DIA., DPST-NC

A165E-S-03U

11002-7012

A165E BASE MODEL, NON-LIGHTED, 30 DIA., TPST-NC


F

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

Emergency Stop Devices

FF-8

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

GG-i

Safety Limit Switches 

D4N

Safety Limit Switch

GG-2

D4N-

9

R

Pull-reset Safety Limit Switch

GG-3

D4B-

9

N

Safety Limit Switch

GG-4

D4F

Small Safety Limit Switch

GG-5

Safety Selector Switch

A22TK

Safety Key Selector Switch

GG-6

Enabling Switch Device

A4EG

Enabling Grip Switch with 
Distinct Feel for Three Easily 
Discernible Positions

GG-7

Two-Hand Control

TS

TouchStart™ Capacitive Palm 
Button

GG-8

Safety Switches &  
Operator Controls

Contents


G

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

GG-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S238

D4N 

Safety Limit Switches

Safety Limit Switch

•  Upgraded safety limit switches based on 

the popular D4D, providing a full lineup 
conforming to international standards 

•  Lineup includes three contact models 

with 2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms in 
addition to the previous contact forms 
1NC/1NO, and 2NC. Models with MBB 
contacts are also available

•  M12-connector models are available, sav-

ing on labor and simplifying replacement

•  Standardized gold-clad contacts provide 

high contact reliability. Can be used with 
both standard loads and microloads

•  Conforms to EN115, EN81-1, and EN81-2 

(slow-action models only)

•  Lineup includes both slow-action and 

snap-action models with Zb contacts

•  Certified standards: UL, EN (TÜV),  

and CCC

S

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

D4N-4120-NPT

11023-0707

D4N BASE MODEL,1NC/1NO, ROLLER LEVER, SNAP ACT, M20+NPT

D4N-412G-NPT

11023-0702

D4N BASE MODEL,1NC/1NO, ADJ ROLLER LEVER, SNAP ACT, M20+NPT

D4N-4132-NPT

11023-0705

D4N BASE MODEL, 1NC/1NO, ROLLER PLUNGER, M20+NPT

D4N-4162-NPT

11023-0704

D4N BASE MODEL,1NC/1NO, ONE WAY ROLLER HORIZONTAL, SNAP ACT, M20+NPT

D4N-4172-NPT

11023-0703

D4N BASE MODEL,1NC/1NO, ONE WAY ROLLER VERTICAL, SNAP ACT, M20+NPT

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

GG-3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S239

D4N-

9

Safety Limit Switches

Pull-reset Safety Limit Switch

•  A series of pull-reset models now 

available

•  Lineup includes three contact models 

with 2NC/1NO and 3NC contact forms in 
addition to the previous contact forms 
1NC/1NO and 2NC

•  M12-connector models are available, sav-

ing on labor and simplifying replacement

•  Standardized gold-clad contacts provide 

high contact reliability. Can be used with 
both standard loads and microloads

•  Conforms to EN115, EN81-1 and EN81-2

•  Certified standards: UL, EN (TÜV), and 

CCC

S

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

D4N-4A32R-NPT

11023-0694

D4N-R BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, SLOW ACT, TOP ROLLER PLUNGER, M20+NPT

D4N-4A2GR-NPT

11023-0697

D4N-R BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, SLOW ACT, ADJ ROLLER LEVER, M20+NPT

D4N-4A20R-NPT

11023-0698

D4N-R BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, SLOW ACT, ROLLER LEVER, M20+NPT

D4N-4B2GR-NPT

11023-0699

D4N-R BASE MODEL, 2NC, SLOW ACT, ADJ ROLLER LEVER, M20+NPT


G

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

GG-4

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S232

D4B-

9

Safety Limit Switches

Safety Limit Switch

•  Snap-action contact with certified direct 

opening operation

•  Direct opening mechanism (NC contacts 

only) added to enable opening contacts 
when faults occur, such as fused contacts

•  Safety of lever settings ensured using a 

mechanism that engages a gear between 
the operating position indicator plate and 
the lever

•  Equipped with a mechanism that indicates 

the applicable operating zone, as well as 
push-button switching to control left and 
right motion

•  Head seal structure strengthened to 

improve seal properties (TÜV: IEC IP67, 
UL: NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, and 13)

•  Wide standard operating temperature 

range: –40 to 80°C

•  Models with gold-plated contacts to 

enable handling microloads

•  Certified standards: UL, CSA, EN (TÜV), 

and CCC

S

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

D4B-4111N-NPT

11012-0020

D4B-N BASE MODEL, ROLLER LEVER, NPT,1NC/1NO

D4B-4113N-NPT

11012-4029

D4BN-N BASE MODEL, 1NC/1NO, SNAP ACTION, NPT

D4B-4115N-NPT

11012-0024

D4B-N BASE MODEL, ROLLER LEVER, STAINLESS STEEL, NPT, 1NC/1NO

D4B-4116N-NPT

11012-0025

D4B-N BASE MODEL, ADJUSTABLE ROLLER LEVER, NPT, 1NC/1NO

D4B-4117N-NPT

11012-4028

D4B-N BASE MODEL, ADJUSTABLE ROD LEVER, NPT, 1NC/1NO

D4B-4170N-NPT

11012-0026

D4B-N BASE MODEL, TOP PLUNGER, NPT, 1NC/1NO

D4B-4171N-NPT

11012-0022

D4B-N BASE MODEL, TOP ROLLER PLUNGER, M20+NPT1NC/1NO, SNAP ACTION

D4B-4A13N-NPT

11012-4027

D4B-N BASE MODEL, NPT, 2NC

D4B-4A71N-NPT

11012-0023

D4B-N BASE MODEL, TOP ROLLER PLUNGER, NPT, 2NC

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

GG-5

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S235

D4F 

 Safety Limit Switches

Small Safety Limit Switch

•  Smallest class of safety limit switches

•  Extra small limit switch with a direct opening 

mechanism (four-contact model)

•  High-sensitivity safety limit switch

•  Four contacts in either 2NC + 2NO or 4NC 

versions

•  Degree of protection: IP67 (EN60947-5-1)

•  Certified standards: UL, EN (TÜV), and CC

S

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

D4F-302-1R

11019-0007

D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO, ROLLER PLUNGER, 1M CABLE, HORIZONTAL

D4F-102-3R

11019-0021

D4F BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, ROLLER PLUNGER, 3M CABLE, HORIZONTAL

D4F-202-3R

11019-0022

D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC, ROLLER PLUNGER, 3M CABLE, HORIZONTAL

D4F-302-3R

11019-0023

D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO, ROLLER PLUNGER, 3M CABLE, HORIZONTAL

D4F-120-3D

11019-0025

D4F BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, ROLLER LEVER, 3M CABLE, VERTICAL

D4F-302-3D

11019-0031

D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO, ROLLER PLUNGER, 3M CABLE, VERTICAL

D4F-120-5R

11019-0033

D4F BASE MODEL, 1NC+1NO, ROLLER LEVER, 5M CABLE, HORIZONTAL

D4F-320-5R

11019-0035

D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO, ROLLER LEVER, 5M CABLE, HORIZONTAL

D4F-220-5D

11019-0042

D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC, ROLLER LEVER, 5M CABLE, VERTICAL

D4F-320-5D

11019-0043

D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO, ROLLER LEVER, 5M CABLE, VERTICAL

D4F-420-5D

11019-0044

D4F BASE MODEL, 4NC, ROLLER LEVER, 5M CABLE, VERTICAL

D4F-302-5D

11019-0047

D4F BASE MODEL, 2NC+2NO, ROLLER PLUNGER, 5M CABLE, VERTICAL


G

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

GG-6

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

P655

A22TK 

 Safety Key Selector Switch

Safety Key Selector Switch

•  Key-type selector switch with direct open-

ing mechanism

•  Selector Switch for secure equipment 

activation during maintenance 

•  30 types of exclusive keys make it more 

difficult to disable

•  The trapped key of the D4JL Guard Lock 

Safety-door Switch has the same shape as 
the locking key of the D4SL-SK10-LK Slide 
Key Unit. Units can be combined to im-
prove safety. (Specify the same key type.)

•  Common to the switch part of Emergency 

Stop Switch A22E. (Non-lighted model 
only)

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

A22TK-2LL-02-K01

11004-8009

A22TK BASE MODEL, 2N/C, LEFT KEY RELEASE, LEFT N/C CLOSED, KEY INCLUDED

A22TK-2LR-12-K01

11004-8022

A22TK BASE MODEL, 1N/O+2N/C, LEFT KEY RELEASE, RIGHT N/C CLOSED, KEY 
INCLUDED

A22TK-2RL-02-K01

11004-8033

A22TK BASE MODEL, 2N/C, RIGHT KEY RELEASE, LEFT N/C CLOSED, KEY INCLUDED

A22TK-2RL-12-K01

11004-8034

A22TK BASE MODEL, 1N/O+2N/C, RIGHT KEY RELEASE, LEFT N/C CLOSED, KEY 
INCLUDED

A22Z-3466-1

11003-0053

A22E LEGEND PLATE, 60-DIA.

A22Z-B101Y

11003-0061

A22E CONTROL BOX

A22Z-EG1

11004-0001

A22E E-SHOP SHROUD FOR EMERGENCY OFF “EMO”, YELLOW

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

GG-7

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

A4EG 

Enabling Switch Device

Enabling Grip Switch with 
Distinct Feel for Three Easily 
Discernible Positions 

•  The difficult task of configuring safety 

circuits is now easily achieved by 
combining the A4EG with the G9SX-GS

•  In addition to the standard models, the 

lineup also includes models with an 
emergency stop switch and models with a 
momentary operation switch

•  An optional Holding Key (sold separately) 

provides a versatile method for selecting 
modes

•  Equipped with conduit connector

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

A4EG-C000041

11073-0001

A4EG BASE MODEL, SWITCH ONLY, 2NC SAFETY, 1 AUX

A4EG-BM2B041

11073-0003

A4EG BASE MODEL, SWITCH ONLY, 2NC SAFETY, 2NO FUNCTION

A4EG-OP2

11073-0005

A4EG MOUNTING BRACKET

A4EG-OP3

11073-0006

A4EG HOLDING KEY 

SC09-9M310

44509-0310

A4EG CABLE, 10-PIN MINI MALE, 9 MS

SC09-9M320

44509-0320

A4EG CABLE, 8-PIN MINI MALE, 9 MS

SC09-9M330

44509-0330

A4EG CABLE, 4-PIN MINI MALE, 10 MS

SC12-M16CG80

44512-0080

M16 CORD GRIP (4-5MM ID)

SC12-M20CG90

44512-0090

M20 CORD GRIP (4-5MM ID)

P657


G

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

GG-8

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

S226

TouchStart™ 

Two-Hand Control

Capacitive Palm Button

•  No physical pressure required to actuate 

switch—reduces the likelihood of wrist 
injury caused by repetitive motion

•  Excellent sensitivity—sensor is designed 

to operate even if operator is wearing 
gloves

•  RFI Immunity—special circuitry inhibits 

output in the presence of RFI that would 
otherwise cause false triggering of output

•  AC version is UL Recognized—meets the 

applicable requirements in the proposed 
first edition of UL 491

•  Saves time and money

•  Easy mounting in a single hole

•  Wiring is simplified because terminals are 

clearly identified and easily accessible

•  No special power supplies are required 

because switch is available in either 120 
VAC or 24 VDC versions

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number

Description

TS-10

44527-0010

TOUCHSTART BASE MODEL, 120 VAC, REV. 2

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

HH-i

Safety Monitoring & 
Force-Guided Relays

Contents

Safety Monitoring Relays 
Fixed Terminals

G9SA

Safety Relay Unit

HH-2

SR101A

Single-Channel Relay

HH-2

SR103AM

Dual-Channel Relay

HH-3

SR104P

Two-Hand Control Relay

HH-3

SR106ED

Safety Expansion Unit

HH-3

SR107, 108 & 
109AD

Dual-Channel Relay

HH-4

SR125SMS45

Stop Motion Sensing Unit

HH-5

SR131A

Dual-Channel Relay

HH-6

Safety Monitoring Relays 
Removable Terminals

SR203M & 
203AM

Dual-Channel Relay

HH-6

SR208 & 
209AD

Dual-Channel Relay

HH-7

Force-Guided Relays

G7SA

Compact Slim Relays 
Conforming to EN 
Standards

HH-8

G7S-

9

-E

Lineup Now Includes 10A 
Models

HH-8


H

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

HH-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G9SA 

Safety Monitoring Relays

Safety Relay Unit

•  Four kinds of 45-mm wide units are avail-

able:  
A 3-pole model, a 5-pole model, and mod-
els with 3 poles and 2 OFF-delay poles, as 
well as a two-hand controller. 
Also available are 17.5 mm wide expan-
sion units with 3 poles and 3 OFF-delay 
poles.

•  Simple expansion connection

•  OFF-delay models have 15-step OFF-

delay settings

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number

Description

G9SA-301 AC/DC24

11054-6001

G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, 45MM, E-STOP CONTROL

G9SA-301 AC100-240

11054-6012

G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, 45MM, E-STOP CONTROL

G9SA-321-T075 AC/DC24 11054-6003

G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO IMMEDIATE, 2NO DELAYED, 7.5 SEC.

G9SA-501 AC/DC24

11054-6002

G9SA BASE MODEL, 5NO+1NC, 45MM, E-STOP CONTROL

G9SA-EX301

11054-6007

G9SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, EXP MODULE, 45MM, NO DELAY

•  Conforms to EN standards (BG approval)

•  Both DIN track mounting and screw 

mounting are possible

SR101A 

 Safety Monitoring Relays

Single-Channel Monitoring Relay

•  Power requirements—the SR101A will 

accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC

•  Inputs—a single N/C input channel, not 

monitored, is provided

•  Outputs—the SR101A has two N/O out-

puts to route power to the coils of power 
contactors

•  External Device Monitoring (EDM) is 

provided with a N/C loop between S11 
and S21 on the SR101A

•  Reset mode—an automatic reset mode is 

provided with the SR101A

Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1, 
VDE 0113-1 
UL and C-UL listed 
TÜV Rheinland approved

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number

Description

SR101A01

44510-1011

SR101 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 1 INPUT, 2 OUTPUTS

S354

S367

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

HH-3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

SR103AM 

Safety Monitoring Relays

Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay

•  Power requirements—the SR103AM will 

accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC

•  Inputs—the SR103AM will accept single or 

dual N/C inputs or dual inputs from a light 
curtain

•  Outputs—the SR103AM has 3 N/O out-

puts to route power to the coils of power 
contactors, plus 1 N/C auxiliary output for 
signaling purposes

•  External Device Monitoring (EDM) is 

provided with a N/C loop between S11/
S12 and S21 on the SR103AM

•  Monitored manual or automatic/

manual reset modes are available on the 
SR103AM.

Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1, 
VDE 0113-1 
UL and C-UL listed 
TÜV Rheinland approved

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

SR103AM01

44510-1031

SR103 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2 INPUTS, 3 OUTPUTS, 1 N/C AUX.

SR103AM02

44510-1032

SR103 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2 INPUTS, 3 OUTPUTS, 1 N/C AUX.

• Monitored manual reset requires closure 

of the reset circuit followed by opening of 
the circuit. Reset occurs when circuit is 
opened. Auto reset requires only closure 
of the reset circuit as reset occurs when 
circuit is closed

SR104P 

 Safety Monitoring Relays

Two-Hand Control Monitoring 
Relay

•  Power requirements—the SR104P will 

accept 24 VAC/DC and 115 VAC

•  Inputs—controls and monitors two-hand 

control switches to ensure that both 
switches are operated within 0.5 seconds 
of each other

•  Outputs—the SR104P has 2 N/O outputs 

to route power to the coils of power 
contactors

•  External Device Monitoring (EDM) is 

provided with a N/C loop between X1 and 
X2 on the SR104P

Conforms to EN574 Cat. IIIC, 
EN60204-1, EN954-1, VDE 0113-1 
UL and C-UL listed, BG approved

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

SR104P01

44510-1041

SR104 BASE MODEL, 24 VAC/DC, 2 HAND CONTROL UNIT, 2 OUTPUTS

SR104P02

44510-1042

SR104 BASE MODEL, 110 VAC, 2 HAND CONTROL UNIT, 2 OUTPUTS

S369

S368


H

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

HH-4

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

SR106ED 

 Safety Monitoring Relays

Safety Expansion Unit

•  Power requirements—the SR106ED will 

accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC

•  Outputs—the SR106ED has 3 N/O delayed 

outputs to route power to the coils of 
power contactors (delay selectable from 1 
to 30 sec.)

•  Auxiliary Output—the SR106ED has 1 

N/C auxiliary for monitoring by the safety 
monitoring relay

• PLC Compatible—The N/O off delayed 

output makes it possible to use the 
SR106ED on machines with 

Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1, 
VDE 0113-1 
UL and C-UL listed 
TÜV Rheinland approved

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

SR106ED01

44510-1061

SR106 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 1 INPUT, 3 OFF DELAYED OUTPUTS, 1 AUX.

programmable logic controllers that 
require some time to execute an orderly 
shutdown

SR107, 108 & 109AD 

 

Safety Monitoring Relays

Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1, 
EN292, VDE 0113-1 
UL and C-UL listed, BG approved

Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay

•  Power requirements—the SR107AD, 

SR108AD and SR109AD will accept 24 
VAC/DC

•  Inputs—the SR107AD, SR108AD  and 

SR109AD will accept single or dual N/C 
inputs or dual PNP solid-state inputs from 
a light curtain

•  Outputs—the SR107AD, SR108AD and 

SR109AD have a total of 4 N/O outputs 
with 3, 2 or 1 of the outputs with a time 
delay of 1-30 sec.

•  External Device Monitoring (EDM) is 

provided with a N/C loop between S12 
and S21 on the SR107AD, SR108AD and 
SR109AD

•  Reset mode—a monitored manual start 

or an auto/manual start may be config-
ured with the SR107AD, SR108AD and 
SR109AD. Monitored manual reset re-
quires closure of the reset circuit followed 

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

SR108AD01

44510-1081

SR108 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2 INPUTS, 2 OUTPUTS, 2 DELAYED OUTPUTS

by opening of the circuit. Reset occurs 
when circuit is opened. Auto reset requires 
only closure of the reset circuit as reset 
occurs when circuit is closed.

•  PLC Compatible—The N/O off delayed 

outputs make it possible to use the 
SR107AD, SR108AD and SR109AD on 
machines with Programmable Logic 
Controllers that require some time to 
execute an orderly shutdown

S375

S373

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

HH-5

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

SR125SMS45 

 Safety Monitoring Relays

Conforms to EN60204-1, 
EN292, and EN692 
UL listed, CSA and BG 
approved

Stop Motion Sensing Unit

•  Power requirements—the SR125SMS45 will 

accept 24 VDC or 110 VAC

•  Motion detection input—the SR125SMS45 

detects the stop condition of all types of AC 
or DC motors by sensing the motor’s back 
EMF across terminals Z1, Z2 and Z3

•  Drive compatible—the SR125SMS45 will 

function with electronic motor control 
devices such as variable speed controllers, 
DC injection brakes, etc.

•  Selectable speed limit—the SR125SMS45 

has 1 N/O and 1 N/C outputs that are 
switched when motor speed reaches the 
adjustable preset limit (0.01 to 0.10 V) for 
the particular output

•  Auxiliary output—the SR125SMS45 has 2 

solid state auxiliary signaling outputs

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

SR125SMS4501

44510-1271

SR125 BASE MODEL, 24 VDC, BACK EMF SENSING, 1NO+1NC, 2 SOLID STATE

S377


H

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

HH-6

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

SR131A 

 Safety Monitoring Relays

Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay

•  Power requirements—the SR131A will 

accept 24 VDC

•  Inputs—The SR131A is designed to moni-

tor two magnetically encoded non-contact 
switches with 1 N/C and 1 N/O contacts

•  Outputs—the SR131A has 2 N/O outputs 

to route power to the coils of external de-
vice power contactors plus 2 N/C auxiliary 
solid state outputs for signaling purposes

•  External Device Monitoring (EDM) is 

provided with a N/C loop between Y1 and 
Y2 on the SR131A

C           US

Conforms to EN60204-1, EN954-1, 
EN292, and EN1088
UL and C-UL listed, CSA and BG 
approved

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

SR131A00

44510-1310

SR131 BASE MODEL, 24VDC, 2 INPUTS (TWO), 2 OUTPUTS, 2 SOLID STATE AUX.

•  Selectable reset modes—automatic/man-

ual reset mode is available on the SR131A

SR203M & 203AM 

 Safety Monitoring Relays

Dual-Channel Monitoring Relay

•  Power requirements—the SR203M/A will 

accept 24 VAC/DC or 115 VAC

•  Inputs—the SR203M/A  will accept single 

or dual N/C inputs or dual PNP inputs 
from a light curtain

•  Outputs—the SR203M/A has 3 N/O out-

puts to route power to the coils of power 
contactors, plus 1 N/C auxiliary output for 
signaling purposes

•  External Device Monitoring (EDM) is pro-

vided with a N/C loop between S12 and 
S34 on the SR203M/A

Conforms to EN60204-1, 
EN954-1, ISOTR 12100 
UL and C-UL listed

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

SR203A01

44510-2031

SR203 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2 INPUTS, 3 OUTPUTS, 1 N/C AUX.

•  Monitored manual or automatic/

manual reset modes are available on the 
SR203M/A

•  The SR203M/A have removable terminal 

blocks

S382

S378

S383

SR203AM

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

HH-7

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

SR208 & 209AD 

Safety Monitoring Relays

Dual-Channel 
Safety Monitoring Relay

•  Power requirements—the 

SR208AD/209AD will accept 24 VAC/DC or 
115 VAC

•  Inputs—the SR208AD/209AD will accept 

single or dual  N/C  inputs or dual PNP 
inputs from a light curtain

•  Outputs—the SR208AD has 2 N/O imme-

diate outputs plus 3 N/O delayed outputs. 
The SR209AD has 2 N/O immediate 
outputs plus 2 N/O and 1 N/C delayed out-
puts to route power to the coils of power 
contactors (selectable from 0.5 to 10 sec)

•  External Device Monitoring (EDM) is 

provided with a N/C loop between Y1 and 
Y2 on the SR208AD/209AD 

•  Reset mode—monitored manual or auto-

matic/manual reset modes are available 
on the SR208/209AD

R

C           US

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

SR208AD01

44510-2081

SR208 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2 INPUTS, 2 OUTPUTS, 3 DELAYED OUTPUTS

SR209AD01

44510-2091

SR209 BASE MODEL, 24VAC/DC, 2 INPUTS, 2 OUTPUTS, DELAYED OUTPUTS 2N/O+1N/C

•  PLC Compatible—The N/O off delayed 

outputs make it possible to use the 
SR208AD/209AD on machines with Pro-
grammable Logic Controllers that require 
some time to execute an orderly shut-
down. The N/C on delayed output of the 
SR209AD may be used to apply power for 
unlocking a solenoid locking switch

•  The SR208AD/209AD have removable 

terminal blocks

S385


H

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

HH-8

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

G7SA 

Force-Guided Relays

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

G7SA-2A2B DC24

11051-0002

G7SA BASE MODEL, 2NO+2NC, 24VDC, FORCE GUIDED RELAY

G7SA-3A1B DC24

11051-0001

G7SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+1NC, 24VDC, FORCE GUIDED RELAY

G7SA-3A3B DC24

11051-0005

G7SA BASE MODEL, 3NO+3NC, 24VDC, FORCE GUIDED RELAY

G7SA-4A2B DC24

11051-0004

G7SA BASE MODEL, 4NO+2NC, 24VDC, FORCE GUIDED RELAY

G7SA-5A1B DC24

11051-0003

G7SA BASE MODEL, 5NO+1NC, 24VDC, FORCE GUIDED RELAY

P7SA-10F

11059-0012

G7SA 4 POLE SOCKET, TRACK MOUNTING, NO LED

P7SA-10F-ND DC24

11059-0010

G7SA 4 POLE SOCKET, TRACK MOUNTING, LED

P7SA-10P

11059-0008

G7SA 4 POLE SOCKET, BACK MOUNTING, NO LED

P7SA-14F

11059-0009

G7SA 6 POLE SOCKET, TRACK MOUNTING, NO LED

P7SA-14F-ND DC24

11059-0011

G7SA 6 POLE SOCKET, TRACK MOUNTING, LED

P7SA-14P

11059-0007

G7SA 6 POLE SOCKET, BACK MOUNTING, NO LED

C           US

G7S-

9

-E 

Force-Guided Relays

Lineup Now Includes 10-A Models

•  Relays with forcibly guided contacts 

(EN50205 Class A, certified by VDE)

•  Supports the CE marking of machinery 

(Machinery Directive)

•  Helps avoid hazardous machine status 

when used as part of an interlocking circuit

•  Track-mounting and back-mounting  

sockets are available

Ordering Information

Model

Part Number Description

G7S-3A3B-E DC24

11052-0001

G7S-E BASE UNIT, 6 POLES, 3PST-NO, 3PST-NC

G7S-4A2B-E DC24

11052-0002

G7S-E BASE UNIT, 6 POLES, 4PST-NO, DPST-NC

P7S-14F-END DC24

11060-0001

G7S-E, TRACK-MOUNT SOCKET, 24VDC

Compact, Slim Relays Conforming 
to EN Standards

•  Relays with forcibly guided contacts 

(EN50205 Class A, certified by VDE)

•  Supports the CE marking of machinery 

(Machinery Directive)

•  Helps avoid hazardous machine status 

when used as part of an interlocking circuit

•  Four-pole and six-pole relays are available

•  The relay’s terminal arrangement simplifies 

PWB pattern design

•  Reinforced insulation between inputs and 

outputs. Reinforced insulation between 
some poles of different polarity

S352

S353

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

II-1

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Model Number Index

3G3DV .................................................H-5
3G3JX .................................................H-2
3G3MX2 ..............................................H-3
3G3RX .................................................H-4
3Z4S-LE ............................................ P-13
A .......................................................  O-10
A16/A165 ............................................. Z-6
A165E ................................................ FF-7
A165K .................................................. Z-8
A165S/A165W/A165LW .......................Z-7
A22E .................................................. FF-6
A22R/A22RL ....................................... Z-3
A22RK ................................................. Z-4
A22RS/A22RW ................................... Z-4
A22TK ..............................................GG-6
A3U ..................................................... Z-5
A4EG ................................................ GG-7
C200H-MC402-E ................................ F-4
C200HW-NC

99

 .................................F-7

CJ1W-NC

9

71 ..................................... F-3

CJ1W-NC

9

8

9

 ................................... F-2

CJ2 ......................................................B-2
CM ................................................... EE-13
CP1E ................................................. B-17
CP1H ................................................. B-15
CP1L .................................................. B-16
CR ........................................................ I-3
CRT1 ...................................................C-6
CS1 ......................................................B-9
CS1W-MC

9

21.................................... F-5

CS1W-NC

99

3 ................................... F-6

CX-One ............................................... E-2
D40Z/D40A/G9SX-N ...................... EE-15
D4A-N .................................................O-3
D4B-

9

N ...........................................GG-4

D4C .....................................................O-4
D4CC ...................................................O-4
D4F ...................................................GG-5
D4GS-N ............................................ EE-7
D4JL ................................................ EE-12
D4MC ..................................................O-5
D4N .................................................. GG-2
D4NH ............................................... EE-18
D4NL .................................................EE-9
D4N-

9

R ...........................................GG-3

D4NS ................................................. EE-2
D4SL-N .............................................EE-8
D5B .....................................................O-7
DRT2 In-panel ....................................C-4
DRT2 On-machine .............................C-5
DST1 ................................................ CC-4
DV .......................................................H-5
DZ ..................................................... O-12
E2A ...................................................... L-4
E2A3 .................................................... L-6
E2B .......................................................L-3
E2C-EDA ............................................L-24
E2CY ..................................................L-25

E2E – Miniature ................................. L-11
E2E – Standard ...................................L-1
E2E2 AC 2-wire .................................L-10
E2E2 DC 2-wire ...................................L-7
E2E2 DC 3-wire .................................. L-8
E2EC ..................................................L-12
E2EH ..................................................L-21
E2EM ....................................................L-5
E2EQ ..................................................L-22
E2E-U .................................................L-22
E2EV ...................................................L-25
E2EY ..................................................L-26
E2EZ...................................................L-26
E2F .....................................................L-18
E2FM ..................................................L-19
E2FQ ..................................................L-23
E2K-C .................................................L-16
E2K-F ................................................. L-17
E2K-L ................................................. L-17
E2KQ-X ..............................................L-23
E2K-X .................................................L-15
E2Q5 .................................................. L-14
E2S ..................................................... L-14
E32 - Area Monitoring ..................... K-10
E32 - Built-in Lens............. ................ K-5
E32 - Chemical Resistant.... .............. K-6
E32 - Heat Resistant......... ................ K-7
E32 - Longer Distance ....................... K-4
E32 – Miniature .................................. K-3
E32 - Precision Detection ................. K-9
E32 - Robot Application .................... K-5
E32 - Special Application .................K-11
E32 - Square Shape ........................... K-2
E32 - Standard Cylindrical ................ K-1
E32 - Vacuum Resistant .................... K-8
E39-L .................................................J-24
E39-R .................................................J-24
E39-VA ..............................................M-10
E3C-LDA ............................................J-20
E3FA/E3RA ..........................................J-1
E3FB/E3RB ..........................................J-2
E3FC ................................................... J-3
E3G ....................................................J-15
E3G-M ................................................J-16
E3JM ..................................................J-16
E3K .....................................................J-18
E3NC-L/E3NC-S ...............................J-19
E3NX-FA ........................................... K-13
E3S-A .................................................J-18
E3S-C .................................................J-22
E3S-CL ..............................................J-15
E3T .....................................................J-17
E3X-DAC-S ....................................... K-18
E3X-DAH-S ....................................... K-18
E3X-DA-S .......................................... K-15
E3X-DA-SE-S ................................... K-16
E3X-ECT/CRT/ 
DRT21S/DRT21/CIF11......................K-19

E3X-HD ..............................................K-12
E3X-MDA ...........................................K-17
E3X-NA ..............................................K-14
E3X-NA-F ...........................................K-17
E3X-SD ..............................................K-14
E3Z ...................................................... J-4
E3Z-B .................................................J-11
E3Z-F .................................................. J-5
E3Z-G .................................................J-11
E3Z-K .................................................J-14
E3Z-L .................................................J-12
E3Z-L

9

 ............................................... J-6

E3Z-LS ............................................. -J-13
E3ZM ....................................................J-7
E3ZM-B ..............................................J-10
E3ZM-C .............................................. J-8
E3ZM-V ............................................... J-9
E4E-N ..................................................O-5
E5AC ................................................... T-4
E5AC-T .................................................T-9
E5AN-H/E5EN-H ...............................T-13
E5AN-HT/E5EN-HT ........................... T-14
E5AR/E5ER .......................................T-18
E5C2 ...................................................T-16
E5CB ....................................................T-1
E5CC ....................................................T-2
E5CC-T ................................................T-7
E5CC-U ............................................... T-6
E5CN-H .............................................. T-11
E5CN-HT ............................................T-12
E5CSV ................................................T-15
E5DC ....................................................T-5
E5EC ....................................................T-3
E5EC-T .................................................T-8
E5GC ..................................................T-10
E5ZN ..................................................T-19
E6A2-C ................................................R-5
E6B2-C ...............................................R-6
E6C3-A................................................ R-2
E6C3-C ............................................... R-7
E6CP-A ...............................................R-3
E6D-C .................................................R-8
E6F-A ..................................................R-4
E6F-C ..................................................R-8
EE-SA701/801 .................................. N-16
EE-SPW311/411 ................................ N-12
EE-SPW321/421 ............................... N-13
EE-SPX301/EE-SPX401 ..................... N-7
EE-SPX303N/403N ............................N-9
EE-SPX613 ....................................... N-14
EE-SPX74

9

/EE-SPX84

9

 ..................N-6

EE-SPX-W2A ......................................N-8
EE-SPY301/302/401/402 ................... N-7
EE-SPY31

9

/41

9

 .............................. N-10

EE-SPY801/802 ................................ N-17
EE-SPZ-A .......................................... N-15
EE-SX47

9

/EESX-67

9

 .......................N-3

EE-SX77

9

/EE-SX87

9

 .......................N-2

Family                                    Section-Page

Family                                    Section-Page

Family                                    Section-Page

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

II-2

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Model Number Index

EESX95

9

 ............................................ N-1

EE-SX97

9

 ...........................................N-5

EE-SY671/672 ................................... N-11
EJ1 .....................................................T-20
ER1022, ER1032 ............................... FF-5
ER5018 .............................................. FF-2
ER6022 ............................................. FF-3
ER6022-SS ....................................... FF-4
ERT1 ................................................... C-7
F3ET2, F3EM2 ...................................J-21
F3SG-R .............................................AA-2
F3SJ-A ............................................. AA-4
F3SJ-B ............................................. AA-5
F3SJ-E ............................................. AA-6
F3UV ..................................................J-23
FH ....................................................... P-7
FL.....................................................  P-10
FL-V ....................................................P-11
FQ2 ...................................................... P-2
FQ-CR ................................................. S-8
FQ-M ................................................... P-3
FZ/FH Accessories ............................ P-6
FZ/FH Cameras.................................. P-5
FZ5-L .................................................. P-4
FZ-LE ................................................ P-13
G2R

9

-S .............................................. Y-2

G2RV ....................................................Y-1
G3MC .................................................Y-19
G3NA ..................................................Y-12
G3NE ..................................................Y-11
G3PA ..................................................Y-14
G3PE ..................................................Y-15
G3PF ..................................................Y-16
G3PH ..................................................Y-13
G3R-I/O..............................................Y-18
G3RV ..................................................Y-17
G3TB ................................................. Y-20
G3ZA ..................................................T-21
G7J ...................................................... Y-8
G7SA ................................................ HH-8
G7S-

9

-E .......................................... HH-8

G7TC/G70A/G70D ............................ C-11
G7Z ...................................................... Y-9
G9SA ................................................ HH-2
G9SP ................................................ CC-2
GRT1 ...................................................C-3
GX .......................................................C-8
GX-JC ............................................... C-13
H3CA ................................................... V-2
H3CR ................................................... V-3
H3DK ................................................... V-5
H3DS ................................................... V-6
H3JA ................................................... V-4
H3YN ................................................... V-4
H5CX-N ................................................V-1
H5F ...................................................... V-8
H5L ...................................................... V-8
H5S ......................................................V-7

H7BX ..................................................V-11
H7CN ..................................................V-11
H7CX-N ............................................... V-9
H7EC/H7ET/H7ER .............................V-10
H7GP ..................................................V-12
H7HP ..................................................V-13
H8PS ................................................... F-8
Hawk ................................................... S-4
HS/MobileHawk ................................. S-5
JX  ...................................................... H-2
K3GN .................................................. W-3
K3HB -X, -H, -V, -S ............................ W-1
K3HB-C, -P, -R .................................. W-2
K3MA-J, -L, -F .................................. W-3
K7L-AT50 ............................................ X-8
K8AK-AS ............................................. X-2
K8AK-AW ............................................ X-3
K8AK-LS ............................................. X-7
K8AK-PA/K8AK-PM/K8AK-PW ......... X-4
K8AK-PH/K8DS-PH ........................... X-5
K8AK-TH .................................... T-17, X-6
K8AK-VS/K8AK-VW ........................... X-1
LY ........................................................ Y-4
M16/M165 ........................................... Z-9
M22R ................................................... Z-2
M2BJ ..................................................Z-10
MA ................................................... EE-14
MA-S ............................................... EE-16
MC .................................................... DD-2
MFS ................................................. EE-17
MGN ...................................................Y-10
MJN ..................................................... Y-6
MKS..................................................... Y-5
MKS-X ..................................................Y-7
MS-3 ................................................... S-1
MS4800/MSF4800 .......................... AA-3
MX2 .....................................................H-3
MY ....................................................... Y-3
NA5 .....................................................D-2
NB .......................................................D-6
NE1A ................................................ CC-3
NJ I/O ..................................................A-4
NJ501-4 ................................................I-2
NS .......................................................D-3
NSJ......................................................D-4
NS-Runtime ........................................ E-6
NT11 ....................................................D-8
NT2S ...................................................D-9
NV3/NV4 .............................................D-7
NX ....................................................... C-1
NX-S ......................................... C-2, CC-1
OS32C .............................................. BB-2
PA4600 ............................................. AA-9
QX830 ................................................. S-2
QX870 ................................................. S-3
R7D

9

-B ..............................................G-4

R88D-KN, R88D-KT ...........................G-2
R88D-KN

99

-ECT-L ..........................G-3

Family                                    Section-Page

Family                                    Section-Page

R88M-G ..............................................G-6
R88M-K...............................................G-5
RM-1 .................................................AA-7
RM-2/RM-2AC/RM-2AC-IP .............AA-7
RM-3 ................................................ AA-8
RM-X ................................................ AA-8
RX........................................................H-4
S8JX-G................................................U-6
S8JX-P ................................................ U-7
S8VK-G ...............................................U-2
S8VK-R ...............................................U-3
S8VK-T ................................................U-8
S8VM ...................................................U-5
S8VS ....................................................U-4
SCADA ................................................ E-4
SCC .................................................. DD-4
SCSF ................................................ DD-3
SGE, SCS ......................................... DD-3
SHL .....................................................O-6
SR101A ............................................ HH-2
SR103AM ......................................... HH-3
SR104P ............................................ HH-3
SR106ED .......................................... HH-3
SR107/SR108/SR109AD ................. HH-4
SR125SMS345 ................................ HH-5
SR131A............................................. HH-6
SR203M, SR203AM ........................ HH-6
SR208, SR209AD ............................ HH-7
Sysmac NJ Series ...............................F-1
Sysmac NJ System ............................ A-2
Sysmac NX System ........................... A-1
Sysmac Studio ................................... E-1
T2008 ................................................EE-6
T4012 .................................................EE-4
T4016 .................................................EE-5
T5009, T5009-6 ................................EE-3
TCS1400 ............................................. S-6
TCS1490 ............................................. S-6
TL4019 ............................................ EE-10
TL4024 ............................................ EE-11
TL-W ...................................................L-13
TS.. ...................................................GG-8
TZ ......................................................O-12
UMQ ................................................. DD-1
V400-H ................................................ S-7
V400-R2 .............................................. S-9
V500-R2 .............................................. S-9
V640 .................................................. S-13
V680 ...................................................S-11
V680-HAM42-DRT ........................... S-12
V680-HAM91/HAM81 ...................... S-12
V680S ................................................ S-10
V750 .................................................. S-14
VB.......................................................O-7
WL-N ...................................................O-2
X ...................................................... O-11
XS2F/XS2W ....................................... M-2
XS3F/XS3W ....................................... M-6

Family                                    Section-Page

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

II-3

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Model Number Index

XS5/XS6 Ethernet Media ................. C-12
XS5F ................................................... M-5
XW2_ ...................................................C-9
XW3D ................................................M-10
Y96E-M12 .......................................... M-9
Z ......................................................... O-9
ZAP ....................................................Z-10
ZE/Z/ZV2 ............................................O-8
ZEN ...................................................B-20
ZG2 .................................................... Q-10
ZS-HL ..................................................Q-5
ZS-L ....................................................Q-4
ZW .......................................................Q-8
ZX1 ......................................................Q-1
ZX2 ......................................................Q-2
ZX-E ....................................................Q-6
ZX-GT .................................................Q-9
ZX-L-N ................................................Q-3
ZX-T.....................................................Q-7

Family                                    Section-Page

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

II-4

For complete specifications and additional models and accessories visit www.omron247.com

Enclosure Ratings

NEMA Ratings

NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) ratings ensure protection against the 
following environmental conditions.

Environmental 
Conditions

Type of Enclosure

1

2

3

3R

3S

4

4X

5

6

6P

11

12

12K

13

Accidental contact 
with the enclosed 
equipment

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Falling dirt

X

X

--

--

--

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Falling liquids, light 
splashing

--

X

--

--

--

X

X

--

X

X

X

X

X

X

Dust, lint, fibers 
and flyings (non-
combustible, non-
ignitable)

--

--

--

--

--

X

X

X

X

X

--

X

X

X

Windblown dust

--

--

X

--

X

X

X

--

X

X

--

--

--

--

Hosedown and 
splashing water

--

--

--

--

--

X

X

--

X

X

--

--

--

--

Oil and coolant 
seepage

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

X

X

X

Oil or coolant 
spraying and 
splashing

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

X

Corrosive agents

--

--

--

--

--

--

X

--

--

X

X

--

--

--

Occasional 
temporary 
submersion

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

X

X

--

--

--

--

Occasional 
prolonged 
submersion

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

X

--

--

--

--

IP Ratings

The IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) defines degrees of protection provided by 
electrical enclosures with respect to personnel, equipment within the enclosure and ingress of 
water. The degree of protection is expressed by the letters “IP” followed by two numerals (Example: 
IP67). See the table below for an explanation of the numerals.
The following information is drawn from publication IEC 60529 of 2004 and 529 of 1989.
By contrast to NEMA, “IP” ratings do not apply to protection against the risk of explosion or 
conditions such as humidity, corrosive gases, fungi or vermin. Also, different parts of a piece of 
equipment can have different degrees of protection and still comply with the standards. An example 
would be the opening in the base of an enclosure.

1st characteristic numeral

2nd characteristic numeral

Protection against contact and penetration of solid bodies. Protection against the penetration of liquids.

0

Not protected

0

Not protected

1

Protection against solid objects greater than 50 mm

1

Protection against dripping water

2

Protection against solid objects greater than 12 mm

2

Protection against dripping water when tilted up to 15°

3

Protection against solid objects greater than 2.5 mm

3

Protection against spraying water

4

Protection against solid objects greater than 1 mm

4

Protection against splashing water

5

Dust protected

5

Protection against water jets

6

Dust tight

6

Protection against heavy seas

--

7

Protection against the effects of immersion

--

8

Protection against submersion

--

9K

Protection against steam jet cleaning 

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

WORKING FOR THE BENEFIT OF SOCIETY

Social Responsibility

Our approach to product development and business is guided by core values based on serving the 

needs of society. This is reflected in the Omron corporate motto... 

“At work for a better life, a better world for all.”

Conceived by Omron’s founder Kazuma Tateisi, these words reflect his pioneering idea that a company 

should fulfill its responsibility to society rather than solely focusing on productivity, efficiency, sales and 

profits. Our unending commitment to identifying social needs is embedded in Omron’s corporate DNA, 

along with a challenge-oriented spirit capable of responding to those needs.
The Omron Foundation in the Americas funds charitable donations for disaster relief and recovery 

efforts, and matches individual employee donations to social support, education, and cultural 

enrichment organizations. Each year on May 10, Omron employees around the world actively participate 

in charitable activities to honor the core values established by the company’s founder. Throughout the 

year, Omron offers team and individual opportunities at partner charitable organizations to underscore 

the need for social responsibility as a corporate priority.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

Providing environmentally safe products to the world.
Omron’s social responsibility also takes the form of decisions and actions that help preserve and 

restore the environment. Far in advance of directives banning the use of harmful chemicals in 

making electronics (RoHS), Omron adopted an ECO policy that works to eliminate these and other 

pollutants. The policy also mandates significant reductions in power consumption to conserve 

energy and natural resources for future generations.

Omron-Catalog-Full-html.html
background image

X302-E3-07                  Note: Specifications are subject to change.                          © 2015 Omron Electronics LLC                          Printed in U.S.A.

Printed on recycled paper. 

OMRON CANADA, INC. • HEAD OFFICE
Toronto, ON, Canada • 416.286.6465 • 866.986.6766 • www.omron247.com

OMRON ELECTRONICS DE MEXICO • HEAD OFFICE
México DF • 52.55.59.01.43.00 • 01-800-226-6766 • mela@omron.com

OMRON ELECTRONICS DE MEXICO • SALES OFFICE
Apodaca, N.L. • 52.81.11.56.99.20 • 01-800-226-6766 • mela@omron.com

OMRON ELETRÔNICA DO BRASIL LTDA • HEAD OFFICE
São Paulo, SP, Brasil • 55.11.2101.6300 • www.omron.com.br

OMRON ARGENTINA • SALES OFFICE
Cono Sur • 54.11.4783.5300

OMRON CHILE • SALES OFFICE
Santiago • 56.9.9917.3920

OTHER OMRON LATIN AMERICA SALES
54.11.4783.5300

Authorized Distributor:

Automation Control Systems
• Machine Automation Controllers (MAC) • Programmable Controllers (PLC) 
• Operator interfaces (HMI) • Distributed I/O • Software
Drives & Motion Controls 
• Servo & AC Drives • Motion Controllers & Encoders 
Temperature & Process Controllers

 

• Single and Multi-loop Controllers
Sensors & Vision
• Proximity Sensors • Photoelectric Sensors • Fiber-Optic Sensors
• Amplified Photomicrosensors • Measurement Sensors
• Ultrasonic Sensors • Vision Sensors
Industrial Components

 

• RFID/Code Readers  • Relays • Pushbuttons & Indicators   
• Limit and Basic Switches • Timers • Counters • Metering Devices 
• Power Supplies
Safety 

  

• Laser Scanners • Safety Mats • Edges and Bumpers • Programmable Safety 
  Controllers • Light Curtains • Safety Relays • Safety Interlock Switches

OMRON AUTOMATION AND SAFETY • THE AMERICAS HEADQUARTERS 

Chicago, IL USA • 847.843.7900 • 800.556.6766 • www.omron247.com

OMRON EUROPE B.V. • Wegalaan 67-69, NL-2132 JD, Hoofddorp, The 
Netherlands. +31 (0) 23 568 13 00 • www.industrial.omron.eu